666
Environmental Evaluation Report on Implementation of the Project of Comprehensive Treatment of Water Environment in Bayannaoer City by Loan from the World Bank Project file Implementation of the Project of Comprehensive Treatment of Water Environment in Bayannaoer City by Loan from the World Bank Client: Bayannaoer Hetao Water Group Co., Ltd. Appraising unit: China Research Academy of Environmental Sciences President: Meng Wei Project leader: Xi Beidou Technical chief: Li Xiang Jiang Jinyuan Huo Shouliang 1 E2498 v2

1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    1

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Environmental Evaluation Report on

Implementation of the Project of

Comprehensive Treatment of Water Environment

in Bayannaoer City by Loan from the World Bank

Project file:Implementation of the Project of Comprehensive Treatment of

Water Environment in Bayannaoer City by Loan from the World

Bank

Client: Bayannaoer Hetao Water Group Co., Ltd.

Appraising unit: China Research Academy of Environmental Sciences

President: Meng Wei

Project leader: Xi Beidou

Technical chief: Li Xiang Jiang Jinyuan Huo Shouliang

1

E2498v2

Page 2: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Chinese Research Academy Environmental Sciences

June 2010

2

Page 3: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Table of Contents

Environmental Evaluation Report on.............................................................................1

Implementation of the Project of....................................................................................1

Comprehensive Treatment of Water Environment.........................................................1

in Bayannaoer City by Loan from the World Bank........................................................1

Client: Bayannur Hetao Water Group Co., Ltd..............................................................1

Appraising unit: China Research Academy of Environmental Sciences.......................1

President: Meng Wei......................................................................................................1

Project leader: Xi Beidou...............................................................................................1

Technical chief: Li Xiang Jiang Jinyuan Huo Shouliang...............................................1

Table of Contents...........................................................................................................2

1 General Introduction...................................................................................................1

1.1 Project Background...........................................................................................1

1.1.1 Project Origin..........................................................................................1

1.1.2 Present Situation and Existing Problems of Water Resources................2

1.1.3 Construction Significance of Project......................................................3

1.1.4 Project Objectives...................................................................................7

1.1.5 Relevant Policies and Regulations..........................................................9

1.1.6 Relevant Planning of Environmental Protection Strategies..................10

1.2 Assessment Purposes......................................................................................16

1.3 Assessment Grade and Key Points..................................................................18

1.3.1 Assessment Grade.................................................................................18

1.3.2 Assessment Key Points.........................................................................19

1.4 Scope of Evaluation, Time Interval of Evaluation and Environmental Protection Objectives

20

1.4.1 Scope of Evaluation.....................................................................................20

1.4.2 Time Interval of Environmental Evaluation................................................23

1.4.3 Environmental Protection Objectives..........................................................23

1.5 Evaluative standards........................................................................................27

1.5.1 Environmental quality standards...........................................................27

1.5.2 Standards for the discharge of pollutants..............................................29

1.6 Environmental impact factors and evaluation factors.....................................33

3

Page 4: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

1.6.1 Identification of environmental impact factors.....................................33

1.6.2 Selection of environmental impact and evaluation factors...................35

1.7 Evaluation principles and methods.................................................................46

1.8 Technical route for environmental impact assessment...................................46

2. Framework for Policy, Law and Administration......................................................48

2.1 Documents on Environment Policy and Law..................................................48

2.1.1 Outline...................................................................................................48

2.1.2 Laws and rules on environmental protection........................................48

2.1.3 Technology policy for pollution prevention.........................................50

2.1.4 Plans and layout of social and economic development and environmental protection

51

2.1.5 The urban master planning and related plans........................................51

2.1.6 The technology guideline and standards for environmental impact assessment 52

2.1.7 Environmental quality standard............................................................52

2.1.8 Control standards for pollution discharge.............................................53

2.1.9 World Bank safeguard policies.............................................................53

2.1.10 Documents related to the Project........................................................54

2.2 Environmental Management Institutions and Their Responsibilities.............54

3. Description and Analysis of the Project...................................................................61

3.1 Outline of the Project......................................................................................61

3.1.1 Name, Construction Nature and Legal Person of the Project...............61

3.1.2 Investment of the Project......................................................................61

3.1.3 Composition, construction content and size of the project...................61

3.1.4 Proposed Locale of the Project.............................................................61

3.1.5 Floor Area of the Project and Plane Layout of Factory Area...............69

3.1.6 Construction Progress Schedule and Staffing of the Project................80

3.1.7 Main Technical and Economic Indicators.............................................82

3.2 Construction Proposal of the Project...............................................................83

3.2.1 Water Supply Subproject of Reclaimed Water.....................................83

3.2.2 Processing park sewage treatment and reclamation sub-projects......116

3.2.3 Wuliangsuhai Lake Area Treatment Sub-project...........................121

3.3 Pollution source analysis...............................................................................145

3.3.1 Sub-project of reclaimed water supply...............................................146

4

Page 5: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

3.3.2 Waste water treatment and reclamation projects in the manufacture park 156

3.3.3 Project of Wuliangsu Lake area comprehensive treatment.................161

3.4 Relative projects............................................................................................163

4. Environmental Baseline.........................................................................................169

4.1 Profile of Regional Environment..................................................................169

4.1.1 Environmental Profile of Bayannur City............................................169

4.1.2 Environmental Profile of Subitem Location.......................................184

4.2 Evaluation on the situation of regional environment quality........................223

4.2.1 Evaluation on the situation of air environment quality.......................223

4.2.2 Current surface water environmental quality assessment...................237

4.2.3 Assessment of current groundwater environmental quality................247

4.2.4 Evaluation of current acoustic environmental quality........................253

4.2.5 Sediment Monitoring..........................................................................256

4.2.6 Current status of ecological environment...........................................260

4.3 Balance analysis on the project water resource.............................................292

4.3.1 Balance analysis on the regional water resources...............................292

4.3.2 Water capacity balance in Ulansuhai..................................................295

4.4 The pollution source in the project area and its treatment overview............299

4.4.1The water supply and consumption in the project area and the sewage pollution source

299

4.4.2 Industrial solid waste...........................................................................300

5 Comprehensive Environment Impact Assessment..................................................301

5.1 Analysis on Environment Impact during Construction.................................301

5.1.1 Ambient Air Impact Analysis.............................................................301

5.1.2 Water Environment Impact Analysis and Assessment.......................306

5.1.3 Analysis of Acoustic Environmental Impact......................................311

5.1.4 Analysis of Solid Waste Environmental Impact.................................314

5.1.5 Analysis of Ecological Impact............................................................317

5.1.6 Social Environmental Impact Analysis...............................................322

5.2 Environmental Impact Analysis of Operation Period...................................325

5.2.1 Reclaimed Water Supply Works.........................................................325

5.2.2 Sewage treatment and recycling engineering in Processing Park.......331

5.2.3 Wuliangsu Lake Lake Administration Project....................................340

5

Page 6: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

5.2.4 Analysis of the sewage treatment plant and recycling plant after completion356

5.2.5 Water environmental impact prediction and assessment of the project’s implementation

359

5.3 Mitigation Measures......................................................................................372

5.3.1 Mitigation Measures in Construction Period.............................................372

5.3.2 Mitigation Measures in Operation Stage....................................................382

6. Environmental Risk Analysis and Relief Measures...............................................398

6.1 Environmental Risk Analysis and Relief Measures of Reclaimed Water Supply Works 398

6.1.1 Environmental Risk Analysis of Reclaimed Water Supply Works...........398

6.1.2 Environmental Risk Relief Measures of Reclaimed Water Supply Works399

6.2 Environmental Risk Analysis and Relief Measures of Sewage Treatment and Recycling

Works..................................................................................................................401

6.2.1 Potential Environmental Risk and Accident..............................................401

6.2.2 Prevention Countermeasure and Measures of Risk and Accident.............403

6.3 Sea Area Treatment Works of Wuliangsu Lake...........................................410

6.3.1 Winter Wetland Operation Analysis..........................................................410

6.3.2 Inlet Water Quantity of Wetland in Winter and Water Quality Analysis. .414

6.3.3 Accident analysis on Abnormal Operation................................................416

7 Comparison, selection and analysis of substitute plans..........................................420

7.1 Content and principle of comparison, selection and analysis.......................420

7.2 Comparison, selection and analysis on zero plan..........................................420

7.3 Comparison, selection and analysis on substitute plan of reclaimed water supply project 422

7.3.1 Comparison, selection and analysis on zero plan of reclaimed water supply project 422

7.3.2 Comparison, selection and analysis on restoration process of reclaimed water supply

project..................................................................................................................424

7.3.3 Comparison, selection and analysis on process plans of reclaimed water supply project

427

7.3.4 Selection of sterilization mode...................................................................430

7.3.5 Comparison and selection on sludge treatment plans of reclaimed water supply works 431

7.3.6 Comparison and selection of pipe material................................................436

7.3.7 Comparison, selection and analysis on plant site plan of reclaimed water supply plant 440

7.4 Comparison, selection and analysis on substitute plan of sewage treatment and reuse item

445

6

Page 7: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

7.4.1 Comparison and selection on zero plan.....................................................445

7.4.2 Comparison and selection on sewage treatment process plan...................446

7.4.4 Comparison and selection on sludge treatment processes.........................455

7.5 Comparison, selection and analysis on substitute plan of treatment works of Wuliansu Lake

456

7.5.1 Comparison, selection and analysis on constructed wetland.....................456

7.5.2 Comparison and selection on execution plans of grid water channel........474

8. Analysis on Environmental and Economic Loss and Profit...................................485

8.1 Project Development Target and Impact Analysis........................................485

8.2 Economic Benefits........................................................................................485

8.3 Social Benefits..............................................................................................488

8.4 Environmental Benefits.................................................................................489

8.4.1 Improving Hydraulic Conditions of Sea Area...........................................489

8.4.2 Cutting off Pollutants.................................................................................490

8.4.3 Improving Water Quality of Sea Area of Wuliangsu Lake........................491

9. Public Participation and Information Disclosure...................................................492

9.1 Goal of Public Participation..........................................................................492

9.2 Mode of Public Participation........................................................................492

9.3 Media Announcement-Direct Information Feedback...................................493

9.3.1 Time and Details of the First Media Annoucement...................................493

9.3.2 Time and Details of the Second Media Annoucement...............................494

9.3.3 Summany....................................................................................................495

9.4 Results and Conclusion of Questionaires......................................................495

9.4.1 Results and Conclusion of Individual Questionaires.................................496

9.4.2 Statistical analysis of Group Questionnaire...............................................524

9.5 Public Participation Forum...........................................................................528

9.6 Public Participation Summary and Public Opinion Adoption......................530

9.6.1 Public Participation Summary....................................................................530

9.6.2 Public Opinion Adoption...........................................................................531

10. Social Impact and Migrant Resettlement.............................................................534

10.1 Social Impact Analysis................................................................................534

10.1.1 Project Impact and Service Scope............................................................534

10.1.2 Project Impact Analysis...........................................................................534

7

Page 8: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

10.1.3Determination of project affected area.....................................................541

10.1.4 Impact indicator of Project.......................................................................545

10.1.5Analysis on impact by land expropriation................................................551

10.2 Migration and resettlement plans................................................................554

10.2.1Policy basis...............................................................................................554

10.2.2Resettlement policies applicable to this Project.......................................555

10.2.3Compensation standard.............................................................................557

10.2.4Resettlement and compensation plans......................................................560

10.2.5Estimate of compensations for land expropriation and house removal....567

10.2.6 Implementation plans of resettlement works............................................567

10.2.7Organization and structure........................................................................571

11 Abstracts of Environmental Management Plan.....................................................576

11.1 Environmental Management System..........................................................576

11.1.1 Organization of Environmental Protection in Construction Period.........580

11.1.2 Environmental Management Organ in Operation Period.........................584

11.1.3 List of Environmental Management Organs of Sub-project....................584

11.2 Implementation of Environmental Management Plan................................585

11.2.1 Detailed Tasks of Environmental Management Plan...............................585

11.2.2 Contractual Requirement on Environmental Management......................587

11.2.3 Information Exchange and Solution to Non-conformity Case.................588

11.2.4 Training—Necessary Capability Development and Means Development589

11.3 Environment Monitoring Plan.....................................................................593

11.3.1 Monitoring Purpose..................................................................................593

11.3.2 Environment Monitoring Organ...............................................................593

11.3.3 Environment Monitoring Plan..................................................................595

14.4 Estimates on Environmental Management Expenses and Source of Capital600

14.4.1 Budget Distribution..................................................................................600

14.4.2 Capital Source and EMP Budget..............................................................600

11.5 Information Management of Environmental Management Plan.................604

11.5.1 Information Exchange..............................................................................604

11.5.2 Recording Mechanism.............................................................................604

11.5.3 Report Mechanism...................................................................................605

12 Conclusion of Environmental Appraisal...............................................................607

8

Page 9: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

12.1 Relevant Policies and Conformity with the Planning.................................607

12.2 Analysis on Water Resources Balance........................................................608

12.3 Appraisal Result of Present Environment Quality......................................609

12.4 Appraisal Result of Environmental Impact.................................................609

12.4.1 Environmental Impact in Construction Period.........................................609

12.4.2 Environmental Impact in Operation Period.............................................612

12.5 Relief Measures of Environmental Impact.................................................615

12.6 Conclusion of Analysis on Environmental Benefits...................................615

12.7 Conclusion of Public Participation..............................................................616

12.8 General Conclusion.....................................................................................616

9

Page 10: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

1 General Introduction

1.1 Project Background

1.1.1 Project Origin Bayannur City is located in the west of North China's frontier province, Inner Mongolia

Autonomous Region between 105°12′~109°53′E and 40°13′~42°28′N. It connects Baotou City and

Ulanqab City to the east, borders on Alashan League to the west and faces Ikchor across Yellow

River and borders on People's Republic of Mongolia with a boundary of 368.89km. The city, 378km

long from east to west and 238km wide from north to south, covers an area of about 65,788km 2.

The administrative divisions contain 4 banners, 2 counties and 1 district such as Urad Front Banner,

Urad Middle Banner, Urad Back Banner, Hangjin Back Banner, Wuyuan County and Dengkou

County. Its core area is Hetao Irrigation District. Approved by State Council at the end of 2000, the

city was updated to be a prefecture-level city in the west of the autonomous region.

According to the strategy for economic development of both the autonomous region and

Bayannur City, to make the best of the abundant mineral resources in the city and Mongolia, such

projects have been planned to build, including Qingshan Industrial Park, Jinquan Industrial Park,

Shahai Industrial Park, Linhe Chemical Industry Park and Urad Industrial Base. Thus Bayannur will

be a key heavy chemical industry base in Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region. Water demand for

its perspective long-term plan will reach about 520,000,000m3. The water demand for long-term

plan of such industrial parks in the area along the mountains where water shortage is very acute is

about 410,000,000 m3. According to the estimates of Water Resource Comprehensive Planning

Report of Bayannur of Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region, the gross amount of water resources at

the southern foot of Yishan Moutain in Yellow River valley in Bayannur is 587,000,000m3, where

ground water resource, totaling 380,000,000m3, mainly serve as domestic water for urban and rural

residents. In line with the state’s relevant industrial policies, industrial water is mainly subject to

reclaimedwater.

With 293km2 water surface and about 330,000,000m3 total reservoir capacities, Ulansuhai Nur

is the largest riverside freshwater lake along the middle and upper reaches of the Yellow River. With

the development of industrial production and increase in town populations in the irrigation district,

industrial sewage and municipal domestic sewage are increasing year by year, the pollution of main

1

Page 11: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

drain getting worse. Eutrophication Ulansuhai Nur in particular is getting worse. Accordingly, total

phosphorus and nitrogen contents and chemical oxygen consumption in the lake water exceed 3~5

times the national category-3 standard. The water quality is worse than Grade V. The biological

filling speed of the lake is picked up, the ecological functions subsiding. Moreover, before the flood

period, to reserve enough flood storage capacity, it is necessary to take off the check gate at the exit

section of main drain to sluice water to the Yellow River. Large amounts of sewage accumulated in

the lake pose serious pollution threat to Yellow River.

To further promote comprehensive improvement of water environment in Bayannur city, exert

more efforts to strengthen infrastructure construction of urban environment, lower pollution load of

Ulansuhai Nur, slow down environmental degradation, better the quality of urban water

environment and further advance urbanization process and economic growth, Bayannur municipal

Party committee and municipal government decided to cooperate with the Word Bank so as to make

use of World Bank loans to implement comprehensive treatment project of water environment of

Bayannur city. With extensive preliminary investigation and elaborate preparations, Bayannur

submitted a formal application to the State Development and Reform Commission in August 2006

for World Bank load of 150,000,000 dollars (totaling about 2.125 billion RMB with domestic

supporting funds) to implement “Bayannur Water Environmental Treatment Project” (hereinafter

called The Project). This application was approved in July, 2009 and was listed in the China

Alternative Project Planning in 2010-2012 Fiscal Year by Use of World Bank Loan.

1.1.2 Present Situation and Existing Problems of Water Resources The average annual amount of water resources in Bayannur is 5,574,200,000m3, where surface

water resources amount is 4,779,100,000 m3 (most are diverted from Yellow River, amounting to

4,674,800,000 m3, and surface water runoff comes next, amounting to 104,300,000m3 from arid

mountainous pastoral areas), ground water resources amount is 2,419,600,000 m3 and the

exploitable amount is 850,000,000m3.

According to GB3838-2002 Environmental Quality Standard for Surface Water, the water

quality of rivers in the whole city is evaluated in 2008. The water quality of main drain is subject to

Grade Ⅴ, Ulansuhai Nur Grade Ⅴ and showing organic pollution. In terms of nourishment, the

water body of Ulansuhai Nur is subject to heavy eutrophication. The total nitrogen reaches to heavy

eutrophic level, and the total phosphorus to eutrophic level. The average annual salinity of ground

water is 3.920g/l, 0.200g/l less than 2007.

2

Page 12: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

According to the Allocation Plan of Yellow River Water Resources approved by No.(1987)67

document issued by General Office of the State Council and governor office meeting of

autonomous region, the target of water amount diverted from Yellow River to Bayannur Hetao

Irrigation District is determined to be 4,000,000,000m3 based on water-saving irrigation plant of

Hetao Irrigation Area. Now Hetao Irrigation Area diverts more water from Yellow River than the

planned quota per year, overusing 674,800,000m3. In addition, among the seven banners, counties

and cities, Urad Front Banner, Wuyuan County and Urad Back Banner face problems of water

quality and water amount. The domestic water demands of urban and rural inhabitants have been

badly affected. The water head site of Urad Front Banner, Alaben region suffers sharp lowering of

water level, having formed large cone of groundwater depression. Water for industrial production

and urban and rural inhabitants is encountering crisis. Quality water that is suitable for human and

animal drinking use within Wuyuan County is less. With much brackish water, water demands of

urban and rural inhabitants faces difficulties. Saiwusu Town, the original locality of Urad Back

Banner Government suffers serious shortage of ground water resource. Therefore, shortage of water

resource has become an important factor restricting socio-economic development of Bayannur city.

1.1.3 Construction Significance of Project 1.1.3.1 Needs for Comprehensive Treatment of Ulansuhai Nur

Located in Urad Front Banner, Bayannur, Inner Mongolia, Ulansuhai Nur is are large

multifunctional lake which is rare in semi-desert regions worldwide and has tremendous ecological

benefit. It is the largest freshwater lake in China and the largest inland lake in northwestern China.

Ulansuhai Nur is an important component of water conservancy project in Hetao Area. It is the

only receiving water and drainage channel of Hetao irrigation return flow, receiving more than 90%

of drained water of the irrigation area. It plays an important role in developing industrial and

agricultural production of Bayannur city.

Owing to the discharge of urban sewage, industrial waste water and agricultural return flow,

Ulansuhai Nur has been one who boasts the fastest swamping speed in the world. If not treated

promptly, it will vanish from the earth in 20~30 years. Then its hydrophyte resources, fishery

resources, bird resources and tourist resources will no longer exist. Moreover, the drainage works of

the 3,935m2 Hetao Irrigation District will not work normally either. Therefore, to improve the

quality of water environment of Ulansuhai Nur, it is of imperative and great strategic significance

to implement the comprehensive treatment project of Bayannur water environment.

3

Page 13: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

1.1.3.2 Needs for Comprehensive Allocation of Water Resources

Located in arid and semi-arid areas, Bayannur is typical of temperate and monsoonal climate.

The water resources in this area are relatively poor. The average annual precipitation in the city is

150mm and the evaporation capacity is 2,200mm, the latter is 14 times as much as the former.

Local surface water and ground water are relatively poor, too. Yellow River is the largest surface

runoff across the city. Ground water resources here are mainly formed by recharge from irrigation

by diverting water from Yellow River. Ground water resources, little available, is subject to

complex and extremely heterogeneous distribution. The water quality is commonly bad, and

resource shortage coexists with structural shortage.

According to the Allocation Plan of Yellow River Water Resources approved by No.(1987) 67

document issued by General Office of the State Council, water consumption allocated from Yellow

River to Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region in its normal water income year is 5,860,000,000m3.

However, according to Hetao Irrigation District Water-saving Project Planning, the governor office

meeting of autonomous region in October 1999 preliminarily determined that the target of water

amount diverted from Yellow River to Hetao Irrigation District is 4,000,000,000m3. This raises

much higher requirements for comprehensive allocation of water resources.

With the socio-economic development, expanding urban size and increasing population,

demand for water resources and water environment quality constantly rises. However, historically-

formed allocation model of water resources is far from suitable to Bayannur planning objectives to

realize the transformation of social and economic developmental pattern. Development of

hydroelectric and hydropower resources is still of great potential. Besides, water use efficiency in

both agriculture and industry is low and waste of water is extremely severe. Water consumption

norm in service sector is high, having great potential for water saving. Thus, we must center on

efficient use of water resources and reasonable allocation to promote construction of living system

and protect comprehensive exploitation and utilization of water resources, and advance the socio-

economic development of Bayannur.

1. Promote and Drive Regional Economic Cooperation and Development

Comprehensive allocation of water resources provides a favorable supporting guarantee of

water resources for utilization of mineral recourses of coal and copper in Mongolia and promotion

of regional economic cooperation in international community. Water is the major factor that

restricts the development of industrial parks. To strengthen management and promote optimum

4

Page 14: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

allocation, strict policies to limit the use of groundwater, control the use of Yellow River water and

encourage the use of treated industrial waste water and reclaimed water are made for enterprises in

industrial parks. Therefore, building Bayannur reclaimed water supply works by World Bank loan

is very essential, for it solves water use problems in industrial parks on one hand, and reduces

pollutant discharge on the other.

2. Water for Ecological Needs in Ulansuhai Nur

Owing to the discharge of agricultural drainage, city living sewage and industrial waste water

into Ulansuhai Nur, the water is deteriorated and produces serious eutrophication. The lake receives

drainage with organic substances such as nitrogen and phosphorus from the irrigation area is

close to 600,000,000 m3. As a result, fertilizer and other nutrient salt were flowed into the lake,

providing a great force for its swamping progress and making it one of the lakes which has the

fastest swamping speed. According to measurement, the gross productivity of aquatic macrophytes

in Ulansuhai Nur has reached more than 2,300,000t/a (fresh weight). It is a world typical weedy

lake of heavy eutrophication. Reed spread rapidly over the lake and weeds grow wild. The water

surface is almost totally covered by sunken plants. The underwater parts of reeds and weeds root

and sink down to the bottom, which produces intensive sedimentation promotion. The lake bottom

is rising at a rate of 1-9mm/year. The sludge and sand are filling it, and worsen year by year. At that

rate, Ulansuhai Nur will become reed marsh within 20~30 years, losing all ecological functions. To

improve the water environment of Ulansuhai Nur, some effective measures must be taken to control

exogenous pollution and reduce endogenous pollution.

3. Resolve Contradiction between Industrial and Agricultural Water

Over these years, as the water resources in Yellow River basin is in increasing short supply,

the state place Yellow River water resources under unified control, allocating water to areas

diverting from Yellow River based on the principle of “increase in high flow period and decrease in

low flow period” in different time periods. Water supply for Hetao Irrigation District tends to

become tenser day by day. Especially in the period of summer irrigation when water supply is most

tense, the water quantity falls into bad shortage. In 2003, the water shortage gap in Hetao Irrigation

District in irrigation period reached 55%. With the development of national economy in Bayannur

and readjustment of industrial structure, as well as accelerating pace of urbanization and

industrialization, a number of new industrial parks have risen up. Thus the demand of industrial

development for water resources becomes much more urgent. To guarantee local industrial water,

5

Page 15: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

promote sustainable development of local industry, alleviate imbalance between supply and

demand, water resources shall be allocated in a optimum way so as to realize reasonable

exploitation and utilization in accordance with the distribution features of water resources in the

city, current situation of development and use and the requirement of economic development and

production pattern. Besides, more efforts shall be paid to developing and using non-traditional

water resources.

1.1.3.3 Needs to Protect Water Entironment of Yellow River

There are many high-pollution industrial enterprises of energy, heavy chemical, non-ferrous

metal and paper-making on the banks of Yellow River in Ningxia and Inner Mongolia. As the

pollution treatment lags far behind and the wastewater treatment rate is somewhat low, many

enterprises failed to meet the discharge limits, wastewater and sewage quantity continuing

increasing year by year. With the accelerated progress of Western Development, new high-pollution

projects are launched while the ole ones are not thoroughly treated. This aggravates the pollution of

Yellow River, making easy the water pollution emergency in years when water of Yellow River is

not much and in periods when flood peak is caused by heavy rainfall.

The primary runoff source of Ulansuhai Nur is field irrigation return flow from Hetao

Irrigation Area, and industrial and domestic sewage comes after. Irrigation return flow to Ulanushai

Nur is dominant in the irrigation period while domestic sewage dominant in non-irrigation period.

According to the law of return flow in Hetao Irrigation Area and the requirement of torrential flood

storage and regulation in flood period, Ulanushai Nur need discharge water to Yellow River in June

every year so as to lower the water level and reserve storage capacity for storage and regulation of

torrential flood.

Based on the analysis of the operation mode of Ulanushai Nur, it satisfies the requirements to

cause sudden water pollution incidents in trunk stream of Yellow River. First, it has practical

requirements to discharge storage and regulation water into Yellow River; second, the water quality

of it now is worse than Grade Ⅴ, giving it a pollution source which may cause sudden water

pollution incidents; third, when torrential flood, once breaking out in northern mountain areas,

exceeds the storage and regulation capacity, and Ulanushai Nur has to discharge flood, sudden

water pollution incidents in trunk stream of Yellow River may be caused as well. Huajinagying,

about 90km down from the estuary of Yellow River into which Ulanushai Nur returned flow

debouches, is the water head site for Baotou city and Baotou Iron and Steel Company. Thus, sudden

6

Page 16: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

pollution incident of Yellow River trunk streak caused by pollution source of Ulanushai Nur will

have a direct impact on the safe water supply for the largest city in Inner Mongolia Autonomous

Region and China’s important industrial base. The hazard and influence will be significant.

Implementing comprehensive treatment project of Bayannur water environment by World

Bank loan to improve Ulanushai Nur water environmental quality and establish better water quality

early warning system is able to protect the safety of Yellow River water entironment.

1.1.4 Project ObjectivesThe comprehensive treatment works of Bayannur water environment is to mainly improve the

quality of water environment in Bayannur city, make reasonable regulation and storage of water

resources and promote the overall sustainable development of ecological environment and

economic society through the construction of works to clean the water body of Yellow River Hetao

Irrigation Area and Ulansuhai Nur.

This project mainly include the Processing Park Sewage Treatment and Reuse Works (Urad

Back Banner Processing Park (Hohhot) Sewage Treat Works, Ganqimaodu Port Processing Park

(Deling Mountain Town) Sewage Treatment and Reuse Works, Urad Front Banner Processing Park

(Xianfeng Town) Sewage Treatment and Reuse Works), Processing Park Reclaimed Water Supply

Works (Urad Back Banner Processing Park, Ganqimaodu Port Processing Park, No. 3 and 7

Drainage Line Reclaimed Water Supply Works) and Ulansuhai Nur Treatment Works (Ulansuhai

Nur Grid Waterway Works, Ulansuhai Nur Ecotone Artificial Wetland Works and Area Source

Pollution Control Demonstration and Promotion Program).

1) Sewage Treatment and Reuse and Reclaimed Water Supply Works

Efforts will be made in the construction of sewage treatment plants and reclaimed water supply

Works to both ensure the industrial water of processing park and reduce the total pollutants of main

drainage line so as to lower the pollution load from main drainage line to Ulansuhai Nur and

improve the water quality of Ulansuhai Nur.

2) Comprehensive Treatment Works of Ulansuhai Nur

In order to improve the water environment quality and fully play the water regulation and

storage functions of Ulansuhai Nur, a lot of works construction is required:

① Ulansuhai Nur Garden Grid Waterway Works

The excavation of sea zone grid waterway will be made to reinforce the water body circulation,

control the internal pollution of Ulansuhai Nur, keep the spreading of sea area plants under

7

Page 17: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

limitation, harvest water plants and transfer nitrogen and phosphorus as well as effectively lower

the nutrient salt content of sea area and release the eutrophication trend.

② Ulansuhai Nur Ecotone Artificial Wetland Works and Area Source Pollution Control

Demonstration and Promotion Program

For This project, the ecotone artificial wetland works will be established in west Ulansuhai

Nur and northwest small sea area to make the back water of main drainage line, No. 8 and 9

drainage lines and control the area source pollution from end of pipe.

The area source pollution control demonstration and promotion is made along with middle and

later period promotion works based on the national water works. The area source pollution control

in irrigation area is a drainage area source pollution control system works to be completed in phases

and promoted to all irrigation area from pilot areas.

In order to improve the water environment quality of Bayannur, a lot of favorable engineering

are under construction:

For urban domestic sewage and industrial waste water, banners and counties of Bayannur are

organizing the construction of sewage treatment plants and reclaimed water works. The

construction and running off sewage treatment facilities will greatly reduce the gross pollution of

water environment and significantly improve the water quality of Ulansuhai Nur.

For rural domestic sewage and farming and breeding feces, the rural promotion of “Biogas

Works” is being made under New Rural Construction to realize the resource, decrement and

innocent treatment of sewage and rubbish and clean rural environment.

For water break pollution in irrigation area farms, the key technical works of state water

pollution control, the water break pollution trench reconditioning and water infusion technologies

and the treatment and key pollutant reduction and wetland reconditioning key technologies are

undergone. Comprehensive test demonstration base is being established in irrigation area to

demonstrate the key technologies of agricultural water break pollution treatment.

In order to ensure the ecological water utilization of Ulansuhai Nur, the conveyance canal

expansion and dredging works will be made to ensure the water compensation for Ulansuhai Nur

from Yellow River Ice Flood and the seawater rehabilitation work, bed mud dredging and ice flood

compensation will be also implemented in Ulansuhai Nur to improve its water quality and prevent it

from eutrophication and degeneration of wetland.

The above water pollution treatment works along with the implementation of The project will

8

Page 18: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

reduce the pollution load entering Ulansuhai Nur and significantly improve the water pollution

condition of irrigation area and Ulansuhai Nur.

1.1.4.1 Improving the Water Environment Condition of Bayannur City

The comprehensive treatment works of Ulansuhai Nur will be implemented to dredge water

courses of lakes, construct artificial wetland, reduce the total amount of pollutants, reduce internal

source pollution, make real-time monitoring on water quality and divert Yellow River ice flood

water to improve the water quality of Ulansuhai Nur.

The processing park sewage treatment and reuse and reclaimed water supply works will be

constructed to reduce the pollution load entering Ulansuhai Nur, prevent Ulansuhai Nur from

becoming eutrophication and paludification and improve the water environment conditions of

Ulansuhai Nur and protect Yellow River ecological environment.

1.1.4.2 Comprehensive Allocation of Water Resources

The construction of processing park sewage treatment and reuse works and reclaimed water

supply works and the industrial use of treatment water after irrigation area water break will be made

to efficiently use water sources, save underground water resources and effectively release the water

shortage caused by industrial and agricultural production in Hetao Irrigation Area.

Ulansuhai Nur will be built into an agricultural irrigation and regulation water source in Hetao

Irrigation Area through the Comprehensive Treatment Works. When much water coming from the

Yellow River or water resource is sufficient, the Yellow River water will be diverted into Ulansuhai

Nur. And when water is shortage for agriculture, water will be diverted into Yellow River to meet

the irrigation demand.

1.1.5 Relevant Policies and Regulations1.1.5.1 Chinese Relevant Policies and Regulations

The reclaimed water supply and sewage treatment and reuse works are the “brackish water,

poor quality water and sea water exploitation and utilization works” and “three wastes”

comprehensive utilization and treatment works under the environmental protection and resources-

saving and comprehensive utilization categories encouraged by the catalogue for guidance of

national industrial structure restructuring (2005 edition). Ulansuhai Nur is the natural reserve of

Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region. According to the Regulations on the Nature Protection

Regions of the People’s Republic of China, nobody is allowed to enter the core area and run tourism

and production acuities in the buffer zone of the natural reserve. However, This project is of water

environment treatment works aiming at improving the water environment quality and ecological

9

Page 19: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

conditions of Ulansuhai Nur, protecting and restoring its wetland functions. The project will avoid

constructing in core area but in buffer zone and experimental area. According to the Circular of the

of the General Office of the State Council on Intensifying Wetland Protection and Management

(GBF [2004] No.50), importance shall be attached to the strengthening of wetland protection and

restoring of function. Therefore, the Ulansuhai Nur treatment Works is in accordance with the

national relevant laws and regulations. To sum up, This project meets the requirements of national

relevant industrial policies, laws and regulations.

1.1.5.2 World Bank Environmental Assessment Policy

The implementation of sewage treatment and reuse and reclaimed water supply works,

especially the Ulansuhai Nur sea area treatment works may reduce the pollutant-intaking amount of

Ulansuhai Nur, improve its water environment quality, improve and protect its aquatic environment

and restore its nature reserve function. According to the World Bank environmental assessment

policy (OP 4.01, 4.04), the project of world bank such as economic research, Project loan and policy

dialogue are all favorable to protect, maintain and restore the natural habitat and its functions. The

World Bank has been supporting and expecting the borrower to adopt defensive measures on natural

resource management to ensure the sustainable development of environment. It has also initiated

and supported the protection and land-improvement activities for natural habitat and provided funds

for the natural habitat and ecological function protection programs which are favorable to the

national and local development. The World Bank has also further initiated the restoring and

reconstruction works on the deteriorative natural habitat. Therefore, this project meets the

environmental assessment policies of World Bank for loaning program.

1.1.6 Relevant Planning of Environmental Protection Strategies

1) National Economic Development Program

During the “11th Five-Year” period, the overall requirements of Bayannur for economic and

social development are to take Deng Xiaoping Theory and the important thought of “Three

Represents" as guidance, lead economic and social development by scientific concept of

development. make further reform and deepen opening-up policies, make further implementation of

rejuvenating and prospering the market by science, technology and talents, accelerate economical

transition, adjust economic structure, change economic growth methods, speed up industrialization

and urbanization process, promote the construction of socialism new rural and pastoral areas,

increase infrastructure and ecological environment construction, establish Chinese western green

agricultural and animal products and non-ferrous metals industry production and opening-up to the

North bases, establish important hinges linking North China and North west, insist on people-

oriented, make overall development of social undertakings, improve community services, better 10

Page 20: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

social security and assistance mechanism, make all efforts to maintain social stability, accelerate the

overall construction of affluent society and try hard to build a prosperous, civilized, ecological and

harmonious Bayannur.

The macroeconomic development strategy of Bayannur is to aim at the ecological environment

protection and sustainable development, take green agriculture and animal husbandry as basis, take

the agricultural and animal products deep processing as guidance and selectively develop the new

type industrialization of mining and smelting industries.

During the “11th Five-Year” period, one of the main objective of economic and social

development of Bayannur is to make achievements in environmental protection and construction,

including the further improved ecological environment, above 15% forest coverage rate, Class Ⅰ

country level of atmospheric environment, qualified water environment, 90% qualified discharge

standard of “Three Waste” and 40% comprehensive utilization rate.

The Plan has put forward an objective to build a resource-saving and environmental-friendly

society by integrating water resources, making unified planning of Yellow River, surface water,

underground water and rain water and trying hard to realize the cyclic utilization of water resources.

It has also request the whole city to center on water resources optimal allocation, insist on

broadening sources of incoming and reducing expenditure on reasonable utilization of water

resources, deepen water right displacement, positively explore the water consumption modes of

along-mountain industrial enterprise from Ulansuhai Nur and main drainage line, promote water

saving in cities, make full use of the treated water and Yellow River ice flood and flood diversion

water, make reasonable use of lake, sea, reservoir and running off water under the premise of un-

destroying wetland ecological environment and attach importance to protect industrial water. On the

other hand, the city is request to intensity water environment protection and treatment, plan drinking

water protection area, strictly implement the water quality control standard for drinking-water

source Carry out industrial discharge license system, achieve more than 90% pass rate of industrial

waste water, attach importance to treat papermaking, brewing and smelting pollution, consolidating

achievements, improve urban sewage treatment ratio, intensity comprehensive treatment of

agricultural area source pollution, reduce application of fertilizer and pesticide, strengthen the

construction of urban sewage treatment facilities and supporting pipelines, gradually reach the

industrial and domestic sewage discharge standard, cut off pollution source of Yellow River and

underground water, plan Ulansuhai Nur treatment Works, implement urban roads, pipelines, water

11

Page 21: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

supply and discharge, refuse treatment and sewage treatment programs taking all these as the

important programs during the “11th Five-Year Plan” period.

To sum up, the construction of this project is an important part of Bayannur Municipal

National Economic and Social Development Program, which is of great importance to the

realization of planned environmental protection objectives and in accordance with the requirements

for development.

2) Urban Master Planning

The general objective and strategy of the Bayannur master planning are: to speed up the

process of urbanization, to enhance the core competitiveness of the city, to actively support by

coordinated action the development strategy fit to the regional situation of Inner Mongolia

Autonomous Region, and to build Bayannur City into a medium-sized city with increasingly

integrated services, making it a Hetao garden city with continually developing economy, evolving

society, and excellent maintaining environment.

The Bayannur master planning puts the protection of ecological environment at the first place,

basically realizing ecologization and garden style. The green coverage of the city shall get up to

more than 35%, and the urban per capita public green space 19m 2. These are the objectives and

strategy of the environmental development of Bayannur City.

Development and construction activities aiming to non-agricultural nature under city regional

planning of the outside of city proper in the Bayannur master plan divide the Bayannur space into

three land use types, namely rigid control developing area, limited control developing area, and

developing construction area. Rigid control developing area can be proximately regarded as non-

allowable construction area, including: ①First-grade basic farmland protection areas and first-grade

basic pasture designated in Overall Plan of Land Utilization; ② existing and planning natural

reserves designated in Conservation Development Plan; Water protection area specified in ③ Over

City Plan; cultural heritages and historical and cultural sites under government protection, etc.④

designated by Cultural Relics Protection Department; Other non-allowable construction control⑤

areas and important green areas for environmental protection, etc. along both sides of the nation

highway or provincial highway; Developing construction area is mainly city(town) planning

construction land scope confirmed by the general planning of various levels of city(or town), and

the scope of use of land in construction like independent industrial and mining sites and major

regional infrastructure, public social service facilities approved of the development and construction

12

Page 22: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

by the planning, land and other related administrative departments, non-agricultural development

and construction activities approved by the law are allowed and encouraged in development

construction areas; strictly control areas outside the development areas and the development

construction areas as limited control development area, can do moderate village and town

constructions and non-agricultural constructions under the control of strict policy and planning. Any

non-agricultural development construction activities in limited control development areas are

subject to careful legal procedures. The site selections of both resurgent water supply project and

wastewater treatment and recycling project of this project are not in strict control development area,

and The Ulansuhai Nur area treatment project is an environment treatment project aiming at

improving the sea area water environment, not belongs to production construction development

activity.

The water resources planning of Bayannur master planning regard adjusting water structure,

developing water-saving agriculture, reducing agricultural water use to replenish industrial water

use, actively developing wastewater treatment and reclaimed water recycling, relieving and

avoiding the vicious cycle of scarcity of clean water as the planning principles. It also levies

charge for water resources on agricultural exploitation of groundwater in irrigation areas, and

maintains the balance of groundwater resources by the use of price leverage. The layout of

industry should consider the actual situation of water resources. Meanwhile, large high-water-

consumption industries are not encouraged to develop. Efforts shall be made to increase the

recycling rate of industrial water use, so as to realize the harmony and sustainable development of

industry and water resource. It puts forward active wastewater treatment and recycles wastewater,

aiming to establish wastewater treatment factories in each county and each town and realizing

wastewater reuse to replenish industrial water use and landscape water use, so as to release the

increasingly tense water use conflict.

The environmental protection objectives of Bayannur master planning is to bring the

environment pollution and ecological deterioration fully under control, completely realize the

discharge standards of pollutants, and enter a virtuous cycles of ecological systems. Thereinto, the

atmosphere quality should stay at the national secondary standard. Among the quality of surface

water environment, the water quality of the Yellow River and its irrigation channels should reach

the National Surface Water Standard Class III, Ulansuhai Nur, the main drain and arterial drainage

should reach National Standard Grade IV, realizing the sustainable development of social economy 13

Page 23: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

and ecological environment. Such areas as Yellow River, Ulansuhai Nur, Ural Mountains National

Forest Park, Nudengsuosuolin Natural Reserve, water and soil erosion area, prairie desertification

and degradation area, Ulan Buh desertification area and Hetao secondary salinization area, the

urban area and all counties shall be regarded as key areas of environment protection. Efforts shall

be focused on the pollution prevention and ecological environment protection of the Yellow River

and Ulansuhai Nur. Efforts shall be also made to speed up the construction of waste water treatment

factories in each county, controlling industrial pollution sources along the banks and achieving

standard discharge of domestic and industrial wastewater. Pollution shall be controlled in terms of

sources. Comprehensive renovation shall be imposed on Ulansuhai Nur. Great efforts shall be made

to plant trees and grass, make a good job in water and soil conservation and restore natural ecology.

The regional pollution emission shall be subject to strict control. Long-term effective management

measures among industrial enterprises shall be carried out. Water quality of irrigation channels from

Yellow River and sewage discharged into Ulansuhai Nur shall be under strict control so as to make

wastewater treatment rate to reach 100%, ensuring the water quality of Yellow River to reach

National Surface Water Standard Class III.

In sum, the sites selection of all works of the comprehensive control project of the Bayannur

water environment by World Bank loans is in accordance with the requirements of the urban master

planning and city regional planning, and it is also an important measure to accomplish city goals,

water resource allocation and environment protection goals of Bayannur master planning and city

regional planning. Therefore, the project accords with the Bayannur master planning and the city

regional plan.

3) Land Use Planning

The land use type of this project’s reclaimed water supply works and sewage treatment plant

site is waste land, unused land and processing park construction land respectively, none of which is

in the strictly controlled development area. Therefore, the works construction of this project meets

the land use planning of Bayannur.

4) Environmental Protection Planning

Water environment protection objectives of Bayannur include: urban drinking water quality

shall meet the sanitary standard for drinking water; water quality of the Yellow River Bayannur

League section: water at the boundary section shall meet the class standard of the nationalⅢ

Environmental Quality Standard for Surface Water; water quality of Ulansuhai Nur shall meet the

14

Page 24: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

class standard of the national Ⅲ Environmental Quality Standard for Surface Water; water quality

of the main drain and other drainage lines shall meet the class Ⅳ standard of the national

Environmental Quality Standard for Surface Water;

The “11th Five-Year” planning objectives of environmental protection are determined as

follows: by 2010, the development trend of environmental pollution and ecological damage shall

reduce, urban lake water pollution and atmospheric environment pollution shall be reduced, urban

environmental infrastructural construction shall be greatly improved; realize the total amount

control objective of pollutants. The total amount control objective of water pollutants shall be as

follows: COD shall be controlled within 40,000 t/a and the ammonia nitrogen within 2,000 t/a.

Water pollution control measures to be adopted during the period of “11th Five-Year Plan” are

mainly as follows:

1) Establish and implement the water pollution control planning on each drainage line, main

drain and Ulansuhai Nur with the focus on improving the water environmental quality of river

reaches in key cities and towns. Slow down lake sedimentation and effectively control pollution and

eutrophication trend. Build sewage treatment plant in 4 cities and towns to improve sewerage

treatment rate and attainment rate, gradually realize the reclamation of sewage and reduce the

discharge amount of pollutants and the pollution load of each drainage line and lake.

2) Perfect pollution monitoring network, pay attention to preventing the pollution damage of

accidental toxic and hazardous chemicals. Implement pollutant discharging license and total amount

control system, increase the monitoring efforts and accelerate the pollution source control. The

control attainment rate of enterprises in the city with the daily discharge of wastewater more than

100t shall reach 90%; the city's two major paper mills shall build alkali recovery system and

achieve discharge up to standard.

3) Establish the groundwater pollution control measures of Linhe District, unified planning,

unified management and rational exploitation. Strictly control the pollution of industrial wastewater,

toxic and hazardous substances and solid waste on groundwater.

4) Combining with industrial enterprise management and technological transformation,

develop clean production technology in paper making, brewing, energy, metallurgy, chemical

industry and other key industries and gradually realize circular economy. Meanwhile, in the

introduction of new projects and new technologies, the energy saving, comprehensive utilization

and pollutant discharge reduction shall be brought into business management and technological

15

Page 25: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

transformation. Actively carry out the certification of ISO14000 environmental management series

standards and environmental labeling products, and improve the environmental management level

of enterprises.

In addition, aiming at the water environmental pollution status of Ulansuhai Nur, based on the

overall control and planning, it is planned to strengthen the control work form the following two

aspects:

1) Control on farmland area source. According to the characteristics of agricultural area

pollution in Hetao irrigated areas, propose agricultural area pollution prevention project planning;

through the adjusting of agricultural structure, popularize the long-acting and sustained-release

compound fertilizers and high-efficiency, low-toxic and less persistent pesticides, promote

agricultural water-saving irrigation technology, introduce advanced and scientific technique of

fertilization, control agricultural area pollution, effectively control and reduce the eutrophication of

Ulansuhai Nur.

2) Works treatment measures: adopt various measures such as the setup of pre-setting reservoir

in the front of lake, partial deepening at lake bottom, aquatic plant harvesting, diversion of water

from the Yellow River to lake and resources development and utilization, etc. Promote the control

of Ulansuhai Nur, restore its own beneficial cycle and maintain the sustainable development.

This project is an organic part of the environmental protection planning of Bayannur, which can effectively promote the comprehensive control of Bayannur water environment, especially the quality improvement of Ulansuhai Nur water environment.

1.2 Assessment Purposes

According to the regulations of China Environmental Influence Assessment Law, Regulations on the Administration of Construction Project Environmental Protection and Notice on the Strengthening of Administration on the Environmental Impact Assessment of Construction Projects Using Loans from International Financial Organizations and the requirements of World Bank’s Safeguard Policies, as well as domestic and World Bank’s environmental impact assessment procedure, the environmental impact assessment on this project shall reach the following main purposes:

(1) Through data analysis, field survey and monitoring, and necessary simulation experiment and analogy analysis, make a comprehensive assessment on the background situation of environment in the assessment areas, diagnose the main environmental problems existing in current situation, provide background information for the prediction and assessment of the environmental impact degree and range of the projects to be built as well as the future final acceptance of projects.

(2) Through field survey and analogy analysis, judge the environmental impact factors during the construction process and after the operation of projects, determine the parameters of primary pollution sources.

16

Page 26: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

(3) Through the adopting of model simulation, analogy survey and other technical means, predict and assess the impact degree and range of the projects on the atmospheric environment, water environment, soil, ecological environment, noise and social environment in the assessment areas.

(4) In accordance with the requirements of relevant laws, regulations and technical specifications, combining with the characteristics of local natural and social environment, propose and stipulate the protective measures which shall be adopted to reduce environmental impact.

(5) Through the assessment of this project, propose targeted and effective mitigation measures and environmental management plan, provide basis for the independent assessment of the World Bank on this project, also provide scientific basis for the construction, operation, environmental management and environmental pollution prevention of water environment comprehensive control project, minimize the adverse impacts of project construction on surrounding environment, maximize the social environmental benefit, achieve the coordination and unification of economic, social and environmental benefits.

(6) This environmental impact assessment not only focuses on the analysis of water environment improvement of Ulansuhai Nur, but also considers the feasibility analysis on water resources allotment of the project; not only considers the impact of this project, but will consider the combined influence of the projects having been built, under construction and planned to be implemented in the next few years.

1.3 Assessment Grade and Key Points

1.3.1 Assessment GradeAccording to the regulations of the Notice on the Strengthening of Administration on the

Environmental Impact Assessment of Construction Projects Using Loans from International

Financial Organizations (HJ[1993] No. 324) of State Environmental Protection Administration of

China and other ministries and commissions as well as the World Bank’s Safeguard Policies OP4.01

Environmental Assessment, combining with the identification and screening results of this project

environmental assessment factors, the environmental assessment category of this project is

determined as category A.

Carry out the assessment grade classification according to the Technical Guidelines for

Environmental Impact Assessment (HJ/T2.1-93, HJ2.2-2008, HJ/T 2.3-93, HJ/T2.4-1995 and

HJ/T19-1997). (Expressed in the form of table)

(1) Surface Water Environment

According to the surface water environmental impact assessment classification of HJ/T2.3-93

Technical Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment—Surface Water Environment, the

assessment grade is determined by the following four factors: sewage discharge of the construction

project, complexity of sewage quality, scale of surface water area and surface water quality

17

Page 27: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

requirements. The surface water environment assessment grades of this project are as follows:

because there is no wastewater discharged in the processing park sewage treatment and reuse works

of this project, only a brief analysis will be made on the water environmental impact of such works;

the tail water discharge amount of reclaimed water supply works is small, the water quality is

simple and the tail water is discharged into the class Ⅳwater body of surface water, the assessment

grade is determined as Grade Ⅲ and qualitative assessment will be made on the water

environmental impact of such works; the assessment grade of Ulansuhai Nur sea area control works

is difficult to be directly judged according to the four factors alone. The pollutant source is mainly

the pollutants discharge during the construction period. In view of the special properties of

Ulansuhai Nur, the project scale is large and the involvement aspect is broad. Therefore, the

assessment grade is determined as Grade Ⅱ of surface water environmental impact assessment.

(2) Ecology

The reclaimed water supply works and the processing park sewage treatment and reuse works

of this project have very small range of influence, also very small impact on the ecological

environment, therefore, only a brief analysis will be made on the ecological environment impact of

these two types of works; the sea area control works of Ulansuhai Nur is environmental treatment

works itself and its environmental impact is mainly the environmental impact during the

construction period, which is temporary, short-term and will gradually disappear as the construction

is completed. Therefore, the ecological environment assessment grade of this project is determined

as Grade .Ⅱ

(3) Atmospheric Environment

The impacts of this project on atmospheric environment mainly include the dust emission

during the construction period and the offensive odor during the operation period of the processing

park sewage treatment and reuse works as well as the reclaimed water supply works. This project

will adopt biological deodorization after the collection of the offensive odor caused during the

operation period, which has small discharge amount; in addition, there are very few environmental

objects around each works. Therefore, the atmospheric environment assessment grade of all works

of this project is determined as Grade Ⅲ and only qualitative assessment will be made.

(4) Acoustic Environment

The impacts of this project on acoustic environment mainly include the construction machinery

and traffic noises during the construction period of each works and the power equipment operating

18

Page 28: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

noise during the operation period of the processing park sewage treatment and reuse works as well

as the reclaimed water supply works. Consider that the noise impact during the construction period

is short-term behavior, and during the operation period, the site selection of the sewage treatment

and reuse works as well as the reclaimed water supply works avoids the densely populated

residential areas, hospitals, schools and other sensitive points. Therefore, the acoustic environment

assessment grade of all works of this project is determined as Grade Ⅲ and only qualitative

assessment will be made.

1.3.2 Assessment Key PointsThe implementation of this project includes the construction period and operation period. The

assessment key points of the construction period are as follows:

(1) Ulansuhai Nur bed mud and ecological environment impact;

(2) Environmental impact and mitigation measures of pollution during the construction period.

The assessment key points of the operation period are as follows:

(1) The quality improvement of Ulansuhai Nur water environment after the project is put into

operation and the combined influence of tail water discharge on Ulansuhai Nur water quality. This

part includes 3 main aspects:

① Combined influence on Ulansuhai Nur water quality after completion of the project;

② Impacts on the growing and reproduction condition changes of terrestrial life and aquatic

life and the impacts on aquatic resources, breeding and fishery production before and after

completion of the project;

③ Impacts of single subproject on Ulansuhai Nur water quality during the operation.

(2) Environmental impact mitigation measures and environmental management plan during the

operation period of the project.

(3) The treatment impacts and mitigation measures of sludge in the processing park sewage

treatment and reuse works, reclaimed water supply works and the excavated bed mud in grid

waterway.

1.4 Scope of Evaluation, Time Interval of Evaluation and Environmental

Protection Objectives

19

Page 29: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

1.4.1 Scope of EvaluationThe scope of overall environmental evaluation of this project is:

(1)Under the requirements of Technical Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment, and

on the basis of formulated evaluation grades, the scope of evaluation of each subproject shall be

regarded as the basic scope of evaluation of the overall environmental evaluation of this project;

(2)If there are environmental protection objectives or objectives concerned by the universal

Security Policy proximate to the basic scope of evaluation, they should be included in the scope of

evaluation;

(3)Elements and issues having direct relevance with or potential influence on this project

should be included in the scope of evaluation as well;

(4) Other correlative similar projects (relating works) over the same period or regions

possibly having an impact should be considered in the scope of evaluation.

The scope of environmental evaluation of all classes of subprojects can be seen in Table 1.4-1

and Figure1-1-Figure1-6.

Table 1.4-1 Scope of Environmental Evaluation of Subprojects

Number

Project Category

Works Name

Scope of Evaluation

AtmosphereWater

Environment

Acoustic Environmen

t

Ecological Environment

1 Reclaimed water supply

Urad Back Banner

processing zone water-supply

works

100m around the

construction site;

200m on both sides of

the construction

pipelines; 2.5km

around the operation

site

3km off the upstream and downstream of the main drain water intake

200m around the

site;200m on

both sides of the

construction pipelines

100m around the construction site; 20m on both sides of the construction

pipelines

Ganqimaodu Port processing

zone water-supply works

100m around the

construction site;

300m on both sides of

3km off the upstream and downstream of the main drain water

intake and the

200m around the

site;300m on

both sides of the

200m around the construction site;20m on both sides of the construction

pipelines

20

Page 30: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

the construction

pipelines; 2.5km

around the operation

site

tail water discharge

outlet

construction pipelines

Tri-drainagereclaimed water

supply works

100m around the

construction site;

300m on both sides of

the construction

pipelines; 2.5km

around the operation

site

3km off the upstream and downstream

of the tri-drainage

water intake and the

tail water discharge

outlet

200m around the

site;300m on

both sides of the

construction pipelines

200m around the construction site;20m on both sides of the construction

pipelines

Hept-drainageReclaimed

water supply works

100m around the

construction site;

300m on both sides of

the construction

pipelines; 2.5km

around the operation

site

3km off the upstream and downstream of the hept-

drainage water intake

and thetail water discharge

outlet

200m around the

site;300m on

both sides of the

construction pipelines

200m around the construction site;20m on both sides of the construction

pipelines

2 Processing zone

wastewater treatment and reuse

works

Urad Back Banner

processing zone (Huhe Town) wastewater

treatment and reuse works

100m around the

construction site;

2.5km around the operation

site.

-

200m200m

around the site

100m around the site

Ganqimaodu Port

processing zone (Deling Mount

100m around the

construction site;

- 200m around the

site

100m around the site

21

Page 31: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Town) wastewater

treatment and reuse works

2.5km around the operation

site.Urad Front

Banner processing zone

(Xianfeng Town)

wastewater treatment and reuse works

100m around the

construction site;

2.5km around the operation

site

-200m

around the site

100m around the site

3

Ulansuhai Nur

sea areatreatment

works

Ulansuhai Nurgridding field

waterwayworks

200m around the

construction site;

Sediment pile site 500m

Ulansuhai Nur

Sea area

200m around the

construction site

Ulansuhai Nurarea and 1km around the sea area

Ulansuhai Nur biological

transition zone artificial

wetlands works

200m around the

construction site

Ulansuhai Nur

area; ground water

evaluation scope is 500m

around the artificial wetlands

200m around the

construction site

Ulansuhai Nurarea and 1km

around the sea area

1.4.2 Time Interval of Environmental EvaluationThe overall report of this project environmental evaluation mainly analyses and evaluates two

periods of construction and operation.

1.4.3 Environmental Protection ObjectivesAccording to the regulations of domestic laws and regulations on environmental influence

evaluation and universal security policy, the environmental protection objectives concerned by this

project environmental evaluation can be seen in Table 1.4-2 and Figure 1-1-Figure 1-6

Figure 1.4-2 Environmental Protection Objectives of Subprojects

Works Name Environmental Elements

Environmental protection

Location Resident Populatio

Protection Requirements

22

Page 32: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Objective n

Urad Back Banner

processing zone (Huhe

Town) wastewater treatment

project and Urad Back

Banner processing

zone Reclaimed

water supply works

Ambient air, acoustical

environment

Menglain Society 1

SE,1.92km

260

Secondary standard in Ambient Air Quality Standard(GB3095-

1996);Maximum allowable concentration standards of harmful substances in residential area atmosphere in Design of Industrial Enterprises hygiene standards(TJ 36-79)

Menglian Society 2 S,1.82km 450

Menglian Society 3 S,1.83km 270

Menglian Society 4 S,2.48km 200

Livestock Society SE,1.77km

140

Menglian Village S,2.81km 300

Zhangdagebo NE,1.60km

400

Xinhong Village 1

NE,3.75km

210

Surface water Main drain S,2.9km ——

IV Class standard in Surface water quality

standards(GB/T3838-2002)

Ecology200m Expansion

off the factoryExtent 5.47ha

——Bring water and soil loss

under control, not influence the ecology significantly

Tri-drainageReclaimed

water supply works

Ambient air, acoustical

environment

DashunchengGroup 4 E,0.71km 210

Secondary standard in Ambient Air Quality Standard(GB3095-

1996);Maximum allowable

concentration standards of harmful substances in

residential area atmosphere in Design of Industrial

Enterprises hygiene standards(TJ 36-79)

Shawan Village Cultivation

Society

SW,0.5km

50

Zhangtiancaigedan

NW,0.69km

260

Surface waterTri-drainage

channel E,0.1km ——

IV Class standard in Surface water quality

standards(GB/T3838-2002)

Ecology200m expansion off the factory

Extent 3.52ha

——Bring water and soil loss

under control, not influence the ecology significantly

Hept-drainageReclaimed

water supply works

Ambient air, acoustical

environment

Five Star Team 1 N,2.33km

1400Secondary standard in Ambient Air Quality Standard(GB3095-

1996);Old City Society

1E,1.66km 500

23

Page 33: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Maximum allowable concentration standards of

harmful substances in residential area atmosphere

in Design of Industrial Enterprises hygiene standards(TJ 36-79)

Querhong Gedan WN,1.68km

520

Weijia Gedan W,1.79km

490

Liuwen Gedan SE,1.24km

500

Wuyuan County brick yard

W,0.15km

60

Hept-drainageWastewater

Treatment FactoryS,0.1km 50

Hongzhu Environmental

Protection Thermoelectricity

CO., Ltd.

SW,0.5km

1000

Surface waterHept-drainage

channel E,0.1km ——

IV Class standard in Surface water quality

standards(GB/T3838-2002)

Ecology200m expansion off the factory

Extent 3.52ha

——Bring water and soil loss

under control, not influence the ecology significantly

Ganqimaodu Port

Processing zone

Reclaimed water supply

works

Ambient air, acoustical

environment

Muyanghai Farm Company 6

SE,0.79km

270Secondary standard in Ambient Air Quality Standard(GB3095-

1996);Maximum allowable

concentration standards of harmful substances in

residential area atmosphere in Design of Industrial

Enterprises hygiene standards(TJ 36-79)

Fodder Team NE,0.81 km

315

Tractor Plowing Team

NE,1.39 km

280

Eryang Gedan SW,2.35 km

340

Surface water

Wangbahaizi N,2.44km

——

III Class standard in Surface water quality

standards(GB/T3838-2002)

Main drain S,1.68km ——

IV Class standard in Surface water quality

standards(GB/T3838-2002)

Ecology200m expansion off the factory

范围3.05haExtent 3.05ha

——Bring water and soil loss

under control, not influence the ecology significantly

24

Page 34: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Ganqimaodu Port

Processing zone (Deling

Mount Village)

wastewater treatment and reuse works

Ambient air, acoustical

environment

East Siyitang SW,1.90km

310Secondary standard in Ambient Air Quality Standard(GB3095-

1996);Maximum allowable

concentration standards of harmful substances in

residential area atmosphere in Design of Industrial

Enterprises hygiene standards(TJ 36-79)

West Siyitang SW,3.11km

350

Ganqimaodu Port Processing zone

NE,1.58km

200

Ecology200m expansion off the factory

Extent 2.55ha

——Bring water and soil loss

under control, not influence the ecology significantly

Urad Front Banner

processing zone

(Xianfeng Town)

wastewater treatment and reuse works

Ambient air, acoustical

environment

Shagedan Village S,0.33km 53Secondary standard in Ambient Air Quality Standard(GB3095-

1996);Maximum allowable

concentration standards of harmful substances in

residential area atmosphere in Design of Industrial

Enterprises hygiene standards(TJ 36-79)

Zhaoxiaoer Gedan SW,0.79km

350

Shijia Gedu S,1.23km 150

Fujia Gedu SE,1.38km

510

Anweigedu SW,1.44km

153

Gejia Gedan N,1.26km

130

Wangyinwei Gedan

NW,1.35km

130

Surface waterQuadri-drainage

Channel S,0.33km ——

IV Class standard in Surface water quality

standards(GB/T3838-2002)

Ecology200m expansion off the factory

Extent 11.16ha

——Bring water and soil loss

under control, not influence the ecology significantly

Wuliangsu Sea Comprehensiv

e Treatment works

Ambient air, acoustical

environment

XinminSW,1.66

km300

Secondary standard in Ambient Air Quality Standard(GB3095-

1996);Maximum allowable

concentration standards of harmful substances in

residential area atmosphere in Design of Industrial

Enterprises hygiene standards(TJ 36-79)

XinhaiSW,1.96

km450

Bailiukou W,0.70 km

260

Wuhai Village W,1.95 km

490

Lihonghao W,0.98 km

330

Wangmanku W,0.74 350

25

Page 35: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

kmBabei Water

CourseW,2.29

km240

Banjie Channel W,0.20 km

260

Xiaoquanzi W,0.40 km

220

Honggebo W,0.50 km

500

Huanchao Gedan W,1.56 km

420

GuangyizhanSW,1.35

km280

Shilanli VillageNW,2.89

km480

Zhaogetai Village SW,2.38 km

270

Erfen Channel W,1.28 km

200

Xinjian VillageNW,1.92

km290

Wayaotan N,1.45 km

1050

Diangedan E,1.88 km

300

Mabozi SE,2.35 km

220

Bawan SE,1.48 km

400

Batou SE,0.70 km

300

Xin’an Farm Banch 9 W,0.2 km 210

Cachu Gedan W,1.96 km

260

Xin’an Farm Branch 8 W,0.7 km 200

Xin’an Farm Branch 7 W,0.5 km 320

Yongfeng Village NW,0.5 km

400

Ulansuhai Nur core area E,0.2km ——

Surface water Ulansuhai Nur Extent 293.2km2

—— III Class standard in Surface water quality standards

26

Page 36: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

(GB/T3838-2002)

Ground waterUlansuhai Nur

artificial wetland

500m outside project

——

III Class standard in Groundwater Quality

Standard(GB/T 14848-93)

Ecology

200m off Ulansuhai Nur

areaExtent

293.2 km2 ——

Project construction does not affect animals and plants in conservation

districts

1.5 Evaluative standards

1.5.1 Environmental quality standards

(1)Ambient air

On the basis of the approval letter on environmental assessment implement standard of

Bayannaoer Environmental Protection Bureau, the zones where the sewage treatment and reuse

engineerings as well as reclaimed water supply engineering are carried out in the Processing

Industrial Park, shall all be the Class II environmental air quality functional zones, in which the

Ambient Air Quality Standard ( GB3095-1996) and the secondary standard in modification notice

shall be implemented for the environmental air assessment; the Wuliangsuhai Zone shall be the

Class I environmental air quality functional zone, in which the Ambient Air Quality Standard

( GB3095-1996) and the primary standard in modification notice shall be implemented for the

environmental air assessment; the maximum allowable concentration standard of harmful

substances in the atmosphere of residential zone of Sanitary Standard for Design of Industrial

Enterprises (GB3095-1996) shall be carried out for H2S and NH3; for standard values, see Table

1.5-1.

Table 1.5-1 Ambient air quality standards (mg/m3)

Name of pollutants Value timeConcentration limit Remarks

Primary standard

Secondary standard

SO2

Average value for one hour

0.15 0.50 GB3095-1996

Daily average value 0.05 0.15

Annual average value 0.02 0.06TSP Daily average value 0.12 0.30

Annual average value 0.08 0.20

27

Page 37: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

PM10Daily average value 0.05 0.15

Annual average value 0.04 0.10

NO2

Average value for one hour

0.12 0.24

Daily average value 0.08 0.12

Annual average value 0.04 0.08

H2S Once 0.01 TJ 36-79the maximum allowable concentration standard of harmful substances in the atmosphere of residential

zones

NH3 once 0.20

(2)Environment of groundwater

The class III standards of Groundwater Quality Standards (GB/T14848-93) shall be

implemented for the groundwater quality, see Table 1.5-2.

Table 1.5-2 Environmental Quality Standards for Groundwater

No. Name of projects Unit Standard values Remarks1 pH —— 6.5~8.5

GB/T 14848-93Class III standards

2 Total hardness mg/l ≤450

3 Nitrates mg/l ≤20

4 Nitrites mg/l ≤0.02

5 Ammonia nitrogen mg/l ≤0.2

6 Potassium permanganate index

mg/l ≤3.0

7 Prussiates mg/l ≤0.05

8 Fluoride mg/l ≤1.0

9 Cr6+ mg/l ≤0.05

10 Volatile phenols mg/l ≤0.002

11 Cu mg/l ≤1.0

12 Zn mg/l ≤1.0

13 Fe mg/l ≤0.3

14 Chlorides mg/l ≤250

17 Hg mg/l ≤0.01

18 Mineralization mg/l ≤1000

19 Total number of bacteria

个/L ≤100

20 Total coliforms 个/L ≤3.0

(3)Environmental quality standards for surface water

For the environmental quality of total and other draining water related to this project, the Class

IV standards of Environmental Quality Standards for Surface Water ( GB3838-2002 ) shall be

28

Page 38: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

implemented, while the Environmental Quality Standards for Surface Water shall be implemented

for the water environmental quality of lakes "haiti" (meaning "little sea") and Wuliangsuhai Sea

Area. For the specific limits, see Table 1.5-3.

Table 1.5-3 Environmental quality standards for surface water (mg/l)No. Name of projects

Class III standard values

Class IV standard values

Source of standards

1 PH 6-9 6-9

GB3838-2002

2 CODcr ≤ 20 30

3 DO ≥ 5 3

4 BOD5 ≤ 4 6

5 NH3-N ≤ 1.0 1.5

6 Oils ≤ 0.05 0. 5

7 Chlorides (in term of CL) ≤ 250 250

8 Volatile phenols ≤ 0.005 0.01

9 Sulfides ≤ 0.2 0.5

10 Mercury ≤ 0.0001 0.001

11 Total phosphorus ≤ 0.2 0.3

12 Total nitrogen ≤ 1.0 1.5

(4)Environmental quality standards for noise

The sewage treatment and reuse engineerings are carried out in the Processing Industrial Park,

in which the Class III standards of Environmental Quality Standards for Noise (GB3096-2008) shall

be implemented for the environmental quality for noise; the zones where the reclaimed water supply

engineering is carried out shall be the functional zones for Class II sound environment, in which the

Class II standards of Environmental Quality Standards for Noise (GB3096-2008) shall be

implemented for the environmental quality for noise; the zones where the comprehensive treatment

engineering of Wuliangsuhai Sea Area is carried out shall be the functional zones for Class I sound

environment, in which the Class I standards of Environmental Quality Standards for Noise

(GB3096-2008) shall be implemented for the environmental quality for noise. For the

environmental quality standard values for noise, see Table 1.5-4.

Table 1.5-4 Environmental quality standards for noise

Category During the daytime [dB(A)] At night [dB(A)]

29

Page 39: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

1 55 45

2 60 50

3 65 55

1.5.2 Standards for the discharge of pollutants

(1)Standards for the discharge of water pollutants

For the wastewater discharge standards of reclaimed water supply engineering, the secondary

standards of national Integrated Wastewater Discharge Standards (GB8978-1996) shall be

implemented; for the wetland drainage engineering of artificial biological filter areas, the primary

standards of national Integrated Wastewater Discharge Standards (GB8978-1996) shall be

implemented. For the specific standard values of some pollutants, see Table 1.5-5.

Table 1.5-5 Integrated wastewater discharge standards (Unit: mg/l)Pollutant factors COD BOD5 SS

Animal or vegetable oils

Oils

Primary standard ≤100 ≤30 ≤70 ≤20 ≤10Secondary standard ≤150 ≤60 ≤200 ≤20 ≤10

Pollutant factorsAmmoni

a nitrogen

Phosphorus

Chromaticity

pH Anion active agent

Primary standard ≤15 ≤0.1 ≤50 6~9 ≤5.0Secondary standard 25 0.3 ≤80 6~9 ≤10

(2)Emission standards for environmental air pollutants

For the emission of atmospheric pollutants during construction, the Integrated Emission

Standards of Atmospheric Pollutants (GB16297-1996) shall be implemented; for the inorganization

emission monitoring concentration limits of particulate matters in the atmospheric pollutants from

new pollutant sources, the standard value shall be 1.0mg/m3 hereof; for the emission of odor

pollutants of sewage treatment and reuse engineerings in each Processing Industrial Park, the

secondary (new) standards of the national Pollutant Emission Standards for Municipal Wastewater

Treatment Plants (GB18918-2002) shall be implemented; for the standard values, see Table 1.5-6;

as the secondary (new) standards of Emission Standards of Odor Pollutants (GB14554-93) are

implemented, for the standard values, see Table 1.5-7.

Table 1.5-6 The maximum allowable concentration of exhaust emission at the factory boundary (at edge of

protection zone)

No. Control projects Secondary standard(mg/m3)30

Page 40: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

1 Ammonia 1.5

2 Sulfureted hydrogen 0.06

3 Odor concentration 20

Table 1.5-7 Factory boundary standard values of odor pollutants

No. Control projects Primary standard(mg/m3)1 Ammonia 1.0

2 Sulfureted hydrogen 0.03

3 Odor concentration 10

(3)Noise

For the factory boundary noise of sewage treatment and reuse engineerings in the Processing

Industrial Park, the Class III standards of Standards of Noise at Boundary of Industrial Enterprises

(GB12348-2008)shall be implemented; for the factory boundary noise of reclaimed water supply

engineering, the Class II standards of Standards of Noise at Boundary of Industrial Enterprises

(GB12348-2008)shall be implemented; for the comprehensive treatment engineering noise of

Wuliangsuhai Sea Area, the Class I standards of Standards of Noise at Boundary of Industrial

Enterprises (GB12348-2008) shall be implemented; as the Noise Limits for Construction Site

(GB12523-90) are implemented on construction site, for the standard limits, see Table 1.5-8 and

1.5-9.

Table 1.5-8 Standard limits of noise at boundary of industrial enterprises

Period of timeCategory of noise functional areas

In the daytime[dB(A)] At night[dB(A)]

1 55 45

2 60 50

3 65 55Table 1.5-9 Noise limits for construction site

Construction stage

Chief noise source In the daytime At night Unit

Cubic metre of earth and

stone机 Bulldozers, excavators and loaders 75 55 dB(A)

Piling All kinds of piling machines 85 It is forbidden dB(A)31

Page 41: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

for construction

StructureConcrete mixers, vibrators and electric

saws70 55 dB(A)

Decoration Cranes and elevators 65 55 dB(A)(4)Solid wastes

For the pollutant emission of Wuliangsuhai grid channel excavation sediments, sewage

treatment and reuse engineering sludge and reclaimed water supply engineering sludge in the

Processing Industrial Park, the relevant standards of national Pollutant Emission Standards for

Municipal Wastewater Treatment Plants (GB18918-2002) shall be implemented, and the sludge

should meet the provisions of Table 1.5-10 after the stabilization treatment; When the sludge after

the treatment is used for agriculture, its pollutant concentration shall meet the requirements of Table

1.5-11, while the Control Standards for Pollutants in Sludges from Agricultural Use (GB4284-84)

shall be implemented; when the sludge after the treatment is treated by a landfill method, the

control standards for safety landfill shall be implemented; as the Identification Standards for

Hazardous Wastes - Leaching Toxicity Identification (GB5085.3-1996) are implemented for the

leaching toxicity identification of sludge, see Table 1.5-12.

Table 1.5-10 Control indexes for stabilization of sludge

Method of stabilization Control projects Control indexes

Anaerobic digestion Degradation ratio of organic substance(%) >40

Aerobic digestion Degradation ratio of organic substance(%) >40

Aerobic compost

Rate of water content(%) <65

Degradation ratio of organic substance(%) >50

Death rate of worm eggs(%) >95

Bacteria value of fecal coliforms >0.01

Table 1.5-11 Control standard limits for pollutants in sludges from agricultural use

No. Control projectsMaximum permissible content(mg/kg dried sludge)On acid soils(pH<6.5) On neutral and alkaline

soils (pH>=6.5)1 Total cadmium 5 202 Total mercury 5 153 Total lead 300 10004 Total chromium 600 10005 Total arsenic 75 756 Total nickel 100 2007 Total zinc 2000 3000

32

Page 42: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

8 Total copper 800 1500

9 Boron 150 150

10 Oils 3000 300011 Benzo (a) pyrene 3 3

12

Polychlorinated dibenzo dioxins / polychlorinated dibenzofurans (PCDD / PCDF unit: ng toxicity units / kg dried

sludge)

100 100

13Adsorbable organic halogen compound

(AOX) (in terms of Cl)500 500

14 Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) 0.2 0.2Table 1.5-12 Identification standards for leaching toxicity

No. ProjectsMaximum allowable concentration of

leaching liquor,mg/l

1Mercury and its compounds (in term of total

mercury)0.05

2 Lead (in term of total lead) 33 Cadmium (in term of total cadmium) 0.3

4 Total chromium 10

5 Hexavalent chromium 1.5

6Copper and its compounds (in term of total

copper)50

7 Zinc and its compounds (in term of total zinc) 50

8Beryllium and its compounds (in term of total

beryllium)0.1

9Barium and its compounds (in term of total

barium)100

10 Nickel and its compounds (in term of total nickel) 10

11Arsenic and its compounds (in term of total

arsenic)1.5

12 Inorganic fluoride (excluding calcium fluoride) 5013 Cyanide (in term of CN) 1.0

(5)Sanitation protection distance

According to the requirements of Construction Standards for Municipal Sewage Treatment

Engineering Projects of the Ministry of Construction, the treatment & production facilities of

sewage & sludge resulting in odor shall be located in the downwind direction in summer in the

auxiliary production areas of sewage treatment plant, far from residential zones outside the plant as

much as possible, and in accordance with relevant national regulations. If not meet the

requirements, the distance of odor arising from production facilities between the sewage treatment

33

Page 43: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

plant and residential zones outside the plant should not be less than 50 ~ 100 meters.

1.6 Environmental impact factors and evaluation factors

1.6.1 Identification of environmental impact factorsThe implementation of this project will help to reduce the pollution load of Wuliangsuhai as

well as improve its water environment, which is important not only for the promotion of

comprehensive and sustainable development of Bayannaoer's environment and social economy, but

also for the protection of water ecological environment security of the Yellow River. At the same

time, during the construction and operation, the implementation of this project may also have some

adverse environmental impacts on the social environment, ecological environment and

environmental quality. On the design stage, the site selection, selection and comparison of technical

schemes, feasibility studies and other works shall be carried out mainly, which won't directly have

some adverse impacts on the environment in general.

The impacts during the construction and operation mainly include:

(1)Social and environmental impacts: The implementation of this project will inevitably

bring the certain socio-economic impacts on the proposed areas, mainly including the impacts of

land acquisition and demolition. This project will involve four administrative villages of four towns

(streets) of five banners (counties) of Bayannaoer, a state-owned farm as well as a state-owned

pasture, in which 22 rural residents of 5 families will be affected by land acquisition, who are the

affected population not dismantled arising from land acquisition. This project does not involve the

houses to be dismantled, with the collection and temporary acquisition of various land of 3597.25

mu, including 758.00 mu of collecting land, 2839.25 mu of temporary land and150 scattered fruit

trees, in which the land with an area of about 50.5ha will be occupied for the project construction,

and then about 22 people will be affected by the project construction.

The problems of land acquisition, demolition and resettlement caused by this would affect the

daily lives of local residents, resulting in changing their possession quantity of means of production

and subsistence; the construction for roads and sewage pipe networks would also affect the travel

and security of residents along the line, as well as traffic conditions, etc..

(2)Impacts on ecological environment

As for the occupation of land for project construction, the local total arable land and vegetation

34

Page 44: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

quantity will be reduced, changing the nature of land use, causing the impact on the local

agricultural ecology; destroying the vegetation on the project proposed site during the construction;

easily resulting in the soil erosion due to inadequate protection on the high filled and deep

excavated sections, earthwork filled and excavated sections as well as temporary piling sections,

etc.; impacting on the Wuliangsuhai aquatic life due to the release of pollutants from bottom sludge

during the construction for grid channel excavation engineering in Wuliangsuhai Sea Area.

(3)Impacts on environmental quality

During construction: The nearby water bodies may be polluted by the running, spilling,

dripping and leaking grease/oil stains from construction machinery as well as domestic sewage

caused by construction workers, and the release of pollutants from bottom sludge during the

construction for grid channel excavation engineering in Wuliangsuhai Sea Area will impact on the

water quality of Wuliangsuhai; the ambient air will be polluted by a great amount of dust generated

in the material transport and mixing processes; the mechanical noise will also impact on the normal

work and living of residents nearby construction site; the running frequently construction vehicles

will impact on the existing traffic order.

During operation: To some extent, the surrounding environment will be polluted as well due to

the odor waste gas giving out during the sewage treatment and reuse engineerings as well as the tail

water discharged during the reclaimed water supply engineering in the Processing Industrial Park;

for the drainage during the wetland engineering in artificial filter areas,due to the reduction of

quantity of pollutants discharged into Wuliangsuhai, the water environmental quality of

Wuliangsuhai will be significantly improved. Since the local engineering needs to be consolidated

and maintained and the vegetation still needs some time to be recovered, the phenomenon of soil

erosion will still exist for a period of time after the construction period.

To sum up, the main existing impact factors of this project during construction and operation

include:

( 1 ) Social environment: Land occupation, demolition, relocation and resettlement, road

traffic as well as urban appearance and landscape, etc.;

(2)Ecological environment: Changing the impacts on the water ecological environment due

to the land use condition, vegetation destruction, soil erosion and grid channel excavation, etc.;

35

Page 45: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

( 3 ) Water environment: The the release of pollutants from bottom sludge for grid

excavation, domestic sewage and road runoff during construction; the production sewage and living

sewage during operation, etc.;

(4);Noise environment: The traffic noise and machinery noise, etc.;

(5)Ambient air: Dust and exhaust pollutants arising from transport vehicles as well as odor

produced by piling up and transporting the bottom sludge for grid excavation during construction;

the foul gas generated from the sewage treatment and reuse engineerings in the Processing

Industrial Park during operation, etc..

1.6.2 Selection of environmental impact and evaluation factorsBased on the above analysis, combining the engineering category and characteristics of this

project, the environmental impact recognition matrix has been established, see Table 1.6-1.

36

Page 46: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Table 1.6-1 Environmental impact recognition matrix

Constructio

n phase

Building

activities

Impact factors

Natural environment Ecological environment Social environment

Atmospheric

environment

Water

environment

Noise

environment

Land

utilization

Water and

soil

conservation

Plants Animals Landscape Employmen

Income

of

residents

Local

economy

Quality

of lifeTourism

Constructio

n period

Selection of

construction site-○ -○ -○ -★ -☆ -★ -○ -★ +○ +○ +○ -○ -○

Material

handling-○ -○ -○ -○ -★ -★ -○ -★ +○ +○ +○ -○ -○

Site cleaning -○ -○ -☆ -○ -☆ -★ -☆ -★ +○ +○ +○ -○ -○

Engineering

construction-★ -○ -★ -☆ -★ -★ -○ -★ +○ +○ +○ -○ -○

Excavation of

grid channel-☆ -★ -☆ -○ -○ -★ -★ -☆ +○ +○ +○ -○ -☆

Operation

period

Sewage

treatment and

reuse

engineerings

-☆ +★ -☆ -○ -○ -○ -○ +★ +☆ +☆ +☆ +☆ +★

Reclaimed

water supply

engineering

-○ +☆ -☆ -○ -○ -○ -○ +★ +☆ +☆ +☆ +☆ +★

Artificial

wetland+○ +★ +○ +☆ +☆ +★ +★ +★ +☆ +☆ +☆ +☆ +★

Note: The symbol★indicates the significant impact; the symbol ☆indicates the general impact; the symbol ○indicates the slight impact; the symbol -indicates the negative impact; the symbol

+indicates the positive impact.

37

Page 47: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

For the identification results of environmental impact factors of various sub-projects, see Table

1.6-2.

The selecting principles of environmental assessment factors shall be:

A、Normal pollutant factors;

B、Pollutant factors greatly impacting on the environment and belonging to the characteristics

of sub projects;

C、Factors specified by clear limits in accordance with national environmental standards.

Based on the identification of environmental impact, in accordance with the major pollutants

determined by the engineering analysis, for the selected environmental evaluation factors of various

subprojects, see Table 1.6-3.

(1)Evaluation factors of current surface water: Potassium permanganate index, BOD5, DO,

NH3-N, TN, TP, pH, lead and total mercury;

Predictive analytical factors: TN, TP and eutrophication.

(2)Evaluation factors of groundwater: NH3-N, NO2-N, As, Pb, Cd, Hg, Cr6 + and total

coliforms;( 3 ) Aquatic ecological evaluation factors: Status, algae content, chlorophyll a, dominant

species, zooplankton, benthic animals and large aquatic plants;

Predictive analytical factors: Chlorophyll a, zooplankton and large aquatic animals.

(4)Environmental evaluation factors of bottom sludge: Content of organic matter, CEC, pH,

Pb, Cr, Cd, Hg, As and pH;

(5)Environment evaluation factors of noise: Equivalent continuous dB (A) sound level;

(6)Atmospheric Environment Assessment factors: Odor.

38

Page 48: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Table 1.6-2 Identification results of environmental impact factors of various sub-projects

Actions possibly

impacting on the

environmental

resources and value

Damages or benefits of natural or

social environmentBasis for impact analysis Typical mitigation measures

Categories of sunprojects and possible identification of

impact factors

Reclaimed

water supply

engineerings

Sewage treatment

and reuse

engineerings in

the Processing

Industrial Park

Comprehensive

treatment in

Wuliangsuhai Sea

Area

1 、 Environmental issues related to project location (site selection)

Impacts on production

systems (such as

agriculture)

Loss of production capacity

Occupied area

type of production/income

of unit ha

Changing the location of

project

(relocation)

compensation measures

Impacts on trafficChanging the roads in fields or

residential zones

Description of roads

(width and length)

area and service

population

Changing the location of

project

rehabilitation or

replacement of traffic

√ √

Destruction of the

existing buildings

Loss of private buildingsType, quantity, value,

removal population

Changing the location of

project

properly arranging the

removal

immigrants

Loss of infrastructure Type, characteristics and

estimating the value

Changing the location of

project

compensation or

√ √

39

Page 49: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

substitution

Destruction of areas

with ecological value

Destruction of vegetation

Vegetation area/plant

species

value (financial and

ecological)

Changing the location of

project

restoring the vegetation

√ √

Destruction of biological diversityList of species

special areas

Changing the location of

project

reducing the land area

Impacts on protected areas:

National parks and natural reserves

Type and purpose of

protection

total area, area to be

affected

Changing the location of

project

reducing the land area

Impacts on the surface water

environment and flood risk

Hydrological parameters,

monitoring values of

water quality

Changing the location of

project

changing the location of

outfall

√ √ √

Destruction of

drainage channels and

ditches

Floods, soil acidification

Main drainage patterns or

line of channels and

ditches (pipeline)

Changing the location of

project

paying attention to the

protection of drainage

channels and ditches during

construction

Artificial

infrastructure to be

built in outdoor scenic

Destruction of landscape and

tourism value

Destructiveness and area

of landscape value

Changing the location of

project

carrying out the appropriate

40

Page 50: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

areasdesign to protect the scenic

areas

2 、 Environmental issues possibly existing during construction of project

Temporary occupied

land for work sheds

and storage areas, etc.

Impacts on land use and productionOccupied area, use,

location

Reducing the area of

occupied land, requiring the

contractor's obligation

monitoring and supervising

the construction activities

√ √ √

Clearing of vegetationDestruction of woodland, orchard

and farmland

Type / area and economic

value of vegetation to be

damaged

Clearing ways, monitoring

the clearing activities

division of area

√ √ √

More accessible to

arrive in natural areas

There are risks, such as the risk of

poaching, etc.

Location of sensitive

areas

threatened areas or

species

Contractor's obligations

monitoring and managing

the construction personnel

Wastes generated

from the civil

engineering Loss of soil erosion and sediment

Location of earth and

stone works for

excavation, landfill and

disposal, natural drainage

patterns

Contractor's obligations

(drainage and sedimentation

pool)

monitoring

√ √ √

Temporary occupation or

destruction

Location, scope, purpose

of occupied land

The contractor is obliged to

submit a Management Plan

for Damaged and Temporily

Occupied Land.

√ √ √

Emission of dust and other particles Location, distance and Schedule of engineering √ √ √

41

Page 51: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

wind direction in

residential zones

construction

contractor's obligations

(sprinkling)

monitoring the activities of

the civil engineering

Excavation of grid

channel in Sea Area

During the excavation and disposal

of grid channel in Sea Area, the

sediments of bottom sludge can

release some pollutants. If disposed

inappropriately, they will pollute

the environment.

Measurement of sampling

analysis of sediments

quantities of grid channel

excavation

Methods of excavation

disposal conditions

(stacking or processing),

monitoring

Pollution caused by bottom sludge

disposed inappropriately

Yield, composition, trace

and disposal method of

bottom sludge

Detailed management and

disposal plans for bottom

sludge

monitoring

Impacts on aquatic lifeList of species

special areas

Changin the construction

methods

developing the detailed and

effective mitigation

measures

Transportation of

construction materials

and engineering

equipment

Particulate matter and noise

transportation security

Material volume, traffic

volume

means of transportation

through environmentally

sensitive areas

Contractor's obligations:

maintaining the vehicles and

road signs, monitoring the

means of transportation

√ √ √

42

Page 52: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Engagement of

construction

personnel

If hiring the local labor, the direct

benefits can brought to the local

residents and ethnic minorities.

Predicting the number of

employees

estimating the number

and proportion of local

staff to be employed

Contractor's obligations

(implementing in EMP)

monitoring

√ √ √

Health and safety impacts on the

construction personnel and

surrounding residents

Number of personnel to

be possibly affected

health statistics

(incidence rate)

conditions on local

infectious and epidemic

diseases

Contractor's obligations:

Health and safety

management

monitoring

√ √ √

Nearby surface water polluted by

domestic sewage

Quality of surface water,

environmental quality

standards, emission

standards

facilities for downstream

water conservancy works

Contractor's obligations:

Managing and monitoring

the wastes as well as health

and safety

√ √ √

Use of large

construction

equipment

Noise and waste (exhaust) gas

impacting on the surrounding

residents

Construction equipment

required for use,

construction schedule

distance from the nearest

residential zones, its

population density

direction and velocity of

Construction operations of

large-scale equipment

prohibitted at night

notifying the time of

construction operations to

the surrounding residents

contractor's obligations

√ √ √

43

Page 53: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

wind

noise and waste gas

emission standards

monitoring

Production of solid

wastes

Pollution of soil, rivers and

groundwater aquifers

Number and type of

wastes: Domestic

garbage, construction

waste, spoil, chemical

waste

Waste management and

disposal program

contractor's obligations

monitoring

√ √ √

Completion of

construction

Not repairing or improperly

repairing on siteLocation and area of

temporary land

equipment to be possibly

used and wastes to be

generated

The contractor is obligated

to prepare a Site Restoration

Programme after

Completion for each project,

in which the repair

expenditure shall be added.

√ √

3 、 Environmental issues possibly existing during operation of project

1) Subprojects of

reclaimed water

supply engineering

Operation of water

reclamation plantNoise

Noise standards

distance to the nearest

residential zones

Procuring the low-noise

equipment, strengthening

the routine maintenance

monitoring

Impacts on water sources Average monthly output

of supplying water from

water sources

Ensuring the minimum

storage capacity from water

sources

44

Page 54: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

intake ratio of total

storage capacity

meeting the minimum

water requirements of

other water

monitoring the water quality

and quantity of underground

water sources

Impacts on emission of tail water

Water quality of surface

water, water quality of tail

water, quantity of water

Environmental quality

standards, emission

standards, monitoring the

water quality of tail water

water environmental

protection plans and

emergency measures

Production of sludge

in water reclamation

plant

Impacts caused by the improper

management of sludge

Estimated output and

composition of sludge

Disposal measures of sludge

detailed management plans

of sludge

monitoring

Pullution of raw water Pollution status of water sources

Water quality of water

sources

Type and quantity of

surrounding main

pollution sources

Monitoring the water

quality of raw water

Protection plans for water

sources and emergency

measures

2) Subprojects of

sewage treatment and

reuse engineerings

Production of sludge Pollution caused by the Output and composition 监 测 Detailed management √

45

Page 55: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

in the sewage

treatment plant

management and improper

treatment of sludge

of sludge

trace and disposal

methods of sludge

and disposal plans for

sludge

monitoring

Impacts of agricultural sludge

Sludge purification /

concentration of heavy

metals

Sludge reuse standards

detailed disposal and

utilization plan for sludge

monitoring

Toxicity and corrosivity of sludge

and waste residue

Category of toxic or

corrosive substances

distance to the nearest

residential zones

Storage and treatment of

sludge and waste residue

control of toxic substances

Operation of sewage

treatment plants,

sewage networks and

sewage pumping

stations

Odor and noise

Location of pumping

station/odor distribution

sources,

distance to residential

zones

Noise standards, foul gas

emission standards

procuring the low-noise

equipment, strengthening

the duties of maintenance

monitoring

3) Subprojects of

management in

Wuliangsuhai Sea

Area

Operation of artificial

wetland

Impacts on the water environmental

quality of Wuliangsuhai

Hydrological parameters,

monitoring values of

water quality

Water quality standards for

surface water

emission standards

monitoring

46

Page 56: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Impacts on natural reserves

Type and purpose of

protection

total area

Biological diversity

monitoring the water quality√

47

Page 57: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Table 1.6-3 Selection of environmental evaluation factors of various subprojects

No.Category of subprojects and

content of major projects

Environmental evaluation factorsDegree of possible

impact

Ecological

environmentAmbient air Surface water Groundwater

Noise

environm

ent

Solid

wastes

Constructio

n period

Operat

ion

period

1

Reclaimed

water supply

engineering

Water supply

networks

Land

utilization, soil

erosion

vegetation

TSP 、 P

M10 SS

NH3-N, NO2-N,

As, Pb, Cd, Hg, Cr6

+ and total

coliforms

Traffic

noise

constructi

on noise

Constructi

on spoil - ★ -

Water

reclamation

plant

Land

utilization,

vegetation

TSP 、 P

M10

pH, COD,

BOD, NH3-N,

TP, TN, oils,

SS, volatile

phenols and

fecal coliforms

-Factory

boundary

noise

constructi

on noise

Constructi

on spoil

sludge

- ★ + ☆

2 Sewage

treatment

and reuse

engineerings

Pipe network

engineering

Land

utilization, soil

erosion

vegetation

TSP 、 P

M10 SS

NH3-N, NO2-N,

As, Pb, Cd, Hg, Cr6

+ and total

coliforms

Traffic

noise

constructi

on noise

Constructi

on spoil- ★ -

Sewage

treatment plant

Land

utilization,

vegetation

TSP,

PM10,

ozone, NH3

and H2S

- - Factory

boundary

noise

constructi

Constructi

on spoil

surplus

sludge

- ★ + ★

48

Page 58: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

on noise

3

Management

engineering

in

Wuliangsuha

i Sea Area

Excavation of

grid channel

Algal volume,

chlorophyll a,

dominant

species,

zooplankton,

benthic

animals and

large aquatic

plants

TSP,

PM10,

ozone, NH3

and H2S

pH, COD,

BOD, NH3-N,

TP, TN, lead

and total

mercury

- Construct

ion noise

Excavatio

n of

sludge

- ★ + ★

Artificial

wetland

Algal volume,

chlorophyll a,

dominant

species,

zooplankton,

benthic

animals and

large aquatic

plants

TSP 、 P

M10

pH, COD,

BOD, NH3-N,

TP, TN, lead

and total

mercury

- Construct

ion noise- ○ + ★

Note: The symbol★indicates the significant impact; the symbol ☆indicates the general impact; the symbol ○indicates the slight impact; the symbol -indicates the negative impact; the

symbol +indicates the positive impact.

49

Page 59: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

1.7 Evaluation principles and methods

(1)Meet the requirements of construction project environmental management

of national and local environmental protection departments and industry competent

authorities as well as the requirements of environmental impact evaluation of World

Bank and Notice on Strengthening the Environmental Management of Loan

Construction Project of International Financial Organization;

( 2 ) In accordance with the characteristics of construction environmental

impact assessment, take the key environmental factors and pollution factors as the

evaluation objects, highlight the evaluation of key protection objectives, and pay

attention to the rational analysis of discharge after reaching standards, cleaning

production, gross control and site selection;

(3);Use the methods of combining with the analogy investigation, model

simulations, data collection and analysis, etc., fully use the existing data, predict the

environmental benefits and possible environmental impacts of project construction,

and use the method of providing the Public Opinion Questionnaire and other methods

for public participation;

( 4 ) For the management services, prepare the environmental management

plans (EMP), provide the administration sections and construction units with the

opinions and suggestions for decision and reference, through the development of a

series of measures for mitigation, monitoring and institution building during the

implementation and operation of projects, so as to eliminate or compensate the

adverse effects on society and envirenment during project construction;

(5)From the point of environmental protection, demonstrate the feasibility of

project construction, strive to make the scientific and feasible conclusion of

environmental impact assessment, and provide the scientific basis for the

50

Page 60: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

environmental protection management during the approval, design and construction of

projects.

1.8 Technical route for environmental impact assessment

This technical route for environmental impact assessment shall be shown in

Fig.1.8-1.

Fig.1.8-1 Technical route for environmental impact assessment

Data collection, field investigation and engineering analysis

Determination of Content of evaluation, emphasis, level, scope and standards

Identification of key issues and selection of evaluation factors

Development of work program

Engineering analysis

Atm

ospheric

environment

Water

environmen

Noise

environment

Ecological

environment

Public participation

Environmental monitoring and existing condition analysis

Analysis and evaluation of environmental impacts

Analysis of

questionnaire

survey

Environmental protection

measures

Measures for

improvement of

program

Consultation of expert opinions

Giving advice and conclusion of environmental impact assessment

Environmental management and monitoring program

Preparing and submitting the environmental impact assessment report

51

Page 61: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

2. Framework for Policy, Law and Administration

2.1 Documents on Environment Policy and Law

2.1.1 OutlineOn the basis of the comprehensive analysis on the type, scale, location and

environmental sensibility of the project and the character and size of the potential

environmental impact, the main policy, law and standards governing or involved with

the environmental assessment of this Project include:

(1) Laws and rules on environmental protection;

(2) Technology policy for pollution prevention;

(3) Plans and layout of social and economic development and environmental

protection;

(4) Urban master planning;

(5)Technology guideline for environmental impact assessment;

(6) Environmental quality standard;

(7) Control standards for pollution discharge; and

(8) World Bank safeguard policies.

The aforesaid policies, laws and standards constitute the document framework of

policy, law and standards guiding and standardizing the environmental assessment of

this Project. Each sub-project is governed by different policy, law and standards

because of the different type and character.

Other than aforesaid documents, one of the basis for the environmental

assessment of this Project includes the outline of environmental impact assessment

(TOR), the feasibility study report, the administrative examination and approval

52

Page 62: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

documents of the government authorities and other related documents in which the

said policy, law and standards are embodied and applied concretely.

2.1.2 Laws and rules on environmental protection(1) The Environmental Protection Law of the People's Republic of China,

1989.12.26;

(2) The Environmental Impact Assessment Law of the People's Republic of

China, 2002.10.28;

(3) The Water Pollution Prevention and Control Law of the People's Republic of

China, 2008.06.01;

(4) The Air Pollution Prevention and Control Law of the People's Republic of

China, 2000.04.29;

(5) The Environmental Noise Pollution Prevention and Control Law of the

People's Republic of China, 1996.10.29;

(6) The Law of the People's Republic of China on the Prevention and Control of

Environmental Pollution by Solid Waste, 2004.12.29;

(7) The Water Law of the People's Republic of China, 1988.01.21;

(8) The Law of the People's Republic of China on Water and Soil Conservation,

1991.06.29;

(9) The Law of the People's Republic of China on the Protection of Cultural

Relics, 2002.10.28;

(10) The Regulations on the Administration of Construction Project

Environmental Protection, 1992.08.17;

(11) The Regulations on the Protection of Basic Farmland, 1998.12.27;

(12) The Rules for the Implementation of the Water Pollution Prevention and

Control Law of the People's Republic of China, 2000.3.20;

(13) The Regulations of the People's Republic of China on Nature Reserves,

1994.12.01;

(14) The Circular of the General Office of the State Council on Strengthening the

Administration of the Wetland Protection, 2004.06.05;

(15) The Circular of the State Council on Strengthening Urban Water Supply and

53

Page 63: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Saving and Water Pollution Prevention, 2000.11.7;

(16) The Opinions on Strengthening Industrial Water Saving, 2000.10.25;

(17) The Circular on Strengthening the Administration of Environmental Impact

Assessment of the Construction Projects with Loans from International Financial

Organizations, 1993.6.21;

(18) The Provisions on Hierarchical Examination and Approval of the

Environmental Impact Assessment of Construction Projects, 2008.12.11;

(19) The Guiding Catalog of Industrial Structure Adjustment, 2007;

(20) The Categorized List of the Environmental Impact Assessment of

Construction Projects, 2008.10.01;

(21) The Interim Measures on Public Participation in Environmental Impact

Assessment, 2006.02.22;

(22) The Measures for the Disclosure of Environmental Information (Trial

Implementation), 2007.04.21;

(23) The Regulations on Water Resources Justification for Construction Projects,

2002.05;

(24) The Interim Provisions on the Punishment of Activities Violating the Law

and Discipline on Environmental Protection, 2006.02.20;

(25) The Opinions on Strengthening the Environmental Protection of

Construction Projects in the Development of the West Regions, 2001.01.08;

(26) The Regulations on Water Pollution Prevention of Yellow River Basin

within the Territory of Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region, 1996.09.28;

(27) The Implementation Opinions of the People's Government of Inner

Mongolia Autonomous Region on Strengthening Energy Saving and Emission

Reduction in the 11th Five Years, 2007.04.29;

(28) The Regulations of Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region on the

Environmental Protection (revised in 2002), 2002.03.21;

(29) The Implementation Measures of Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region on

the Law of the People's Republic of China on Water and Soil Conservation,

1997.09.24; and

54

Page 64: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

(30) The Announcement of the People's Government of Inner Mongolia

Autonomous Region on the Division of the Main Prevention Areas of Water and Soil

Loss, 1999.05.20.

2.1.3 Technology policy for pollution prevention(1) The disposal and the technology policy for pollution prevention of urban

domestic wastes

(2) The disposal and the technology policy for pollution prevention of urban

domestic sewage

(3) The prevention and control technology policy for lake and reservoir

eutrophication.

(4) The technology policy for the sludge treatment and disposal and the pollution

prevention and control in municipal wastewater treatment plant (trial implementation)

(5) The prevention and control technology policy for hazardous wastes pollution

(6) Opinions on strengthening the water environmental protection of important

lakes.

2.1.4 Plans and layout of social and economic development and

environmental protection(1) Outline of the Eleventh Five-Year Plan for National Economic and Social

Development in Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region

(2) Outline of the Eleventh Five-Year Plan for National Economic and Social

Development in Bayannaoer City

(3) The Eleventh Five-year Plan of Water Pollution Prevention and Control in

Key River Basins

(4) The Comprehensive Planning for the Water Resources in Yellow River Basin

(5) The Function Division of the Inland Rivers in Northwestern and Yellow

River Basin

(6) The Environmental Protection Planning of Bayannaoer City (2005-2010)

2.1.5 The urban master planning and related plans(1) The Compilation of the Urban Master Planning of Bayannaoer City (2004-

2020)

55

Page 65: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

(2) The Industrial Water Supply Planning in Bayannaoer City, Inner Mongolia

Autonomous Region (2007)

(3) The Water Resources Comprehensive Planning in Bayannaoer City

(4) The Urban Water System Planning in Bayannaoer City, Inner Mongolia

Autonomous Region (F208G-A1)

2.1.6 The technology guideline and standards for environmental

impact assessment(1) HJ/T2.1-93 Technology Guideline for Environmental Impact Assessment

General Provisions

(2) HJ2.2-2008 Technology Guideline for Environmental Impact Assessment

Atmospheric Environment

(3) HJ/T2.3-93 Technology Guideline for Environmental Impact Assessment

Surface Water Environment

(4) HJ/T2.4-1995 Technology Guideline for Environmental Impact Assessment

Sound Environment

(5) HJ/T19-1997 Technology Guideline for Environmental Impact Assessment

Non-Pollution Ecological Impact

(6) HJ/T169-2004 Technical Guidelines for Environmental Risk Assessment

on Projects

(7) HJ/T192-2006 Technical Criterion for Eco-environmental Status

Evaluation (Trial Implementation)

(8) GB/T16453.1~6-1996 Technical specification for comprehensive control

of soil and water conservation

(9) SL204-98 Technical Regulation on Water and Soil Conservation Plan of

Development and Construction Projects

2.1.7 Environmental quality standard(1) GB3095-1996 Ambient Air Quality Standard

(2) GB3838-2002 Environmental quality Standards for Surface Water

(3) GB/T14848-93 Quality Standard for ground Water

56

Page 66: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

(4) CJ/T206-2005 Quality Standard for Urban Water Supply

(5) GB5749-2006 Sanitary Standard for Drinking Water

(6) CJ 3020-93 Water Quality Standard for Drinking Water Sources

(7) GB5084-92 Standards for Irrigation Water Quality

(8) GB15618-1995 Environmental Quality Standard for Soils

(9) GB3096-2008 Environmental Quality Standards for Noise

(10) TJ36-79 Sanitary Standard for the Design of Industrial Enterprise

(the Maximum Allowable Concentration of Hazardous Substances in Atmosphere of

Residential Area)

(11) GB/T18883-2002 Indoor Air Quality Standard

2.1.8 Control standards for pollution discharge(1) GB16297-1996 Integrated Emission Standard of Air Pollutants

(2) GB14554-93 Emission Standard for Odor Pollutants

(3) GB8978-1996 Integrated Wastewater Discharge Standard

(4) GB18918-2002 Discharge Standard of Pollutants for Municipal

Wastewater Treatment Plant

(5) GB12523-90 Noise Limits for Construction Site

(6) GB12348-2008 Standard of Noise at Boundary of Industrial Enterprises

(7) GB18599-2001 Standards for Pollution Control on the Storage and

Disposal Site for General Industrial Solid Wastes

(8) GB5085-1996 Identification Standard for Hazardous Wastes

(9) GB8172-87 Control Standards for Urban Wastes for Agricultural Use

(10) GB4284-84 Control Standards for Pollutants in Sludges from

Agricultural Use

2.1.9 World Bank safeguard policies

(1)OP/BP 4.01 Environmental Assessment

(2)OP/BP 4.04 Natural Habitats

(3)OP 4.09 Pest Management

57

Page 67: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

(4)OP 4.37 Safety of Dams

(5)OP 4.11 Physical Cultural Resources

(6)OP/BP 4.12 Involuntary Resettlement

(7)OD 4.20 Indigenous Peoples

(8)OP 7.50 Projects on International Waterways

(9)BP17.50 Information Disclosure

2.1.10 Documents related to the Project(1) The proposals for the project of the comprehensive treatment of the water

environment in Bayannaoer City, Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region (SC2006-101-

(H)-49);

(2) The proposals for the project of the comprehensive treatment of

Wuliangsuhai Lake, the project of environmental treatment in Yellow River basin in

Inner Mongolia;

(3) The feasibility study report for the ecological treatment project of

Wuliangsuhai Lake in Bayannaoer,Inner Mongolia;

(4) The implementation plan of the ice jam flood detention project from

Sanshenggong to Sanhehukou of Yellow River in Inner Mongolia (BSSDY·SJ-039-

2005);

(5) The outline of the water ecosystem recovery plan of Wuliangsuhai Lake

(2008-2033);

(6) The report of water resources in Bayannaoer (2002-2006);

(7) The report on the investigation of the reasonable disposition of the water

resources in Bayannaoer City; and

(8) The reply on the standard of environmental assessment of the water

58

Page 68: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

environment comprehensive treatment in Bayannaoer City with the loan from World

Bank (Ba Huan Han Fa [2009] No.79).

2.2 Environmental Management Institutions and Their

Responsibilities

PRC Central People's Government and the People's Governments in all

provinces(municipalities directly under the central government and autonomous

regions ), cities(municipalities) and counties(prefectures) all have their own

environmental management institutions which perform their environmental

management duties according to law. The environmental management institutions in

relation with this Project mainly include: State Environment Protection

Administration (SEPA), the Department of Environmental Protection of Inner

Mongolia Autonomous Region and the environmental protection bureaus in all cities,

municipalities and banners(counties and districts).

(1) State Environment Protection Administration (SEPA)

In March 1998, the former State Environment Protection Administration became

the organization directly under the State Council. It is in charge of the administrative

management and enforcement of the environmental protection all over the country

and its main tasks and responsibilities include: to draw up the environmental

protection guideline, policy, laws and rules, planning and administrative regulations;

to supervise the exploitation and utilization of natural resources, the main ecological

environment construction and the ecological damage restoration that have an

influence on the ecological environment; to check and supervise the biodiversity

protection, the wildlife protection, wetland environment protection and the desert

prevention; to supervise and manage the national nature reserves; to direct and

harmonize the significant environmental matters among all localities and departments

and the multi-locations and multi-basins; to establish and organize to implement all

environmental management systems; to examine and approve the environmental

impact reports of development and construction activities according to laws and rules;

59

Page 69: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

to direct the comprehensive environmental regulation in cities and towns; in charge of

rural eco-environmental protection; to manage the international cooperation and

communication on environmental protection; to involve the harmonization of the

important international activities on environmental protection; to mange, organize and

harmonize the domestic implementation of the international treaties in relation with

the environmental protection; to unify contacts with other countries and territories; to

manage the foreign economic cooperations of the environmental protection system; to

harmonize and implement the related foreign-funded projects; to deal with foreign-

related environmental protection matters authorized by the State Council; and in

charge of contacting with the environmental protection international organizations.

State Environment Protection Administration establishes an Environmental

Impact Assessment Department in special charge of the administrative management of

environmental impact assessment and its main tasks and responsibilities include: to

draw up and organize to implement environmental impact assessment, "three

simultaneousness" and other environment management policy, laws and rules; to

undertake the environmental impact assessment of significant economic and

technology policy, development plans and important economic development plans; to

draw up the categorized list of environmental impact assessment; and to examine and

approve the environmental impact reports of the significant development and

construction activities.

(2) Department of Environmental Protection of Inner Mongolia Autonomous

Region

The Department of Environmental Protection of Inner Mongolia Autonomous

Region is in charge of the administrative management and enforcement of the

environmental protection in all the region and its main tasks and responsibilities

include: to implement the State environmental protection guideline, policy, laws and

rules, administrative regulations and standards; to draw up and supervise the

implementation of the environmental protection rules and administrative regulations

in all the region; to undertake, upon the authorization by the People's Government of

60

Page 70: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region, the environmental impact assessment of

significant economic and technology policy, development plans and important

economic development plans in all the region; to draw up the environmental

protection plans, to organize the compilation of the environmental function division,

the regional and basinal pollution prevention plans and the ecological protection

plans, and to supervise the implementation thereof; to involve the establishment of the

environmental protection industrial policy and development plans; to manage and

supervise the environmental protection of the natural ecology and construction

projects; to organize to draw up and supervise the implementation of the prescribed-

time treatment plan of pollution resources; to make the control plan of the total

amount of pollution discharge in all the region, in charge of the registration of the

pollution discharge and the management of the pollution discharge license, and to

organize and supervise the collection of pollution discharge fees; in charge of the

environmental supervision and the environmental protection administrative check; to

organize the implementation of the international treaties in relation with the

environmental protection in all the region; in charge of the international economic and

technology cooperation and communication related to the environmental protection;

and to deal with foreign-related environmental protection matters authorized by the

People's Government of Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region.

The Department of Environmental Protection of Inner Mongolia Autonomous

Region establishes an environmental impact assessment administrative office in

special charge of the administrative management of environmental impact assessment

and its main tasks and responsibilities include: to supervise and manage the

implementation of the environmental impact assessment and the "three

simultaneousness" system in all the region; to implement the State laws, rules,

regulations and policy in relation with environmental impact assessment and the

"three simultaneousness" system; to draw up, implement and supervise the local

regulations, rules and policy in relation with the environmental impact assessment and

the "three simultaneousness" system; in charge of the examination of environmental

61

Page 71: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

impact assessment documents of the plans examined and approved by the People's

Government and its departments in the region; to guide and supervise the examination

and approval of environmental impact assessment of construction projects in all the

region; in charge of the administrative license of environmental impact assessment

documents of construction projects within the authorization of the Department of

Environmental Protection of the region; in charge of the administrative license of the

trial production (operation) and the environmental protection check and acceptance of

construction projects within the authorization of the Department of Environmental

Protection of the region; and to guide the business of the environment examination

centers of construction project in the region.

The Department of Environmental Protection of Inner Mongolia Autonomous

Region establishes an foreign cooperation and communication office in charge of the

international cooperation and communication related to environmental protection in

all the region and its main tasks and responsibilities include: to organize, in

cooperation with related offices and branches, the filtration, recommendation and

application of foreign cooperation and investment projects on environmental

protection in all the region; in charge of the negotiation on environmental protection

between Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region and international organizations, foreign

governments and organizations and on-governmental organizations and the

management of the organization and implementation of the cooperation projects; and

to undertake the business of foreign-funded projects in relation with environmental

protection.

(3) Environmental Protection Bureau in Bayannaoer City

The Environmental Protection Bureau in Bayannaoer City is in charge of the

administrative management and enforcement of the environmental protection in the

city and its main tasks and responsibilities include: to implement the State

environmental protection guideline, policy, laws and rules, administrative regulations

and standards; to draw up and supervise the implementation of the environmental

protection rules and administrative regulations in the city; to undertake, upon the

62

Page 72: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

authorization by the People's Government of the city, the environmental impact

assessment of significant economic and technology policy, development plans and

important economic development plans in the city; to draw up the environmental

protection plans, to organize the compilation of basinal pollution prevention plans and

ecological protection plans, and to supervise the implementation thereof; to manage

and supervise the environmental protection of the natural ecology and construction

projects; to organize to draw up and supervise the implementation of the prescribed-

time treatment plan of pollution resources; to make the control plan of the total

amount of pollution discharge in the city, in charge of the registration of the pollution

discharge and the management of the pollution discharge license, and to organize and

supervise the collection of pollution discharge fees; in charge of the environmental

supervision and the environmental protection administrative check; in charge of the

international economic and technology cooperation and communication related to the

environmental protection; and to deal with foreign-related environmental protection

matters authorized by the People's Government of Bayannaoer City.

The Environmental Protection Bureau in Bayannaoer City establishes an

environmental impact assessment administrative office (or pollution control office,

supervision and management office) in special charge of the administrative

management of environmental impact assessment and its main tasks and

responsibilities include: to supervise and manage the implementation of the

environmental impact assessment and the "three simultaneousness" system in the city;

to implement the laws, rules, regulations and policy, stipulated by the State or Inner

Mongolia Autonomous Region, in relation with environmental impact assessment and

the "three simultaneousness" system; to draw up, implement and supervise the local

regulations, rules and policy in relation with the environmental impact assessment and

the "three simultaneousness" system; to guide and supervise the examination and

approval of environmental impact assessment of construction projects in the city; in

charge of the administrative license guideline of environmental impact assessment

documents of construction projects within the authorization of the Environmental

63

Page 73: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Protection Bureau in the city; and in charge of the administrative license of the trial

production (operation) and the environmental protection check and acceptance of

construction projects within the authorization of Environmental Protection Bureau in

the city.

(4) Environmental Protection Bureaus in all counties (districts)

The Environmental Protection Bureaus in all banners (counties, districts) where

the sub-projects of this Project located are in charge of the administrative

management and enforcement of the environmental protection in the banner (county,

district) and their main tasks and responsibilities include: to implement the State

environmental protection guideline, policy, laws and rules, administrative regulations

and standards; to draw up and supervise the implementation of the environmental

protection plan in the banner (county, district); to manage and supervise the

environmental protection of the natural ecology and construction projects; to organize

to draw up and supervise the implementation of the prescribed-time treatment plan of

pollution resources; to make the control plan of the total amount of pollution

discharge in the banner (county, district), in charge of the registration of the pollution

discharge and the management of the pollution discharge license within the

authorization thereof, and to organize and supervise the collection of pollution

discharge fees; and in charge of the environmental supervision and the environmental

protection administrative check.

In order to generally organize, harmonize and manage the filtration,

recommendation, application, business negotiation and check and acceptance of the

environment projects with the loan from World Bank in Bayannaoer City, the

government of Bayannaoer City establishes the project cooperation and lead group

(PCLG) the leader of which is the deputy mayor in main charge of environmental

protection. PCLG have a project management office (YNPMO), administratively

established in Hetao Water Affairs Group Limited, which is the representative of the

municipal project cooperation and lead group to undertake the related business.

64

Page 74: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

3. Description and Analysis of the Project

3.1 Outline of the Project

3.1.1 Name, Construction Nature and Legal Person of the Project (1) Name of the Project

Comprehensive Harness Project of Bayan Nur Water Environment upon the

Loan of the World’s Bank

(2) Construction Nature

To be newly built

(3) Legal Person of the Project

Inner Mongolia Bayan Nur Hetao Water Affairs Group Co., Ltd

3.1.2 Investment of the Project The total investment of the project is RMB 996.4533 million, and it is proposed

to borrow RMB 546.126 million from the world’s bank, which accounts for 54.81%

of the total investment.

3.1.3 Composition, construction content and size of the project

65

Page 75: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Composition, construction content and size of various subprojects of Bayan Nur

Water Environment Comprehensive Harness Project upon the Loan of the World’s

Bank are shown in Table 3.1-1.

3.1.4 Proposed Locale of the Project 3.1.4.1 Geographic Location

The project consists of nine subprojects, distributed in five banners or counties in

Bayan Nur and the proposed locales are as follows:

(1) Urat Middle Banner (two subprojects): located in Delingshan Town and near

Wangba Reservoir in Urat Middle Banner, respectively;

(2) Wuyuan County (one subproject): located in Longxingchang Town, Wuyuan

County;

(3) Hanggin Rear Banner (one subproject): Located in Shaanba Town, Hanggin

Rear Banner;

(4) Urat Rear Banner (two subprojects): Located in Hohwedor Town, Urat Rear

Banner;

(5) Urat Front Banner (three subprojects): Located in Xianfeng Town,

Wuliangsu Lake Area of Urat Front Banner.

The geographic location of the proposed project in Bayan Nur is shown in Fig.

3.1-1.

66

Page 76: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Fig. 3.1-1 Geographic Location of Proposed Project in Bayan Nur City

3.1.4.2 Proposed Construction Site of the Project

In the feasibility study report of the project, the comparison and selection of the

construction site is made according to the following principles:

(1) Comply with the local urban overall planning and relevant special planning;

(2) Comply with the provisions of location selection in the relevant standards and

codes, such as Stipulation for the Environment Protection Design of Construction

Projects, Code for Design of Outdoor Wastewater Engineering (GB50014-2006),

Discharge Standard of Pollutants for Municipal Wastewater Treatment Plant

(GB18918-2002), Discharge Standard of Wastewater or Sewage for Municipal

Wastewater Treatment Plant (CJ3025-93), Construction Standard for Urban

Wastewater Treatment Project, and so on;

(3) Comply with the principle of less investment and lower operation cost;

The recommended construction site is shown in Table 3.1-2 upon the site

investigation and the comprehensive comparison and analysis of technical economy

and environment condition. The rational analysis of the site selection is detailed in

Chapter 10 Comparison and Analysis of Alternatives.

67

Page 77: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Table 3.1-1 Composition, Construction Content and Size of Various Subprojects

No. Type Name Content Construction Size Location1 Supply of

Reclaimed Water

Water Supply Project of Urat Rear

Banner Processing

Park

1) Water intake works: consist of the intake pump station, water pipeline and ancillary facilities, and the water intake works shall utilize the existing intake pump station and water pipeline, and increase a standby water pump (Q=580m3,H=35m) and a ductile cast iron pressure pipe of DN500, with a design flow of 255L/s for water piping network. 2) One water reclamation plant shall be built at southeast of the processing park, including the buildings and structures such as, contact tank, chlorination-feeding chamber, clean water tank, pumping station, etc.; 3) Water distribution network is laid out along the planned route toward the northwest, southwest and southeast of the processing park and PE pipes and ductile cast iron pipes of DN 200 are used.

35,000 t/dHohwedor Town, Urat

Rear Banner

Water Supply Project of

Ganqimaodu Port

Processing Park

1) Water intake works: consist of the intake pump station, water pipeline and ancillary facilities, with an intake capacity of 6.25m3/d. Intake pump station belongs to the combined structure at bank and adopts 6 horizontal centrifugal pumps. The water pipeline is connected from the intake pump station to the water reclamation plant along the pathway; 2) One water reclamation plant shall be built near Wangba Reservoir, including the buildings and structures such as lift pump station, pre-aeration basin, flocculation tank, filter station, contact tank, sludge discharge tank and backwash tank, chlorination-feeding chamber, anti-

40,000t/d Near Wangba Reservoir of Urat Middle

Banner

68

Page 78: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

seepage chamber and clean water tank and pumping station; 3) Water distribution network: Double ductile cast iron pressure pipes of DN500 are laid out along the planned route to the clean water tank of sewage treatment & reuse of the park, totaling 28km, with a design flow of 509l/s.

Reclaimed Water Supply

Project of Drainage Canal 3

1) Water intake works: its intake capacity is 33,000m³/d and it adopts the gravity pipe intake structure and the pumping station is built together with the suction well. Four horizontal centrifugal pumps are used (Q=340m3). Double pipes are used for the water delivery pipeline and subject to the supporting construction with the water reclamation plant; 2) One water reclamation plant shall be built in the north of sewage treatment plant of drainage canal 3, including the buildings and structures such as distributing well, pipeline mixer, one mesh reactor, one sloping plate sedimentation tank, one V-type filter tank, chlorination chamber, reflux tank, sludge equalization basin, anti-seepage chamber and pumping station, etc.; 3) Water distribution network: two water pipelines are drawn out from pumping station of water reclamation plant to water supply piping network of Hanggin Rear Banner Industrial Park.

20,000t/dShanba Town, Hanggin Rear

Banner

Reclaimed Water Supply

Project of Drainage Canal 7

1) Water intake works: its intake capacity is 33,000m³/d and it adopts the gravity pipe intake structure and the pumping station is built together with the suction well (20m×16m). Four horizontal centrifugal pumps are used (Q=340m3). Double pipes are used for the water delivery pipeline and two ductile cast iron pipes of DN400 are laid out,

20,000t/d Longxingchang Town, Wuyuan County

69

Page 79: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

totaling 0.2km; 2) One water reclamation plant shall be built, including the buildings and structures such as, one distributing well, one static mixer, one mesh reactor, one sloping plate sedimentation tank, one common filter tank, one reflux tank, one sludge equalization basin, one clean water tank, one chlorination-feeding or dosing chamber, one ultrafiltration & anti-seepage chamber, etc.; 3) Water distribution network: two pipelines of DN400 are laid out, with a design flow of 20,000m3/d×1.1 =255l/s, and a length of 19km.

2 Sewage Treatment & Reuse Project of Processin

g Park

Sewage Treatment Project of Urat Rear

Banner Processing Park (Hoh Town)

1) Sewage collection system: the sewer network shall be laid out as per the planning of the processing park, and the sewage main pipes of DN400-DN700 are laid out from the north to the south along Jingyi Road, Jingsan Road, Jingwu Road and Jingqi Road, and the main trunk pipes are laid out at Jingwu Road, which are undertaken by the government. The construction commitment letter of sewage collection network of the processing park is shown in the attachment; 2) The buildings and structures for the sewage treatment engineering include bar screen, intake pump station, aeration tank, equalization basin, primary sedimentation tank, biological tank, secondary sedimentation tank, flocculation tank, filter station, sludge thickening & dewatering house, blower room, chlorination chamber, odor-removing chamber, etc.

20,000t/dHohwedor Town, Urat

Rear Banner

Sewage Treatment & Reuse Project

1) Sewage collection network: the sewage main pipes are built by the government and excluded in the Project, and the construction commitment letter of sewage collection network of the processing park

Sewage treatment capacity::30,000t/d; Reclaimed water

Delingshan Town, Urat

Middle Banner

70

Page 80: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

of Ganqimaodu

Port Processing

Park

is shown in the attachment; 2) Process flow includes pre-treatment work stage, secondary bio-treatment work stage, reclaimed water deep-treatment stage, and sludge treatment stage. Main buildings and structures include equalization basin, bar screen, sewage pump room, grit chamber, biological tank, contact tank, distributing well, small-hole mesh reactor, sloping plate sedimentation tank, V-type filter tank, sludge pump room, sludge thickening & dewatering house, blower room, chlorination chamber, odor-removing chamber, etc.;

3 ) Total length of water distribution network is 45.08km and the

ductile cast iron pipes and PE pipes of DN 100-DN600 are used, with a maximum design flow of 902.7L/s.

capacity:20,000t/d

Sewage Treatment & Reuse Project of Urat Front

Banner (Xianfeng

Town) Processing

Park

1) Sewage collection network: the sewage main pipes are built by the government and excluded in the Project, and the construction commitment letter of sewage collection network of the processing park is shown in the attachment;2) Sewage treatment & reuse project: it covers a land area of 370m×300m, 11.0ha, and the main buildings and structures include equalization basin, bar screen, sewage pump room, grit chamber, biological tank, secondary sedimentation tank, flocculation tank, filter station, sludge pump room, sludge dewatering house, lift pump room, blower room, chlorination-feeding & dosing chamber, odor-removing chamber, etc. 3) it is necessary to build the sewage main pipes of DN800-DN1400

Sewage treatment capacity::30,000t/d; Reclaimed water capacity:20,000t/d

Xianfeng Town, Urat

Front Banner

71

Page 81: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

from drainage main trunk to sewage treatment plant, totaling 9.00km, reclaimed water pipelines of 23.4km (DN500-DN300) and necessary supporting facilities.

3

Harness Project of Wuliangsu Lake

Pastoral Grid Channel

Project of Wuliangsu

Lake

The main drainage canal of grid channel system is 45m wide, 1.4m deep and 40.00km long, and the branch canal is 10m wide, 2m deep and 100.00km long. Excavation works of main channels and branch channels.

Construction area 2.451×106m2,

excavated sediment

2.295×105m3

Wuliangsu Lake, Urat

Front Banner

Artificial wetland

project and Area-Source Demonstration Project in

Biologic Transition

Belt of Wuliangsu

Lake

1) Biologic transition belt artificial wetland project in the west and northwest of Wuliangsu Lake, including general drainage canal wetland area of 90514mu, with pumping station flow of 15 m3/s, the eighth drainage canal wetland area of 8569mu, with pumping station flow of 3 m3/s, and the ninth drainage canal wetland area of 11100mu, with pumping station flow of 3 m3/s. 2) Area-source demonstration project is located in the Beichang Branch Ditch experimental area of drainage canal 9 at Qinghua Village Beichang Community and Dengcundian Village Tabu Community of Beiqidu Township, Urat Front Banner of Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region, with a total area of 3 km2.

7345.5haWuliangsu Lake, Urat

Front Banner

72

Page 82: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Table 3.1-2 Recommended Construction Sites for Various Subprojects

No

.Type Name of Project Recommended Construction Site

1Supply of

Reclaimed

Water

Water Supply Project of

Urat Rear Banner

Processing Park

Southeast of Urat Rear Banner Processing Park

Water Supply Project of

Ganqimaodu Port

Processing Park

Near Wangba Reservoir of Delingshan Town of Urat Middle

Banner

Water Supply Project

of Reclaimed Water for

Drainage Canal 3

North of Drainage Canal 3 Sewage Treatment Plant of

Shaanba Town, Hanggin Rear Banner

Water Supply Project

of Reclaimed Water for

Drainage Canal 7

North of Drainage Canal 7 Sewage Treatment Plant of

Longxingchang Town, Wuyuan County

2

Sewage

Treatment &

Reuse Project

of Processing

Park

Sewage Treatment

Project of Urat Rear

Banner Processing Park

(Hoh Town)

Southeast of Urat Rear Banner Processing Park

Sewage Treatment &

Reuse Project of

Ganqimaodu Port

Processing Park

South of Ganqimaodu Port Processing Park (Delingshan

Town), Urat Middle Banner

Sewage Treatment &

Reuse Project of Urat

Front Banner (Xianfeng

Town) Processing Park

Southeast of Urat Front Banner (Xianfeng Town) Processing

Park

3

Harness

Project of

Wuliangsu

Lake

Pastoral Grid Channel

Project of Wuliangsu

Lake

Wuliangsu Lake

Artificial wetland

project and Area-Source

Demonstration Project

in Biologic Transition

Belt of Wuliangsu Lake

Biologic transition belt artificial wetland is built on the

existing reed marsh of lake area in the west and north of

Wuliangsu Lake, and area-source pollution control

demonstration zone is built in Beichang Branch Ditch of

Drainage Canal 9 near Wuliangsu Lake

3.1.5 Floor Area of the Project and Plane Layout of Factory Area Floor area and plane layout of the Project are shown in Table 3.1-3 and the plane

layout of various subprojects is shown in Fig. 3.1-2 – Fig. 3.1-12.

73

Page 83: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Fig. 3.1-2 Plane Layout of Reclaimed Water Supply Project for Urat Rear Banner

Processing Park

74

Page 84: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Table 3.1-3 Floor Area of the Project and Plane Layout of Factory Area

No. TypeName of

SubprojectFloor Area Overall Layout

1 Supply of

Reclaimed

Water Water Supply

Project of Urat Rear

Banner Processing

Park

Permanent floor area of the project

is 5.58ha, including the floor area of

5.51ha for water reclamation plant,

floor area of 0.06ha for roads out of

the factory, and floor area of 0.01ha

for piping valve well. Temporary

floor area is 18.5ha.

Structures are laid out as per the process flow and the vertical arrangement of structures is made rationally

in combination with the vertical condition of the factory area to ensure the raw water can automatically

flow into the next structure; road width is identical to the structure. In the west of water reclamation plant

from the south to the north are laid out warehouse repair workshop, comprehensive building, contact tank,

clean water tank, intake pump room, chlorination-feeding chamber and switchgear room, and the east of

the reclamation plant is for future expansion. The roads in the factory area are divided by functions and

shall be circulated around the buildings and structures, of which the width of main trunk roads is 7m and

width of secondary trunk roads is 4m, and the width of walkway is 1.5m. The width of workshop approach

roads is identical to the door width and the road pavement shall be concreted.

Water Supply

Project of

Ganqimaodu Port

Processing Park

Permanent floor area of the project

is 10.59ha, including the floor area

of 0.02ha for intake pump station,

floor area of 10.5ha for water

reclamation plant, floor area of

0.06ha for roads out of the factory,

and floor area of 0.01ha for piping

valve well. Temporary floor area is

18.5ha.

Structures are laid out as per the process flow and the vertical arrangement of structures is made

rationally in combination with the vertical condition of the factory area to ensure the raw water can

automatically flow into the next structure; road width is identical to the structure. In the water reclamation

plant from the south to the north are laid out warehouse repair workshop, comprehensive building, sludge

treatment tank, backwash tank, contact tank, collecting well, intake pump room, distributing well, pre-

aeration tank, sedimentation tank, filter station, clean water tank, pumping station, chlorination-feeding

chamber, contact tank, RO workshop and switchgear room.

The roads in the factory area are divided by functions and shall be circulated around the buildings and

structures, of which the width of main trunk roads is 7m and width of secondary trunk roads is 4m, and the

width of walkway is 1.5m. The width of workshop approach roads is identical to the door width and the

road pavement shall be concreted.

Reclaimed Water

Supply Project of

The floor area of the project is

2.50ha, 125m in length and 200m in

According to the recommended process flow, selection of buildings & structures and land use condition

and in full consideration of various factors, the factory area of water reclamation plant for drainage canal 3

75

Page 85: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Drainage Canal 3 width.

is divided into two function areas: one is production and management area, which is located in the west of

the factory area, arranged with reception room, comprehensive building, repair workshop, warehouse,

switchgear room & auxiliary structures; the other is the production structure area of water reclamation

plant, located in the east of the factory area, and arranged with from the south to the north small-hole mesh

reactor, V-type filter tank, clean water tank, and pumping station. The width of main trunk roads is 7m and

the width of secondary trunk roads is 4m. The roads are built into the screen traffic network in the factory

area. Rain/sewage diversion system is applied to the drainage system of the factory area. And the sewer

will collect the domestic sewage and discharge them into the supporting sewer network of sewage

treatment plant in the south. There are rain pipelines in the factory area and the rain water will

automatically flow into the Drainage Canal 3. Water supply of the factory is from the underground water

supply system and the water distribution network shall be designed into the ring-like structure, and the fire

hydrants shall be equipped as per the fire-prevention requirement, with a protection radius of less than

60m.

Reclaimed Water

Supply Project of

Drainage Canal 7

The floor area of water reclamation

plant of Drainage Canal 7 is 2.50ha,

100m in length and 250m in width.

According to the recommended process flow, selection of buildings & structures and land use condition

and in full consideration of various factors, the factory area of water reclamation plant for drainage canal 7

is divided into two function areas: one is production and management area, which is located in the west of

the factory area, arranged with reception room, comprehensive building, repair workshop, warehouse,

switchgear room & auxiliary structures; the other is the production structure area of water reclamation

plant, located in the east of the factory area, and arranged with from the south to the north small-hole mesh

reactor, common filter tank, ultrafiltration anti-seepage chamber, ultrafiltration tank, backwash tank,

wastewater neutralization pool, clean water tank, and pumping station. The width of main trunk roads is

7m and the width of secondary trunk roads is 4m. The roads are built into the screen traffic network in the

factory area. Rain/sewage diversion system is applied to the drainage system of the factory area. And the

sewer will collect the domestic sewage and discharge them into the supporting sewer network of sewage

treatment plant in the south. There are rain pipelines in the factory area and the rain water will

76

Page 86: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

automatically flow into the Drainage Canal 7. Water supply of the factory is from the underground water

supply system and the water distribution network shall be designed into the ring-like structure, and the fire

hydrants shall be equipped as per the fire-prevention requirement, with a protection radius of less than

60m.

2 Sewage

Treatment

& Reuse

Project of

Processing

Park

Sewage Treatment

Project of Urat Rear

Banner Processing

Park (Hoh Town)

The project covers a land area of

7.0ha, and a building area of 1.13ha.

Roads and square cover a land area

of 3.9ha, and the greening area is

0.65453ha.

According to the characteristics of sewage treatment process and function partitioning principle, the

project can be divided into the production area and front plant area. The production area is laid out as per

the process flow; coarse bar screen and intake pump house are arranged in the south of the factory area

and the pipelines to the plant shall be unblocked and the selection tank and oxidation ditch and secondary

sedimentation tank shall be laid out in order, and the sewage shall be discharged into the water reclamation

plant; the sludge system shall be convenient to the sludge discharge and outward transportation, which

shall be arranged in the middle of the factory area. Switchgear room is located in the central load center of

the factory area. The front plant area is located in the north of the factory area and the leeward side with

the minimum wind direction frequency in summer, complying with the direction of pedestrian flow into

the plant. Under the precondition of meeting the fire prevention and transportation requirements, the roads

in the plant shall adopt the feeder roads, with a width of 5m, and the turning radius of road curb stones is

6m and the roads shall be the urban concreted pavement.

Sewage Treatment

& Reuse Project of

Ganqimaodu Port

(Delingshan Town)

Processing Park

The project covers a land area of

11.1ha, and a building area of 1.

20ha. Roads and square cover a land

area of 0.81ha, and the greening area

is 5.3ha.

According to the characteristics of sewage treatment process and function partitioning principle, the

project can be divided into the production area and front plant area. The production area is laid out as per

the process flow; coarse bar screen and intake pump house are arranged in the south of the factory area

and the pipelines to the plant shall be unblocked and the selection tank and oxidation ditch and secondary

sedimentation tank shall be laid out in order, and the sewage shall be reused upon the treatment; the sludge

system shall be convenient to the sludge discharge and outward transportation, which shall be arranged in

the middle of the factory area. Switchgear room is located in the central load center of the factory area.

The front plant area is located in the north of the factory area and the leeward side with the minimum wind

direction frequency in summer, complying with the direction of pedestrian flow into the plant. Under the

77

Page 87: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

precondition of meeting the fire prevention and transportation requirements, the roads in the plant shall

adopt the feeder roads, with a width of 7m, and the turning radius of road curb stones is 6m and the roads

shall be the urban concreted pavement.

Sewage Treatment

& Reuse Project of

Urat Front Banner

(Xianfeng Town)

Processing Park

The project covers a land area of

11.1ha, and a building area of 1.

18ha. Roads and square cover a land

area of 0.81ha, and the greening area

is 5.3ha.

According to the characteristics of sewage treatment process and function partitioning principle, the

project can be divided into the production area and front plant area. The production area is laid out as per

the process flow; coarse bar screen and intake pump house are arranged in the south of the factory area

and the selection tank and oxidation ditch and secondary sedimentation tank shall be laid out in order, and

the sewage shall be reused upon the treatment; the sludge system shall be convenient to the sludge

discharge and outward transportation, which shall be arranged in the middle of the factory area.

Switchgear room is located in the central load center of the factory area. The front plant area is located in

the north of the factory area and the leeward side with the minimum wind direction frequency in summer,

complying with the direction of pedestrian flow into the plant.

3

Harness

Project of

Wuliangsu

Lake

Pastoral Grid

Channel Project of

Wuliangsu Lake

Grid channels composed of the main drainage canals and branch canals out of the core area and buffer area

within the scope of 293km2 around Wuliangsu Lake.

Artificial wetland

project and Area-

Source

Demonstration

Project in Biologic

Transition Belt of

Wuliangsu Lake

Area-source pollution control

demonstration area of Beichang

Branch Ditch of Drainage Canal 9 is

3km. Artificial wetland includes the

wetland of General Drainage Canal,

Drainage Canal 8 and Drainage

Canal 9, with a total area of

7345.5ha

Wetland of general drainage canal occupies the reed marshes No. 2, 3 and 4, with a total area of 6034.3ha,

and the water of the wetland is discharged into military farm reed marsh No.4 via Honggepu pumping

station and into reed marsh No.2 via the diversion dam set up in the reed marsh and then into reed marsh

No.3, afterward flows into hydrologic buffer zone of the Lake from three outlets and finally flows into the

grid channels of the Lake. Drainage canal 8 only uses the reed marsh No.5, with an area of 571.3ha; the

water flows into the reed marsh and flows through the wetland along the diversion dam; Drainage canal 9

only uses the reed marsh No.6, with an area of 740.0ha; the water flows into the reed marsh and flows

through the reed marsh from the south to the north and finally flows into the catchment area from the north

to the south after flowing through the diversion dam.

78

Page 88: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Fig. 3.1-3 Plane Layout of Water Supply Project of Reclaimed Water for Drainage

Canal 3

Fig. 3.1-4 Plane Layout of Water Supply Project of Reclaimed Water for Drainage

Canal 7

79

Page 89: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Fig. 3.1-5 Plane Layout of Reclaimed Water Supply Project of Ganqimaodu

Processing Park

Fig. 3.1-6 Plane Layout of Sewage Treatment Plant Project of Ganqimaodu

80

Page 90: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Processing Park

Fig. 3.1-7 Plane Layout of Sewage Treatment Plant Project of Urat Rear Banner

Processing Park

81

Page 91: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Fig. 3.1-8 Plane Layout of Sewage Treatment Plant Project of Urat Rear Banner

Processing Park

Fig. 3.1-9 Plane Layout of Main Channels and Branch Channels of Wuliangsu Lake

82

Page 92: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Fig. 3.2-10 Plane Layout of Artificial Wetland Project for General Drainage Canal

Fig. 3.2-11 Plane Layout of Artificial Wetland Project for Drainage Canal 8

83

Page 93: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Fig. 3.2-12 Plane Layout of Artificial Wetland Project for Drainage Canal 9

3.1.6 Construction Progress Schedule and Staffing of the Project 3.1.6.1 Construction Progress Schedule

(1) Design principle for total construction progress

The project has a bigger work quantity and scattered construction areas, and the

construction shall be carried out as per the rational and orderly principle.

(2) Total Progress

The preliminary preparation of the project has been commenced since 2009 and

the construction period of the project is from 2010 to 2012. Construction progress is

shown in Table 3.1-4.

Table 3.1-4 Construction Progress Schedule of the Project

No. Activity Time (Month) Implementation Schedule

1 Preliminary preparation 15 2009.3-2010.5

2 Preparation Delegation of Experts

from World’s Bank

2 2009.8,2009.11

84

Page 94: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

3 Evaluation Delegation of Experts

from World’s Bank

2 2010.1,2010.3

4 Executive Board 3 2010.7-2010.9

5 Prepare and review bidding

documents

6 2010.4-2010.9

6 Enter into the purchase&

contribution agreement

1 2010.10

7 Submission of tender 3 2010.11-2011.1

8 Drawing design 10 2010.3-2010.12

9 Civil engineering 22 2010.5-2012.5

10 Equipment installation 10 2011.12-2012.9

11 Commissioning 6 2012.5-2012.10

12 Trial run and final acceptance 6 2010.8-2012.12

3.1.6.2 Staffing of the Project

The staffing of the project is shown in Table 3.1-5.

Table 3.1-5 Staffing of the Project

No. Type Name of Subproject Personnel Quantity

(Person)

1 Supply of

Reclaimed WaterWater Supply Project

of Urat Rear Banner

Processing Park

Production staff 16

Management personnel 3

Auxiliary production staff 6

Subtotal 25

Water Supply Project

of Ganqimaodu Port

Processing Park

Production staff 18

Management personnel 5

Auxiliary production staff 7

Subtotal 30

Water Supply Project

of Reclaimed Water

for Drainage Canal 3

Administrative personnel 1

Technical management personnel 1

Production staff 6

Auxiliary production staff 3

Rear service staff 3

Subtotal 14

Water Supply Project

of Reclaimed Water

for Drainage Canal 7

Administrative personnel 1

Technical management personnel 1

Production staff 6

85

Page 95: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Auxiliary production staff 3

Rear service staff 3

Subtotal 14

2

Sewage

Treatment and

Reuse

Sewage Treatment

Project of Urat Rear

Banner(Hoh Town)

Processing Park

Production staff 15

Management personnel 3

Auxiliary production staff 2

Subtotal 20

Sewage Treatment &

Reuse Project of

Ganqimaodu Port

(Delingshan Town)

Processing Park

Production staff 25

Management personnel 5

Auxiliary production staff 2

Subtotal 32

Sewage Treatment &

Reuse Project of Urat

Front Banner

(Xianfeng Town)

Processing Park

Production staff 5

Management personnel 25

Auxiliary production staff 2

Subtotal 32

3Comprehensive Harness Project of

Wuliangsu Lake

Production staff 12

Auxiliary production staff 3

Subtotal 15

Total 182

3.1.7 Main Technical and Economic Indicators Main technical and economic indicators of the Project are shown in Table 3.1-6.

Table 3.1-6 Main Technical and Economic Indicators of the Project

No. TypeName of

SubprojectTechnical Indicator Quantity

1 Supply of

Reclaimed

Water Water Supply

Project of Urat

Rear Banner

Processing Park

Annual water selling volume 12,775.000 m3

Unit total cost 0.65Yuan/m3

Unit operation cost 0.42Yuan/m3

Suggested water price 0.86Yuan/m3

Internal rate of return (IRR) 6.95%

Payback period 12.91 years

Return on investment 5.24%

Capital profit margin 7.76%

Water Supply

Project of

Ganqimaodu Port

Processing Park

Annual water selling volume 14,600,000m3

Unit total cost 1.88Yuan/m3

Unit operation cost 1.27Yuan/m3

Suggested water price 2. 4Yuan/m3

Internal rate of return (IRR) 6.83%

Payback period 13.17 years

86

Page 96: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Return on investment 5.14%

Capital profit margin 8.56%

Reclaimed Water

Supply Project of

Drainage Canal 3

Annual water selling volume 7,300,000 m3

Unit total cost 1.38Yuan/m3

Unit operation cost 0.69Yuan/m3

Suggested water price 1.97Yuan/m3

Internal rate of return (IRR) 6.81%

Payback period 13.32 years

Return on investment 5.14%

Capital profit margin 7.98%

Reclaimed Water

Supply Project of

Drainage Canal 7

Annual water selling volume 7,300,000 m3

Unit total cost 1.98Yuan/m3

Unit operation cost 1.19Yuan/m3

Suggested water price 2.65Yuan/m3

Internal rate of return (IRR) 6.81%

Payback period 14.24 years

Return on investment 5.13%

Capital profit margin 8.10%

2 Sewage

Treatment

and Reuse Sewage Treatment

Project of Urat

Rear Banner(Hoh

Town) Processing

Park

Annual Treatment Volume of Water 7,300,000 m3

Unit Total Cost 1.54Yuan/m3

Unit operation cost 0.86Yuan/m3

Suggested unit charge 1.85Yuan/m3

IRR 6.25%

Payback period 12.21 years

Return on investment 3.84%

Capital profit margin 8.12%

Sewage Treatment

& Reuse Project

of Ganqimaodu

Port (Delingshan

Town) Processing

Park

Annual Treatment Volume of Water 10,950,000 m3

Annual water selling volume 7,300,000 m3

Unit total cost 1.51Yuan/m3

Unit operation cost 0.84Yuan/m3

Suggested unit charge 2.15Yuan/m3

IRR 6.16%

Payback period 12.31 Years

Return on investment 3.75%

Capital profit margin 7.84%

Sewage Treatment

& Reuse Project

of Urat Front

Banner (Xianfeng

Town) Processing

Park

Annual Treatment Volume of Water 10,950,000 m3

Annual water selling volume 7,300,000 m3

Unit total cost 1.62Yuan/m3

Unit operation cost 0.88Yuan/m3

Suggested unit charge 2.34Yuan/m3

Suggested water price 1.55Yuan/m3

IRR 6.26%

87

Page 97: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Payback period 12.20 Years

Return on investment 3.85%

Capital profit margin 7.86%

3Comprehensive Harness Project of

Wuliangsu Lake

Total investment425.05million

Yuan

Annual operating cost 4.60 million Yuan

Income from tourism14.00million

Yuan

Income from reed industry 4.50 million Yuan

Income from fishery industry15.00 million

Yuan

Social discount rate 12%Benefit-cost ratio 0.23

IRR 16.0%

3.2 Construction Proposal of the Project

3.2.1 Water Supply Subproject of Reclaimed WaterWater supply projects of reclaimed water use the water sources of general

drainage canal, drainage canal 3 and drainage canal 7 and the reclaimed water serves

as the industrial water of the related enterprises in the processing parks after the

treatment. Water planning, water demand, water supply situation and existing water

problems in the processing parks are shown in Table 3.2-1.

3.2.1.1 Engineering Characteristics

Main steps of various subprojects of reclaimed water are as follows:

Determine the water source → build the water delivery network → construct the

water plant → build the water distribution network → user.

Various subprojects of reclaimed water of the Project include reclaimed water

supply project of Urat Rear Banner Processing Park, reclaimed water supply project

of Ganqimaodu Port Processing Park, reclaimed water supply project of Drainage

Canal 3, and reclaimed water supply project of Drainage Canal 7, and the main

characteristics are shown in Table 3.2-2.

88

Page 98: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Table 3.2-1 Water Planning, Water Demand, Water Supply Situation and Existing Problems of Various Processing Parks

No.Name of

ParkPark Planning and Status Quo Water Demand Water Supply Situation and Problems

1 Urat Rear

Banner

Processing

Park

Urat Rear Banner Processing Park is about 8km in length and 2.5km in width, with a total area of

about 20km2. Relying on the solid mining and dressing basis of original charcoal kilns pyrite and

local rich mineral resources, it tries the best to develop the three mainstay industries, namely, a.

chemical industry supported by the mining& dressing and deep processing of sulfur iron ore; b.

nonferrous metal industry supported by the mining& dressing and deep processing of copper, lead,

zinc and iron, and c. high energy industry supported by the quartz stone and calcium carbide;

including 13 subprojects: 200,000t/a copper refining project, 50,000t/a lead refining project,

600,000t/a coal-based direct reduced iron project, 2×135MW combined heat& power project,

3,000,000 t/a coking project, etc.

At pre sent, Urat Rear Banner Processing Park is of the annual production capacity of mining

and dressing 1,600,000T of sulfur iron, lead, zinc and copper, with the sulfate processing capacity of

200,000 tons, coarse copper smelting capacity of 10,000tons, lead smelting capacity of 30,000tons

and zinc smelting capacity of 50,000 -100,000 tons. Western Mining Group Corporation will build

the project in the Park, with annual production capacity of 1,000,000 tons of selected irons, 600,000

tons of pig irons and 550,000 tons of molten steels and rolled steels, and meanwhile, a coking plant

with an annual production capacity of 300,000 tons and a blast furnace gas energy conservation

power plant with an annual production capacity of 15,000KW/h will be built in the park. There are

now 14 high energy enterprises, with a total construction scale of 16 12500KVA smelting furnaces

of silicon iron and calcium carbide, of which, 12 smelting furnaces have been completed by August

2004, with annual production capacity of 300,000tons of calcium carbides and of 30,000 tons of

crystal silicon. There was a power transmission and transformer substation of 110KVA, with a total

power transmission capacity of 576,000KVA in the park.

The water demand of

enterprises in the park that

put into production

recently is 1,475,000t/a,

the water demand of

enterprises in the park built

and under the construction

is 3,870,000 t/a, and the

water demand of

enterprises that entered

into the access agreement

with the Park is

4,400,000t/a. The total

reclaimed water demand of

industrial enterprises in the

park is 9,745,000t/a,

namely, 26,700t/d.

Considering the water for

roads and green land and

fire prevention as well as

the unforeseeable water

demand and penetrated

1. Water Supply Situation: Water supply

of the processing park mainly relies on

existing intake and water delivery

equipment. Water supply company sets

up a water intake pump station at Stake

No. 31500 of general drainage canal and

the terminal of the water pipe is a

circular underground water tank, with a

volume of 2000m3, for the water supply

of Feishang Copper Industry Company,

with a water supply capacity of

1,000,000t/a. Shuangli Corporation and

Qihua Corporation all adopts the self-

provided well for the water source, with

a water supply capacity of 6,000,000t/a;

other enterprises in the Park adopt the

small self-provided wells for the water

supply and there is no unified water

supply network in the Park.

2. Existing Problems: Poor water supply

capacity, diffused water sources, bigger

exploration of underwater, lack of

89

Page 99: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

water, the maximum water

demand will be 35,000t/d. unified management and coordination.

2 Ganqimao

du Port

Processing

Park

The Park is located in the south of Yinshan Mountain, with a short-term planned area of 20

km2 and long-term planned area of 50 km2. The base –large-scale- integration-park

development mode is used to lay the stress on the development of coal chemical industry so as

to form the coking and tar processing industry chain; Part of coke oven gas is oxidized to

generate the methanol to form the coal-chemical industry product chain; the copper is refined

to generate the copper and meanwhile the local and surrounding coal, power, limestone and

salt resources are used to generate polyvinyl chloride via the calcium carbide method.

According to the internal/external resources of the Park, it is proposed to develop and

construct the 12,000,000t/a coke refining project, 1,200,000t/a methanol (into DME and coal-

chemical industrial product) processing project, 600,000t/a coal tar processing project,

200,000 t/a benzene hydrogenation project, 400,000t/a PVC project and 200,000t/a copper

refining project, etc.

At present, the park has introduced chromium chemical industry, coal coking industry and coal

chemical industry projects and 17 enterprises such as Yuanxin Nickel Industry, Fubon

Magnesium Industry, Hengde Coking, Yongxing Mining, Ronghua Mining, Yintai Iron Alloy,

Zhengxuan Chemical Industry, Silico Silicon Material, Jinnuo Chemical Industry, etc.

The water demand of

enterprises in the park that

put into production

recently is 5,230,000t/a,

the water demand of

enterprises in the park built

and under the construction

is 2,300,000 t/a, and the

water demand of

enterprises that entered

into the access agreement

with the Park is

8,670,000t/a. The total

reclaimed water demand of

industrial enterprises in the

park is 16,700,000t/a,

namely, 45,800t/d.

Considering the water for

roads and green land and

fire prevention as well as

the unforeseeable water

demand and penetrated

water, the maximum water

1. Water Supply Situation: Existing

water source of the processing park is

Delingshan Reservoir, Wubuliangkou

Reservoir, general drainage canal and

underwater. Delingshan Reservoir will

supply the industrial water of

3,000,000m3/year to the processing park,

Wubuliangkou Reservoir under

construction will supply the living water

of 5,000,000m3/year and general

drainage canal will provide some

industrial water, and the underwater shall

be exploited. At present, there is no

unified water supply network in the

Park.

2. Existing Problem: Poor water supply

capacity, diffused water source and lack

of unified management and coordination.

90

Page 100: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

demand will be 60,000t/d

or so.

3

Hanggin

Rear

Banner

Processing

Park

The construction scale of Hanggin Rear Banner Industrial Park is now 179.60ha, with a short-

term construction size of 319.96ha and long-term construction scale of 630.75ha. it is

proposed to build the park into the layout structure of “one zone and two blocks”.

The Park is divided into 11 industry zones, namely, wine brewing industry zone, including

Hetao Liquor Industry Group, covering a land area of 52ha; Fresh-keeping dairy processing

industry zone, including Yili Dairy Group Shanba Branch, covering a land area of 36.12ha;

Tomato & fruits and vegetables processing zone, including COFCO Tunhe Tomato Products

Co., Ltd, covering a land area of 58.79ha; Meat food processing zone, including Prairie Xingfa

Food Co., Ltd, covering a land area of 37.09ha; Roasted seeds and nuts processing Zone,

including Dahaoda Food Company, covering a land area of 49.64ha; corn transformation

processing industry zone, including Inner Mongolia Tiancheng Animal Husbandry Company,

covering a land area of 43.39ha; bread flour processing industry Zone, covering a land area of

46.26ha, Refined oil processing industry zone, covering a land area of 28.14ha, wood

processing industry zone, covering a land area of 39.22ha, Grass Wolfberry processing

industry zone, covering a land area of 30.95ha, biomass combined heat & power industry

zone, covering a land area of 25.38ha, which is for the construction of 4×12MW biomass

(straw) heat power project and supplies the power to the whole park.

Total water demand of the

enterprises in the Park will

be 5,554,000t/a by year

2015, of which, the water

consumption by production

will be 705,000t/a, and the

water consumption by

cooling and circulation

will be 4,849,000t/a.

Considering the water for

roads and green land and

fire prevention as well as

the unforeseeable water

demand and penetrated

water, the maximum water

demand will be 20,000m3/d

or so.

1. Water Supply Situation: there is no

water plant in the Park, and the industrial

enterprises take the underwater for their

living and production water via the self-

dug wells, and they have built their own

water supply pipeline systems.

2. Existing problem: shortage of top-

quality water sources in the region,

obvious contradiction of supply and

demand, unbalanced and uncoordinated

construction of water supply facilities;

4 Wuyuan

Industrial

Park

Specific layout of Wuyuan Industry Park may be outlined as “one ring, two axes, two blocks,

two centers and multiple groups”. “One Ring” refers to the ring-like green belt from the

peripheral roads of the Park, serving as the ecologic buffer belt between the Park and

surrounding region. “Two Axes” refers to the two important development axes along

Xingyuan Road (S) and Jing’er Road, of which Xingyuan Road (S) is a south-north

development axis connecting the urban area and the Park; Jing’er Road is the east-west

Total water demand of the

enterprises in the Park will

be 5,561,700t/a by year

2015, of which, the water

consumption by production

will be 1,210,700t/a, and

1. Water Supply Situation: there is no

water plant in the Park, and the industrial

enterprises take the underwater for their

living and production water via the self-

dug wells, and they have built their own

water supply pipeline systems.

91

Page 101: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

development axis communicating the Park with the outside. “Two Blocks” refers to two blocks

formed due to the separation of road greening belt and the water system, of which, the north

Jing’er Road is to develop the primary industry such as deep processing and auxiliary

processing of agricultural and livestock products and the south of Binhe Road is to develop the

secondary industry such as bio-chemical industry, bio-energy, etc. “Two Centers” refers to the

two centers of providing the supporting services to the enterprises in the Park: Comprehensive

service center serves as the administrative center and supporting business service center of the

Park, and Business trade and logistics center will provide the services to the park and county

urban area by relying on the regional business trade and logistic areas. “Multiple Groups”

refers to multiple functional groups formed due to the separation of roads, greening belts and

canals. Agricultural and livestock products deep processing group is divided into multiple

subgroups according to the category of processing products such as green food processing,

grain processing, TCM processing, livestock product processing, woods and fruits processing,

etc.; Biochemical group is divided into many subgroups as per the category of products such

as bio-based material manufacture, microorganism manufacture and biologic pesticide

manufacture, etc.; Bio-energy group has two subgroups: one is to develop the biomass power

industry via the straw power generation, and the other is to lay stress on the development of

biologic fuels such as fuel ethanol, bio-diesel oil, etc.; Supporting processing group is to

develop the supporting processing industries related to the leading industry of the Park and it

may serve as the carrying space of downstream extension industry of Jinquan Industry Park in

the future.

the water consumption by

cooling and circulation

will be 4,351,000t/a.

Considering the water for

roads and green land and

fire prevention as well as

the unforeseeable water

demand and penetrated

water, the maximum water

demand will be 20,000m3/d

or so.

2. Existing problem: shortage of top-

quality water sources in the region,

obvious contradiction of supply and

demand, unbalanced and uncoordinated

construction of water supply facilities;

92

Page 102: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Table 3.2-2 Main Characteristics of Various Reclaimed Water Supply Projects

Item Unit

Reclaimed Water

Supply Project of Urat

Rear Banner

Processing Park

Reclaimed Water

Supply Project of

Ganqimaodu Port

Processing Park

Reclaimed

Water Supply

Project of

Drainage Canal

3

Reclaimed Water

Supply Project of

Drainage Canal

7

Treatment Facilities

Nature —— Newly built Newly built Newly built Newly built

Scale 10,000m3/d 3.5 4 2 2

Service

Scope——

Urat Rear Banner

Processing Park

Ganqimaodu Port

Processing Park

Hanggin Rear

Banner

Industrial Park

Wuyuan

Rongfeng

Industrial Park

Water

Source——

General Drainage

Canal/Underwater

/Yongming Lake

General Drainage

Canal

Drainage Canal

3 sewage

treatment plant/

Drainage Canal

3

Drainage Canal 7

sewage treatment

plant/ Drainage

Canal 7/

underwater

Delivery

distance of

raw water

Km 5.0 3.0 0.1 0.1

Pipe

diameterMm 500 600 400 400

Piping Distribution

Piping

LengthKm

Ductile cast iron pipe/PE

pipe, 32.04

Ductile cast iron

pressure water pipe,

28.0

Ductile cast iron

pressure water

pipe, 3.0

Ductile cast iron

pressure water

pipe, 19.0

Quantity of

pump

stations

set 1 1 1 1

Construction Period

Construction

PeriodYear 4 4 4 4

3.2.1.2 Water Supply Project of Reclaimed Water for Urat Rear Banner

Processing Park

(1) Inlet/Outlet Water Quality

The reclaimed water supply projects of Urat Rear Banner Processing Park have

two water sources: one is from the sewage treatment plant and the other is from the

general drainage canal. Furthermore, Yongming Reservoir and underwater serve as

93

Page 103: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

the standby water sources. In the wet seasons from May to November of following

year, the reclaimed water will mainly use the drained water from the general drainage

canal and the sewage treatment plant. From December to April, the water is

diversified from Yongming Reservoir to general drainage canal to supplement the

water of the general drainage canal, and in addition, some underwater shall be

pumped to meet the water supply requirement. According to the water source quality

of reclaimed water supply projects and in full consideration of the usage and standard

requirements of reclaimed water, the inlet/outlet water quality of reclaimed water

supply system is defined in combination with the use requirement on water quality,

treatment degree and treatment cost, with more details in Table 3.2-3.

Table 3.2-3 Inlet/Outlet Water System of Reclaimed Water Supply Projects in Urat Rear Banner

Processing Park

No. Indicator Inlet (mg/L) Outlet (mg/L)

1 COD 40 ≤50

2 BOD 15 ≤10

3 Ammonia 3.5 ≤5

4 TP 0.6 ≤0.5

5 TN 5.0 ——

6 SS 70 ≤10

7 Cl- 200 ——

8 SO2-4 180 ——

9 Ca2+ 60 ——

10 Mg2+ 50 ——

11 Total alkalinity 170 ——

12 Total hardness 280 ——

(2) Process Proposal

Through the comprehensive comparison of multiple proposals, the process flow

of the reclaimed water treatment of the Project is as follows: contact tank – clean

water tank – pumping station – water distribution network. Main buildings and

structures for the reclaimed water supply projects of Urat Rear Banner Processing

Park are shown in Table 3.2-4.

94

Page 104: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Table 3.2-4 Main Buildings and Structures for Reclaimed Water Supply Projects of Urat Rear

Banner Processing Park

No

.

Buildings

&

Structures

Process Description Main Equipment and Design Parameters

5Contact

Tank

To make sure of a full

contact of disinfectant with

supply water to realize the

sterilization, contact tank is

set up, and under the

condition of designed

chlorination quantity,

removal rate of escherichia

coli may be over 99.9%

1. Design Parameter

Design flow: Qmax=0.45m3/s; tank quantity:2; effective

volume: 810m3; residence time:30min

2. Main Equipment: manual cast-iron square gate: two

gates, specification: 1000*1000; manual cast-iron round

gate: one gate, specification:Ф700

8Chlorinatio

n Chamber

Chlorine dioxide is

recommended for the

disinfection of supply water

and the chlorination quantity

may be automatically

controlled or manually

adjusted.

1. Design parameter

Chlorination quantity for water supply treatment: 0.5mg/l

2. Main equipment: Chlorine dioxide equipment system,

3sets (two sets for use and one for standby), and stand-

alone output: 10kg/h, automatic control;

10Clean

Water Tank

Water quantity is adjusted to

ensure the safety of water

supply.

1. Design parameter

Design water quantity: 35000m3/d. Clean water tank

volume: 7000m3; tank quantity: 2tanks; size of single

tank: LXBXH=29.4*29.4*5;

2. Main equipment: one water level meter; one

submersible pump, with a flow of 100m3/h, and pump lift

of 9m, and electric motor power of 5.5kw.

11Pumping

House

1. Design Parameter

Design scale: 35000m3/d

2. Main equipment: six submersible pumps (4 for use and

2 for standby), with a flow of 350m3/h and pump lift of

25m, and electric motor power of 11kw.

(3) Water Intake Works

Two water intake pumps were set up at Stake No.31500 of general drainage

canal. The project will use the existing water intakes and one standby pump

(Q=580m3/h, H=35m) will be increased to ensure the water intake safety.

(4) Water Conveyance Project

In order to ensure the requirement of 100% water supply for the processing park,

95

Page 105: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

the project will pave two pipelines, with a design flow of 255L/s. It is necessary to

newly increase a water pipe of DN500 (length of 5000m) based on the existing

pipelines. The minimum buried depth of water pipelines shall be 1.80-2.00m, and the

exhaust valves are set up at the vertical extrusions of water pipelines and the related

positions; Empty well shall be designed at the lowest position of the pipelines, and a

valve well shall be provided at the origin and the destination of the water pipeline.

(5) Water Distribution Network

The water distribution network shall be laid out along the planned route of the

processing park. After paved out from the pumping station, the water pipeline of

reclaimed water is diversified into three lines and extended toward the northwest,

southwest and southeast of the processing park, and water supply pipe network shall

be designed into the ring-like structure along the existing and planning routes to

ensure the water supply safety. The layout of reclaimed water distribution network is

detailed in Fig. 3-1.

Design parameter of water distribution network: design flow of 35,000m3/d;

hourly variation coefficient Kh=1.1; minimum service water head of the most

unfavorable point is not less than 20m.

PE pipes and ductile cast-iron pipes are used for the water distribution network.

(6) Demonstration and Analysis of Water Source.

There are four available water sources in the processing park: a. the water from

the sewage treatment plant; b. the water from the general drainage canal; c. the

underwater of the processing park; d. the water from the Yongming Reservoir at the

upper reach of General Drainage Canal.

According to the Feasibility Study Report of Sewage Treatment Project for Urat

Rear Banner Processing Park of Bayan Nur City, Inner Mongolia Autonomous

Region, the daily treatment capacity of the sewage treatment plant is 20,000m3/d. The

outlet water of sewage treatment plant reaches the class-I B discharge standard and

the drained water is relatively stable, which may serve as one of water sources of

water reclamation plant.

General Drainage Canal is 5km away from the processing park and it has a

96

Page 106: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

better water quality and stable and abundant water quantity, and there exist the water

intake pipelines from the general drainage canal to the processing park, with a

convenient condition of using the water source, so it may serve as the water source of

water reclamation plant.

The underwater of the region refers to the shallow underwater and is used for

irrigation and living. The data of Comprehensive Planning Description of Water

Resources of Bayan Nur City show that the exploitable underwater quantity of Urat

Rear Banner is 9,100,000 m3 if the underwater salinity is less than 3g/L, and the

exploitable underwater of Urat Rear Banner is 3,400,000 m3 if the underwater salinity

is 3-5g/L. According to the provisions set forth in Report for the Definition of

Underwater Over-drafting Area in Bayan Nur City, the processing park belongs to the

serious underwater over-drafting area, and for this reason, the underwater cannot

serve as the eternal water source of the project, but it may serve as the standby water

source.

Yongming Reservoir is located at longitude 106°41′17″ and latitude 40°51′35″,

and the eastern fringe of Wulanbuhe Desert and at 5km in the lower reach of

Liushagou Trench. It is close to the general drainage canal and subject to the

combined scheduling with Guanglin Flood Detention Area. It is a small-scale plain

reservoir highlighting the flood prevention, and the operation mode of flood storage

and staggering flood peak and facing the flood by empty reservoir is applied, with a

total reservoir capacity of 2,602,000 m3. It may serve as the supplementary water

source of the Project if the water quantity of general drainage canal is not enough in

winter.

The water supply scale of water reclamation plant is 35,000m3/d, of which the

water of 15,000m3/d is from the sewage treatment plant and the water of 20,000 m3/d

is from the general drainage canal. Considering the self-consuming water quantity by

the factory area, it is necessary to intake the water of 18,000 m3/d from the sewage

treatment plant of Urat Rear Banner Processing Park and 24,000 m3/d from the

general drainage canal, and the available water quantity of general drainage canal is

97

Page 107: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

calculated by 85%, and the water demand of general drainage canal shall be more

than 850,000t/month and the insufficient water quantity in winter can be

supplemented by the underwater and the water from Yongming Reservoir.

If the probability of water supply is calculated by 95%, the correlation between

available water quantity of water sources and water intake quantity of the Project is

shown in Table 3.2-5.

Table 3.2-5 Correlation between Available Water Quantity of Water Sources and

Water Intake Quantity of the Project (10,000m3)

Month 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Water from

sewage

treatment

plant

55.8 52.2 55.8 54.0 55.8 54.0 55.8 55.8 54.0 55.8 54.0 55.8

Water from

General

Drainage

Canal

42.0 28.0 29.2 92.4 624.7 587.5 451.9 310.1 333.8 870.2 686.9 59.4

Yongming

Reservoir14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 —— —— —— —— —— —— —— 14.0

Underwater 42.2 42.2 42.2 42.2 —— —— —— —— —— —— —— 42.2

Total

available

water

quantity

154.0 136.4 141.2 202.6 680.5 641.5 507.7 365.9 387.8 926.0 740.9 171.4

Quantity of

water intake130.2 121.8 130.2 126 130.2 126 130.2 130.2 126 130.2 126 130.2

From Table 3.2-5, we learn that the main intake water sources and standby water

source of the reclaimed water supply projects of Urat Rear Banner Processing Park

can guarantee the requirement of the water intake quantity of the Project and the

probability of water supply may be over 95%.

The result of water quality analysis reports of various intake water sources is

shown in Table 3.2-6 and Table 3.2-7.

98

Page 108: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Table 3.2-6 Outlet Water of Sewage Treatment Plant of Urat Rear Banner Processing Park

No. Water Quality Index Designed Outlet Water

Quality1 CODcr 60 mg/l2 BOD5 20 mg/l3 SS 20 mg/l4 Ammonia (metered by N) 8 mg/l5 TP (metered by P) 1 mg/l

99

Page 109: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Table 3.2-7 Main Water Quality Index of Raw Water of General Drainage Canal

Monitoring Item 2008.4 2008.5 2008.6 2008.8 2008.9 2008.10 2008.11 2009.2 2009.3 2009.4 2009.5 2009.6

pH Value 8.66 8.36 8.31 8.3 7.86 7.97 8.47 7.74 8.10 8.51 8.58 8.10

COD (mg/L) 38 14 1 19 9 19 19 23 29 33 17 9

Ammonia (mg/L) 1 0.4 0.7 <DL 0.1 <DL 0.3 0.4 0.2 0 <DL <DL

TP (mg/L) 0.02 0.52 0.22 0.29 0.3 0.15 0.15 0.51 0.57 0.6 0.27 0.42

TN (mg/L) 1.4 0.8 1.9 3.5 2.1 1 1.5 2.08 2.18 1.57 3.05

Total salt content

(mg/L)1971 1215 576 1198 1447 1710 2386 2035 1033 2344 1127 877

CO2-3(mg/L) 30 15 15 15 0 0 15 <DL 0 45 30 0

HCO-3(mg/L) 351 282 237 290 28 412 478 519 305 427 290 244

Total alkalinity

(mg/L)312 244 207 501 232 338 388 425 250 388 263 200

Cl-(mg/L) 532 230 27 266 301 372 674 479 284 674 266 213

SO2-4(mg/L) 432 324 144 252 420 408 492 432 132 456 192 156

Ca2+(mg/L) 110 105 55 80 70 135 120 140 105 90 85 90

Mg2+(mg/L) 109 67 33 52 82 80 146 128 55 152 58 43

K++Na+(mg/L) 406 191 66 244 291 294 481 338 150 500 206 131

Total hardness

(mg/L)726 538 275 413 513 701 901 876 488 851 450 400

100

Page 110: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

From the monitoring result of water quality, we learn that the water from the

general drainage canal is polluted to somewhat extent, but its quality can reach the

provisions of Code for Design of Wastewater Reclamation and Reuse upon the

disinfection treatment together with the water from the sewage treatment plant, and it

can function as the cooling water and urban miscellaneous water.

3.2.1.3 Reclaimed water Supply Project of Drainage Canal 3

(1) Inlet/Outlet Water Quality

The water source of water reclamation plant of drainage canal 3 is mainly from

the water of sewage treatment plant of drainage canal 3, the water from the drainage

canal3 and the standby water source is the underwater. During non-frozen season, the

intake proportion of water reclamation plant from the tail water of the sewage

treatment plant and from the water of drainage canal 3 approaches to 6:5,, and

according to the weighted calculation and in full consideration of the usage and

standard requirements of various reclaimed water, the inlet water quality of water

reclamation plant is defined as shown in Table 3.2-8 in combination with the user’s

requirement on water quality, treatment degree and treatment cost.

Table 3.2-8 Inlet/Outlet Water Quality of Water Reclamation Plant of Drainage Canal 3

No. Water Quality Index Inlet Water Quality Outlet Water Quality

1 CODcr 70 mg/l ≤502 BOD5 16 mg/l ≤103 SS 16 mg/l ≤54 TN (Metered by N) 15 mg/l ≤105 TP (Metered by P) 2.1mg/l ≤0.5

(2) Process Proposal

The treatment structures, production buildings and ancillary buildings in the

water reclamation plant shall be built one-off as per the production capacity of

20,000m3/d, and the main buildings and structures for the water reclamation project of

drainage canal 3 are shown in Table 3.2-9.

According to the analysis of raw water quality characteristics, analysis of main

treatment processes, selection of purification structures and treatment proposal

comparison of sludge water, the treatment process flow of reclaimed water for

101

Page 111: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

drainage canal 3 is shown in Fig. 3.2-1.

Fig. 3.2-1 Process Flow of Reclaimed Water Treatment of Drainage Canal 3

Table 3.2-9 Main Buildings and Structures of Water Reclamation Plant of Drainage Canal 3

No.Buildings &

StructuresProcess Description Main Equipment and Design Parameter

1Distributing

wellIncoming water is evenly distributed One well, L×B×H=4m×4m×6m

2Piping mixer

well

Mount the guide vanes in the piping to

diversify or guide the water flow to

increase the mixing effect.

Design parameter: one well; Design size:

L×B×H=6m×3m×4m

Main equipment: one piping mixer

3Small-hole

mesh reactor

Create certain hydrologic condition,

enable all colloidal particles to complete

the flocculation process in the shortest

time to realize the optimal flocculation

effect.

Design parameter: one reactor; Design size:

L×B×H=7m×7m×3m (effective depth); Residence

time: T=10min;

Main equipment: one small-hole mesh reactor.

4

Sloping plate

sedimentation

tank

Separate the bigger alum particles in the

water

Design parameter: one tank; design size:

L×B×H=15.5m×8.5m×5m;

Main equipment: four electric mud valves; two mud

scrapers; two sloping plates, with an interval of

25mm and area of 120m2.

5 Filter station Further remove the micro-particles from

the water after the suspended liquid

passes through the porous media, so as to

ensure the final outlet water quality.

Design parameter: one filter station (four partitions),

L×B×H=26m×20m×6m;

Main equipment: long-handle filter nob, 50nobs/m2 ,

totaling 7200nobs; quartz filter media, total volume:

175m3; three backwash pumps and three blowers,

102

Page 112: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

two air compressors (one for use and one for

standby); two pneumatic inlet sluices and two

pneumatic outlet sluices; two pneumatic wafer

butterfly valves; one electric single-beam suspension

crane.

6

Reflux

equalization

basin

The collected water is processed after

returning to the front end of water

reclamation plant

Design parameter: one basin, L×B×H=8m×8m×4m;

Main equipment: two centrifugal pumps, one

submersible mixer.

7

Sludge

equalization

basin

Adjust the sludge quantity and flow the

municipal sewer network

Design parameter: one basin, L×B×H=8m×8m×4m;

Main equipment: 2 centrifugal pumps and one

submersible mixer.

8Chlorination

chamber

Chlorine dioxide is recommended for the

disinfection of supply water and the

chlorination quantity may be

automatically controlled or manually

adjusted.

Design parameter: one chamber, L×B =12m×10m,

chlorination quantity: 0.5mg/l;

Main equipment: 3 Chlorinators (two for use and one

for standby, Q=5kg/h), one chlorine dioxide

generator, Q=10kg/h

9Dosing

chamber

Provide the necessary and prepared

flocculants to the deep water treatment

structures and the proper reserve

quantity, to remove the phosphorus,

turbidity and organism from the water.

Design parameter: one dosing chamber, L×B

=12m×10m

10Clean water

tank

Control the water supply difference

between intake pump house and

pumping house; if the supply is surplus,

the water is stored in the clean water

tank, and if it is not enough, the water

will be supplemented by the clean water

tank.

Design parameter: one clean water tank, adjustable

volume is calculated by 10% of maximum daily

design water quantity, L×B×H =25m×16m×5m

(ultrahigh 0.5m)

11Pumping

house

Lift the reclaimed water to meet the

requirement of the whole water

reclamation plant on vertical hydrologic

flow

1. Design parameter: one pumping house, design

pumping capacity: 20000m3/d

2. Main equipment: three suction pumps.

12

Ultrafiltration

anti-seepage

chamber

Remove the salt from the water via the

ultrafiltration and anti-seepage process

Two ultrafiltration tanks, L×B×H =12m×10m×5m;

One anti-seepage chamber, L×B×H =42m×27m×9m;

13

Backwash

wastewater

tank

One tank, L×B×H =5m×5m×4m

14Neutralization

tankOne tank, L×B×H =5m×5m×4m

15Wastewater

basinOne basin, L×B×H =6m×5m×5m

(3) Water Intake Works

103

Page 113: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

One water intake pump station was built at drainage canal 3, with a design

capacity of 33,000m3/d. Because the intake pump station is not far from the water

reclamation plant, the construction of raw water pipelines shall be subject to the

supporting construction with the water reclamation plant.

The suction well shall be built near the intake pump station, with a design size of

10m×8m and the center grill is set up; the intake pump house shall be built into the

rectangle shape, with a plane size of 20m×16m. It shall adopt the underground

reinforced concrete rectangle structure and the wellbore depth of pump house shall be

12m. Four horizontal centrifugal pumps shall be used.

(4) Water Conveyance Project

The raw water pipelines refer to the pipeline from the intake pump station to the

water reclamation plant. Because the distance from the intake pump station to the

water reclamation plant is only 100m, two PE pipes of DN300 will be paved from the

intake pump station to the water reclamation plant.

(5) Water Distribution Network

After paved out from the pumping house of water reclamation plant, the water

pipeline is diversified into two water lines to the water supply network of Hangjin

Rear Banner Industrial Park. The terminal pressure of reclaimed water pipelines may

not be less than 0.20MPa and the low-pressure fire-prevention system shall be

applied. During the fire prevention, the free water head of water supply piping

network at the most unfavorable point may not be less than 10m. The layout of

reclaimed water piping network is detailed in Fig. 3-2.

(6) Demonstration and Analysis of Water Sources

There are three available water sources for the water reclamation project of

drainage canal 3, namely, water from the sewage treatment plant of drainage canal 3,

underwater and surface water.

The underwater mainly relies on the phreatic water. The source of phreatic water

recharge is the leakage water of canals or channels and the irrigation leakage, and

then the flood water and precipitation water. The change of phreatic water in the

irrigation period mainly relies on the irrigation, and the underwater depth is 1.0-1.5m

104

Page 114: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

during the irrigation period and 0.5m or so during the fall irrigation period. The

phreatic water is affected by the frozen soil during the freezing season, so the

underwater depth may be 2.5m or so. At present, the domestic and industrial water of

the main industrial enterprises in the Park are all the underwater.

There is no production area of surface water in Hanggjin Rear Banner. The

surface water are all the water from the Yellow River except for a little of flood water

in Urat Rear Banner. At 17km of the Yellow River in Hanggin Rear Banner, Wulahe

River, Yangjiahe River and Huangji Canal averagely diversify the water quantity of

880,000,000m3 from the Yellow River, and the general drainage canal passes through

the Hanggin Rear Banner in the north, with an annual water discharge of about

120,000,000 m3. The water-storing capacity of the lakes in the territory is about

5,000,000 m3. But these water sources are far away from the water reclamation plant

of drainage canal 3 and they cannot serve as the water source of the reclaimed water.

Drainage canal 3 runs through the Park in the east. Since its establishment (in

1992), its average monthly water discharge is 8,538,000 m3, and it can also reach

1,055,000 m3 in the unfavorable month, which may function as the water source of

water reclamation plant.

The treatment capacity of Hanggin Rear Banner Sewage Treatment Plant is

20,000m3/d, and the A2/O technology is used. The outlet water of sewage treatment

plant has reached the class-II wastewater discharge standard of Discharge Standard of

Pollutants for Municipal Wastewater Treatment Plants (GB18918-2002), and the tail

water quality of sewage treatment plant is stable, so it can function as the water source

of water reclamation plant.

According to the said analysis of water source, the outlet water quality of

Drainage Canal 3 sewage treatment plant is stable and is given the priority to function

as the first water source of the water reclamation plant. The insufficient water quantity

shall be supplemented or recharged by Drainage Canal 3 during the non-frozen season

and by the underwater during the freezing season.

The water supply scale of water reclamation plant is 20,000m3/d, of which the

105

Page 115: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

water of 12,000m3/d is from the sewage treatment plant and the water of 8,000 m3/d is

from the drainage canal 3. Considering the self-consuming water quantity by the

factory area, it is necessary to intake the water of 21,000m3/d from the drainage canal

3. If the available water quantity of drainage canal 3 is calculated by 85%, the water

demand of drainage canal 3 shall be more than 190,000t/d during the non-frozen

season, which can meet the water-intake requirement of the project; the insufficient

water quantity in winter can be supplemented or recharged by the underwater and the

recharged water quantity is 21,000 m3/d.

According to the Demonstration Report of Water Reclamation Plant of Drainage

Canal 3, the underwater supplement of Drainage Canal 3 is 8,792,000m3/a, and if the

exploitable coefficient is 0.5, the exploitable underwater quantity will be

4,396,000m3/a. The correlation between available water quantity of water sources and

water intake quantity of the Project is shown in Table 3.2-10.

Table 3.2-10 Correlation between Available Water Quantity of Water Sources and Water Intake

Quantity of the Project (10,000m3)

Month 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Water from

sewage treatment

plant

37.2 34.8 37.2 36.0 37.2 36.0 37.2 37.2 36.0 37.2 36.0 37.2

Water from

Drainage Canal 3 —— —— —— 105.5 1047.4 1031.5 954.4 672.4 652.1 1534.6 832.5 ——

Underwater 109.9 109.9 109.9 —— —— —— —— —— —— —— —— 109.9

Total available

water quantity147.1 144.7 147.1 141.5 1084.6 1067.5 991.2 709.2 688.1 1571.8 868.5 147.1

Water intake

quantity of the

Project

102.3 95.7 102.3 99.0 102.3 99.0 102.3 102.3 99.0 102.3 99.0 102.3

Tail water quality parameter of Drainage Canal 3 sewage treatment plant and water

quality parameter of Drainage Canal 3 are shown in Table 3.2-11 and Table 3.2-12.

Table 3.2-11 Tail Water Quality Parameter of Sewage Treatment Plant of Drainage Canal 3

No. Water Quality Index Designed Outlet Water Quality

1 CODcr 120 mg/l

2 BOD5 30 mg/l

3 SS 30 mg/l

106

Page 116: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

4 TN (Metered by N) 25 mg/l

5 TP (Metered by P) 3 mg/l

107

Page 117: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Table 3.2-12 Monitoring Statistics of Water Quality of Drainage Canal 3 (mg/L)

S

a

m

p

l

i

n

g

D

a

t

e

pH

ValueCOD Ammonia TP TN

Total Salt

ContentBicarbonate

Total

alkalinityCl- SO42- Ca2+ Mg2+ K++Na+

Total

Hardness

2

0

0

8

-

4

-

2

5

7.91 111 16.3 0.15 / / 831 682 851 732 100 154 691 888

2

0

0

8.38 20 2.4 0.91 5.7 / 328.0 287.8 283.6 240.2 90.2 66.8 228.1 500.5

108

Page 118: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

8

-

5

-

2

1

2

0

0

8

-

6

-

2

1

8.36 7 2.5 1 4.6 / 320.4 110.1 230.4 264.2 70.1 79.0 193.8 500.5

2

0

0

8

-

7

-

2

1

8.28 29 2.8 1.93 2.6 1435.6 411.89 337.84 354.5 228.14 65.13 75.94 300.00 475.48

2 7.8 62 5.9 2.66 6.8 2106.0 511.04 838.34 531.75 408.26 80.16 115.43 459.38 675.68

109

Page 119: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

0

0

8

-

8

-

2

1

2

0

0

8

-

9

-

2

1

7.8 7.0 0.2 0.3 2.0 956.8 228.8 187.7 124.1 336.2 85.2 63.8 118.8 475.5

2

0

0

8

-

1

0

-

7.72 35 1.4 0.6 2.9 1976.67 457.60 375.38 460.80 444.20 135.20 91.10 387.50 713.21

110

Page 120: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

2

1

2

0

0

8

-

1

1

-

2

1

7.7 30 3 1.26 4.2 2791.53 625.46 513.01 682.41 612.38 150.30 139.73 581.25 950.95

2

0

0

9

-

4

-

2

1

8.00 22 4.7 1.82 7.54 1712.61 465.28 381.63 460.25 264.17 100.20 100.24 321.8 663.16

2

0

0

9

8.32 24 2.2 0.73 4.4 1400.78 366.12 312.81 363.36 240.15 100.20 97.2 218.8 650.6

111

Page 121: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

-

5

-

2

1

2

0

0

9

-

6

-

2

1

8.08 12 / 0.88 5.11 1012.09 320.36 262.76 265.88 132.08 80.16 69.86 143.8 488

T

o

t

a

l

88.35 359 41.4 12.23 45.85 13392.08 4865.91 4289.36 4608.08 3901.95 1056.89 1053.08 3644.18 6981.56

A

v

e

r

a

g

8.03 32.64 4.14 1.11 4.59 1674.01 442.36 389.94 418.92 354.72 96.08 95.73 331.29 634.69

112

Page 122: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

e

V

a

l

u

e

113

Page 123: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

According to the monitoring data of raw water quality as shown in Table 3.2-18,

the water quality of Drainage Canal 3 is better in 2008 through 2009, and COD,

Ammonia and TN have reached the water quality control index of the Code for

Design of Wastewater Reclamation and Reuse (GB50335-2002) with regard to the

reclaimed water as the cooling water, but the total salt content and TP shall be further

processed. This shows that the water quality of Drainage Canal 3 is better, which can

function as the water source of the water reclamation plant of Drainage Canal 3.

3.2.1.4 Reclaimed water Supply Project of Drainage Canal 7

(1) Inlet/Outlet Water Quality

The water source of water reclamation plant of drainage canal 7 is mainly from

the sewage treatment plant of drainage canal 7, drainage canal 7 and the standby

water source is the underwater. During non-flood season, the intake proportion of

water reclamation plant from the tail water of the sewage treatment plant and from the

water of drainage canal 7 approaches to 6:5, and according to the weighted calculation

and in full consideration of the usage and standard requirements of various reclaimed

water, the inlet water quality of water reclamation plant is defined as shown in Table

3.2-13 in combination with the user’s requirement on water quality, treatment degree

and treatment cost.

Table 3.2-13 Inlet Water Quality of Water Reclamation Plant of Drainage Canal 7

No. Water Quality Index Designed Outlet Water Quality Inlet Water Quality

1 CODcr 120 mg/l ≤50

2 BOD5 30 mg/l ≤10

3 SS 30 mg/l ≤5

4 TN (Metered by N) 25 mg/l ≤10

5 TP (Metered by P) 3 mg/l ≤0.5

(2) Process Proposal

The common treatment structures, production buildings and ancillary buildings

in the water reclamation plant shall be built one-off as per the production capacity of

20,000m3/d, and the main buildings and structures for the water reclamation project of

drainage canal 7 are shown in Table 3.2-14.

According to the analysis of raw water quality characteristics, analysis of main

114

Page 124: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

treatment processes, selection of purification structures and treatment proposal

comparison of sludge water, the treatment process flow of reclaimed water for

drainage canal 7 is shown in Fig. 3.2-2.

Fig. 3.2-2 Process Flow of Reclaimed Water Treatment of Drainage Canal 7

Table 3.2-14 Main Buildings and Structures of Water Reclamation Plant of Drainage Canal 7

No

.

Buildings &

StructuresProcess Description Main Equipment and Design Parameter

1Distributing

well

Incoming water is evenly

distributed One well, L×B×H=4m×4m×6m

2Piping mixer

well

Mount the guide vanes in

the piping to diversify or

guide the water flow to

increase the mixing effect.

Design parameter: one well; Design size:

L×B×H=6m×3m×4m

Main equipment: one piping mixer

3Small-hole

mesh reactor

Create certain hydrologic

condition, enable all

colloidal particles to

complete the flocculation

process in the shortest time

to realize the optimal

flocculation effect.

Design parameter: one reactor; Design size:

L×B×H=7m×7m×3m (effective depth); Residence time:

T=10min;

Main equipment: one small-hole mesh reactor.

4 Sloping plate

sedimentatio

n tank

Separate the bigger alum

particles in the water

Design parameter: one tank; design size:

L×B×H=15.5m×8.5m×5m;

Main equipment: four electric mud valves; two mud

scrapers; two sloping plates, with an interval of 25mm and

115

Page 125: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

area of 120m2.

5 Filter station

Further remove the micro-

particles from the water

after the suspended liquid

passes through the porous

media, so as to ensure the

final outlet water quality.

Design parameter: one filter station (four partitions),

L×B×H=26m×20m×6m;

Main equipment: long-handle filter nob, 50nobs/m2 , totaling

7200nobs; quartz filter media, total volume: 175m3; three

backwash pumps and three blowers, two air compressors

(one for use and one for standby); two pneumatic inlet

sluices and two pneumatic outlet sluices; two pneumatic

wafer butterfly valves; one electric single-beam suspension

crane.

6

Reflux

equalization

basin

The collected water is

processed after returning

to the front end of water

reclamation plant

Design parameter: one basin, L×B×H=8m×8m×4m;

Main equipment: two centrifugal pumps, one submersible

mixer.

7

Sludge

equalization

basin

Adjust the sludge quantity

and flow the municipal

sewer network

Design parameter: one basin, L×B×H=8m×8m×4m;

Main equipment: 2 centrifugal pumps and one submersible

mixer.

8Chlorination

chamber

Chlorine dioxide is

recommended for the

disinfection of supply

water and the chlorination

quantity may be

automatically controlled or

manually adjusted.

Design parameter: one chamber, L×B =12m×10m,

chlorination quantity: 0.5mg/l;

Main equipment: 3 chlorinators (two for use and one for

standby, Q=5kg/h), one chlorine dioxide generator,

Q=10kg/h

9Dosing

chamber

Provide the necessary and

prepared flocculants to the

deep water treatment

structures and the proper

reserve quantity, to remove

the phosphorus, turbidity

and organism from the

water.

Design parameter: one dosing chamber, L×B =12m×10m

10Clean water

tank

Control the water supply

difference between intake

pump house and pumping

house; if the supply is

surplus, the water is stored

in the clean water tank,

and if it is not enough, the

water shall be

supplemented by the clean

water tank.

Design parameter: one clean water tank, adjustable volume

is calculated by 10% of maximum daily design water

quantity, L×B×H =25m×16m×5m (ultrahigh 0.5m)

11 Pumping Lift the reclaimed water 1. Design parameter: one pumping house, design pumping

116

Page 126: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

house capacity: 20000m3/d

2. Main equipment: three suction pumps.

12

Ultrafiltratio

n & anti-

seepage

chamber

One chamber, L×B×H =42m×27m×9m

13Ultrafiltratio

n tank Two tanks, L×B×H =12m×10m×5m

14

Backwash

wastewater

tank

One tank, L×B×H =5m×5m×4m

15Neutralizatio

n tankOne tank, L×B×H =5m×5m×4m

16Wastewater

basinOne basin, L×B×H =6m×5m×5m

(3) Water Intake Works

One water intake pump station was built one-off, with an intake capacity of

33,000m3/d. Because the intake pump station is not far from the water reclamation

plant, the construction of raw water pipelines shall be subject to the supporting

construction with the water reclamation plant.

The suction well shall be built near the intake pump station, with a design size of

10m×8m and the center grill is set up; the intake pump house shall be built into the

rectangle shape, with a plane size of 20m×16m. It shall adopt the underground

reinforced concrete rectangle structure and the wellbore depth of pump house shall be

12m. Four horizontal centrifugal pumps shall be used.

(4) Water Conveyance Project

The raw water pipelines refer to the pipelines from the intake pump station to the

water reclamation plant. Because the distance from the intake pump station to the

water reclamation plant is only 100m, two PE pipes of DN300 will be paved from the

intake pump station to the water reclamation plant.

(5) Water Distribution Network

The reclaimed water is pumped from the pumping house into the reclaimed water

distribution network of Wuyuan Industrial Park via two water pipelines. The terminal

pressure of reclaimed water pipelines may not be less than 0.20MPa and the low-

117

Page 127: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

pressure fire-prevention system shall be applied. The water supply network adopts the

piping system for production and fire control simultaneously. During the fire

prevention, the free water head of water supply piping network at the most

unfavorable point may not be less than 10m. The layout of reclaimed water piping

network is detailed in Fig. 3-3.

(6) Demonstration and Analysis of Water Sources

There are three available water sources for the water reclamation project of

drainage canal 7, namely, water from the sewage treatment plant of drainage canal 7,

underwater and surface water.

The underwater mainly relies on the phreatic water. The source of phreatic water

recharge is the leakage water of canals or channels and the irrigation leakage, and

then the flood water and precipitation water. The change of phreatic water in the

irrigation period mainly relies on the irrigation, and the underwater depth is 1.0-1.5m

during the irrigation period and 0.5m or so during the fall irrigation period. The

phreatic water is affected by the frozen soil during the freezing season, so the

underwater depth may be 2.5m or so. At present, the domestic and industrial water of

the main industrial enterprises in the Park are all the underwater.

Wuyuan County is rich in water resources. The Yellow River runs through

Wuyuan County in the south, with a length of 60km in the territory and transit water

quantity of 31,500,000,000m3. There are 1989 rivers in the County, with annual water

diversion demand of 800,000,000 m3 - 1,160,000,000 m3, and the maximum water

diversion demand of 1,230,000,000 m3. There are five drainage canals in the county,

with a total length of 176.42km and annual water discharge of 110,000,000 m3.

Drainage Canal 7 runs through Wuyuan Industrial Park in the west. The statistics of

monthly water discharge of the pumping station of Drainage Canal 7 from 1997 to

2007 show that the mean annual runoff is 14,070,000 m3, the maximum runoff is

23,250,000m3, and the minimum runoff 6,950,000m3. Therefore, Drainage Canal 7

may function as the water source of water reclamation plant.

The treatment capacity of Drainage Canal 7 Sewage Treatment Plant is

118

Page 128: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

22,000m3/d, and the A2/O technology is used. The outlet water of sewage treatment

plant has reached the class-II wastewater discharge standard of Discharge Standard of

Pollutants for Municipal Wastewater Treatment Plants (GB18918-2002), and the

outlet water quality of sewage treatment plant is stable, so it can function as the water

source of water reclamation plant.

According to the said analysis of water sources, the outlet water quality of

Drainage Canal 7 sewage treatment plant is given the priority to function as the first

water source of the water reclamation plant. The insufficient water quantity shall be

supplemented or recharged by Drainage Canal 7 during the non-frozen season and by

the underwater during the freezing season.

The water supply scale of water reclamation plant is 20,000m3/d, of which the

water of 13,200m3/d is from the sewage treatment plant and the water of 6,800 m3/d is

from the drainage canal 7. Considering the self-consuming water quantity by the

factory area, it is necessary to intake the water of 19,800m3/d from the drainage canal

7. If the available water quantity of drainage canal 7 is calculated by 85%, the water

demand of drainage canal 7 shall be more than 48,900t/d during the non-frozen

season, which can meet the water-intake requirement of the project; the insufficient

water quantity in winter can be supplemented or recharged by the underwater and the

recharged water quantity will be19,800 m3/d. According to the Demonstration Report

of Water Reclamation Plant of Drainage Canal 7, the underwater supplement of

Drainage Canal 7 is 9,532,000m3/a, and if the exploitable coefficient is 0.5, the

exploitable underwater quantity will be 4,770,000m3/a. The correlation between

available water quantity of water sources and water intake quantity of the Project is

shown in Table 3.2-15.

Table 3.2-15 Correlation between Available Water Quantity of Water Sources and Water Intake

Quantity of the Project (10,000m3)

Month 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Water from sewage

treatment plant40.9 38.3 39.6 39.6 40.9 39.6 40.9 40.9 39.6 40.9 39.6 40.9

Water from Drainage —— —— —— 10.9 206.5 214 105.5 65.7 94.0 353.4 440.8 ——

119

Page 129: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Canal 7

Underwater 95.4 95.4 95.4 95.4 —— —— —— —— —— —— —— 95.4

Total available water

quantity136.7 133.3 135.0 135.0 247.4 253.6 146.4 106.6 133.6 394.3 480.4 136.3

Water intake quantity

of the Project102.3 95.7 102.3 99.0 102.3 99.0 102.3 102.3 99.0 102.3 99.0 102.3

Tail water quality of Drainage Canal 7 for water reclamation plant is shown in Table

3.2-16 and Table 3.2-17.

Table 3.2-16 Tail Water Quality Parameter of Sewage Treatment Plant of Drainage Canal 7

No. Water Quality Index Designed Outlet Water Quality

1 CODcr 120 mg/l2 BOD5 30 mg/l3 SS 30 mg/l4 TN (Metered by N) 25 mg/l5 TP (Metered by P) 3 mg/l

120

Page 130: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Table 3.2-17 Monitoring Statistics of Water Quality of Drainage Canal 7 (mg/L)

Sampling

Date

pH

Val

ue

CO

D

Ammon

ia

T

P

T

N

Total Salt

Content

Bicarbo

nate

Total

alkalinityCL- SO4

2- Ca2+ Mg2+K+

+Na+

Total

Hardness

2008-4-25 6.62 1968 1730.

2/ / 656 538 922 264 235 154 444 1226

2008-5-21 7.39 824 35.52.

9

1

1

7

/ 526.3 431.6 868.5 672.4 200.

4 121.5 678.1 1001.0

2008-6-21 6.72 658 556.

35

6

4/ 411.9 337.8 1169.9 864.5

190.

4 176.2 843.8 1201.2

2008-7-21 6.94 713 32.64.

36

4

03136.15 427.14 350.35 966.01

720.4

5

155.

31 160.99

706.2

5 1051.05

2008-8-21 6.69 496 41.74.

84

3

7.

6

3307.2 472.91 775.78 1063.5672.4

2

140.

28 151.88

806.2

5975.98

2008-9-21 6.84 487 69 7.

8

7

0 3537.1 465.2 381.6 1010.3 912.6

160.

3 179.2 809.4 1138.6

2008-10-21 7.22 92 1.80.

44

1.

54014.64 518.60 425.42

1488.9

0

648.4

0

170.

30 188.30

1000.

00 1201.20

2008-11-21 7.29 210 181.

05

2

1.

2

4360.53 671.22 500.55 1577.5

0

648.4

1

220.

40 200.48

1062.

50 1326.32

2009-4-21 7.18 955 167.2 11

.6

1

7

3127.32 869.54 713.21 771.04 504.3

2

195.

39

124.54 662.5

0

1001

Page 131: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

13.

6

2009-5-21 7.69 269 25.62.

88

2

73080.31 457.65 375.38 1187.6

408.2

6

150.

30 164.03

712.5

0 1051.1

2009-6-21 6.65 2356 94.48.

2/ 3375.61 450.02 369.12 1063.5

744.4

7

150.

30 157.95

809.4

0 1026

Total77.2

39028 713.8

50

.6

3

5

5

1.

9

27938.86 5926.47 5198.8812088.

75

7060.

27

1968

.36

1779.0

5

8534.

6512199.49

Average

Value7.02

820.

73 64.89

4.

60

6

1.

3

2

3492.36 538.77 472.63 1098.9

8

641.8

4

178.

94 161.73

775.8

8 1109.04

Page 132: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Tail water quality of Drainage Canal 7 is better and reaches the class-II wastewater discharge

standard of Discharge Standard of Pollutants for Municipal Wastewater Treatment Plant

(GB18918-2002). According to the monitoring data of raw water quality of Drainage Canal 7, the

water quality of Drainage Canal 7 is worse in 1999 through 2006, and COD, Ammonia, TN, salt

content and TP have far exceeded the standard. The main reasons are that the sewage treatment

plant of Draiange Canal 7 has not yet been built and the urban domestic and industrial wastewater

of Wuyuan County is directly discharged into Drainage Canal 7.

3.2.1.5 Water Supply Project of Ganqimaodu Port Processing Park

(1) Inlet/Outlet Water Quality

The water source of water reclamation plant of Ganqimaodu Port Processing Park is mainly

from the water of general drainage canal, the water from Wangba Reservoir and the standby water

source is the underwater. According to the water source quality and in full consideration of the

usage and standard requirements of various reclaimed water, the inlet water quality of water

reclamation plant is defined as shown in Table 3.2-8 in combination with the user’s requirement on

water quality, treatment degree and treatment cost. Table 3.2-18 Inlet/Outlet Water Quality of Water Reclamation Plant of Ganqimaodu Port Processing Park

No. Indicator Inlet (mg/L) Outlet (mg/L)

1 COD 80 ≤502 BOD 60 ≤103 Ammonia 10 ≤54 TP 2 ≤0.55 TN 13 ——6 SS 20 ≤107 Cl- 630 ——8 SO2-4 300 ——9 Ca2+ 120 ——10 Mg2+ 100 ——11 Total alkalinity 390 ——12 Total hardness 710 ——

(2) Process Proposal

Process flow of water reclamation plant of Ganqimaodu Port Processing Park: equalization

basin – flocculation – sedimentation – filter tank/RO – clean water tank – pumping house – water

distribution network. Main structures include grid flocculation tank, sloping-plate sedimentation

tank, and common filter tank. The main buildings and structures of water reclamation plant for

Ganqimaodu Port Processing Park are shown in Table 3.2-19.

Table 3.2-19 Main Buildings and Structures of Water Reclamation Plant for Ganqimaodu Port Processing Park

No. Buildings & Structures Process Description Main Equipment and Design Parameter

1 Lift pump house

Lift the incoming water to meet the requirement of follow-up treatment of vertical elevation linkage of buildings or structures

1. Design parameter Design scale: 56800m3/d; Design flow: 62500m3/d; Pump house size: L×B=27m×18m

2. Main equipment: 6 submersible pumps (four for use and two for standby).

2 Pre-aeration Tank

Degrade a part of COD, Ammonia and TP from the water via the pre-aeration tank in the months with a

Design parameter: design capacity : 56800m3/d; design flow: 62500m3/d; design size: L×B×H 有 效

123

Page 133: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

poorer water quality. =30×19×5.5m(ultrahigh 0.5m)

3Flocculation

sedimentation tank

Flocculation sedimentation tank is composed of flocculation tank and inclined-tube sedimentation tank, integrated with the flocculation function and sedimentation function, to remove the COD, SS, P, chromaticity, germ, etc.

1. Flocculation tank: design water quantity: 0.72m3/s; Response time: 15min; 6 tanks, 14 grills for each tank; tank size: 7.5×5.5m; perforated sludge discharge pipe of DN200 is laid at the bottom of tank; 2. Sedimentation tank: design water quantity: 0.72m3/s; six tanks, and tank size: 12.0×6.0m; Lifting velocity: 1.75mm/s.

4 Filter tank

Further filtrate the outlet water of sedimentation tank. Common filter tank is used and single-layer uniform quartzite media are used. Little resistance underdrain system of long-handle filter nobs and air/water backwash system are used.

1. Design parameter: common filter tank, design water quantity: 0.52m3/s; six filter tanks, with filtration velocity of 6.5m/h; total filtration area: 288m2; Uniform quartzite media; controlled by PLC. 2. Main equipment: backwash pump, six single-step dual-suction pumps (four for use and two for standby); six backwash fans& Roots blowers (four for use and two for standby). 27648 long-handle filter nobs; 432 filter plates, and two cranes.

5 Contact tank

To make sure of a full contact of disinfectant with supply water to realize the sterilization, contact tank is set up, and under the condition of designed chlorination quantity, removal rate of escherichia coli may be over 99.9%

1. Design parameter: Design flow: 0.46m3/s; two tanks; effective volume: 350m3; residence time: 30min. 2. Main equipment: two manual cast-iron square gates; one manual cast-iron round gate.

6Sludge

discharge tank

Collect the sludge from the flocculation sedimentation tank and pump it by submersible sewage pump into sludge buffer tank of sewage treatment plant to be mixed with the surplus sludge in the sewage treatment plant

1.Design parameter: sludge quantity: 142m3/d; effective volume: 260m3

2. Main equipment: three submersible sewage pumps(two for use and one for standby)

7Backwash wastewater

basin

Collect the backwash wastewater of filter station and pump it by submersible sewage pump into coarse screen chamber to avoid the impact load against the treatment structures. Submersible mixer is set up to prevent the settlement of sludge.

1.Design parameter: backwash flow: 0.8m3/s; effective volume: 540m3; 2. Main equipment: three submersible sewage pumps (two for use and one for standby); two submersible mixers and two cast-iron square gates.

8 Chlorination chamber

Chlorine dioxide is recommended for the disinfection of supply water and the chlorination quantity may be automatically controlled or manually adjusted.

1. Design parameter: chlorination quantity: 0.5mg/l. 2. Main equipment: 3 chlorinators (two for use and one for standby, Q=5kg/h), one chlorine dioxide generator, Q=10kg/h

9 Dosing chamber

Provide the necessary and prepared flocculants to the deep water treatment structures and the proper reserve quantity, to remove the phosphorus, turbidity and organism from the water.

1. Design parameter: design water quantity: 0.72m3/s; feed the polyaluminium chloride and dosing quantity: 50mg/l. 2. Main equipment: four complete sets of flocculant mixers, volume of solution tank: 3m3; four metering pumps and diaphragm metering pumps; two electric hoists, with hoisting capacity of 1.0t.

10 Anti-seepage chamber

Remove the salt from the water via the micro-filtration and anti-seepage process

Design water quantity: Q=0.516m3/s; Size: L×B×H=120m×36m×5m

11 Clean water tank

Adjust the water quantity to ensure the safety of water supply

1. Design parameter: design water quantity: 40000m3/d; clean water tank volume: 4000m3; one water tank, with tank size of LXBXH=29.4*29.4*5. 2. Main equipment: one water level meter and one submersible pump.

12 Pumping house

Supply the water to the enterprises in the Park

1. Design parameter: design capacity: 30000m3/d2. Main equipment: six submersible pumps (four for use and two for standby, Q=350m3/h and H=5.5m); electric motor power = 11kw.

(3) Water Intake Works

The water intake capacity is 62,500m3/d and the intake pump house and the suction well are

built together in a rectangle structure of 20m×6m. Fine screens are set up in the intake chamber of

suction well, and six horizontal centrifugal pumps are provided (four for use and two for standby).

(4) Water Conveyance Project & Water Distribution Network

124

Page 134: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

The water reclamation plant is to be built near Wangba Reservoir and the water pipelines are

paved directly to the water reclamation plant along the pathway from the intake pump station.

Water distribution pipeline adopts dual-pipe structure and it is proposed to pave two ductile

cast-iron pressure pipelines of DN600, with a design flow of 509 L/s and a length of 28km. they are

paved from the water reclamation plant to the clean water tank of sewage treatment plant in the

processing park.

The minimum buried depth of water pipelines shall be 1.80-2.00m, and the exhaust valves are

set up at the vertical extrusions of water pipelines and the related positions; Empty well shall be

designed at the lowest position of the pipelines, and a valve well shall be provided at the origin and

the destination of the water pipeline.

(5) Demonstration and Analysis of Water Source

There are three available water sources in the industrial park: underwater, water from general

drainage canal and water from Wangba Reservoir.

The underwater of this region mainly relies on the shallow underwater, which is used for

irrigation and domestic water. The statistics of Comprehensive Planning Description of Water

Resources in Bayan Nur City show that the exploitable underwater quantity of Urat Middle Banner

is 83,100,000 m3 when the underwater salinity is less than 3g/L, and the exploitable underwater

quantity of Urat Rear Banner is 30,900,000 m3 when the underwater salinity is 3-5g/L. Because the

region belongs to the serious underwater over-drafting area, the underwater cannot serve as the

eternal water source of the project.

Wangba Reservoir is located at longitude 106°41′17″ and latitude 40°51′35″, and in the

pastureland of Muyang Lake of Urat Middle Banner, Bayan Nur, Inner Mongolia, with a total

reservoir capacity of 4,540,000m3. It is a small-scale (class-I) plain reservoir highlighting the flood

prevention, and serves as the emergent flood detention area of Heishi Lake.

General Drainage Canal is 14km away from the industrial park, with a better water quality

and stable & abundant water quantity, and convenient condition of using the water sources, which

may function as the eternal water source of the water reclamation plant.

The water reclamation plant of Ganqimaodu Port Processing Park is located at the lower

reaches of General Drainage Canal, with an abundant water quantity. Because the water intake

projects at the upper reaches of general drainage canal will exert certain impact on the water intake

for the water reclamation plant of Ganqimaodu Port Processing Park, the monthly water flow at

Bridge 6 in the lower reaches of general drainage canal shall not be less than 4,050,000 m3. If the

available water quantity of general drainage canal is calculated by 85%, and the monthly water

demand of general drainage canal shall be more than 4,7600,000t. Correlation between available

water quantity of water sources and water intake quantity of the Project (an average of 21 years) is

shown in Table 3.2-20.

125

Page 135: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Table 3.2-20 Correlation between Available Water Quantity of Water Sources and Water Intake Quantity of the

Project (10,000m3)

Month 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Water from general drainage

canal728.1 573.1 790.1 829.6 6029.5 5675.7 5670.6 4080.8 3708.2 7565.8 7663.5 2470.2

Water from upper reach 74.4 69.6 74.4 72.0 74.4 72.0 74.4 74.4 72.0 74.4 72.0 74.4

Water from drainage canal 3 74.4 69.6 74.4 72.0 74.4 72.0 74.4 74.4 72.0 74.4 72.0 74.4

Water from drainage canal 7 74.4 69.6 74.4 72.0 74.4 72.0 74.4 74.4 72.0 74.4 72.0 74.4

Total available water quantity 504.9 364.3 566.9 613.6 5806.3 5459.7 5447.4 3857.6 3492.2 7342.6 7447.5 2247

Water intake quantity of the

project 193.8 181.3 193.8 187.5 193.8 187.5 193.8 187.5 187.5 193.8 187.5 193.8

From Table 3.2-20, we learn that the general drainage canal as the water source for water

reclamation plant of Ganqimaodu Port Processing Park can guarantee the requirement of the water

intake quantity of the Project and the probability of water supply may be over 95%.

Analysis result of water quality of General Drainage Canal is shown in Table 3.2-21. Table 3.2-21 Main Water Quality Index of Raw Water of General Drainage Canal

2008.4

2008.5

2008.6

2008.8

2008.9

2008.10

2008.11 2009.2 2009.3 2009.4 2009.5 2009.6

pH 8.66 8.3 8.14 7.96 8.21 8.34 7.50 7.48 8.47 8.28 7.94COD (mg/L) 186 60 26 55 30.5 41 35 148 156 148 52 37

Ammonia(mg/L) 18.2 1.2 1 1.6 1.6 0.8 2.4 32.8 35.6 20.4 1.6 1.6

TP(mg/L) 6.15 1.7 0.73 0.23 0.5 0.31 0.33 7.05 5.01 2.04 0.72 0.67TN(mg/L) 13.5 3.4 2.9 4.2 2.4 3.2 33.8 36.9 26.7 5.09 8.29Total Salt

(mg/L) 2946 1957.6

1174.0 —— —— 2220.1

72836.5

62389.7

71889.6

72574.3

81545.8

11289.6

3CO2-

3(mg/L) 0 7.5 0.0 —— —— 0.00 22.50 ≤DL 0 22.5 15 0HCO-

3(mg/L) 656 396.6 320.4 —— —— 442.40 472.91 640.71 533.93 579.69 358.49 282.22Total

alkalinity(mg/L)

538 331.6 262.8 —— —— 362.86 406.67 525.52 437.94 494.24 306.56 231.48

Cl-(mg/L) 868 514.0 301.3 —— —— 638.10 886.25 762.18 691.28 788.76 478.58 372.23SO2-

4(mg/L) 468 420.2 192.1 —— —— 420.20 516.32 228.14 72 348.2 204.13 120.08Ca2+(mg/L) 150 100.2 65.1 —— —— 125.20 145.29 140.28 105.21 160.32 95.19 80.16Mg2+(mg/L) 128 100.2 63.8 —— —— 94.20 124.54 118.46 118.46 112.39 85.05 66.82

K++Na+(mg/L) 675 418.8 231.3 —— —— 500.00 668.75 500.00 369 562.5 309.4 278.1Total

hardness(mg/L)

901 663.2 425.4 —— —— 700.70 875.88 838.34 750.75 863.36 588.08 475.4

3.2.2 Processing park sewage treatment and reclamation sub-projects3.2.2.1 Features

The steps and contents of processing park sewage treatment and reclamation sub-projects are

as follows:

Determination of service scope→sewage collection (construction of sewage pipe

network)→treatment of sewage treatment plant→intermediate water reclamation (construction of

water distribution pipe network) →the consumer.126

Page 136: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

For the Project, there are totally 3 processing park sewage treatment and reclamation sub-

projects. See Table 3.3-22 for the technical characteristics.Table 3.3-22 Main technical characteristics parameters of processing park sewage treatment and

reclamation sub-projects

Index of sub-project Unit

Wulate Houqi Processing Park (Huhe Town) Sewage

Treatment and Reclamation Sub-project

Ganqimaodu Port Processing Park

(Delingshan Town) Sewage Treatment and

Reclamation Sub-project

Wulate Qianqi Processing Park (Xianfeng Town) Sewage Treatment and

Reclamation Sub-project

Building property -- Newly built Newly built Newly built

Location -- In Wulate Houqi Processing Park

In Ganqimaodu Port Processing Park

In Wulate Qianqi Processing Park

Scale of sewage treatment

10,000m3/d 2 3 3

Scale of intermediate

water treatment

10,000m3/d -- 2.0 2

Service scope -- Wulate Houqi processing park

Ganqimaodu Port processing park

Wulate Qianqi processing park

Consumer of intermediate

water--

Water used for industrial production and

afforestation in the park

Water used for industrial production and

afforestation in the park

Water used for industrial production and

afforestation in the parkLength of

sewage pipe network

km 45.08 -- 9.0

Length of intermediate water pipe network

km -- 51.62 65.03

Building period 2 2 2

3.2.2.2 Wulate Qianqi Processing Park (Xianfeng Town) Sewage Treatment and Reclamation

Sub-project

(1) Design inflow water quality of sewage treatment plant

The inflow of sewage treatment plant will be the industrial sewage and domestic sewage from

Wulate Qianqi Processing Park. According to the feasibility study report, the industrial wastewater

flowing in the sewage collection system shall meet the requirements of Discharge Standard for

Municipal Wastewater (CJ3082-1999). Referring to the data on water quality of sewage from

processing park in similar area in the north, and in consideration of the uncertainties of enterprises

in the future and instability of the water quality, the indexes of inflow water quality of sewage

treatment plant are determined. See Table 3.2-34 for the details.

Table 3.2-23 Design inflow water quality of sewage treatment plantIndex CODCr

(mg/L)BOD5

(mg/L)SS

(mg/L)NH3-N(mg/L) Phosphate (P, mg/L) pH

Value ≤300 ≤150 ≤300 ≤25 ≤3 6-9

Note: other contamination indexes shall meet the requirements of Discharge Standard for Municipal Wastewater (CJ3082-1999) for limit value.

(2) Design outflow water quality of sewage treatment and renovated water plant

127

Page 137: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

The renovated water of this sub-project will mainly be used as industrial cooling water and

process water. According to the feasibility study report, the main indexes of design outflow water

quality of sewage treatment and renovated water plant are determined and listed in Table 3.2-24.

Table 3.2-24 Standard design outflow water quality of sewage treatment and renovated water plantSN Item Value1 CODCr ≤50mg/L2 BOD5 ≤10mg/L3 SS ≤10mg/L4 TN ≤15mg/L5 NH3-N ≤ (5)8mg/L6 Petroleum etc. ≤1.0mg/L7 Total phosphorus (calculated as per P) ≤0.5mg/L8 Number of coliform bacteria group ≤103 groups/L9 PH 6-9

Note: for the other indexes, please refer to Control Index of Water Quality of Renovated Water Used as Cooling Water.

(3) Processing plan on sewage treatment and renovated water

According to the requirements for inflow and outflow water quality of this sub-project, it is

recommended that A/A/O process be selected for the secondary treatment, and for renovated water

treatment, a three-stage process of coagulation – sedimentation – filtration shall be adopted.

See Figure 3.2-3 for the process flow of sewage treatment and renovated water.

(4) Other processes

① Chlorine dioxide sterilizing method is adopted for sterilization process. For pathogenic

microbe, the extermination capacity of chlorine dioxide is higher than chlorine. As it does not react

with ammonia, it can be provided with high sterilizing power even though under alkaline condition,

and it can exterminate alga. Simultaneously, chlorine dioxide can cause high oxidization effect and

can remove chroma in water favorably, and this enables the outflow water quality to be improved

largely; furthermore, the removing effect can be improved further by combination use of chlorine

dioxide and coagulant.

② Biological method is selected for deodorization process. By this method, contaminations

including low concentration hydrogen disulfide, ammonia, and VOCS etc. can be removed

effectively; the deodorization effects are well without secondary pollution, and the operating cost is

very low.

③ Direct condensation and dehydration treatment is adopted for sludge treatment process.

For direct condensation and dehydration treatment, no digestion tank need be built, and this can

save a large number of capital construction investment and routine maintenance cost. Those

forming machineries with high performances and simper operating method shall be selected for

condensation and dehydration, so that floor area and unpleasant odor can be reduced. Before

condensation and dehydration, polyacrylamide shall be added, so as to be easy for sludge

condensation and dehydration.

128

Page 138: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

3.2.2.3 Wulate Houqi Processing Park (Huhe Town) Sewage Treatment Sub-project

(1)Design inflow water quality of sewage treatment plant

The inflow of sewage treatment plant will be the industrial sewage and domestic sewage from

Wulate Houqi processing park. According to the feasibility study report, the main indexes of inflow

water quality of sewage treatment plant of the sub-project are determined. See Table 3.2-25 for the

details.

Table 3.2-25 Design inflow water quality of sewage treatment plantIndex CODCr

(mg/L)BOD5

(mg/L)SS

(mg/L)NH3-N(mg/L) Phosphate (P, mg/L) pH

Value ≤300 ≤150 ≤300 ≤25 ≤3 6-9Note: other contamination indexes shall meet the requirements of Discharge Standard for Municipal Wastewater (CJ3082-

1999) for limit value.

(2) Design outflow water quality of sewage treatment plant

According to the feasibility study report, the outflow from sewage treatment plant shall be

reclaimed as water resources. In combination with the requirements for sewage reclamation, the

outflow discharge shall meet Class A requirements of Discharge Standard of Pollutants for

Municipal Wastewater Treatment Plant. See 3.2-37 for the detailed discharge standards.

Table 3.2-26 Class A requirements of Discharge Standard of Pollutants for Municipal Wastewater

Treatment PlantSN Water quality index Design outflow water quality1 Chemical oxygen demand (CODcr) ≤50 mg/l2 Biochemical oxygen demand (BOD5) ≤10 mg/l3 SS ≤10 mg/l4 Ammonia nitrogen (以N计) ≤ (5)8 mg/l5 Total phosphorus (calculated as per P) ≤0.5 mg/l6 pH 6-9

(3) Processing plan on sewage treatment

The sewage treatment process of this sub-project is the same as that of Wulate Qianqi

Processing Park Sewage Treatment and Reclamation Sub-project. Please see Section 3.2.2.1 for the

details.

(4) Other processes

It is the same as that of Wulate Qianqi Processing Park Sewage Treatment and Reclamation

Sub-project. Please see Section 3.2.2.1 for the details.

3.2.2.4 Ganqimaodu Port Processing Park (Delingshan Town) Sewage Treatment and

Reclamation Sub-project

(1) Design inflow water quality of sewage treatment plant

The inflow of sewage treatment plant will be the industrial sewage and domestic sewage from

129

Page 139: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Ganqimaodu Port processing park. According to the feasibility study report, the main indexes of

inflow water quality of sewage treatment plant of the sub-project are determined. See Table 3.2-27

for the details.

Table 3.2-27 Design inflow water quality of sewage treatment plant

Index CODCr

(mg/L)BOD5

(mg/L)SS

(mg/L)NH3-N(mg/L) Phosphate (P, mg/L) pH

Value ≤500 ≤300 ≤300 ≤25 ≤3 6-9

Note: other contamination indexes shall meet the requirements of Discharge Standard for Municipal Wastewater (CJ3082-1999) for limit value.

(2) Design outflow water quality of sewage treatment and renovated water plant

The renovated water of this sub-project will mainly be used as industrial cooling water and

process water. According to the feasibility study report, the main indexes of design outflow water

quality of sewage treatment and renovated water plant are determined and listed in Table 3.2-28.

Table 3.2-28 Design outflow water quality of sewage treatment and renovated water plantSN Item Value1 CODCr: ≤50mg/L2 BOD5: ≤10mg/L3 SS: ≤10mg/L4 TN: ≤15mg/L5 NH3-N: ≤ (5)8mg/L6 Petroleum etc. ≤1.0mg/L7 Total phosphorus (calculated as per P): ≤0.5mg/L8 Number of coliform bacteria group: ≤103 groups/L9 PH: 6-9

Note: for the other indexes, please refer to Control Index of Water Quality of Renovated Water Used as Cooling Water

.(3) Processing plan on sewage treatment and renovated waterIt is the same as that of Wulate Qianqi Processing Park Sewage Treatment and Reclamation

Sub-project. Please see Section 3.2.2.1 for the details.

(4) Other processes

It is the same as that of Wulate Qianqi Processing Park Sewage Treatment and Reclamation

Sub-project. Please see Section 3.2.2.1 for the details.

3.2.3 Wuliangsuhai Lake Area Treatment Sub-project3.2.3.1 Features

The steps and contents of Wuliangsuhai Lake Area Comprehensive Treatment Sub-projects are

as follows:

Determination of treatment scope →comprehensive treatment (excavation of grid water

channel, and construction of biological transition zone artificial wetland)→restoration of favorable

ecological environment

The purposes of Wuliangsuhai Lake Area Comprehensive Treatment Sub-projects are to reduce

surface source pollution load, restore ecological functions of the lake area, slow down the biological

130

Page 140: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

leveling up speed, and improve water circulation in the lake area.

For this project, there are totally 2 Wuliangsuhai Lake area comprehensive treatment sub-

projects, i.e., Wuliangsuhai Lake Area Pastoral Grid Water Channel Sub-project, and Wuliangsuhai

Lake Biological Transition Zone Artificial Wetland Sub-project.

(1) Wuliangsuhai Lake Area Pastoral Grid Water Channel Sub-project

(2) Wuliangsuhai Lake Biological Transition Zone Artificial Wetland Sub-project

3.2.3.2 Grid water channel excavation in the lake area

1) Arrangement of construction activities

(1) Construction time

The non-irrigation period of Wuliangsuhai Lake is from December to the next April. During

this period, water displacement is the lowest. Generally, the lake will ice up in the first Nov., and

ice out in the next March. During this period, the water body is exchanged slowly, and the

sediments are in static condition basically; the remains died alga and plankton are deposited on the

surface layer of the substrate sludge, while for living alga, the sporinite is deposited at the interface

between sludge and water due to low temperature and sunlight, and keeps a dormancy state. If

construction is carried out in this period, some alga and sporinite can be removed. The thickness of

ice layer in Wuliangsuhai Lake is 70-80cm; construction can be carried out in shallow area during

the congelation period, e.g., more shallow than 80cm. For those deep areas, in consideration of

excavation and the bearing capacity of transportation, construction shall be carried out after the

lake surface is iced out, i.e. from Nov. to the next Apr., and under such weather conditions that the

wind class is less than 6 and fog class is less than 2.

(2) Excavation work load

The sediments in the upper layer (as per a thickness of 40cm) are about 1,180,000m3, and the

undisturbed soil in the lower layer is about 2,170,000m3, totally 3,350,000m3.

(3) Section of dredging equipment

Conventional dredgers include grab dredger, bucket dredger, dipper dredger, cutter-suction

dredger, bucket wheel dredger, pump dredger, and multifunctional dredger etc. These dredgers are

commonly used implement for dredging and are held by many dredging companies, so the selection

scope is large. Additionally, there are also many environmental protection dredgers for selection,

e.g., environmental protection type closed grab dredger, dipper dredger, cutter-suction dredger,

bucket wheel dredger, pump dredger, and multifunctional dredger etc., which are newly built in

accordance with the requirements for environmental protection or are modified based on the

conventional dredgers. For these implements, the dredging precision is improved and the agitation

effects to water body during dredging are reduced, but the operating cost is higher, the quantity and

selection scope are smaller.

131

Page 141: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Figure 3.2-4 Density distribution of reed and float grassAccording Figure 3.2-4, float grass at the bottom of Wuliangsuhai Lake is flourishing;

especially the tough reed root system and developing float grass rootstalk will wind the cutter head

and disturb the work, so that the work efficiency is reduced. Therefore, for water channel

132

Page 142: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

excavation in Wuliangsuhai Lake, cutter-suction dredger shall not be applicable. Grab dredger is

also a kind of dredging equipment for substrate sludge. However, due to the flourishing reed and

widely spreading root system in Wuliangsuhai Lake and according to the test results of dredging in

Suzhou River of Shanghai, if there is garbage or float grass, it is very easy for cutter-suction

dredger to be blocked up, and this usually causes shutdown and lower production efficiency.

Therefore, in combination with the dredging effects and environment impact, for the area where

reed and other float grass are flourishing, it is recommended that 0.8-1.2 m3 type hydraulic backhoe

dredger be adopted, whereas for the sediments in the upper layer where there are less float grass,

grab dredger shall be adopted. See Table 3.2-29 for the main specifications and parameters.

Table 3.2-29 Main specifications and parameters of selected dredger

SN Index 0.75 m3 grab dredger 0.8~.2 m3 backhoe dredger

1 Main diesel engine 100 kW 118 kW

2 Total length 22.3 m

3 Width 7.0 m

4 Maximum excavation depth 10 m Maximum excavation depth6.5 m

5 Sea gage 0.8 m 0.5 m

6 Maximum excavation radius 8.50 m 8.50 m

7 Bucket capacity 0.75 m3 0.8~1.2 m3

8 Design production efficiency 80 m3/h 80~100 m3/h

2) Technical proposals

(1) Grid water channel excavation work

① Environmental conditions for work in the lake

Environmental conditions for operation in Wuliangsuhai Lake are as follows: the lake is as

shallow as 0.5-3.2m, and the substrate sludge is about 40cm thick; the lake bottom is flat, and this is

easy for operation; the water flows slowly and the flow rate is mostly 1mm/s~1cm/s, and this is

favorable for reducing pollution spreading due to disturbance of operation to the substrate sludge;

the reed and float grass are flourishing, and this increases difficulties in construction.

② Excavation and transportation process

The process flow of water channel excavation is as follows:

Dredging →shipment →water carriage →loading/unloading at the pier →land carriage

→substrate sludge dumping

The excavation sequence shall be:

Zone 1 and Zone 2 can be excavated simultaneously, and Zone 3 and 4 can be excavated

simultaneously. As a whole, the excavation shall be from upper reaches to lower reaches, and can

be commenced simultaneously in the whole lake area if the construction period is short.

133

Page 143: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Water channel plane positioning:

GPS positioning stake and guy rope shall be adopted for marking out the trend of outflow

course. Longitudinal sign shall be arranged in the central line of dredged channel and designed

upper opening boundary, and transverse sign shall be arranged at the construction boundary of the

starting and stopping point of the dredged channel and in the straight reaches of curve bend.

Trend of the excavation line:

As shown in Figure 3.2-5, the whole lake area is divided into 4 zones, each of which is with a

corresponding substrate sludge dumping site. The dredger shall commence the excavation along the

water channel trend. As water in some areas is shallow, the dredger shall be driven along the

excavated water channel when going in/out the sludge zone for operation. The overall sequence of

water channel excavation shall be from the upper reaches to the lower reaches.

Dredging:

The dredger shall begin to work with support of tugboat. The bow shall be arranged in the

direction of the lower reaches; a traverse anchor shall be provided on both sides and a stern

retracting anchor is provided respectively, and totally 4 anchors to fix or move the ship position;

cable length is less than 50m. Before trial excavation, measure the water depth at the bottom, and

control the down letting depth of backhoe on the basis of the water level.

The sediments in the upper layer, which is about 40cm, and substrate sludge in the lower layer

shall be excavated respectively, and they shall be transported and stored separately.

During operation, firstly insert 3 work piles into water and hold them down to the water

bottom till the blow tilts to a height, so as to fix the hull; and then, start up the lifting, bulldozing,

and turning devices of dipper machine to carry out shoveling and excavation jointly. The work pile

at the end shall also be used for supporting the recoil caused by shoveling and excavation and

controlling the direction to move forward the ship position. For the shoveled substrate sludge, use

turning device to turn the dipper to be overhead the sludge barge, and use the dipper starting

mechanism to open the rod bolt and buffer spring, so that the dipper bottom can be open under

deadweight and the load, so as to discharge the sludge.

For the area with shallow water (e.g. less shallow than 80cm), construction may be carried out

in winter, so that excavator can be operating directly on the ice surface, and transporter can be

directly driven on the ice surface.

Shipment:

The dredged sludge shall be transferred and loaded onto the barge berthed beside. After a fleet

(5 barges) is loaded orderly, use tugboat to drag to the dumping site.

Transportation method:

Use sludge barge and sludge carrier jointly to transport the substrate sludge. Use backhoe

dredger to load the dredged substrate sludge directly into sludge barge berthed beside the dredger;

134

Page 144: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

and then, use sludge barge to transport the sediments from the upper layer and undisturbed soil form

the lower layer separately. For this, the sediments from the upper layer shall be loaded into 5 barges

and be dragged by a tugboat to the temporary pier nearby, and the barge can be berthed for

discharge before the sludge is transferred to transporter and then be transported to the dumping site

nearby; the undisturbed soil from the lower layer shall also be loaded into 5 barges but be dragged

by a tugboat to the artificial island area as planned in the center of the lake. Finally, the tugboat

shall drag the empty barge from the site back to the dredging working area and wait for loading

again.

In winter, the transporter can directly be driven on the ice surface, so the transportation shall be

easier.

Dumping and stacking:

Use the grab bucket of fixed type tower crane to grab and excavate the substrate sludge from

the barge and unload to the dump truck in temporary pier, and then, transports the substrate sludge

to the dumping site to fill the wide trench, without further special anhydration treatment.

Figure 3.2-5 Layout of water channel excavation and substrate sludge stacking

(2) Substrate sludge dumping site

The substrate sludge in the upper layer of the lake bottom is mainly sediments, and the area is

about 1,180,000m3. After excavation, the substrate sludge from this part shall be transported to 4 135

Page 145: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

dumping sites for temporary stacking.

The substrate sludge in the lower layer is mainly unpolluted soil, and the area is about

2,170,000m3. It shall mainly be used for stacking of artificial island in the lake area and shall not be

transported outwards. According to the tourism plan on Wuliangsuhai Lake, many artificial islands

will be built up in the lake area. see Figure 3.2-5 for the details of artificial islands.

① Location of substrate sludge dumping site

According to the space around Wuliangsuhai Lake area, earthwork of water channel in the lake

area and the space distribution, 4 substrate sludge dumping sites shall be arranged. See Figure 3.2-5

and Table 3.2-30 for the details.

Table 3.2-30 Details of substrate sludge dumping sites

SN OF

dumping

siteName Location Floor area (Mu)

Capacity (10,0

00m2)

1DawanggedanD

umping Site Near Dawanggedan (40°02’34’’N, 108°50’31”E) 150 15

2Beilongtai Dum

ping Site Near Beilongtai (40°57’39’’N, 108°50’19”E) 150 15

3Huihuigou Dum

ping SiteOn the south bank in the lake area, near Huihuigou

(40°49’53’’N, 108°47’04”E)400 40

4Yuchang Dumpi

ng siteIn the northeast of Wuliangsuhai Lake (40°52’03’’N,

108°51’35”E)500 50

Total 1200 120

Dumping Site 1 is located in the space near Dawanggedan between Reed Field 4 (Military

Farm) and the lake wall of the large lake, and the floor area is about 150Mu; Dumping Site 2 is

located in the space between Sifenchang and Beilongtai, and the floor area is about 150Mu;

Dumping Site 3 is located in the space on the south bank of Wuliangsuhai Lake and near

Huihuigou, and the floor area is 400Mu; Dumping Site 4 is located in the space in the northeast of

Wuliangsuhai Lake Fishing Ground, and the floor area is 500Mu. The total area is 1200Mu.

Around the 4 substrate sludge dumping sites, there are only a few residents, and little

environment impact will be caused. Highways are provided towards the outside, so the traffic

conditions are good.

② Design for substrate sludge dumping site

The sediments in the upper layer are with high water contents, and they shall be filled and

leveled up in wide trench. See Figure 3.2-6 for profile design for the substrate sludge dumping site.

Dimensions of the wide trench:

The trench is 30m wide, and each is 60m long. It shall be excavated locally downwards, and

the excavated earthwork shall be used for building dumping site embankment and isolation dam,

136

Page 146: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

and then be leveled up. The substrate sludge shall be stacked up to 2m high.

Dimensions of embankment and isolation dam:

For the embankment, the top width is 4m, outside slope is 1:2.0, and inside slope is 1:1.5; for

the inside isolation dam of dumping site, the top width is 3m and slope is 1:1.5.

Anti-seepage system:

No drainage system shall be arranged in wide trench in the landfill area, and seepage

interception ditch shall be excavated around the landfill area; ditch slope shall be provided; the

ditch bottom is 1.0m wide, and excavation depth shall be 1.5m. After the filtering water is

collected in the effusion well, it shall be pumped to the near reed field or the lake.

As the filtering water is actually interstitial water of the substrate sludge, we can analyze the

content of dissolvable nutritive matter in the interstitial water. Select 10 points from the distribution

map of monitoring points for substrate sludge in the lake area, and analyze the content of nutritive

salt in the interstitial water of substrate sludge. See Table 3.2-31 for the analysis results.

Table 3.2-31 analysis of nutritive salt in interstitial water of substrate sludge in Wuliangsuhai Lake area

Sampling point and location Water body

TN NH3-N NO3- TP

mg/L

1Interstitial water 24.15 18.11 0.30 0.49

Overlying water 26.62 18.28 0.22 0.54

4Interstitial water 14.54 10.78 0.21 0.29

Overlying water 13.33 11.40 0.12 0.19

5Interstitial water 79.65 70.01 0.42 1.96

Overlying water 77.06 68.13 0.35 3.82

9Interstitial water 4.50 2.00 0.31 0.23

Overlying water 4.97 1.40 0.16 0.57

10Interstitial water 50.95 43.99 0.26 2.15

Overlying water 46.31 39.99 0.23 1.95

14Interstitial water 4.61 2.66 0.12 0.14

Overlying water 4.86 1.37 0.16 0.35

16Interstitial water 3.25 0.86 0.25 0.06

Overlying water 4.01 1.16 0.13 0.11

17Interstitial water 13.08 8.03 0.68 0.18

Overlying water 13.60 11.63 0.13 0.20

18Interstitial water 5.27 1.39 0.41 0.10

Overlying water 4.51 3.25 1.33 0.28

From Table 3.2-31, it can be found that the difference of concentrations of total nitrogen,

ammonia nitrogen, potassium nitrate, and total phosphorus in the interstitial water and overlying

137

Page 147: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

water of substrate sludge is not large, so the filtering water can be directly drained into the reed

field nearby or into the lake and the effects on the water body will be small.

Design for road surface:

The major road in dumping site shall be clay bound macadam pavement, and the thickness

shall be 30cm.

Safety enclosure:In order to ensure safety of the landfill area, a 2.5m high fixed type wire mesh enclosure shall

be provided around the landfill area.

Temporary auxiliary production and administration zone:

The operating time period of landfill and treatment of substrate sludge shall be 5 years. In

order to ensure normal operation during sludge landfill and treatment, an auxiliary administration

zone shall be provided beside the landfill area, so as to manage routine operation and store

machineries, and provide back office service etc.

The area of temporary auxiliary production and administration zone is 250m2, mainly

including temporary buildings adopting light steel structure. 2-3 persons are arranged for

management of the site.

③ Landfill process

The substrate sludge landfill process shall include fix-point transportation, unloading along the

ditch, and flattening out etc. The process flow is as follows: Every day, use transporter to transport

the substrate sludge to the landfill area, and dump the sludge along both sides of the wide trench

within the dumping site; for any area stacked too high, use excavator to flatten out, so that the

substrate sludge can be distributed evenly in the wide trench, and the stacking thickness shall be

about 0.5m. After a channel is filled, the next one shall be considered for landfill, in turn. Though

the water content of substrate sludge is very high, it is unnecessary to compact and cover the sludge,

but utilize the local strong sunlight and evaporation action for natural anhydration, and then

commence the next stacking and filling. In order to prevent any propagation of fly and maggot in

the landfill area, spray liquid medicine or lime onto the surface layer of substrate sludge for a few

days, and provide labor safety protection for the employees, so as to avoid epidemic situation. After

the substrate sludge is filled to the given height, a layer of 30cm undisturbed soil shall be paved for

covering.

In consideration of the amount of substrate sludge treated every day and the effective operating

distance of excavator, the quantity of work carried out in one day shall be taken as an operation

unit. The treated substrate sludge shall be transported away in time, in which, the sludge in the

upper layer shall be used for improving the saline alkali soil, and that in the lower layer shall be

used for building the artificial island.138

Page 148: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

(3) Temporary pier work

① Location of temporary pier

4 temporary piers shall be provided and used for loading the dredged substrate sludge from the

upper layer, which shall be transferred to 4 substrate sludge landfill areas. See Table 3.2-32 and

Figure 3.2-5 for the details.

Table 3.2-32 Details of temporary piers

SN LocationCorresponding dumping

siteBerth length

(m)Tonnage of

berth (t)

1 Near Dawanggedan (41°02’32’’N, 108°50’44”E)Dawanggedan Dumping Site

(Dumping Site 1)100 200

2 Near Beilongtai (40°57’33’’N, 108°50’29”E)Beilongtai Dumping Site

(Dumping Site 2)100 200

3On the south bank in the lake area, near Huihuigou

(40°50’06’’N, 108°47’01”E)Huihuigou Dumping Site

(Dumping Site 3)100 200

4In the northeast of Wuliangsuhai Lake (40°52’17’’N,

108°51’16”E)Yuchang Dumping Site

(Dumping Site 4)100 200

② Design for temporary piers

Design elevation and water depth:

The design elevation of berthing face shall be the design high water level plus superelevation.

The high water level is 1019.00 m and superelevation is taken as 0.5m, so the design elevation of

berthing face is 1019.00+0.5=1019.50m; the design water level of pier is 1018.05m, so the bottom

elevation of the berthing water area in front of the pier is 1018.05-1.60=1016.45m, and the design

water depth in front of the pier is 1.6 m.

Length and width of the pier:

There are totally 3 freight berths at the pier, so the water front of the pier shall be long enough

to enable 3 200t freight ships to berth simultaneously. The pier is 100m long and 20m wide.

③ Structural design of temporary pier

Take reinforced concrete buttress as main structure of the pier, of which the top surface

elevation is 1019.5m, riser thickness is 300 mm, and a 300 mm broken-stone course is provided.

Poured block stone is provided in front of the wall as washboard. For ship fender, D300×L2000

type is adopted; the space between berths is 3m, and 150KN single eave bollard is adopted. See Fi

gure 3.2-7 for the detailed section.

139

Page 149: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Figure 3.2-7 Section of the pier structure

3.2.3.3 Demonstrative project of agricultural non-point source pollution treatment

1) Significance of demonstration for non-point source pollution control

For treatment of aquatic environment in Bayannur City, many kinds of pollution shall be

revolved, but mainly includes point source and non-point source pollution. Along with the gradual

control over industrial and city point source pollution, agricultural source pollution is featured with

much more potentiality, randomness 、 universality complexity, and posteriority, it will be more

difficult to radically treat agricultural subsiding water pollution, and as a whole, non-point source

pollution will become a confinement factor for improvement of aquatic environment of the

irrigation area in the upper reaches of Huanghe River. Therefore, according to the basic agricultural

production state of Hetao Irrigation Area in Bayannur City, and on the basis of Control over

Farmland Subsiding Water Pollution in Irrigation Area in the Upper Reaches of Huanghe River and

Research and Demonstration of Key Technologies for Wetland Restoration, which has been started

for special national water project, in this project, local control and treatment for subsiding water

pollution are expanded, and a combined treatment concept of “reducing the number of sources,

controlling the process, and treating the terminals” is embodied. In the special demonstration plot in

Hetao Irrigation Area in Bayannur City, the demonstration of nitrogen and phosphorus control shall

be extended, so as to provide an action plan for further control over the subsiding water pollution in

the irrigation area.

2) Location of demonstration plot

140

Page 150: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Inner Mongolia Drainage Field 9 Beichang Branch Ditch Demonstration Plot is located in

Beichang Community of Xiangqinghua Village of Beigedu Township in Wulate Qianqi, Inner

Mongolia, and Tabu Community of Dengcundian Village. It is in the northwest of Wulate Qianqi,

and 30km away from Wulate Qianqi (108°33′47″E, 40°45′29″N). To the demonstration plot, the

east is National Highway 110, the south is Tabu Trunk Canal of Hetao Irrigation Area, and the west

is Branch Canal 4 and the north is Beigedu Township highway in Wulate Qianqi (Figure 3.4-1).

Figure 3.2-8 Demonstration plot of Beichang Branch Ditch in Drainage Field 9 of Hetao Irrigation

Area in Inner Mongolia

3) Backgrounds

For Inner Mongolia Drainage Field 9 Beichang Branch Ditch Demonstration Plot, water is

mainly diverted from Huanghe River for gravity irrigation; the farmland and ditch and road are

planned normatively, and the landform is flat. Irrigation canal system mainly is comprised of Tabu

Trunk Canal and Branch Canal 4; farmland subsiding water is mainly from open drainage, lateral

seepage, and seepage, and then is drained into Beichang Branch Ditch and finally into the Trunk

Canal 9. For the demonstration plot, there are 10 villager groups of Beichang Community in

Beigedu Township and 6 villager groups of Tabu Community in Dengcundian Village involved, the

cultivated area is about 4500Mu, 1100 farmer households, and the population is 3620.

In recent years, sunflower, corn, wheat, and oil sunflower are mainly planted in the

Demonstration Plot. Calculated as per straight gash canal, the annual water consumption has been

2,000,000-2,500,000m3. According to the soil fertileness, the farmland has been provided with

medium-high yield. The average yield of sunflower per Mu is 150kg, corn is 400kg, and wheat is

141

Page 151: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

300kg. Pesticide and chemical fertilizer has been adopted at a high level, for which, the sunflower

per Mu is RMB120 Yuan, corn is RMB100 Yuan, oil sunflower is RMB100 Yuan, and wheat is

RMB360 Yuan.

This demonstration plot is very representative in the irrigation area in Inner Mongolia. For the

demonstration plot, the supporting facilities for irrigation and drainage are provided at a high level,

and investment in agricultural chemical fertilizer and production level are also high; supporting

facilities for channels at lower levels are provided well, and the gradient ratio of channel is 1/6000.

Therefore, the demonstration plot shall be an ideal site for research of the features of farmland

subsiding water pollution.

4) Contents of non-point source control demonstration and promotion

Control over agricultural source pollution in the irrigation area is a non-point source control

system project, which shall be carried out by stages and be promoted from experiment unit to the

whole irrigation area. For the demonstration, the key contents include demonstration and promotion

of key technologies for nitrogen and phosphorus control for the main crops on the basis of reduction

of nitrogen and phosphorus pollution in farmland subsiding water, and that of the integrating

technologies for wetland restoration polluted by farmland subsiding water in the irrigation area.

The promotion of controlling technologies for non-point source pollution in the demonstration

plot shall be combined in the appropriation budget of World Bank project, and the main contents are

as follows:

(1) Demonstration of promotion of water saving technologies to reduce running off of nitrogen

and phosphorus

On the basis of the irrigation management technology optimizing water saving in the

demonstration plot, utilize laser grader to level up and divide the farmland into blocks to optimize

water saving technology, so as to reduce farmland subsiding water amount and reduce funning off

of nitrogen and phosphorus contamination and farmland subsiding water pollution. The area is

4500Mu.

(2) Demonstration of fertilization technology

For the representative crops in the demonstration plot, under soil determination and fertilizing

142

Page 152: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

technologies, utilize advanced fertilizing machines for accurate fertilization and demonstration, so

as to reduce the amount of applied fertilizer, improve utilization ratio of chemical fertilizer, and

reduce farmland subsiding water pollution caused by running off of nitrogen and phosphorus. The

area of accurate fertilization and demonstration by fertilizing machines is 1000Mu, and that

artificial fertilization and demonstration for nitrogen and phosphorus control is 200Mu.

(3) Economic considerations for farmers

The farmers participating in the non-point source pollution in the irrigation area must change

the former cultivation, fertilization, irrigation habits but put in more energy, labors, and financial

power, so it is necessary for an amount of economic grant to be provided for the farmers. During

execution of the project, random investigation should be carried out for the farmers, who are totally

150 households, and questionnaires of fertilization and feedback sheets of compounded fertilizing

farmland plot management and record shall be prepared, which are totally 1200 sheets; additionally,

sign board shall also be made to provide for the investigated farmer household. Furthermore,

sample 50 households of farmers for evaluation of irrigation water consumption, fertilization, and

effects of subsiding water reinjection and crop growing etc.(4) Field investigation and testing

Provide field investigation for the demonstration plot, divide sampling units; investigate the

basic properties of the sampled plots, production of foregoing crops, and fertilization state etc., and

the surface water environment conditions in the demonstration plot; investigate and sample the

background value of farmland subsiding water pollution state, and monitor, compare and test the

effects data after demonstration.

(5) Propaganda and promotion

On the basis of doing well technical training, deploy fertilizer supply systematically, distribute

the proposal card for fertilizing and subsiding water reinjection, and provide fertilization direction

for the farmers, so as to change any unreasonable habit, such as blindly fertilizing, excessive

fertilization, or preference for nitrogenous fertilizer, and improve the scientific fertilizing level.

According to the farmer fertilization questionnaires, analysis result of soil, and fertilizer demand of

crops, develop more than 40000 proposal cards for soil determination and compound fertilization,

which shall be distributed by the agricultural technicians and village committees, and be signed by

the householders for confirmation after receiving.

(6) Technical training

Firstly do well the technical training for the technicians. By improving the technical level of

143

Page 153: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

the technician team, enhance further the training for the peasants and related technicians. Secondly,

by means of broadcasting, TV, newspapers and periodicals, technical information, teaching courses,

and on-the-spot meeting, enhance propaganda and training work, and direct the peasants to execute

subsiding water technologies, so as to improve the farmers' consciousness of fertilization and water

saving, and popularize scientific fertilization technologies and knowledge. It is planned that there

will be 75 training courses, more than 330 peasants and 40 technicians will be trained, and 750

banners will be prepared and hung up.

(7) Construction of software and hardware for database

On the basis of field investigation, farmers' fertilization state, field experiment, and analysis

and test data, collect and work up the field experiment of fertilizer and soil monitoring data on the

whole irrigation area in each year, by means of computer technologies, GIS, and GPS, establish

databases at all levels for physical and chemical properties of soil, fertilizer efficiency, routine

fertilization, irrigation water consumption, and subsiding water reinjection in different areas.

3.2.3.4 Wuliangsuhai Lake biological transition zone artificial wetland

1) Arrangement of construction activities

① Work load

See Table 3.2-33 for plan layout work load of Main Trunk Canal Wetland, Table3.2-34 for

plan layout work load of Trunk Canal 8 Wetland, and Table 3.2-35 for plan layout work load of

Trunk Canal 9 Wetland.Table 3.2-33 Work load of Main Trunk Canal Wetland

Name Work load Unit Remarks

1. Reinforcement of original lake wall 87500 m3 Including excavation, backfilling, and compaction

2. Reinforcement of original box dam 717000 m3 Including excavation, backfilling, and compaction

3. Newly built dike 90000 in the lake4. Main Trunk Canal inflow rubber dam 1 Set

Earthwork excavation 25000 m3

Earthwork backfilling 7000 m3

Backing concrete C10 350 m3

Concrete C25W6F150 6000 m3

Rebar fabrication and installation 350 tBase mat 1600 m2

Dam bag 1000 m2

Rubber sealing material, 651 type, and accessories 2 Batch

5. Wetland inflow rubber dam 1 SetEarthwork excavation 13000 m3

Earthwork backfilling 4000 m3

Backing concrete C10 170 m3

Concrete C25W6F150 3265 m3

Rebar fabrication and installation 150 tBase mat 700 m2

Dam bag 900 m2

Rubber sealing material, 651 type, and accessories 1 Batch

144

Page 154: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

6. Water distribution canalEarthwork excavation and filling 75075.0Local concrete protective slope 5200 m3 Protective slope at canal crotch

7. Drainage lift pumping stationVertical axial flow pump 6 Set ZL5612-8

Earthwork excavation and filling 150000 m3

Reinforced concrete 5000 m2

Concrete mat 210 m3

Cement laid stone masonry 330 m3

Filter material 260 m3

Rebar 350 TonPower distribution and transmission line and

transformer 1 Set

8. Diversion dam 458400 m3

9. Stabilization pondEarthwork excavation and transportation 1262900 m3

10. Air and water channel 宽20m, 深1mEarthwork excavation and transportation 200000 m3

11. Wetland outflow rubber dam 3 SetEarthwork excavation 45000 m3Earthwork backfilling 7000 m3Backing concrete C10 900 m3Concrete C25W6F150 11000 m3

Rebar fabrication and installation 900 tBase mat 1500 m2Dam bag 2500 m2

Rubber sealing material, 651 type, and accessories 2 Batch

12. Aeration pondAeration hose 4000 m

Stay tube 3000 mOxygen increasing machine 20 Set

Earthwork excavation and transportation 37500 m3

Concrete foundation pier 300 BlockAir compressor house (including heating and

electric facilities) 800 m2

13. Protective slope of soil biological works 6.8 Km14. Vertical paving geomembrane 40 Km

Table 3.2-34 Plan layout work load of Trunk Canal 8 Wetland

Name Work load Unit Remarks

1. Reinforcement of original lake wall 42500 m3 Including excavation, backfilling, and compaction

2. Reinforcement of original box dam 96000 m3 Including excavation, backfilling, and compaction

3. Diversion dam 55200 m3

4. Alteration of afterbay of Trunk Canal 8 Lift Pumping Station

Newly built sluice (including shutdown) 2 座 4 orifice plates per set,1.5m

Concrete 50 m3

Fabrication of walkway slab 20 m3 10*0.6*0.15mEarthwork excavation and filling 100 m3

Exit channel earthwork excavation and filling 472.5 m3 Bottom 6m, 1.5m deep and 40m longExit channel concrete slab for protective slope 21 m3

5. Water distribution canalEarthwork excavation and filling 4950.0 km An exit per 500mLocal concrete protective slope 42 m2 Protective slope at canal crotch

145

Page 155: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

6. Stabilization pondEarthwork excavation and transportation 193700 m3

7. Air and water channelEarthwork excavation and transportation 50000 m3

8. Outflow rubber dam 1 座Earthwork excavation 12000 m3

Earthwork backfilling 3000 m3

Backing concrete C10 150 m3

Concrete C25W6F150 3000 m3

Rebar fabrication and installation 150 tBase mat 800 m2

Dam bag 700 m2

Rubber sealing material, 651 type, and accessories 2 批9. Soil biological work protective slope 4 km

10. Vertical paving geomembrane 8.5 kmTable 3.2-35 Plan layout work load of Trunk Canal 9 Wetland

Name Work load Unit Remarks

1. Reinforcement of original lake wall 137500 m3 Including excavation, backfilling, and compaction

2. 90000 m3 Including excavation, backfilling, and compaction

3. Alteration of afterbay of Trunk Canal 9 Lift Pumping Station

Newly built sluice (including shutdown) 2 Set 4 sluice boards per set,1.5mConcrete 50 m3

Fabrication of walkway slab 20 m 10*0.6*0.15mEarthwork excavation and filling 80

Exit channel earthwork excavation and filling 472.5 m3 Bottom 6m, 1.5m deep and 40m long

Exit channel concrete slab for protective 21 m34. Water distribution canal

Earthwork excavation and filling 5625.0

Local concrete protective slope 42 m3 Protective slope at canal crotch

5. Stabilization pondEarthwork excavation and transportation 227500 m3

6. Air and water channelEarthwork excavation and transportation 60000 m3

7. Outflow rubber dam 2 SetEarthwork excavation 10000 m3

Earthwork backfilling 3000 m3

Backing concrete C10 150 m3

Concrete C25W6F150 3000 m3

Rebar fabrication and installation 140 tBase mat 700 m2

Dam bag 700 m2

Rubber sealing material, 651 type, and accessories 1 批

8. Soil biological works protective slope 5 km9. Vertical paving geomembrane 6.5 km

②Construction machinery

According organization and design for construction, the lake wall shall be constructed as a

key line, and the total construction period shall be controlled within 2 years; other works shall be

146

Page 156: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

completed within the total construction period.

See Table 3.2-36 for the details of construction machinery.

Table 3.2-36 Main construction machineries

SN Name of machine Unit Quantity Remarks

Earthwork machines

Bulldozer (103 kW) Set 24

Cutter-suction dredger Set 6

Excavator (1 m3) Set 25

Tractor (74 kW) Set 15

Frog kick tamper Set 120

Concrete machines

Concrete mixer (0.8 m3) Set 15

Immersion vibrator Set 39

Transportation machines

Truck (5 t) 辆 26

Dump truck 辆 35

Diesel dumper 辆 45

Rubber wheel barrow 辆 10

auxiliary machines

Truck crane (5 t) Set 7

Diesel-engine generator Set 5

Submersible pump Set 202) Engineering proposal

(1) Process flow

See Figure 3.2-9 for process flow of biological transition zone artificial wetland

Being lifted from the original lift pumping station, the sewage from Main Trunk Canal, Trunk

Canal 8, and Trunk Canal 9 are sent into the time delay wetland system. The water canal from the

afterbay of Main Trunk Canal to the large lake can be used as sedimentation canal and be cleaned

up every 7 years, and aeration facilities shall be provided simultaneously. At the juncture between

the water canal and the large lake, 2 sets of rubber dams shall be provided, one of which is used for

controlling the sewage entering into the artificial wetland, and the other for temporary water release.

After flowing into the wetland, the sewage flows through the crossed zone of reed zone and pond

system (zone without reed and that excavated deeply); if necessary, aeration and oxygen increasing

measures may be taken (mainly for improving removal ratio of contamination in congelation period

of winter), so as to improve purification effects of wetland. After flowing through the circuitous

wetland passage, the sewage flows into the large lake from the juncture between the small lake and

large lake through 3 rubber dams, which bear 20%, 20%, and 60% of the outflow respectively. At

the outlet, a set of 30m3/s drainage pumping station shall be built up to reduce the wetland water

level and drain wetland sewage, so that reed yield can be improved on the one hand, and on the

other hand, after the sewage is drained, it will be advantageous for oxidization of the substrate 147

Page 157: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

sediments, so as to improve the purification effects of wetland and reduce pollution release from the

substrate sludge. The outflow rubber dam, pump location, and water distribution shall be

determined by analog computation, and this will be more favorable for optimization of flow field.

For Trunk Canal 8 Wetland and Trunk Canal 9 Wetland, original lift pumping stations shall

also be utilized. After the afterbay is altered, the sewage shall flow into the wetland. For Trunk

Canal 8 Wetland, the outflow shall flow through a rubber dam and into the large lake, whereas for

Trunk Canal 9 Wetland, through 2 rubber dams and into the large lake (each bear the 50% of the

outflow respectively).

For the wetland, diversion dam shall be provided rationally according to water power

construction principles. The staying time of water shall be delayed as long as possible, and driving

flow type for the water flow shall be adopted; the wetland space shall be utilized, and the largest

purification function of wetland shall be carried out. In order to ensure growing up of reed, the

ventilation function of wetland shall be strengthened, and air and water channel in the wetland shall

be provided.

图中文字:排干退水 drainage of subsiding water

扬水泵站 lift pumping station

5-10年清泥 sludge removal for 5-10years

沉淀塘 sedimentation basin

芦苇带 reed zone

风能曝气 wind powered aeration

稳定塘 stabilization pond

出水位置和水量分配起到优化湖区动力条件作用 Outflow position and water

distribution shall optimize the power conditions in the lake area

148

Page 158: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

海区缓冲带 buffer zone in the lake area

海区网格水道 grid water channel in the lake area

湖区 lake area

延时湿地系统 time delay wetland system

图中文字:反应机理 reaction mechanism

干沟排水 trunk canal drainage

生物过度带 biological transition zone

泥沙沉降 mud and sand sedimentation

植物吸收N、P plant absorption N, P

微生物降解 micro-biological degradation

植物吸收COD plant absorption COD

植物过滤 plant filtering

主海区 main lake area

Figure 3.2-9 Flow of artificial strengthening process in the wetland

149

Page 159: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Figure 3.2-10 Design for wetland works

(2) Original pumping station

For inflow of Main Trunk Canal Wetland, Trunk Canal 8 Wetland, and Trunk Canal 9, the

original Honggebo Lift Pumping Station (new), Trunk Canal 8 Lift Pumping Station (new), and

Trunk Canal 9 lift pumping station shall be adopted.

By model generalization of 3 wetlands and adopting MAKE 11 for analog computation, it is

obtained that the total water head loss from inlet to the outlet of Main Trunk Canal Wetland is less

than 30cm, the design water level of forebay of Honggebo Lift Pumping Station is 1017.5m, the

highest lift is 2.97m, the design lift is 2.19m, and the water level after lifting can reach 1019.69m.

Honggebo Lift Pumping Station can meet the inflow requirements of Main Trunk Canal Artificial

Wetland. The design lift of the lift pumping station of Trunk Canal 8 and Trunk Canal 9 is 4.8m and

4.7m respectively.

①Honggebo Lift Pumping Station (new)

See Table 3.2-37 for the operating characteristics of Honggebo Lift Pumping Station (new).Table 3.2-37 Operating characteristic of Honggebo Lift Pumping Station (new)

SN Name Unit Quantity Remarks

1Pump Set 6 2500ISKM diagonal flow type axial flow pump

Electric motor Set 6 TDXZ-630-36/2150

2 Transformer substation kv 35 S4-630/10

3 High voltage supply kv 6

4 Installed capacity km 3780

5 Design lift m 2.19

The highest lift m 2.97

150

Page 160: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

The lowest lift m 1.6

6 Design flow rate m3/s 100

7 Design water level

Forebay water level m 1017.50

Afterbay water level m

②Trunk Canal 8 Lift Pumping Station (new)

See Table 3.2-38 for the operating characteristics of Trunk Canal 8 lift pumping station.Table 3.2-38 Operating characteristics of Trunk Canal 8 lift pumping station

SN Name Unit Quantity Remarks

1Pump Set 5 Type 700LB-125

Vertical electric motor Set 6 Y315-8, 90KW

2 Transformer Set 1 S4-630/10

3 Total installed capacity km 450

4 Design lift m 4.8

The highest lift m 4.9

The lowest lift m 1.1

5 Design flow rate m3/s 6.8

6 Design water level

Forebay water level m 1016.80

Afterbay water level m 1019.50

③Trunk Canal 9 Lift Pumping Station

See Table 3.2-39 for the operating characteristics of Trunk Canal 9 Lift Pumping Station.Table 3.2-39 operating characteristics of Trunk Canal 9 Lift Pumping Station

SN Name Unit Quantity Remarks

1Pump Set 8 Type 20ZLB-70

Electric motor Set 6 Y280M-6

2 Transformer Set 1 SJm560KV

3 Total installed capacity km 440

4 Lift\ m 4.7

5 Design flow rate m3/s 6.4

6 Design water level

Forebay water level m 1014.97

Afterbay water level m 1019.50

(3) Water distribution canal in Main Trunk Canal Wetland

For the water distribution canal Main Trunk Canal Wetland, the top width shall be 40m, water

depth shall be 1.5m, and gradient shall be 1:1 and length 1.3km. The high wall shall be precast

concrete block protective slope. An outlet shall be provided every 200m.

(4) Lake wall, box dam, and diversion dam

The lake wall between reed field and the large lake shall be reinforced on the basis of the

151

Page 161: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

original lake wall, most of which has been 2.0-2.5m wide and 1019.0-1019.6m high, but some of

which has disappeared. The old wall to be reinforced is 22km long. On the basis of a normal lake

water level of 1018.5m, the lifted lake water level elevation shall be 1019.3m, and design lake wall

elevation is determined as per 1020.0; for the width, in consideration of stability in water and traffic

requirements, the top width shall be 5.0m, gradient 1:2.0, and height 2.5m. For the drainage

pumping station, soil biological works protective slope shall be adopted.

For the box dam between reed field in artificial wetland and external outside or the space,

reinforcement shall be carried out on the basis of the original dike; the top width shall be 5m,

gradient 1:2 and height 2.5m. At the place where water conditions are changed largely, soil

biological works protective slope shall be adopted.

When sewage flows from Reed Field 4 (Military Farm) to Reed Field 2, it shall be driven

along the large lake to the inner side, so a 4km dike shall be newly built in the large lake, and it will

form a passage for the flow with the original lake wall. The passage shall be 1000m wide and the

lake wall shall be 4.0m wide, and gradient 1:2.0 and height 2.5m.

For the diversion dam in reed field, the top width shall be 2.0m, gradient 1:2, and height 2m.

At the place where water conditions are changed largely, precast concrete block protective slope

shall be adopted.

(5) Vertical paving geomembrane

Between the box dam of artificial wetland and external outside or the space, vertical paving

geomembrane method shall be adopted for anti-seepage, and the buried depth shall be 8m. The

geomembrane shall be paved along the outside of box dam of Main Trunk Canal Wetland, and that

of Trunk Canal 8 Wetland and Trunk Canal 9 Wetland.

(6) Air and water channel

Air and water channel shall be provided for reed field. The top width shall be 20m, and

excavation depth 1m and gradient 1:1. The purpose of air and water channel shall mainly be

increase ventilation, and this is favorable for growing up of reed.

(7) Pond series

When reed field box dam, lake wall, and diversion dam are used in construction, the space or

water ditch formed by earthwork excavation or the original space in reed field shall be used as

stabilization pond system in wetland, and the earthwork excavation depth shall be controlled within

about 1m; the total volume of the pond is equal to the volume of earthwork required by the

structures, such as box dam, diversion dam, and lake wall, and the total is about 1,670,000m 3. The

earthwork shall be leveled up within the construction site and not transported to outside.

(8) Aeration pond

For aeration pond, water canal from the afterbay of Main Trunk Canal Lift Pumping Station to

the large lake, and hose and micropore shall be adopted for aeration. The hose shall be 4km long,

152

Page 162: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

and there shall be 20 air compressors.

(9) Alteration of afterbay of Trunk Canal 8 and Trunk Canal 9 Lift Pumping Station

The current afterbay of Trunk Canal 8 and 9 shall be altered. According to the highest daily

water displacement, it is designed that the outflow rate is 0.6m/s, and there are 2 outflow sluices, for

each of which there are 2 sluice board of 1.5m width.

(10) Main Trunk Canal Wetland Drainage Pumping Station

Main Trunk Canal Wetland Lift Pumping Station is at the end of Main Trunk Canal Wetland,

and the design drainage flow rate is 30m3/s.

The inflow part of the pumping station is composed of diversion canal, intake sluice (also as

trash screen), forebay, and receiving basin. The forebay shall be in open style, similar to a rectangle,

inflow in forward direction, and 25m long; for side wall, RC cantilever type retaining wall shall be

adopted. In front of the intake sluice, cement laid stone masonry shall be adopted for covering. The

receiving basin of pumping station shall be in rectangle style, the length in downstream flow

direction shall be 10m; for the side wall, RC cantilever type wing wall shall be adopted. The intake

sluice shall be in open style, and the top elevation of sluice bottom board 1019.00m. There are

totally 4 sluice openings, for each of which, the net width shall be 5m. The length in downstream

flow direction of the sluice chamber shall be 9m. For the front section, 4 control gates shall be

provided, and for the rear section, 4 tilting trash screens be provided. Over the sluice, temporary

bridge and starting up and shutdown machine room shall be provided.

The pump chamber shall be behind the dam and be wet type. The upper part shall be in RC

framed structure, and the lower part RC pier wall structure. The top elevation of bottom board of

the pump chamber shall be 1011.65m, the length in downstream flow direction 12m, and vertical

23.4m. The auxiliary plant shall be arranged beside the lower reach of the main pump room, and in

parallel with the later.

The outflow part of the pumping station shall be composed of afterbay, an access bridge across

the dam, and exit channel. In which, the afterbay shall be in RC structure, and the length in

downstream flow direction shall be 16.6m. There are totally 3 openings for the access bridge, and

the net width of each opening shall be 4.2m; the bottom elevation shall be 1015.80m, and the length

in downstream flow direction shall be 5m; the exit channel shall be 15m long. The side wall shall be

RC cantilever type retaining wall, and spread section shall be connected to the exit channel.

In the station, 6 sets of vertical axial flow pump shall be installed, in which 5 sets shall be used

and 1 for standby. The type of axial flow pump shall be Zl5650-8, and the flow rate of single unit

6.00 m3/s. For each pump, 1 set of 6KV and 400kW vertical synchronous motor of type TL400-16-

××× shall be provided, of which the installed capacity shall be 2000 KW.

For the intake sluice, 4X5mX3m plane fixed steel gate shall be provided.

(11) Rubber dam

153

Page 163: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

For Main Trunk Canal Wetland, 3 outflow rubber dams shall be provided, which shall bear

20%, 20%, and 60% of the outflow. At the juncture between Honggebo Lift Pumping Station and

the large lake, 2 rubber dams shall be provided; the one shall be used for controlling water entering

into the artificial wetland, of which the water flow rate shall be 29m2/sec, and the other shall be

drained directly into the large lake, and the water flow rate through rubber dam shall be 100m2/sec.

For drainage of Trunk Canal 8 Wetland, one rubber dam shall be provided; for drainage of Trunk

Canal 9, 2 rubber dams shall be provided, which shall bear 50% of the flow rate respectively.

After flowing through the artificial wetland, some of the sewage volume shall be lost due to

the evaporation of plant in the wetland and that from water surface. According to the reed

evaporation data from Zhalong Wetland Administration, the annual reed evaporation volume is

390mm; in consideration of evaporation from water surface and downward seepage, it is estimated

that the water volume loss is up to 20%.

According to the calculation of water volume, the design flow rate of the 3 outflow rubber dam

of Main Trunk Canal Wetland is 4.6m3/s, 4.6 m3/s, and 13.8 m3/s respectively; for the 2 rubber dams

at the juncture between Honggebo Lift Pumping Station and the large lake, the design flow rate into

the rubber dam is 29 m3/s and that into the large lake is 100 m3/s; for the 1 drainage rubber dam of

Trunk Canal 8 Wetland, the design flow rate is 3.9 m3/s, and for the 2 drainage rubber dams of

Trunk Canal 9 Wetland, the design flow rate is 1.55 m3/s. See Table 3.2-40 for the main parameters.Table 3.2-40 Main parameters of the rubber dams

Name Design

flow rate(m3/s)

Dam bag drainage mode

Dam height (m)

Dam length (m)

Outflow rubber dam of Main Trunk Canal Wetland

Dam 1 11.10 Drainage with dam bag filled 1.50 120.0

Dam 2 3.70 Drainage with dam bag filled 1.50 40.0

Dam 3 3.70 Drainage with dam bag filled 1.50 40.0

Rubber dam at juncture between Honggebo Lift Pumping Station and the large lake

Dam 1 100.00 Drainage with dam bag filled 2.00 90.0

Dam 2 29.00 Drainage with dam bag filled 2.00 30.0

Drainage rubber dam of Trunk Canal 8 Wetland Dam 1 3.90 Drainage with dam bag filled 1.50 40.0

Drainage rubber dam of Trunk Canal 9 WetlandDam 1 1.55 Drainage with

dam bag filled 1.50 20.0

Dam 2 1.55 Drainage with dam bag filled 1.50 20.0

3.3 Pollution source analysis3.3.1 Sub-project of reclaimed water supply3.3.1.1 Reclaimed water treating process and pollution factors analysis

Treating processes of reclaimed water supply projects are different because of water quality of

their sources. Except for the project of Urat Rear Banner Manufacture Park where raw water is only

154

Page 164: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

treated by disinfection, the other projects add relative process units like the pre-aeration tank and

the RO workshop based on conventional treatment such as coagulation, sedimentation and filtration

to guarantee quality of reclaimed water. Refer to Fig. 3.3-1 for treating process of reclaimed water

and discharge nodes.

Main positions generating and discharging pollutants during construction and operation of the

project:

Construction period

The construction duration of this project is 4 year long, land and vegetation at site will be

occupied and impacted, local ecological environment will be destroyed. In addition to plenty of

excavation and filling, noise, dust emission and spoil, ambient environment will be impacted.

(1) Construction noise

Construction machinery including the excavator, crane, electric saw, electric welding machine,

mixer and vehicles with sound source level 90-110dB (A) may impact sensitive objects around the

site.

(2) Construction dust emission

Ambient air pollutant during construction is mainly dust emission from pipeline excavation,

backfill, and building construction of the plant.

Since the site for pipeline construction is long and decentralized, if the weather is dry and

windy, dust emission may impact sensitive objects around.

Construction waste water consists of sewage generated by the builders and production waste

water from concrete mixing, earthwork spray, construction machinery oil leakage and cleaning, etc.

(4) Solid waste

Solid waste includes domestic garbage, building garbage and spoil.

(5) Land procurement and relocation

The permanent floor area of all reclaimed water engineerings in this project is 317.55mou

totally (including the plants and pipelines), most currently used lands are undeveloped slopes in

addition to some farmlands, and reserved expanding lands. The farmlands occupied by this project

will lose the function of agricultural production completely, landscape there will be impacted during

certain period, and vegetation on the temporary occupied lands for this project will be destroyed

too, so local agricultural production will be impacted.

(6) Ecological environment

Land area vegetation is damaged by construction of the plant, pipeline laying and the

earthwork yard, in addition to soil erosion caused by construction.

(7) Social environment

Pipeline construction impacts people’s trip; transportation of materials and earthwork increases

vehicle flowrate thereby impacts traffic.

155

Page 165: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Fig. 3.3-1 Process flow and discharge nodes of the plant

156

Page 166: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Operation period:

(1) Waste gas

Waste gases of the reclaimed water supply project are chlorine dioxide G1 leaked from the

chlorine dioxide generator that runs with fault; and fugitive emission odor G2 from the sludge pump

house, the sludge thickener, sludge dewaterer house and the sludge yard;

In addition, the plant with pre-aeration process includes odor gas G3 from the pre-aeration

unit.

(2) Waste water

Waste water of the planned project during operation comes from the reaction sedimentation

tank for sludge thickening W1, filter backwashing W2, sludge dewatering and filter pressing W3

and sewage, containing main pollutants such as SS, CODcr and BOD5.

Otherwise, the plants with RO process also include saline tail water W4.

(3) Solid waste

Sludge S1 is generated by the flocculating tank, sedimentation, filtration sand cylinder,

automatic valveless gravity filter and so on. Furthermore, a little domestic garbage.

(4) Noise

Noise comes from the intake pump house N1, intermediate lift pump house N2, back wash

pump house N3, blower house N4, sludge pump house N5 and sludge dewaterer house N6.

3.3.1.2 Pollution source analysis for the project

According to intake water quality of the project, dosage, and the principle of material balance,

confirm pollution source intensity of each engineering.

(1) Waste gas pollution source intensity

H2S and NH3 are used as the characteristic pollutants of waste gas for environmental

assessment of odor from the plant. The analogy method is used to determine fugitive emission odor

pollution source intensity of each engineering, odor emission coefficient of each treating unit can be

characterized by emission in unit duration and on unit area. Based on data of Tianjin Jizhuangzi

WWTP, Hangzhou Sipu WWTP and Stage I of Shenzhen Baoan Gushu WWTP, determine odorant

emission coefficient of each plant in this project, refer to Table 3.3-1. Waste gas source intensity

can be estimated according to surface area of designed structures. The feasibility study report does

not provide any deodorizing measures, so the bio-deodorization method is recommended to treat

main odor pollution source. Refer to Table 3.3-2 for generation of odor pollution source and

emission intensity of each plant.

Table 3.3-1 Emission coefficient of odor pollutant on unit area of structures at the plantStructure NH3(mg/s.m2) H2S(mg/s.m2)

Page 167: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Coarse grille and intake pump house, thin grille and aeration sand tank 0.30 1.39×10-3

Sludge tank, sludge bin and sludge thickening and dewatering house 0.10 7.12×10-3

Table 3.3-2 Odor pollution source intensity of treating structures at each plant

No. Project Structure Are

a

Output of odor pollution source Measures for

deodorization

Efficiency of

deodorization

Emission of odor pollution source

NH3 H2S NH3 H2Smg/

s kg/h mg/s kg/h mg/

s kg/h mg/s kg/h

1

Reclaimed water supply

project of Drainage Canal 3

Pre-aeration

tank

——

——

——

——

——

Bio-deodorization

method

50~70%(take 50%)

——

—— —— —

Sludge tank,

sludge bin,

sludge thickenin

g and dewatering house

264 19.2 0.069 6.4 0.02

3 9.6 0.035 3.2 0.01

2

2

Reclaimed water supply

project of Drainage Canal 7

Pre-aeration

tank

——

——

——

——

——

——

—— —— —

Sludge tank,

sludge bin,

sludge thickenin

g and dewatering house

264 19.2 0.069 6.4 0.02

3 9.6 0.035 3.2 0.01

2

3

Reclaimed water supply

project of Ganqimao

du port manufactu

re park

Pre-aeration

tank570 171.

0 0.62 57.0 0.21 85.

5 0.31 28.5 0.11

Sludge tank,

sludge bin,

sludge thickenin

g and dewatering house

252 15.6 0.056 5.2 0.01

9 7.8 0.028

2.6

0.009

(2) Water pollution source intensity

Tail water of each reclaimed water plant (sludge water) mainly comes from the sedimentation.

For sustainable development of water resource, the measures of waste water recovery is adopted at

the clean water plant, sludge from the flocculation sedimentation is thickened at the thickener,

supernatant flows to the front end distribution well for recovery; at the same time, waste water from

sludge press filtration returns to the front end distribution well, which may not only reduce water

consumption in the plant, but also mitigate pollution to environment around by the plant for no

production waste water drain.

Because SS is the main pollutant in waste water from supernatant of the thickener and sludge

Page 168: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

dewatering, which is smaller to compare with total water quantity of the plant, no impact to outlet

water quality, it is available for reusing.

According to the principle of material balance and analogy among similar enterprises, refer to

Table 3.3-3 for waste water quantity and water quality of reaction sedimentation tank for sludge

thickening waste water,filter backwashing waste water and sludge dewatering waste water.

Sewage from the planned project is calculated as 150L per capita, sewage discharge percentage

is 80%. Refer to Table 3.3-3 for details of producing and discharge.

Page 169: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Table 3.3-3 Production waste water quantity and quality of each reclaimed water plant

No. Project Coding Waste water name Discharge (m3/h)

Discharge feature of pollutantsDestination of discharge RemarkPollut

antConcentration (mg/L)

Output (kg/h)

1 Reclaimed water supply project of Urat Rear Banner Manufacture Park Sewage 0.13

COD 300 0.039To WWTPSS 200 0.026

NH3-N 35 0.005TP 5 0.0007PH 6-9 ——

2 Reclaimed water supply project of Drainage Canal 3

W1 Reaction sedimentation tank for sludge thickening waste water 1.61

COD 188.4 0.30 To the front distribution well after the thickenerSS 70 0.11

PH 7-9

W2 Filter backwashing waste water 20.25COD 69.4 1.41 To the front distribution well after

sedimentationSS 60 1.22PH 7-9

W3 Sludge press filtration waste water 0.71

COD 262.6 0.19 To the front distribution well after sedimentationSS 200 0.14

PH 7-9

W4 Tail water of ultrafiltration RO 416.7COD 67.1 27.96 To the front distribution well after

Coagulation and sedimentationSS 10 4.17PH 7-9

Sewage 0.07

COD 300 0.021

To Hangjinhouqi WWTPSS 200 0.014

NH3-N 35 0.0025TP 5 0.00035PH 6-9

3 Reclaimed water supply project of Drainage Canal 7 W1 Reaction sedimentation tank for

sludge thickening waste water 2.42COD 220.6 0.53 To the front distribution well after

the thickenerSS 70 0.17PH 7-9

W2 Filter backwashing waste water 20.25COD 122 2.47 To the front distribution well after

sedimentationSS 60 1.22PH 7-9

W3 Sludge press filtration waste water 1.06

COD 308.4 0.33 To the front distribution well after sedimentationSS 200 0.21

PH 7-9

W4 Tail water of ultrafiltration RO 416.7COD 67.1 27.96 To the front distribution well after

Coagulation and sedimentationSS 10 4.17PH 7-9

Sewage 0.07 COD 400 0.028 To Wuyuan WWTPSS 200 0.014

NH3-N 35 0.0025TP 5 0.0004

Page 170: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

PH 6-9

4 Reclaimed water supply project of Ganqimaodu Port Manufacture Park

W1 Reaction sedimentation tank for sludge thickening waste water 3.94

COD 168.2 0.66 To the front distribution well after the thickenerSS 70 0.28

PH 7-9

W2 Filter backwashing waste water 50.4COD 60.9 3.07 To the front distribution well after

sedimentationSS 60 3.02PH 7-9

W3 Sludge press filtration waste water 1.68

COD 242.4 0.41 To the front distribution well after sedimentationSS 200 0.34

PH 7-9

W4 Tail water of ultrafiltration RO 591.67COD 44 26.03 To the front distribution well after

Coagulation and sedimentationSS 8 4.73PH 7-9

Sewage 0.15

COD 400 0.06

Septic tankSS 200 0.03

NH3-N 35 0.0053TP 5 0.00075PH 6-9

Page 171: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

(3) Noise pollution source intensity

Noise of this project comes from various pumps (including the intake pump,

rinse pump and lift pump), blower, sludge dewaterer and so on, and noise of

mechanical, friction, impacting and so on during their operation, typically noise level

is about 95dB (A), and the wall may stop more than 10~20dB (A). Refer to Table 3.3-

4 for main noise source and source intensity.

Table 3.3-4 Main noise source and source intensity of each plant

No.Main noise

sourcesQty.

Noise level

(single machine)

dB(A)

Workshop

(section)

Measures of

noise reduction

Effect of noise

reduction

1 Intake pump N1 6 95Intake pump

house

Measures such

as silencing,

damping, indoor

sound insulation

and so on.

Noise reduction

25dB(A)

2 Line lift pump N2 4 95 Lift pump houseNoise reduction

25dB(A)

3Filter back wash

pump N32 95 Back wash

comprehensive

house

Noise reduction

25dB(A)

4Filter back wash

blower N42 110

Noise reduction

25dB(A)

5 Sludge pump N5 2 95 Sludge

dewatering

house

Noise reduction

25dB(A)

6Dewatering house

press filter N62 90

Noise reduction

25dB(A)

(4) Solid waste

In order to protect surface water bodies and use water resource reasonably, it is

necessary to separate solid and liquid of sludge water during operation of the plant.

Sludge water drained from the sedimentation should be collected in the balancing

tank, and then transport sludge after thickening and dewatering. Filter back wash

waste water is drained to the waste water tank and lifted to the front end for reusing

by the pump. Solid waste from each plant of the project is mainly sludge after

thickening and dewatering and domestic garbage. Sludge quantity of the reclaimed

water project is calculated according to SS concentration of inlet water and

consumption of flocculant. Sludge is treated by centrifugal dewatering with water

content 75%. Since there is no hazard chemicals, no poison, which may be used as

Page 172: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

cover soil of landfills, backfill soil of municipal road construction and brickmaking.

While domestic garbage from the reclaimed water supply projects is calculated as

1.16kg/d·person, which should be collected and delivered to the environmental

sanitation administrations. Refer to Table 3.3-5 for solid waste of each reclaimed

water supply project.

Table 3.3-5 Solid waste of each reclaimed water supply project

No

.Project

Solid

waste

Outpu

t (t/a)

Compositions

and

characters

Water

content(%

)

Comprehensive

utilization and

quantity (t/a)

Treatment and

quantity (t/a)

1

Reclaimed

water supply

project of

Urat Rear

Banner

Manufacture

Park

Sludge3066.

0

Solid-liquid,

innocuity75.0

To the solid

waste treatment

center of Urat

Rear Banner

Manufacture

Park

——

Domesti

c

garbage

10.59Solid,

innocuity—— ——

Clean and

landfill by the

environmental

sanitation

administration

2

Reclaimed

water supply

project of

Drainage

Canal 3

Sludge339.8

8

Solid-liquid,

innocuity75.0

To the solid

waste treatment

center of

Hangjin Rear

Banner

Manufacture

Park

——

Domesti

c

garbage

5.93Solid,

innocuity—— ——

Clean and

landfill by the

environmental

sanitation

administration

3 Reclaimed

water supply

project of

Drainage

Canal 7

Sludge573.4

8

Solid-liquid,

innocuity75.0

To the solid

waste treatment

center of

Wuyuan

Manufacture

Park

——

Domesti

c

5.93 Solid,

innocuity

—— —— Clean and

landfill by the

Page 173: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

garbage

environmental

sanitation

administration

4

Reclaimed

water supply

project of

Ganqimaodu

Port

Manufacture

Park

Sludge621.3

6

Solid-liquid,

innocuity75.0

To the solid

waste treatment

center of

Ganqimaodu

Port

Manufacture

Park

——

Domesti

c

garbage

12.7Solid,

innocuity—— ——

Clean and

landfill by the

environmental

sanitation

administration

3.3.2 Waste water treatment and reclamation projects in the

manufacture park3.3.2.2 Analysis of waste water treatment and reclaimed processing and pollution

factors

The secondary waste water treatment processing in each waste water treatment

and reclamation project adopts A/A/0, and reclaimed water treatment processing

adopts coagulation – sedimentation – filtration. Refer to Fig. 3.2-3 for waste water

treatment and reclamation processing.

Pollution factors during construction and operation of the waste water treatment

and reclamation project is similar with the reclaimed water supply project, refer to

Section 3.3.1.2.

3.3.2.3 Pollution source analysis of the waste water treatment and reclamation

project

(1) Odor pollution source

During operating of the WWTP, odor pollutants are generated by metabolism of

organism such as the microorganism, protozoan and zoogloea, main compositions are

H2S and NH3, the main emission sources are the grille house, the water intake pump

house, the rotational flow grit chamber, bio-reaction tank and sludge treatment

structures.

Page 174: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

The bio-deodorization method is recommended for each waste water treatment

and reclamation engineering in this project, which may collect and exhaust odor from

the grille house, the intake water house, the rotational flow grit chamber and the

sludge treatment structures, in this evaluation, it is considered as the point source.

Because the bio-reaction tank of each WWTP has large area and large air quantity

during aeration, odor is hard to collection, it is considered as the area source in this

evaluation.

Since there is no systematic public data for estimation odor output of a WWTP in

China, the analogy method is used to determine odor source intensity here.

① Point source intensity

Shanghai Longhua WWTP has similar waste water source with WWTPs here,

where CAST bio-treatment processing is used with actual treatment quantity of 80,

000t/d.

Shanghai Environmental Science Institute measured strongest odor sources of

Hualong WWTP in 2002-2004 for many times, for example the sludge thickener, the

sludge yard and the grille well. Refer to Table 3.3-6 for the results of odor monitoring.

Table 3.3-6 Odor source intensity monitoring results at Longhua WWTP

Item

Sludge thickener and dewatering

house

(Strongest odor source)

Grille well

(Pre-treatment area)

H2S

(mg/m3)

Max. 0.35 0.046

Average 0.27 0.024

NH3

(mg/m3)

Max. 5.98 0.134

Average 3.01 0.108

Since odor emission of WWTPs is not stable, which depends on many factors

such as climate and weather conditions. In view of conservative engineering, the Max.

monitoring values are used for analogy in this environmental assessment, refer to

Table 3.3-7 for odor source intensity of each WWTP.

Table 3.3-7 Result of odor pollutant analogy

Item

Sludge thickener and

dewatering house

(Strongest odor source)

Grille well

(Pre-treatment

area)

Page 175: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Waste water treatment and

reclamation project of Urat

Rear Banner Manufacture

Park (Huhe Town)

H2S(mg/m3) 0.09 0.012

NH3(mg/m3) 1.50 0.034

Waste water treatment

project of Urat Front Banner

Manufacture Park (Xianfeng

Town)

H2S(mg/m3) 0.13 0.017

NH3(mg/m3) 2.21 0.05

Waste water treatment and

reclamation project of

Ganqimaodu Port

Manufacture Park

(Delingshan Town)

H2S(mg/m3) 0.13 0.017

NH3(mg/m3) 2.21 0.05

Odor from pollution sources of each WWTP will be collected and sent to the bio-

filter at the deodorization room and then exhausted through the exhaust mast.

Efficiency of bio-deodorization is about 90%, design blower air delivery of each

WWTP is 4500m3/h. After bio-deodorization, refer to Table 3.3-8 for odor exhaust

rate of each WWTP.

Table 3.3-8 Odor exhaust rate

Item Exhaust rate (kg/h)

Waste water treatment project of Urat Rear Banner

Manufacture Park (Huhe Town)

H2S 0.10×10-3

NH3 1.53×10-3

Waste water treatment project of Urat Front Banner

Manufacture Park

H2S 0.15×10-3

NH3 2.26×10-3

Waste water treatment and reclamation project of

Ganqimaodu Port Manufacture Park (Delingshan Town)

H2S 0.15×10-3

NH3 2.26×10-3

② Area source intensity

According to relative source intensity data of Fuzhou Yangli WWTP

(5×104m3/d), in consideration of intake water quality of the WWTP, because NH3-N

balance relation in water forms non-ion free ammonia, estimate free ammonia

concentration in the bio-aeration system and possible in-air NH3 in various pH and

water temperature in the gross, and refer to Table 3.3-9 for average NH3 exhaust

quantity of the bio-aeration system.

Table 3.3-9 Estimation of NH3 exhaust quantity of the aeration tank system

PHWater

temperature

Original waste water free

ammonia concentration mg/L

NH3 blow-off

(Gas-water ratio 6.19) (mg/L)

Bio-aeration system average NH3

exhaust quantity (mg/s)

Page 176: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

℃Not consider

nitrification

Consider

nitrificationWaste water quantity 5×104t/d

730 0.14 0.11 0.03 8.7

5 0.06 0.02 0.01 2.9

830 2.24 0.179 0.054 15.7

5 0.28 0.06 0.02 5.8

Based on relative experts’ experience, exhaust intensity of H2S can be estimated

in the gross as about 10% of exhaust intensity of NH3. In view of conservative

engineering, the Max. monitoring values are used for analogy in this environmental

assessment, refer to Table 3.3-10 for odor source intensity of bio-aeration tank at each

WWTP.

Table 3.3-10 Odor exhaust rate

Item Exhaust rate (kg/h)

Waste water treatment and reclamation project of Urat Rear

Banner Manufacture Park (Huhe Town)

H2S 2.26×10-3

NH3 2.26×10-2

Waste water treatment project of Urat Front Banner

Manufacture Park

H2S 3.39×10-3

NH3 3.39×10-2

Waste water treatment and reclamation project of

Ganqimaodu Port Manufacture Park (Delingshan Town)

H2S 3.39×10-3

NH3 3.39×10-2

(2) Water pollution source

No waste water drain outside in each WWTP of this project, waste water will be

treated further and then used for production and planting in the parks. According to

discharge nodes analysis of each WWTP, main nodes producing water are sludge

thickening and dewatering, filter backwashing, sewage and equipment cleaning. Refer

to Table 3.3-11 for quantity of waste water.

Table 3.3-11 Waste water output (m3/a)

Item

Type

Urat Rear

Banner

Ganqimaodu

Port

Urat front

bannerFinal treatment

Sludge dewater 15×103 22.5×103 22.5×103Return to the front end of the

WWTP

Backwash -- 14.6×103 14.6×103Return to the front end of the

WWTP

Page 177: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Sewage 2100 2100 1140Return to the front end of the

WWTP

Cleaning 730 730 730Return to the front end of the

WWTP

(3) Solid wastes

When the project starts operation, solid wastes mainly are the grille dreg, grit

chamber sludge, excess sludge and domestic garbage.

① Grille dreg and sand

Most fine grille dregs are blocky solid materials, including both inorganic and

organic substances, like domestic garbage. Stop diameter of a fine grille is substances

with diameter more than 6mm; while grit is inorganic particles, such as argillaceous

silt and carpolite. The rotational flow grit chamber removes oily substances and sand

particles with specific gravity more than 2.65 and grain size more than 0.22mm

mainly.

According to Code of outdoor drainage design, grit quantity of urban waste

water can be calculated as 0.03kg/m3, while quantity of grille dreg can be calculated

as 0.1 kg/m3, refer to Table 3.3-12 for the output.

Treatment of dreg and grit is performed by the grille machine, the belt conveyor,

and the presser, which may avoid odor emission and vermination. After treatment,

they can be landfilled as urban garbage.

② Sludge

Excess sludge in the sludge tank will be lifted to the combined thickening and

dewatering machine with 0.5% high molecular organic flocculant PAM. Water

content of sludge after dewatering should be less than 80%, refer to Table 3.3-12 for

dewatering sludge quantity.

③ Domestic garbage

According to the Stat. data of Bayannur garbage station, average garbage output

per day per capita is about 0.8kg/d, it is reduced by half for employees. So garbage

quantity can be calculation by employees during operation of each plant. Refer to

Table 3.3-12 for details.

By calculation, refer to Table 3.3-12 for solid waste output of each waste water

Page 178: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

treatment and reclamation plant.

Table 3.3-12 Main solid waste output of each plant (t/a)

Item

Type

Urat Rear

BannerGanqimaodu Port

Urat front

bannerFinal treatment

Grille dreg and

grit949 1265 1265 To the landfill

Sludge 1155 1576 1576 To the landfill

Sewage 3 5 5 To the landfill

Total 2107 2846 2846

(4) Noise pollution source

Noise sources of all waste water treatment and reclamation plants during

operation are same basically, main noise source comes from the pump house, the

sludge thickening and dewatering equipments, and the blower house. Refer to Table

3.3-13 for equipment quantity and noise values of equipments.

Table 3.3-13 Main equipments with high noise at the plant

Section Equipment with high noise Near-field sound level dB(A)

Water intake pump house Waste water pump 90-95

CAST tank or CASS tankReflux sludge pump 85-90

Excess sludge pump 80-85

Blower house Centrifugal blower 100-105

Sludge thickening and dewatering

house

Sludge thickening and dewatering

machine90-100

Flushing pump 90

Dosing pump 90

Deodorization roomBlower house 100-105

Flushing pump 90

3.3.3 Project of Wuliangsu Lake area comprehensive treatment 3.3.3.1 Pollution factor analysis of Wuliangsu Lake area comprehensive

treatment

Portions producing and discharge pollutants of Wuliangsu Lake area

comprehensive treatment sub-projects:

Construction period:

(1) Waste gas

Page 179: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Vehicle tail gas, odor from lake area network waterway dredge and bed mud

stacking (H2S and NH3), and dust emission.

(2) Waste water

Construction sewage; water pollutants from dredging of Wuliangsu Lake

network waterway, which may impact water quality of the lake, in addition, certain

waste water will be produced during bed mud transportation and stacking.

(3) Solid waste

Lake area pastoral network waterway bed mud.

(4) Noise

Noise is emitted by the construction vehicles and machinery.

(5) Land procurement and relocation

Permanent floor area of the project is 7345.5ha, where the current lands are fish

ponds, reed land and wild slope now.

Operation period:

Pollution factors during operation are mainly from operation of the Wuliangsu

Lake artificial wetland.

(1) Waste water

(2) Noise

Noise mainly comes from the artificial wetland pump station with noise source

intensity 80dB(A).

(3) Solid waste

Main solid wastes during operation of the artificial wetland are sludge in the

sedimentation pond, which will be dredged about every 7-10 years, transporting

outside to avoid secondary pollution.

3.3.3.2 Pollution source and main pollutants discharge analysis

Refer to Chapter 5 of this report for pollution sources and pollutants discharge

during construction of the project of Wuliangsu Lake area comprehensive treatment.

Main environmental impact during operation of the project of Wuliangsu Lake

Page 180: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

area comprehensive treatment is pollution source discharge of Wuliangsu Lake area

artificial wetland.

1) Noise

Noise during operation comes from the pump station and the aeration pond

mainly. Refer to Table 3.3-14 for noise source intensity.

2) Solid wastes

Solid waste during operation of the artificial wetland is mainly sludge in the

sedimentation pond, which will be dredged about every 7-10 years; in addition,

people for management and maintenance of the wetland will produce domestic

garbage.

3) Pollution source intensity analysis

Refer to Table 3.3-14 for producing and estimated discharge of main pollutants

of the project of Wuliangsu Lake area comprehensive treatment.

Table 3.3-14 Producing and discharge of main pollutants of the project

TypeEmission

sourceMain

pollutant

Concentration and quantity

before treatment

(Unit)

Remedy

Noise

Mixed-flow

pump

Equipment

noise90-100dB (A) Sound insulation and damping

Air compressorEquipment

noise90-100dB(A)

Sound insulation, silencing and

damping

Solid

waste

Stabilization

pond and

sedimentation

pond

Bed mudDredging every 5

years

Use as fertilizer or send to the

landfill

Domestic

garbag

e

Domestic

ga

rb

ag

e

6.4 t/aDeliver to the environmental sanitation

administration to the landfill

3.4 Relative projects

Recently, in order to improve aquatic environment quality in Bayannur,

Page 181: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

especially Wuliangsu Lake, aquatic environment treatment is reinforced continuously.

A batch of water pollution control projects is planned and constructed according to

relative water pollution control plans.

By now, there are 7 planned and constructed urban waste water treatment facilities, 1

rebuilding project in Bayannur during “The eleventh plan” with total investment

RMB960,000,000. Refer to Table 3.4-1 for planned and constructed WWTPs in

Bayannur.

Table 3.4-1 Planned and constructed WWTPs

ProjectConstruction

size

Investment

(Ten

thousands)

Construction unit Construction situation

Rebuilding of

Linhe WWTP100,000t/d

1795 for

rebuildingCity water authority

The project has been

finished, now for test run

Urat Front

Banner WWTP

20,000t/d in

Stage I8900

Baotou Hongdetai

Environmental Engineering

Development Company

Main part has been

finished, now for

equipment installation

Wuyuan

WWTP22,000t/d 8200

Hongzhu Environmental

Protection Waste Water

Treatment Co., Ltd.

Main part has been

finished, now for

equipment installation

Urat Middle

Banner WWTP10.000t/d 3000

Urban Construction

Investment Co., Ltd.Now start construction

Urat Rear

Banner WWTP10,000t/d 4400 Banner water authority Now start construction

Dengkou

WWTP30,000t/d 12000

Inner Mongolia Yujie Bio-

tech Co., Ltd.

Main part has been

finished, now for

equipment installation

Hangjin Rear

Banner WWTP20,000t/d

9000 for Stage

I

Hanghou Yiyuan Water Co.,

Ltd.Test run

Lihe No. 2

WWTP100,000t/d —— City water authority

Preparation has been

finished, now for

commencement

1) Rebuilding of WWTPs in Bayannur.

Lihe WWTP locates the north side of Xinhua Dong Street, Linhe City. The plant

came into being in May 2000 with the processing of oxidation pond, there are three

oxidation ponds designed. Since 2002, its treating capacity has been 100,000t/d. Now,

it treats sewage and industrial waste water from Linhe urban area 53,000t/d, serves

Page 182: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

32km2, 300,000 population, and total waste water treatment quantity is 19,300,000t/a.

In 2008, Hetao Water Company rebuild this WWTP with total investment

RMB17,850,000. Now the rebuilding has been finished for test run. The rebuilding

engineering separates the inlet system of the WWTP into two parts: the rebuilding

engineering system treats industrial waste water of the park and then discharge in

compliance with the standard; the power plant reclaimed water system treats sewage

from the urban area, which should meet requirement of thermal power plant inlet

water quality. After technological transformation, industrial waste water and sewage

split flow is realized, which may be treated respectively. By this way, treating

capacity and efficiency of the WWTP is improved, and outlet water can meet

requirement of relative codes stably.

2) Dengkou WWTP

Total planned investment of the project is RMB120,000,000, where, investment

for WWTP construction is RMB56,000,000, and for pipeline construction is

RMB64,780,000. Now main parts of the project such as the office building, the

employees living building, relative waste water treatment facilities are finished,

equipment installation has been finished, the project has been complete and put into

service.

Construction size of Dengkou WWTP is 30,000t/d. The plant adopts advanced

“Mobile bed biofilm” processing is used there, which has not only advantages of

traditional biofilm such as impact resistance, long sludge age and less excess sludge,

but also advantage of active sludge such as high efficiency and free operation. The

sludge concentration can reach 30~40g/L with little head loss, no blockage, not need

back wash and reflux. In addition, it can remove P and N well. Construction of the

WWTP can meet requirement of waste water treatment at Dengkou county now and in

future, change the history that production waste water and sewage drain to Yellow

River at Dengkou county, so water quality in Yellow River can be improved

effectively, and drinking water safety and cleaning downstream can be guaranteed.

3) Wuyuan WWTP

Page 183: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

The construction size of Wuyuan WWTP is 22,000t/d with total investment of

RMB82,000,000. Now all civil works have been finished, in addition to 95%

equipment installation. It will be put into service on September 15, 2010.

The WWTP adopt advanced Germany BIOLAK’s processing, which uses low

load active sludge processing to make a wave type mixing oxidation effect by a

mobile aeration chain, thereby create good habitat for all special microorganism with

good effect of N and P removal. Construction of this WWTP enables sewage and part

industrial waste water in Wuyuan to drain directly in compliance with national codes,

or reusing to saving water resource.

4) Hangjin Rear Banner WWTP

The construction of Hangjin Rear Banner WWTP is 20,000t/d for Stage I, and

50,000t/d for Stage II. Total investment is RMB120,000,000, and RMB89,000,000 for

Stage I, where, RMB32,000,000 for construction of WWTP, and RMB57,000,000 for

pipeline. Now, the project has been complete, all equipments are installed, all

pipelines are laid, road surface hardening and plant area afforestation are finished too.

The project starts test running and will be put into service in October 2010.

The WWTP uses the advanced Germany BIOLAK’s processing too, with outlet

water quality in Grade 1, B, which can be used for urban planting, farmland irrigation

and industry after further reclamation treatment.

5) Urat Front Banner WWTP

The construction size of Urat Front Banner WWTP Stage I is 20,000t/d with total

investment RMB85,500,000, where RMB39,850,000 for construction of the WWTP,

and RMB45,650,000 for pipeline. The project commenced in May 2008, all civil

works and installation have been finished, and started test run in September 2009 for

three months, all operating indexes reach the standard, and it was put into service on

November 30, 2009.

The WWTP uses the advanced Germany BIOLAK’s processing too, with outlet

water quality in Grade 1, A, which can be used for farmland irrigation, urban planting,

and industry, for water resource cyclic utilization .

6) Urat Middle Banner Hailiutu Town WWTP

Page 184: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Urat Middle Banner Hailiutu Town WWTP locates 2km south from Hailiutu

town with design capacity of 10000t/d for sewage, and 29.65km pipelines. Total

investment of the project is RMB50,180,000, and pipeline construction investment is

RMB29,960,000. Now civil works is constructing, the oxidation ditch, oxidation

pond, secondary sedimentation tank have excavated and rolled, in addition, 12km

urban pipeline has been laid.

Carrousel oxidation ditch processing is used for treatment, which has simple

process flow, less structures and civil work cost; advanced and proven technology and

simple management and maintenance; reliable and stable operation, good treatment

effect, good COD removal rate, stable N and P removal capacity; and better capacity

of impact resistance. Construction of the project, can not only improve urban aquatic

environment quality, but also provide good life and working environment to the

towner. In addition, it may improve environment of investment, and promote healthy

and fast development of economy and society.

7) Urat Rear Banner WWTP

The Stage I size of Urat Rear Banner WWTP is 6000t/d, while Stage II is

12,000t/d. Total investment of the project is RMB64,890,000, where RMB35,600,000

for the WWTP, and RMB29,290,000 for pipeline. Now, 25% civil works has been

finished, including the office building, the machine repair shop, the garage. The

distribution room and the anaerobic tank are under construction. Purchasing of

production equipments has been finished, it will be put into service by November,

2010.

Urat Rear Banner WWTP adopts improved Orbal oxidation ditch process, which

is applicable for conventional secondary bio-treatment, at the same time of carbon

source pollution removal in waste water, bio-denitrogenation and bio-phosphorus

removal are also available. The process has strong impact resistance, low energy

consumption, simple management and operation and good effect of N and P removal.

The project enable water quality after two-stage bio-chemical treatment to reach

Discharge standard of pollutants for municipal wastewater treatment plant (GB

Page 185: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

18918-2002), Grade 1, B.

8) Linhe No. 2 WWTP

Recent waste water treatment size of Linhe No. 2 WWTP is 100,000m3/d, and

60,000m3/d reclaimed water. Total investment is RMB623,697,000, where

EUR35,000,000 is from the loan of German promotional bank, the rest is from China

Development Bank and self-financing. The project will upgrade and rebuild more

than 200km urban pipeline, and build 2 lift pump stations. Total floor area of the plant

is 18.587ha, where recent floor area is 11.277ha.

The WWTP adopts the solution of hydrolysis acidification and A2O bio-

treatment; water reclamation adopts the fiber disc filter solution; and sludge treatment

adopts the mesophilic digestion solution. The project will treat industrial waste water

from Bayannur Linhe Industrial Park, which may moderate situation that Linhe No. 1

WWTP lacks capacity effectively.

The above mentioned projects can add 222,000t/d waste water treatment capacity

for Bayannur, reduce discharge of water pollutants, provide supplement each other

with the project of Bayannur aquatic environment comprehensive treatment with WB

loads. Combination of source control and terminal treatment can improve aquatic

environment quality in Bayannur, which is very important for improving aquatic

environment quality of the General Drainage Canal and Wuliangsu Lake, even

pollution control and ecological environmental protection of Yellow River.

Page 186: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

4. Environmental Baseline

4.1 Profile of Regional Environment

4.1.1 Environmental Profile of Bayannur City 4.1.1.1 Natural Environment

1) Geographic Location

Bayannur is located in north China’s frontier in west of Inner Mongolia

Autonomous Region between 40°13′-42°28′N and 105°12′-109°53′E. It is bounded on

the east by Baotou City and Ulanqab League, on the west by Alashan League and on

the north by Mongolia and faces Ikchor League across Yellow River to the south.

About 378km long from east to west and about 238km wide from north to south, it

covers an area of 65,551km2, accounting for 5.46% of the total area of Inner Mongolia

Autonomous Region and ranking 7 among 8 leagues and 4 cities. The north part of the

city, from north foot of Yinshan Mountains to national boundary, is gentle rolling high

plain with altitude between 1,020m and 1,400m. This part is a vast natural pasture,

which is commonly referred to as Urad Prairie. Urad Prairie, a desert or semi-desert

grassland, covers an area of more than 30,600 km2, taking up 46.7% of total land area

of the whole city. It is a base for development of animal husbandry of the city.

2) Geological Structure

Bayannur geological position steps astride two primary geotectonic elements,

namely, Tianshan Mountain-Inner Mongolia-Hinggan Palaeozoic geosynclinal fold

region to the north and Sino-Korean paraplatform to the south, which are bordered

by Badain Jaran- Urad Back Banner-Kangbao- Chifeng- Changtu Major Fracture

(close to about 42°N). According to different internal structural features, it can be

further divided into four secondary and five tertiary tectonic elements. In the long

geological age, these tectonic elements underwent different evolvement, showing

distinct and different structural features. The complicated geotecture and active

tectonic movement here exert a control action on age base, sedimentary formation,

Page 187: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

magmation and even formation of minerals in this area.

Sino-Korean Paraplatform: The south part of the area is component of Sino-

Korean paraplatform. The platform itself is a relatively stable region, but its internal

growth is not uniform, having long-term upwelling area and long-term downwarping

area as well. According to different developing history and structural features, the

platform can be further divided into two secondary tectonic elements: Inner Mongolia

axis (Inner Mongolia platform uprise) and Langshan Mountain-Baiyunebo platform

margin rifted depression. Located in the south side of Langshan Mountain-Baiyunebo

platform margin rifted depression, Inner Mongolia axis spreads in an east-west strip

land. The base of it is composed of Archaean Ural Mountains and late Algonkian.

Located in the north side of Inner Mongolia axis, Langshan Mountain-Baiyunebo

platform margin rifted depression is a long and narrow strip land, spreading from east

to west. Bordered on the north by Badain Jaran- Urad Back Banner Major Fracture

and Tianshan Mountain-Inner Mongolia-Hinggan Palaeozoic geosynclinal fold region,

it is a relatively active zone in the northern margin of Sino-Korean paraplatform.

Tianshan Mountain-Inner Mongolia-Hinggan Palaeozoic geosynclinal fold

region: it is subject to Hercynian geosynclines in the northern vast area in this region.

This region went through complicated geological experience, showing the course of

developing from geosynline to platform. The tectonic movement and magmation are

so frequent that stratigraphic distribution of Paleozoic era and before is scattered.

According to different developing history and structural features, it can be further

divided into two secondary tectonic elements: Saihantala Late Hercynian geosynclinal

fold belt and Beishan Mountain Late Hercynian geosynclinal fold belt. Located in

most part of northern Badain Jaran- Urad Back Banner Major Fracture, Saihantala

Late Hercynian geosynclinal fold belt spread from east to west and from north to east.

To the north of Badain Jaran- Urad Back Banner Major Fracture, Beishan Mountain

Late Hercynian geosynclinal fold belt runs across the northwest of the region and

Saihantala Late Hercynian geosynclinal fold belt, spreading from east to west.

3) Landform

Page 188: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

The landform in the whole city clearly falls into three categories: high plains in

the north, hills in the middle and plains in the south.

(一)Urad Plateau

Located in the north part of the city from hills at the foot of north Yinshan

Mountain to the south to the national boundary to the north and covering an area of

30,600km2 with an elevation of 1,000-14,00m, it is a part of Inner Mongolian Plateau.

It is mainly composed of tertiary river-lake red sandstone and sandy mudstone and

quaternary glutenite. Due to strong dry denudation, stony monadnock and deflation

hollow are formed. Owing to the lack of rain, wide and shallow riverbed has flows

only in wet season to converge at the northern depression to form an interior drainage.

To the north of the depression, in the region of frontier of China and Mongolia are

sprinkled with dryly denuded monadnocks joining intermittently.

(二)Hilly Area of Yinshan Mountains

Located in the south of Urad Plateau, it lies in the middle and southeast parts of

Bayannur from east to west. In terms of the distribution position, it can be divided

into three parts: Longshan Mountain, Serteng Mountain and Ural Mountain.

Langshan Mountain, also known as Hanalin Ural (black hill in meaning) at

west side of Yinshan Mountains, about 280km long and 30-60km wide, east-west-

trending to the east of 107°30′E and northeast-trending to the west of 107°30′E,

encircles northern Houtao Plain, covering an area of 7,990km2 and standing at an

elevation ranging from 1,500m to 2,200m. Most rocks of the mountains are hard

Archaean metamorphites. Ridges and peaks rise one after another. Most of the peaks

are of ridge shape or dentation. With so many cliffs and bare rocks, the vegetation is

so sparse that only in the shady slopes grow low weed and shrub. Woods can be

visible in the east section of Langshan Mountains and the west section has the

elevation dropped down into the desert. The intermountain basin is at an elevation of

1,200-1,400m, with tertiary sedimentary formation covered with quaternary wind-

blown sand formation. Those who boast large area are Hailiutu Basin and Hulusitai

Page 189: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Basin. There are some strip depressions composed of Jurassic with coalfield

embedded in.

Serteng Mountain, to the east of Langshan Mountain and bordered by Hailiutu

Basin, covers an area of about 10,100km2. Approximately to the east of Hailiutu, the

mountain spread out in three branches with the north and south in parallel. The

northernmost one, called Hadate Mountain and located in the northeast of Hailiutu

Basin, about 120km long and 1,600-1,800m above sea level, is gentle low hills and

mounds. Most of the rocks are gneiss and granite. Rocks on top and adret are bare and

on the shady slop grow sparse weeds.

Ural Mountain is located to the south of Ming’an River and the north of Yellow

River. From Xishanzui to the west to the Kundulun River to the east, it shows a clear

east-west trend. It, 94km long and 12-20km wide, takes an area of 1,100 km2.

Standing at a height of about 2,000m above sea level, its relative height is 700-

1,000m, with the prominent peak Dahuabei at an elevation of 2,324m. Most of the

rocks are schist, gneiss, marble, quartzite, granite, sandstone, conglomerate and so on.

With the strong upward axis which causes strong erosion, the ridge is narrow and

rugged. The peaks are subject to indention. The rocks on adretto are bare so that the

vegetation is sparse, while the shady slope, with thin cohesive soil, boasts thicker

plants, forest coverage reaching 27.75%. Large gullies contain Dianlisitai Gully,

Dalagai Gully and Daba Gully. The south slop of the mountain has obvious faults

overhanging Yellow River. Proluvial fan groups and multilevel terraces at the foot of

the mountain are particularly pronounced. On the north slopes, there are also proluvial

fan groups and multilevel terraces, but not as obvious as the south slope.

(三)Hetao Plain

Located in the south part of the city, it can be divided into four parts in terms of

landform: Wulanbuhe Desert, Houtao Plain, Ming’an River and Sanhuhe Plain.

Wulanbuhe Desert: spreading out in the southwest of the city, between Langshan

Mountain and Baotou-Lanzhou Railway, including most Dengkou County and

southwest Hangjin Back Banner, it covers an area of 3,400km2. With an elevation

Page 190: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

between 1050m and 1030m, it gradually drops down from southeast to northwest,

gradient ratio being 1/5000. Quaternary Yellow River alluvial deposit and proluvial

deposit are covered with modern aeolian dune with complicated shapes, such as

barchan chains, escarpment-shaped dunes, hill dunes and flat dene.

Houtao Plain: from Bayan Gol-Siba-Taiyangmiao to the west to Xishanzui,

Ulansuhai Nur to the east and to 1200m contour of the south foot of Langshan

Mountain to the north and to the Yellow River to the south, it, about 180km long from

west to east and about 60km wide from north to south, is a fan with an area of

10,000km2 and average elevation of 1,050m. It forms a strip of depression belt

between the alluvial plain high in the south and low in the north and the proluvial

plain high in the north and low in the south, which now is the location of the general

arterial drainage of Ugab River and the marsh. Yellow River alluvial plain is the

principal part of Houtao Plain, taking up about 3/4 of the plain’s total area. Bordered

by Ugab River, it is 40-50km wide from north to south. With flat terrain, the elevation

is usually 1,020-1,040m. High in the west and low in the east, the gradient is 1/3,000-

1/5,000; High in the south and low in the north, the gradient is 1/4,000-1/8,000; only

local part shows gentle rolling. The constructional materials include fine sand, silt,

sandy loam and loam interbed. The size distribution of sediment varies from north to

south. Thick coarse materials are often seen in ancient riverway of Yellow River with

sand sediments as mainstay; between the ancient riverways are loam and clay

sediment.

Ming’an River is located in the intermountain basin to the south of

Baiyunchahan Mountain and to the north of Ural Mountain. From the Ulansuhai Nur

to the west to the 1200m contour to the east of Tailiang, it is about 50km long from

east to west, taking an area of 1,800km2. The middle part of the basin is fluvial plain,

and the north and south parts are fluvial-alluvial plain and piedmont proluvial inclined

plain.

Sanhuhe Plain is located between Ural Mountain and Yellow River. From

Xishanzui to the west to the boundary of Bayannur and Baotou, it is a narrow strip,

Page 191: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

about 70km long from east to west and 3-15km wide from north to south, taking an

area of 700km2. The relief has two tilt directions, one inclining to Yellow River from

mountain foot, and one consistent with Yellow River’s flow direction from west to

east. The ground gradient averages about 1/7 000 with an elevation of 1,025-1,200m.

The landform shows obvious zonation, divided into four zones of flood plain, Yellow

River alluvial plain, piedmont fluvial-alluvial plain and torrential plain from Yellow

River to Ural Mountain.

4) Hydrogeology

Ground water mainly comes from precipitation infiltration and little

condensation recharge, its distribution regularities mainly having close relation with

such factors as geological structure, lithology, terrain and weather. The distribution of

ground water in the city features with gradual decrease from east to west and from

south to north.

In terms of distributed burial and water conservation feature, ground water is

divided into perched water, phreatic water and confined water (artesian water). In

terms of the rock feature of water carrier, ground water in the city can be divided into

bedrock fissure water, plateau red earth pore water, quaternary loose rock pore water,

quaternary desert aeolian sand pore water, Hetao Plain aeolian quaternary alluvial-

proluvial lacustrine formation pore phreatic water and confined water.

Bedrock fissure water is located in the Yinshan Mountain hydrogeology area.

The terrain here is high in the west and low in the east, steep in the south and gentle in

the north. Hill bedrock fissure water is widely distributed, mainly spreading to

Langshan Mountain, Ural Mountain region and low hilly region in the China-

Mongolia boundary in the north.The abundant and deficient situation of ground water

is greatly different, the water inflow of single pore in water abundant zone reaching

up to over 60t/h; such kind of area, however, takes a small area; the water inflow of

single pore in zones with medium water is 10-30t/h; and the water inflow of single

pore in water deficient zone is less than 1t/h. The water quality in most regions is

better with salinity less than 3g/l.

Page 192: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Plateau red earth pore water is distributed in long-strip depression basin

composed of red earth between hills of Yinshan Mountain and hillock of Dishan

Mountain. The lithology of main water carrier is subject to glutinite of Cretaceous

System. Water carrier is usually buried over 15m below the surface. Water in the

central basin is abundant, maximum water inflow of single pore reaching over 70t/h;

in the fringe region, water amount is small, inflow of single pore being 10-30t/h; the

zone contacting the basin and surrounding rock is extreme water-poor belt, inflow of

single pore being 1-5t/h, or less than 1t/h. The salinity of water often is less than 2g/l,

but may exceed 2g/l in the central basin, dominated by HCO3-Cl-Na.

Quaternary loose rock pore water is mainly distributed among ravines of bedrock

hills and alluvial-pluvial plains at the tail of river valley. The water carrier is

composed of medium coarse sand, find sand, grit stone and sandy pebble. In the area

of Langshan piedmont alluvial and pluvial plains, water carrier is often 5-25m thick,

water inflow of single pore reaching more than 100t/h; in the area of medium water

amount, water inflow of single pore is 10-30t/h; water deficient zone is mainly located

in smaller ravines in hills and the upstream of large ravines, as well as alluvial and

pluvial plains of plateau regions and developmental ravine in basins. As the ravines of

such kind are shorter, the water yield property of water content is poor, water inflow

of single pore being 1-5t/h or 1t/h or below. The salinity is often less than 2g/l. It is

subject to HCO3 water, applicable to exploitation and utilization.

Quaternary desert aeolian sand pore water is mainly distributed in the desert

region in Dengkou County in the west of the city. In such region, water buried depth

is small, often less than 10m. The water carrier is composed of fine aeolian sand,

medium-fine sand and sandstone, thickness being 5-30m and water inflow of single

pore going up to 40-80t/h; in the area of medium water amount, water inflow of single

pore is about 10t/h; in water deficient zone, water inflow of single pore is less than

1t/h. The salinity is often less than 2g/l. It is subject to HCO3. The salinity at the

fringe of a tract of low lying land and oasis is larger than 2g/l.

Hetao Plain aeolian quaternary alluvial-proluvial lacustrine formation pore

Page 193: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

phreatic water is located in the plain area to the south of Yinshan Mountain area and

to the north of Yellow River. This area is a fault basin, with water-content rock series

including quaternary alluvial-proluvial grit pore phreatic water and confined water,

quaternary alluvial lacustrine formation fine silt pore phreatic water and quaternary

alluvial lacustrine formation fine silt pore confined water. The piedmont water yield is

often larger than 100t/h. The salinity is often less than 2g/l. It is subject to HCO3,

HCO3-SO4 and HCO3-Cl water. The salinity in the downstream section of Houtao

Plain and the south of Ugab River is often larger than 3g/l, some up to above 10g/l,

subject to Cl and Cl -SO4 water.

Ground water in hilly area of Yinshan Mountain and other hilly areas is mainly

recharged by atmospheric water. Due to structural condition and weathering, rocks

developed joint fissures in different degree, which is the condition to receiving

precipitation infiltration. Some areas of Ural Mountain boast good vegetational cover,

which is favorable to precipitation infiltration and water conservation. Precipitation,

after infiltrating the ground, is stored and transported by rock fractures, creating good

runoff conditions. Ground water discharge in hilly areas are mainly in the form of

runoff, some discharged to valleys in the mountain to changed into river runoff, some

flowing to riverbed deposit to form submerge flow and then discharged to

mountainous depression and basin. Most of them are stored in water carriers of

depressions and basins, some consumed for evaporation. In the juncture of hill and

plain, ground water of hilly area is discharged to the water carrier of plain area in the

form of lateral runoff.

The cycle conditions of ground water in plain terrain are complicated. They are

subject to tremendous influence of human activities except natural factor. Apart from

atmospheric precipitation infiltration, ground water is also compensated by lateral

runoff in hilly area, seepage of plain rivers and return flow of irrigation. The recharge

from return flow of irrigation of Hetao Plain takes up a large proportion. In piedmont

alluvial- pluvial plain terrain, the terrain slope is relatively steep, lithological grain,

mainly composed of sandy pebbles and coarse sand, is coarse, runoff conditions of

Page 194: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

water carrier being good and dominated by horizontal alternation. In alluvial

lacustrine plain area, the land is flat, lithological grain in water carrier becoming fine.

Except the smooth runoff in the upstream section, the general runoff conditions are

poor. The horizontal discharge is slight, and is dominated by vertical evaporation.

Recharge of ground water in desert area mainly comes from rainfall and

condensation water, which are stored in the depression in the confining bed under the

desert bed. They form desert phreatic water and consumed by evaporation. Some of

them can infiltrate into the lower water carrier.

The inland area, dominated by dry climate, has little precipitation and the source

of ground water recharge is limited, thus the ground water is deficient. Only in some

closed basins and depressions form accumulation areas of ground water, which will

gain lateral recharge from surrounding except precipitation recharge. The discharge

form is subject to local evaporation to maintain water balance.

5) Climate

Bayannur, far away from ocean, dwells on plateau in inland. The climatic

characteristics: four distinct seasons, less snow in cold winter, much wind in dry

spring, little rain in heated summary and mild and cool autumn. It is typically

continental monsoon climate in medium temperate zone.

The annual average temperature in Bayannur is 3.7-7.6℃. The temperature

decreases progressively from southwest to northeast, with the west higher than the

east. The annual average temperature of Bayan Gol Township, Dengkou County at the

southernmost side is 7.6℃, and that in Woodlands, Urad Middle Banner to the

northernmost part is 3.7℃.

With many hills and hillocks in the city and complex terrain, the geographical

distribution of precipitation varies wildly. The feature of it is that the precipitation

decreases gradually from southeast to northwest, forming a situation that the east is

more than the west and the hilly area is more than the plain. The average annual

precipitation of the city is 188mm, and 177-285mm in the east and 99-184mm in the

west.

Page 195: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Located in westerlies, and perennially affected by zonal circulation, Bayannur is

long controlled by continental polar air. In addition, the ground is so higher that

vegetation is sparse. Thus the wind speed is high and the wind period is longer.

Markedly affected by monsoon, the city has its wind direction varied greatly with

season in a year. Under control of Mongolia cyclone during October to the next

March, the city is dominated by north wind or northwest wind.

In terms of general trend, the distribution of relative humidity within the city

decreases from southeast to northwest. The average annual relative humidity is 42-

54%, where that in Hetao area is 47-54%, and 42-48% to the north of Yinshan

Mountain.

The evaporation in Bayannur increases gradually from southeast to northwest.

The average annual evaporation is 2,032-3,179mm. Hailsu area has the maximum

evaporation in Urad Back Banner, with average annual evaporation of 3,178.8mm.

Chengguan Town, Wuyuan has the minimum evaporation, with average annual

evaporation of 2,032.2mm.

Sunshine distribution in the city features with much sunlight in the north and

west and less in the south and east. To the north of Yinshan Mountain, the average

annual hours of sunshine is 3,215.1-3,401.8hrs, and in Hetao area, 3,184.6-3,221.0hrs.

The cloud cover in the city is slightly more in the north than the south, but the

difference is indistinct. The total average annual cloud cover is 40%,-42% in Urad

Front, Middle and Back Banner, and the rest areas 38-39%. The number of sunny day

in the city in a year is 109-31, and cloudy day, 42-63. The cloud cover is maximum in

summer and minimum in winter in a year, and much in day and less in night.

6) River and Hydrological Features

There are many rivers in Bayannur and are divided into two drainage systems by

the divide of Yinshan Mountain: Yellow River system to the south and inland river

system.

(1)Rivers

Yellow River system: originated from the north foot of Bayan Har Mountains,

Page 196: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Qinghai Province, Yellow River flows through Gansu and Ningxia to the city.

Tributaries converging at north bank of Yellow River are gully rivers from

Langshan Mountain and Ural Mountain. There are a total of 147 gullies, large or

small, in Langshan Mountain, with a catchment area of 13,000 km2, where those

whose catchment area is above 250 km2 number 15, taking up 90% of the total

catchment area. Gullies in Ural Mountain totals 28, with a catchment area of 388 km2,

where those whose catchmen area is above 10 km2 count up 11.

Inland river system: the inland river system in the city spread out over the

pateau to the north of Yinshan Mountain. Its drainage area is 31,000 km2, including 34

inland rivers, of which, most are seasonal stream.

Lakes: there are 318 lakes taking an area of more than 2ha, with water area of

3,141,555mu. These lakes are scattered over Hetao Plain. To the north of Yinshang

Mountain, there are only few seasonal lakes such as Sanggendalai Zhuoer and

Chagantaoligai Nuoer. Ther are 21 lakes and reservoirs with an area over 1,500mu.

Ulansuhai Nur, water surface of 44,985mu, the average depth 0.7m, and the storage

capacity 209,930,000 m3, is the largest lake in the city, and is the drainage and

mountain torrent receiver of Yellow River irrigation region in Hetao Plain as well.

(2)Hydological Features of Rivers

Except Yellow River, the hydrological features of Bayannur’s rivers depend on

local conditions of precipitation, evaporation and geological geomorphology.

① Yellow River

Flowing from Ningxia to Bayannur, Yellow River’s average annual transit water

quantity is 31,500,000,000m3. Inspite of many tributaries converging the city, most of

them are seasonal rivers, supply water being less. Only torrential flood after flood

seaon and rainstorm exerts some impact on water level. Yellowe River experiences

two flood seasons, namely summer flood and ice flood.

In terms of cause of formation, floods occurred in Yellow River are mainly

divided into ice flood and storm flood. Ice flood is a result of melting ice in riverway

and release of stored water in river channel. It often occurs in March, also is called ice

flood.

Page 197: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Storm foold often occurs from July to September. The flood may happen twice to

three times a year, and even 5 times in few years. The average volume of flood is

3,000-4,000 m3/s.

Yellow River is a world-known sediment-laden river, containin much more sand

in midstream and downstream. The sediment concentration in the stretch in Bayannur

is about 6kg/m3.

② Other Rivers within the City

Brooks in the city are mountain stream, usually with extremely less volume of

fresh water. Summer rainstorms result in outbreak of flash flood. With incoming water

and flood under control of rainstorm, the brooks experience steep rise and drop in

short time.

Based on Inner Mongolia Water Temperature Manual and investitaion

information of water resource in Inner Mongolia and exiting data, annual average

depth of runoff in the city is 3-10mm by statistical analysis. The distribution

trend of annual runoff depth is basically consistent with the precipitation

distribution, decreasing from southeat to northwest and higher in mountain area

than in hilly area and plains.

The annual average runoff in the city is 331,000,000m3, where Yellow River

system takes up 237,000,000 m3, 71.6% of the total runoff and the inland river system

accounts for 94000,000 m3, 28.4% of the total.

(3)Hetao irrigation area

Hetao irrigation area in Bayannaoer has formed a pattern of having irrigation system,

having water discharge route and having stable irrigation and discharging, it has become the

largest large-scale gravity irrigation area.

Hetao irrigation area involves to all counties in the Bayannaoer, including 108 towns, farms

and stations with a total area of 11195.4km2,the irrigation area is 5743.6km2.The drainage system

in the Hetao irrigation area includes 7 levels, there are one general drainage ditch ,12 drainage

ditches, 60 drainage sub-ditches, 225 branch ditches and about 22000 small ditches, the general

drainage ditch is the main project of drainage system, the total length is 257.283km, the drainage

area under control is 7583.7 km2,the mountain torrent area under control is 13313 km2 ,the

Page 198: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

drainage volume accounts for 93% of the total drainage volume in the irrigation area ,the

remaining is directly drained into Yellow River through other drainage ditches. The water is

flowed into the Ulansuhai at the end of truck, Ulansuhai is main part of irrigation works in Hetao

area, it is the only acceptance water body and drainage channel for withdrawal of agriculture

irrigation water in the Hetao area, it has accepted more than 90% drainage water in the irrigation

area, the drainage water from the Bapaigan and Jiupaigan are directly run into the

Ulansuhai ,which account for 14% of the drainage capacity of the general drainage ditch; the total

length of export section is 24 km, the drainage area under control is 232.67km2,which account for

3% of the drainage area, the water is excluded into the Yellow River through the export section of

general drainage ditch. Shipaigan is directly excluded into the export section, which account for

2% of the drainage capacity of the general drainage ditch.

7)Natural Resources

(1) Land Resources

The total land area of the city is 65,551.5 km2 (98,327,000 mou), which can be

classified into seven main categories, including cultivated land, garden plot, wood

land, grass land, non-agricultural land, water area and hard-to-use land.

The cultivated area of the city is 7,170,362 mou, totaling 7.3% of the gross land

area, about 5.1 mou per capita, which is mainly distributed in Hetao Plain and

Northeast Hilly Country. The fruit garden (inclusive of sprinkling garden fruit trees) is

26,471 mou, taking up 0.027% of gross land area, which is mainly distributed in

Linhe City, Northwest of Hangjin Back Banner, Bayantela and Chengguan Villages of

West Wuyuan County, and Siba, Baleng and Gongdi Villages of Dengkou County. The

available forest land area is 1,338,554 mou, occupying 1.36% of gross land area. And

the grassland area is 54,622,000 mou, taking up 55.55% of gross land area, among

which 3,836,000 mou is agricultural grassland and 50,786,000 mou is pastoral

grassland. Because of the difference of regional precipitation and water resources

allocation, a varying of vegetation form from east to west is formed, making

regularities of distribution of steppe-desertification steppe-steppe desert-desert. The

Page 199: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

land for urban residents and industrial and mining purposes is 1,059,000 mou,

occupying 1.078% of gross land area. The water area is 3,141,500 mou, taking up

3.2%. The hard-to-use land is 30,212,500 mou, occupying 30.73%, which mainly

includes 2,799,200 mou saline land, 3,973,500 mou flowing aeolian sandy soil,

23,243,200 mou bare rock and gravel, 1,535 mou marsh and 193,100 mou bare soil.

(2) Water Resources

The water resources of city are made up of surface, underground and cross-

border water.

The surface water is from Continental River and Yellow River. The drainage area

of Yellow River water system is 34,000 km2, taking up 52% of total city area. The

normal runoff is 237 million m3, occupying 71.6% of that of the whole city. The

endothermic river is 31,000 km2, taking up 48% of the whole city. And its normal

runoff is 94 million m3, taking up 28.4% of the whole city.

The underground water comprehensive recharge capacity of the whole city is

3.21 billion m3 with 1.81 billion m3 workable reserves. The underground water is

distributed from east to west and south to north. Along the lower course of Hetao

Plain and south of Ugab River, the underground water mineralization degree is more

than 3g/l with some area even above 10g/l. Therefore, the water is bad in quality and

less in quantity. The hydration type of water is Cl—SO4.

The cross-border water is mainly from Yellow River with a normal runoff of

31.50 billion m3. The interannual and inter-monthly change of annual runoff of Yellow

River is great with maximum 50.50 billion m3 and minimum 18.30 billion m3.

Since the establishment of China, Bayannur has constructed a lot of projects to

make good use of water resources, including 1 Yellow River Sanshenggong Key

Project, one 228.9 km general main cannel, 9 sectional projects, 13 main canals

totaling 790.1 km, 43 sub-canals totaling 958.30 km and 249 branch canal totaling

1,750 km. Even the piping engineering under Dounong Canal has been provided with

some supporting facilities becoming the largest irrigation area controlling canal in

China. The existing irrigation area is 6 million mou, which is the foundation for

Page 200: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Bayannur to develop agriculture. The drainage system has one main arterial drainage

totaling 206 km, 13 main stream gullies totaling 508.5 km, 62 sub-main stream gullies

totaling 1,032.3 km and 139 branch gullies totaling 206 km. Therefore, the drainage

major projects have taken shape. For the sustainable and stable development of

agricultural production in Hetao Irrigation Area, the water diversion irrigation from

Yellow River is a major condition.

4.1.1.2 Social Environment

1) Administrative Division

At present, Bayannur administrative division has 4 banners (Urad Front, Middle

and Back and Hangjin Back), 2 counties (Wuyuan and Dengkou) and 1 district

(Linhe), covering 106 villages and towns and offices, among which there are 19 sumu

(villages), 32 villages, 45 towns (all 96) and 10 offices. The banners, counties and

cities administer 18 towns, 82 villages, 23 sumu (villages), 795 villagers’ committees,

141 administrative villages, forming a town layout of one village in 30 Li (half of km)

and one town in 50 Li.

2) Urban Population

The fertility rate, death rate and natural growth rate of Bayannur City are 5.68‰,

2.99‰ and 2.68‰. By the end of year, the gross population of domicile has reached

1,761,300, an increase of 1.15% over the previous year. According to the statistics of

family planning departments, the average annual natural population growth is 5,000-

6,000 persons with a low mechanical growth rate. According to the statistics of

municipal public security bureau, the population growth rate, inclusive of floating

population, in central city of Bayannur has exceeded 10,000/year.

3) Socioeconomic Development

The total output value of Bayannur area in 2005 was 21.70 billion Yuan, an

increase of 1.1 over 2000 on comparable basis, among which the later two years’

average growth rate was more than 20% experiencing the highest level since the

Reform and Open Up. The agricultural production continued to be rich harvest in

successive years and service industry continued to expand in scale and gross amount

at the time of industrial optimization and updating. The industrial output doubled in

Page 201: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

two years and increased by two times in three years becoming an active force to bring

along the economic growth.

The municipal financial revenue in 2005 reached 2.123 billion Yuan, an increase

of 2 times over 2000, which remained a relatively high growth rate under a condition

of overall deductions and exemptions of agricultural tax, decline of non-tax revenue

proportion and new projects under breeding. Now, the municipal economy has taken

on a great-leap-forward development and stepped into a new phase of per capital GDP

from USD 1,000 to 3,000. The industrial structure experienced profound changes

making the structure of three industries change from 39:26:35 to 30.6:38.5:30.9,

among which the primary industry went down 8.4% and secondary industry up

12.5%. The internal industrial structure continued to optimize. The strategic

adjustment and industrialization operation of agriculture structure made a substantive

progress. The industrial pillar industry developed in diversification. New industrial

framework was forming. The development of urban and village structure experienced

a significant change. The urbanization proportion was improved to 41% from 36.9%.

Through reforming state-owned enterprises, national economy stepped out completive

fields to some extent making a further-improved ownership structures. With the rapid

growth of economy, the income of urban and rural residents was largely improved.

The per capita disposable income of urban residents reached 8,022 Yuan and per

capita net income of farmers and herdsmen was 4,265 Yuan in 2005, an increase of

67% and 76.4% over 2000 respectively. The growth rate was higher than the national

average level, especially a net growth of more than 500 Yuan for farmers for two

years in a row. The growth was the third peak since the Reform and Open Up. The

outstanding of deposits from urban and rural residents increased by 100% over 2000.

The poverty-stricken population in agricultural and pastoral areas went down to

150,200 in 2005 toward 259,200 in 2000. Housing, education and tourism became

new consumption points. More than 60,000 people entered the labor force. The

payout ratio of pension was 100%. The registered unemployment rate of urban

Page 202: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

residents was controlled at 4.25%. And urban minimum living standard was

completely and well implemented.

4.1.2 Environmental Profile of Subitem Location4.1.2.1 Urad Front Banner

1) Natural Environment

(1) Geographic Location

Urad Front Banner is located at the southeast of Bayannur City, Inner Mongolia

Autonomous Region, whose geographical coordinates is E108° 12′ -109° 54′ and

N40° 26′ -41° 16′ and east side is next to Baotou City, south next to Dalate Banner

and Hangjin Banner of Erdos City across Yellow River, west close to Wuyuan County

and North bordered on Urad Middle Banner. The banner location, Ural Mountain

Town, is 288km from Hohhot City and 142km from the Bayannur Municipality.

(2) Landform and Physiognomy

The project area is a part of Hetao Plain located between Ural Mountain (west

section of Yinshan Mountains) and Yellow River. Influenced by regional structure, the

area extends in east-west. The plain terrain topography slopes from northwest to

southeast, yet, is even and wide with slightly fluctuation at local parts. The

topography in front of mountains is a dip plain high in north and low in south, which

is formed by the Ural Mountain Front Flood Plain and Yellow River Alluvial Plain.

① Ural Mountain Front Flood Plain

The Ural mountain front proluvial fan plain has 201.7km2 area in the project area,

which runs nearly from east to west and is banding distributed in front of Ural

Mountain, 67km from east to west and 0.5 ~ 5.1km from south to south. The near

piedmont belt has a relatively large ratio of slope, slightly flatting slope toward

alluvial fan leading edge. Because of valley cutting, the land is of slightly fluctuation

with gradient ratio between 0.006~0.017 and elevation between 979~1,142m. It is

made of Epipleistocene~Holocene series sand, sandy gravel and clay sand.

Page 203: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

② Yellow River Alluvial Plain

The yellow river alluvial plain has 468.09km2 area in the working area. The

topography is even and wide running from west to east and lowering from north to

south. The region of interest running from east to west is banding distributed between

Yellow River and Ural Mountain Front Flood Plain, 63km from east to west, 2.3 ~

13.5km from south to north, gradient ratio between 1/5,000 ~1/8,000 and elevation

972~1,014m from north to south. Because Yellow River changes its course for many

times, the flood has formed some micro-geomorphology, such as Niu’e Lake, slot-

form and butterfly soak and freely running cannels and trenches. It is a traditional

irrigation area using water from Yellow River, yet, with shallow groundwater

occurrence and serious water-logged soil, especially in the two sides of Sanhu River

Main Cannel. It is made of Epipleistocene~Holocene series sand, lacustrine silty fine

sand and clay sand.

(3) Geology

Urad Front Banner is complex in geological structure with fold, fracture and

great block mountain developed by deep fracture. The basement rock is made up of

Sangkan and Wutai groups of Archean Group and Zhaertai group of Proterozoic

Group. Yanshan movement developed front deep fracture from original one. Because

of the existence of deep fracture, three stair block mountains, Chashitai, Bayinchagan

and Ural, from north to south were formed along with Ming’an, Large and Small

Shetai Rivers and different table-top piedmont benchlands. Along the north side of

Yellow River Irrigation Area, there is a deep fracture zone extending to Ural River

and the new fracture cutting in front of Ural Mountain, which has enlarged and

deepened Hetao fault depression. The north part rise relatively forming high

mountains leaving the south part for Hetao Plain. The Ural Mountain Fault

Page 204: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Depression is under the latency of Ural Mountain umbos from Xishan Mouth to

Sanshenggong along railway. The geotectogene of Ulansuhai Nur and Sanhu River

trough valley formed inland close-type fault basin.

From Tertiary to early Quaternary period, the original fracture was further

developed into stair-type fracture and undergone the sedimentation of thick and

alluviation lacustrine, and alluviation diluvium. The middle and lower Pleistocene

Epoch is of successive gyttja and Epipleistocene is of recession of lake water. Yellow

River began to develop and experienced gyttja and fluvial facies sedimentation. Later,

the diluvial of Yellow River and Front Mountain alluviation formed Hetao Plain.

Under the action of human productive activities and Yellow River water, the surface

layer was coated with irrigation-warping horizon alluvium. The enclosed geological

structure of long-term lacustrine action of Hetao Basin accumulated a very high saline

matter in stratum. This gyttja geographical environment has been preventing the

smooth running of groundwater runoff leaving an enriched water and soil salt and

putting a great influence on the formation of saline soil.

(4) River Water System ① Surface WaterThe main surface waters in Urad Front Banner are Ulansuhai Nur, Yellow River

and waste cannels and ephemeral streams connecting Ulansuhai Nur and Yellow

River.

Ulansuhai Nur: Ulansuhai Nur is located at the east end of Hetao Irrigation Area

and north of Xishan Mouth Town of Urad Front Banner, which is south-narrow and

north-wide and submarine-declining from north to south. It has a total area of

29,333×104m2 occupying 6l.35% of Urad Front Banner Water Area, which is the

largest fresh water lake in west Inner Mongolia. It is celebrated for fish and reed and

the raw material site of Urad Front Banner paper making enterprises. As a part of

drainage works in Hetao Irrigation Area, Ulansuhai Nur mainly takes up agricultural

drainage, flash flood water and upstream industrial water drainage, which are led into

Yellow River through waste cannel.

Waste Cannel: The waste cannel is a main hydro junction to link Ulansuhai Nur

Page 205: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

and Yellow River, which not only plays an important function on Hetao Plain

agricultural drainage, flash flood water discharge but drainage of along-line industrial

enterprises. The mean annual flow is 6.34m3/s, average flow velocity 0.37m/s and

average depth 1.4lm.

Table 4.1-1Statistical Table of Annual Depletion Rate from Waste Cannel of

Ulansuhai Nur to Yellow River

YearAverage flow

m3/s

Depletion rate of

Yellow River

100 million m3

YearAverage flow

m3/s

Depletion rate of

Yellow River

100 million m3

1984 3.2 1.01 1996 5.44 1.72

1985 2.77 0.87 1997 3.50 1.11

1986 3.97 1.25 1998 8.49

1987 8.53 2.69 1999 10.8 3.42

1988 7.44 2.35 2000 6.63 2.09

1989 8.07 2.54 2001 6.68 2.11

1990 6.63 2.09 2002 3.99 1.26

1991 10.00 3.16 2003 2.37 0.75

1992 10.50 3.32 2004 1.41 0.45

1993 9.30 2.93 2005 1.27 0.40

1994 7.96 2.51 2006 1.41 0.44

1995 4.53 1.43 2007 0.85 0.27

Remark: The annual mean depletion rate of Yellow River in 24 years is 179 million m3 and average flow is 5.66m3/s.

Yellow River: The Yellow River runs across the south of Urad Front Banner from

west to east leaving a full length of 160km within Urad Front Banner territory. Yellow

Page 206: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

River is the boundary of Bayannur and Erdos City. According to the data from Sanhu

River Mouth Yellow River hydrologic station, the annual mean water flow of Yellow

River is 830.9m3/s; average flow velocity is 1.34m/s and average sediment

concentration 5.26kg/m3, which is the main water source for agricultural water of

region of interest.

Ephemeral Stream: The region of interest has 18 ephemeral streams with low

water season flow about 46~115m3/h for the larger Wulanbulagean ditch and 25 m3/h

for Huhebulagean ditch. In addition, the south of working region has irrigation ditches

and canals.

In wet season, the region has flood from Ural Mountain, among which there are

9 main floods with a normal runoff over 400,000 m3 and other 9 small ones with a

normal runoff less than 300,000 m3. The flood after running into Yellow River alluvial

plain part affluxes into Sanhu River main cannel and part stays in the flood retarding

basin formed by front proluvial fan and Yellow River alluvial plain and finally are

consumed, infiltrated and evaporated.

(5) Hydrogeology

The region of interest is located at the east zone of Hetao Plain with the north for

Ural Mountain Front Flood Plain and south for Yellow River alluvial plain. The

Epipleistocene-Holocene Series water-bearing formation of region of interest (Q3 and

Q4 water-bearing formation, No. 1 water-bearing formation for short) is well

developed and abroad distributed with great thickness, rich water content, shallow

bury and close relationship with surface water, which is the main water supply water-

bearing formation. The underlying Pleistocene Series upper and lower water-bearing

formation (Q2 water-bearing formation, No. 2 water-bearing formation for short) is

gyttja pile. The Pleistocene Series upper group is mainly silt deposition. The middle

Pleistocene Series lower group (Q21)aquifer is great in thickness, shallow in bury,

fine in aquifer grain and small in water quantity. Therefore, it is of no consequence for

Page 207: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

total water supply and of exploitation value in some zone.

① Yellow River Alluvial Plain

The water-bearing formation of south Yellow River alluvial plain of region of

interest is mainly of fine sand, which is fine in grain, rich in stratum salinity. The near

mountain front flood plain contains rough sand along with some fine sand grit stone,

which is fine sand phreatic water. Its main characteristics are of cycling for

underground water upright alternation. Its hydrochemical type is HCO3-Ca·Na.

② Ural Mountain Front Flood Plain

The water-bearing formation of Ural Mountain Front Flood Plain of region of

interest is mainly of diluvial deposits, which is rough in grain containing grit stone

and partial paper clay, 20~50m in thickness. The Epipleistocene (Q3) of upper region

of interest is mainly pluvial phase and lower is Lake Facies sand bed. The upper

lithology is of yellow and sallow medium and fine sand and fine sand, which is rough

in grain, great in thickness. The lower bench is narrow containing silt and clay sand

bands and is of Lake Facies sedimentary deposit containing rich organic matter

humus. Water is dissolved with H2S and CH4 bearing putrefactive odor. The aquifer is

rough in grain and great in thickness, usually between 30~50m, which has rich water

quantity, low mineralization of water, shallow bury between 70~90m, water level

between 5~20m. It is a fine water supply aquifer.

(6) Water Resources

Deducting the double counting amount between the surface water and ground

water, the multi-year average gross amount of self-produced water resources in the

region of interest is 4183.34×104m3/a; under present situation, the utilizable amount of

water resources is 5839.2×104m3/a, of which 2898.24×104m3/a is the utilizable amount

Page 208: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

supplied by the irrigation of the Yellow River; the amount of ground water resources

in salt water area is 2610.25×104m3/a, the utilizable amount of the ground water in salt

water area is 1957.69×104m3/a.

(7) Climate Features

Urad Front Banner has a temperate continental arid and semiarid climate.

Scarce rainfall, strong evaporation, dry and windy, large daily temperature range and

long sunshine duration are the main climate features. According to the data of Urad

Front Banner weather station, the multi-year mean precipitation is 211.6mm. The

annual maximum precipitation is 359.4mm in 1973; the minimum is 74.8mm in 1965.

The multi-year average evaporation capacity is 2379.4mm, the maximum wind speed

is 20.3m/s (in 1972) and the average wind speed is 3.10m/s; the multi-year mean

temperature is 7.5°C (1960~2000), the extreme maximum temperature is 37.7°C and

the extreme minimum temperature is -30.74°C. The maximum depth of frozen ground

is 1.19m and the maximum snow depth is 18cm.

(8) Soil and Vegetation

Due to the complex topography, landform and geological structure as well as

the differences in bio-climate, different soil parent materials are formed in arid

mountain areas and Yellow River irrigation areas of Urad Front Banner. Soil parent

materials are generally classified into sedentary, drift bed, pluvial, alluvial and aeolian

loess or loess-like, laterite or laterite-like, salt silt loamy texture, sandy and bedrock

differentiation crumb parent materials. Soil in Urad includes total 6 types, 18

subtypes, 49 soil genera and 395 soil species. The meadow irrigation-silting soil,

saliniferous irrigation-silting soil, irrigation-silting chestnut soil and irrigation-silting

light-colored meadow soil in Urad Front Banner are mainly the cultivated soils.

Except the part of light chestnut soil and haplic kastanozems which are wastelands

and pasture lands, the rests are dry cultivated lands. The gray cinnamonic soil is forest

soil. The saline soil and aeolian sandy soil have sparse vegetation, most of which are

wastelands. In addition, soil salinization within the territory is very serious with the

trend of deteriorating year by year.

Page 209: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Due to the complex topography and landform, various soil types and significant

differences in microclimate of Urad Front Banner, the distribution of plant

communities has significant zonality and regionality.

Vertical distribution: Ural Mountains have xeric forest-type vegetation. It had

dense virgin forests in ancient times, which has been replaced with natural secondary

vegetation in modern times. The plant community includes the mixed coniferous

forest and broadleaf forest and the symbiotic evergreen and deciduous trees, which

has certain vertical distribution regularity and geographic distribution features. At the

sunny slope and shady slope with the altitude above 1,700m, it mainly includes the

trembling aspen, white birch, Chinese pine, arborvitae and other arbores accompanied

by shrub and tussock. The vegetation coverage is 70-85%. The area with the altitude

below 1,700m is the borderland of forest vegetation with very little forest area; most

of arbores scatter with those at the shady slope more than those at the sunny slope; it

mainly includes shrubs and herbal plant and the vegetation coverage is 50-70%. At

the pluvial fan zone with the altitude of 1200-1400m, the main vegetation includes

herbal plant and fruticeta, accompanied by scotch elm, Zizyphus jujube and other

arbores at the foot of the hillside or ravine mouth. The vegetation coverage is 35-90%

and the height of grass sward is 15-45cm. Soil salinization in the Yellow River

irrigation areas is related to the ground water level and degree of mineralization.

Seerteng Mountain also had virgin forest vegetation in ancient times. Under the

influences of dry and cold climatic conditions, it has already become the soil erosion

area with sparse vegetation. There is only small area of alternate shrub light forest and

tussock in the mountain area of Zhashitaishan Mountain.

Geographic distribution: in arid areas of the mountain back, the rainfall decreases

significantly from east to west, the plant communities have significant directivity,

accompanied by arid and semi-arid grassland vegetation. The grass coverage is 30-

70% and the height of grass sward is 10-110cm.The irrigation-silting chestnut soil

areas with irrigation conditions are covered with farm crops and various natural

grasses. Under the influences of the ground water, salinization, irrigation and

Page 210: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

sandstorm, etc., different plant communities are formed in the Yellow River irrigation

areas. Large area of irrigation-silting soil is covered with farm crops, man-made

forests and various natural grasses. There is kalidium foliatum, Nitraria tangutorum,

Chinese tamarisk and other halophilic vegetation growing in meadow saline soil and

marsh saline soil; there is agriophyllum pungens, sand sagebrush, Nitraria tangutorum

and other psammophilous vegetation growing in aeolian sandy soil; there is reed, stem

or leaf of cattail, aquatic plant and other aquatic vegetation growing in sea moat; there

is salix chaenomeloides Kimura, purple osier and other deciduous bushy shrubs as

well as xeric herbaceous vegetation growing in the floodplain at the north bank of the

Yellow River. Most of it is covered with man-made forests and farm crops.

(9) Natural Resources

Land①

The total land area in Urad Front Banner is 7,476 km2, equivalent to 11.214

million mu. In 1989, the land holding per capita was 36.5 mu and the arable land area

was 3.45 million mu, accounting for 30.8% of the total area. The present arable area is

1.035 million mu, the grassland area is 6.3594 million mu, accounting for 56.7%,

including part of the arable land and suitable land for forest. The existing forest area is

0.9635 million mu. The water area is 0.723 million mu, of which 0.163 million mu is

covered by the Yellow River and 0.551 million mu is covered by Ulansuhai Nur. The

non-agricultural land area is 0.9297 million mu, accounting for 8.3%, of which:

0.1907 million mu is the village and urban area, 0.25 million mu is the land for special

use, 0.236 million mu is the land for transportation, 0.253 million mu is the trench

area. The area of land difficult to be used is 0.43 million mu, accounting for 3.8%, of

which: 15,000 mu is saline-alkali wasteland, 0.172 million mu is desert and 0.243

million mu is the exposed rock area.

②Wild Plants and Animals

There are total 19 families, 33 genera and 69 species of woody plants in the

banner, of which there are natural forests such as Chinese pine, juniper, arborvitae,

white birch, Morus mongolica and Tilia mongolica, etc.; there are total 75 families,

Page 211: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

280 genera and 503 species of woody plants in the banner, of which the compositae,

gramineae, leguminosae, rosaceae, and chenopodiaceae have the largest quantity ratio,

accounting for 48.2%. There are 240 species of forage plants, of which more than 100

species have large quantity and high quality. There are 305 species of wild plant

medicinal materials, of which more than 100 species are very important, most of

which are produced in Ural Mountains. The phytoplankton mainly grows in

Ulansuhai Nur, etc. and includes total 86 genera, of which there are 28 genera of

chlorophyta, 25 genera of bacillariophyta, 18 genera of cyanophyta, 5 genera of

euglenophyta, 4 genera of pyrrophyta, 3 genera of chrysophyta, 2 genera of

cryptophyta and 1 genus of xanthophyta. The fungi include mushroom, puffball, long

thread moss and nostoc commune, etc.

At present, wild animals living in Ural Mountains and other regions include

Tuanyang, goral, roe deer, fox, badger, stoat, wild fox, hare, hedgehog and ground

squirrel, etc., of which Tuanyang and goral are the national second class protection

animals. There are a large number of birds in Ural Mountains and Ulansuhai Nur,

which is one of China's important treasure houses for bird resources. It has been listed

as the national bird sanctuary. Birds under the national protection include mute swans,

whooper swan and spot-billed pelican the three kinds. There are 65 species of

zooplankton in Ulansuhai Nur, including 14 species of protozoa, 33 species of rotifer

and 10 species of cladocerans.

(3) Mineral Resources

There are abundant mineral resources in the banner. There are more than 30

kinds of minerals known, including iron ore, gold, coal, potash feldspar, mica,

dolomite, bentonite, gypsum, fluorite and pyrite, etc. In addition, there is lead, zinc,

niobium, tantalum, beryl, allanite, phosphate ore, marble, perlite, ore sand, swelling

powder, salt, saltpetre, oxytetracycline dihydrate and other mineral reserves.

2) General Situation of Social Economy

In recent years, Urad Front Banner gives full play to its advantages in resources,

accelerates the industrialization, urbanization and agriculture & livestock husbandry

Page 212: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

industrialization. Its economic development has stepped into the "fast track" and the

comprehensive competitiveness continues increasing. The banner has continued to

hold the title of China Western top 100 banners (counties) for four consecutive years.

In 2007, the gross value of production of the whole banner reaches 5.5 billion Yuan,

with an average annual growth of 19.2%; GDP per capita reaches 2,227 U.S. dollars.

The financial revenue is doubled 1 year ahead, which was expected to reach 730

million Yuan last year. The per capita disposable income of urban residents and per

capita net income of farmers and herdsmen are expected to reach 10,400 Yuan and

5,300 Yuan respectively. Fixed investment of 12.5 billion Yuan is achieved in four

years, which is 2.4 times more than the gross investment in the previous five years.

(1) Industrial economy increases powerfully, economies of scale improve

significantly

In 2007, the gross industrial output value of the whole banner reaches 5.77

billion Yuan and the five major pillar industries including chemical industry, electric

power, mining building materials, paper making, and agricultural & livestock

products processing are formed; the taxation of Urad Electric Power and Dazhong

Mining Industry exceeds 1 billion Yuan respectively, Urad Chemical and Linhe

Chemical rank among the top 100 industrial enterprises of Inner Mongolia, Wulashan

Industrial Parks and Shadege Industrial Park begin to take shape, the clustering and

bearing capacity is enhanced significantly. The development order of mineral

resources becomes better and the taxation of small mining enterprises exceeds 80

million Yuan, which is becoming the important support for the new round of

economic growth.

The economic foundation of agriculture and livestock husbandry becomes firmer

and the new countryside construction is earnestly propelled

In 2007, the total livestock quantity of the whole banner is expected to reach

3.802 million heads, which is 2.043 million heads more than that in 2003. The gross

output value of livestock breeding reaches 604 million Yuan. In 2006, it was awarded

the "National Advanced Banner (County) in Food Production". The finely cultivated

Page 213: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

tomato, sunflower, medlar and other major economic crops achieved large-scale

planting and the economic benefits improved significantly. The total investment in

four years is 305 million Yuan and six stages of agricultural development, land

reallocation, human and livestock drinking water, drain dredging, water-saving

irrigation and other construction projects of water conservancy works have been

successively completed. The auxiliary construction of farmland of 0.3 million mu is

completed, the newly increased irrigation area is 0.568 million mu, which solves the

drinking water safety problem of 61,000 persons and 196,000 heads of livestock.

984,000 mu of passage, market town and village greening as well as farmland shelter-

forest is completed in four years with the forest coverage increased by 4%. Actively

implement the projects of enriching the people by industry, strengthening farmers by

foundation, home management, improving quality and transfer, and harmonizing the

villages, which effectively alleviates the problems such as the "water expansion and

water deficit" restricting the development of agricultural and pastoral areas.

(2) Urban construction is accelerated comprehensively, infrastructure is

improved significantly

Urad Front Banner invests initiation fund of total 310 million Yuan in four years

and drives the investment of 2.1 billion Yuan in urban construction through the

method of city management. 13,000m of urban roads and 400,000m2 of greening area

are constructed, 820,000m2 of residence is developed, 273,000m2 of public buildings

is completed, the urbanization rate increases from 27.7% in 2003 to 31.7%. Five

major function areas including commerce, administration, residence, public services

and entertainment have been basically formed in Wulashan Town. Under the premise

of "zero liability", achieve the asphalt pavement in each town and comprehensively

carry out the project of extending asphalt pavement to each village. The asphalt

pavement rate of administrative village and natural village has reached 72% and

35.5% respectively.

(3) Develop strategic strength, promote development and the vitality is enhanced

significantly

Page 214: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

The total paid-in investment in the four years of attracting investment is 6.28

billion Yuan, which is 4 times more than that of the previous five years. It has

successively introduced many foreign and domestic famous enterprises such as APP,

COFCO, Baotou Steel, ELION and Guoxi, etc. The expressway, tomato processing,

Yellow River Bridge, sewerage treatment, coal logistics parks and other large number

of key projects have been built in Urad Front Banner, which greatly enhances the

economic strength and development vitality. Actively enlarge the financing platform,

set up urban development investment company and get total 52 million Yuan of loans

from China Development Bank and 60 million Yuan of loans from other financial

institutions, which effectively alleviate the situation of no money for construction.

4.1.2.2 Urad Middle Banner

1) Natural Environment

(1) Geographic Location

The project is located in Delingshan Town, Urad Middle Banner, Bayannur City

of Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region. Urad Middle Banner is located in the west of

Inner Mongolia and the northeast of Bayannur City with the geographic coordinate of

E107°16′~109°42′ and N41°07′~42°28′. It marches with Mongolia in north, neighbors

Damao Banner of Ulanqab League and Guyang County of Baotou City in east,

neighbors Urad Front Banner, Wuyuan County, Linhe City and Hanggin Rear Banner

in south, adjacent to Urad Back Banner in west. The whole banner is 203.8km long

from east to west, 148.9km wide from north to south, with a total area of 22,606

square kilometers.

(2) Geological Features

Urad Middle Banner has complex geological structure, including two first-level

tectonic units, i.e. with the boundary of the south edge of Chuanjing—Sanggendalai

Mesozoic depression, its north is Greater Khingan Mountains geosynclinal folded

system and its south is North China Platform. Due to the influences of tectonic

movements, plus the affects of several large-scale magmatic activities, the geological

structure is seriously damaged and some strata has flaws, folds, bends or even upside

Page 215: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

down and breaking, which result in the generation and occurrence of various mineral

deposits with industrial value. This project is located in the Wolf Mountain—

Zhasitaishan Mountain Fold Belt with very complex geological structure, strata

changes and sedimentary formation, strong topography cutting and large relative

height difference. The rock constituents include: carbonaceous slate, limestone, mica-

quartz schist, quartzite, sericite schist, phyllite as well as the granite, pegmatite, quartz

veins and volcanic-sedimentary rock, etc. immersed in different periods.

Urad Middle Banner consists of 3 basic landforms: southern piedmont plain,

central mountains and northern hilly plateau, with significant regional differences and

transition changes. This project is located in the piedmont plain area of Urad Middle

Banner. The piedmont plain area, a panhandle of 120km long from east to west and

2~10km wide from south to north, belongs to Hetao Plain. It consists of piedmont

pluvial fan and Hetao alluvial plain with the south edge adjacent to the deposition

plain of the Yellow River. The overall topography is high in the west and low in the

east; in longitudinal direction, it is high in the south and north and low in the middle.

Its altitude is 1,020~1,048 m.

(3) Meteorological Conditions

Urad Middle Banner is a strong monsoon region in western China and sub-arid

region in mesothermal zone with significant continental monsoon climate, adequate

sunlight, rich heat, small quantity of precipitation, large evaporation capacity, strong

wind and much sand, short frost-free period, large temperature difference and four

distinct seasons. The meteorological data of the area where the project is located is

shown in Table 4.1-2.

Table 4.1-2 Meteorological Data of Urad Middle Banner

No. Content Value

1 Annual mean temperature 5.9 ℃

2Mean temperature in the coldest

month-11 ℃

3 Mean temperature in the hottest month 22~24 ℃4 Extreme minimum temperature -27.5 ℃5 Extreme maximum temperature 38.7 ℃6 Annual mean atmospheric pressure 87.12 kPa

Page 216: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

7 Annual mean relative humidity 50%

8 Annual mean sunshine duration 3102 h

9 Mean annual precipitation 194.5 mm

10 Annual average wind speed 3 m/s

11Predominant wind direction

throughout the yearWN

12 Maximum depth of frozen soil layer 1.7 m (below ground)

13 Maximum snow depth 6 cm

14 Annual mean thunderstorm days 22.2 d

15 Maximum ice period 231 d

16 Minimum ice period 197 d

17 Mean ice period in 10 years 213.2 d

(4) Hydrological Features

Urad Middle Banner is divided into two water systems with the watershed of the

junction of Wolf Mountain hills with Ulanqab plateau. It is the Yellow River water

system in the south of the mountain and the continental river water system in the

north. Surface water resource is very poor in the banner and the total surface water

resources in the whole banner are 258 million m3, including 220 million m3 of water

from the Yellow River which is stable and reliable and used for the development of

agriculture. The project location belongs to the alluvium and diluvium phreatic water

of Hetao Plain, located in the piedmont alluvial-pluvial fan skirt area in the north of

Delingshan Town. Due to the hydrodynamic differentiation of ravine flood, the

distribution of the aquifer has obvious horizontal zonality from north to south, which

finds expression in that from north to south, i.e. from the top of the fan skirt to the

frontal zone, the aquifer particles change from coarse to thin and the aquifer thickness

becomes thinner, changing from 50-80m to 20-40m. The clay courses become thicker

and more and the water yield changes from large to small, from more than 1000m3/d

to 500-1000m3/d. The water level changes from deep to shallow, from 20-40m to 3-

5m; the water quality decreases with the degree of mineralization gradually changing

from less than 1 g/L to 1-3 g/L. However, generally speaking, the piedmont alluvial

fan aquifer, with coarse particles, large thickness, abundant water quantity, the buried

depth of most water levels of 5-20m and good water quality, is a good aquifer for

Page 217: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

water supply.

River in the north of the project has three branch gullies, flowing across Hailiutu

Basin from north to south and flowing into Delingshan reservoir in the south, with the

drainage area of 1900km2. The upper main gully is intermittent river; there is clear

water trickle at the downstream; the river valley becomes narrow in mountain area

and becomes wide after flowing into Hailiutu Basin, generally 600~80 m and the

widest reaching 2000m.

(5) Soil and Vegetation

Soil types of Urad Middle Banner include irrigation-silting soil, aeolian sandy

soil, saline soil, meadow soil, chestnut soil and brown soil the 6 types. The irrigation-

silting soil is the main soil type in the irrigated areas of Urad Middle Banner with the

water diversion from the Yellow River and also the main soil type of the project

location; the aeolian sandy soil mainly distributes in the zone along the outer edge of

torrents alluvial fan in irrigated areas; the saline soil mainly distributes in the both

sides of the low-lying terrain, poor drainage areas and drained gullies in piedmont

plain; the meadow soil scatters in terraces along river and some saliferous wastelands;

the chestnut soil mainly distributes in the southeastern hilly regions; the brown soil is

the most major soil type of the whole banner and the main type of pastoral soil.

Urad Middle Banner is located in semi-desert zone with serious desertification,

sparse vegetation, small quantity of arable land, large quantity of wasteland and the

main body of desert steppe. The natural grassland has sparse and low vegetation, with

the main body of perennial under-shrubs and perennial tufted grasses.

(6) Animal and Plant Resources

The wild seed plants in Urad Middle Banner include 67 families, 255 genera and

426 species, of which: the plants with feeding value include 42 families, 150 genera

and 289 species with the pasture of grass family ranks top among the forage seed, 29

genera and 58 species; the secondary is compositae, 20 genera and 49 species; the

plants with introduction value include 5 families, 7 genera and 12 species; the plants

with medicinal value include 186 species, mainly including Ephedra, Rheum

Page 218: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Rhaponticum, purslane, stellaria root, Vaccaria, Root of Erect Hypecoum, Prunus

Mongolica, licorice, Bunge Corydalis Herb, Polygala, Cynomorium, dodder seed,

anemarrhena, henbane, rehmannia root, plantain seed, root of straight ladybeel,

oriental wormwood, dandelion, cocklebur, the stem or leaf of cattail, large-leaf

gentian root, desert cistanche and gromwell, etc.

According to the preliminary survey, wild animals living in the whole banner

include: wild ass, blue sheep, Mongolian gazelle, Tuanyang, goral, wolf, leopard, fox,

pheasant, chukar, quail, wild duck, Difu, white stork, magpies, crow, eagle, owl,

glede, common crane, swan, hare, Steppe Cat, badger, lynx, hedgehog, ground

squirrel, squirrel, and snake, etc.

2) Brief Introduction to Social Environment

(1) Administrative Population

Urad Middle Banner includes 3 villages: Hongfeng, Shilanji and Wuliangsutai; 5

towns: Delingshan, Hailiutu, Shihahe, Wengeng and Wujiahe; 8 Sumu: Bayin,

Bayinhatai, Bayinhanggai, Chuanjing, Hulesitai, Sanggendalai, Wulan and Xinhure.

Till the end of 2004, the total population of the whole banner is 139,867, increasing

by 1.12% comparing with the previous year. Among the total population, urban

population is 29,851, increasing by 7.26%; non-urban population is 110,016,

increasing by 0.42%. Among the non-urban population, rural population is 83, 615,

reducing by 0.47%; pastoral population is 24,762, increasing by 0.11%.

(2)Economic and Industrial Structure

Urad Middle Banner has been adhering to the development strategies of

"developing the banner with ecology, surviving the banner with opening,

strengthening the banner with industry, enriching the people with livestock breeding

and promoting the industrialization", which has brought about the steady growth of

national economy. In 2006, GDP of 876.85 million Yuan was completed, 10.9% more

than that of the previous year calculated according to comparable prices. Of which:

the added value of the primary industry was 468.06 million Yuan, increasing by 3.4%;

the added value of the secondary industry was 212.73 million Yuan, increasing by

Page 219: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

33.6%; the added value of the tertiary industry was 196.06 million Yuan, increasing

by 9.1%. The industrial structure has been further adjusted, from 56.8: 20.4: 22.8 of

the previous year to 53.4: 24.3: 22.4.

(3) Enterprises and Industrial Park Economy

Jinquan Industrial Park is the heavy chemical industry base planned in Bayannur

City, which was approved by the People's Government of Inner Mongolia

Autonomous Region in 2003. Its long-term planning area is 50km2 and the short-term

planning area is 20km2; Jinquan Industrial Park has introduced 17 enterprises such as

Yuanxin Nickel Industry, Fubang Magnesium Industry, Hengde Coking, Yongxing

Mining, Ronghua Mining, Yintai Ferro Alloy, Zhengxuan Chemical Industry, Xilike

Silicon Material and Jinnuo Chemical Industry, etc. developing coal chemical

industry, chromium chemical industry and nickel smelting, with the fixed assets

investment reaching 320 million Yuan and the employees more than 1,800.

(4) Port Economy

Urad Middle Banner owns the national category-1 seasonal landway port-

Ganqimaodao Port. Its import and export growth is rapid. In 2006, the total volume of

foreign trade of the whole banner achieved 36.26 million Yuan. Of which: the total

import was 17.46 million Yuan and the total export was 18.8 million Yuan.

4.1.2.3 Urad Back Banner

1) Natural environment

(1)Geographic location

This project is located at the Industrial Park of Urad Back Banner, which is in the

northwest of the city of Bayannao'er in Inner Mongolia autonomous region at the

north latitude of 40°40′~42°22′and the east latitude of 105°14′ ~107°36′, with the

Yinshan Mountains crossing the region from west to east, next to Urad Front Banner

and Urad Middle Banner at the east, abutting on Alxa Left Banner at the west,

connecting with Hangjin Back Banner and Dengkou County, bordering the State of

Page 220: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Mongolia at the north with a 195.25km borderline. With the length of 210km from

east to west and the width of 130km from south to north, covering an area of 24925

km2, Urad Back Banner has the largest land area within Bayannao'er with its

governmental office 50km away form the Linhe District of Bayannao'er.

(2)Topography and physiognomy

The topography and physiognomy in Urad Back Banner are complicated with the

Yinshan Mountains crossing the southern area, forming a watershed between Hetao

Plain and the Northern Plateau. The entire landform can be divided into mountainous

region, by 15.1%, low mountains and hills, by 10.3%, sand gravel Gobi Plateau, by

52.9%, Gobi dunes and sands, by 20.4%, and piedmont alluvial plain, by 1.3%. There

are six major runways within the region, featured by flash flood when heavy raining

while in dry season, dried up. The physiognomy is higher in the southern part than

that in the northern part of the region, averaging over 1500 meters above sea level

with a peak at 2365 meters, belonging to high and cold zone. The major mountains

are Erlangshan Mountain and Zagela Mountain.

(3)Meteorological conditions

Located at the desert zone of Inner Mongolia plateau, belonging to continental arid

and semiarid region in temperature-tropic zone, Urad Back Banner is featured by

continental climate, where the climate is arid, less but concentrated rainfall, high

evaporation, dry and windy, great difference in temperature during day and night and

plenty of sunshine, with the annual mean air temperature of 3.0-6.8℃, the yearly

maximum mean air temperature of 37.4℃ and the yearly minimum mean air

temperature of -37.1℃ according to yearly meteorological data. The annual freeze-up

period is five months with a maximum depth of frozen ground by 1.8m. The yearly

mean amount of precipitation is 115-250mm, asymmetrically concentrating on June to

August, accounting for about 70% of the total rainfall in the year. The yearly mean

evaporation is 2014mm, the annual mean sunshine duration is 3098-3250 hours and

the yearly strong wind (wind velocity) is ≥17.0m/s.

Page 221: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

(4)Hydrogeology

The surface water within the region of Urad Back Banner is divided into two

major water systems, south of the watershed is the external drainage on the Yellow

River erosion basis, totally 13 runways, most of which are intermission rivers with

less water; north of the watershed is the interior drainage, running from south to north,

finally flowing into the Gobi and deserts areas within the Banner and Mongolia,

almost no surface runoffs can be seen owing to less water amount. The underground

water is mainly comprised of water from atmospheric condensation infiltration,

leakage from irrigation channels and mountain lateral seepage. The total amount of

the average water resource of the Banner is 21297m3,of which the annual surface

runoff is 5427 m3,and the underground water is 15980 m3,with a total workable

underground water resource of 8910 m3. In terms of geology, the formation lithology

is mainly made up of loam soil, sandy loam and fine sand, under the stratum below

2m-50m is sandy loam and fine sand, below 50 meters is coarse sand, gravels and

pebbly sand.

(5)Vegetation and creatures

Of abundant wildlife resources, there is Ovis ammon, bharal, wild ass,

Mongolian gazelle, fox and wolf and there are 430 species in 63 families of wild

plants, of which cynamorlum herba cistanches, known as the “Ginseng in desert”, is a

precious medicinal herb with an annual output to 100000 kg. In addition,

Cynomorium coccineum and black moss have long enjoyed a good reputation, selling

all over the country. At present, the primitive ecosystem in this region does not exist

any longer; the surface vegetation has been basically replaced by artificial vegetation

due to severe desertization.

(6)Soil

The soil in Urad Back Banner has 6 soil groups, 13 subgroups, 60 soil genus and

4 non-pedological features, totally in 16 soil mapping units. The distribution of

agrotype from southeast to northwest in turn is brown soil, weak brown desert soil

and gypsum brown desert soil and even a small quantity of mountain chestnut soil in

the areas above 2000 meters. The mound meadow soil is formed along intermittent

Page 222: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

rivers, in flood plains and at the edges of mountain diluvia sectors under the influence

of underground water. There is a small amount of swamp soil and meadow soil

distributing over the low-lying wetlands, among which solonchak scatters. The grey-

brown desert soil covers the largest area in the Banner, by 50%, and the brown oil, by

25% and non-pedological features, by 17% and other soil, by 1%.

2) Profile of social environment

(1)Posture of economic development

Since the reform and opening, the gross amount of GDP of Urad Back Banner has

been hovering at the backward of Bayannao'er. Since 2000, especially since 2002, the

gross amount of economy and per capita index of Urad Back Banner have presented

the impetus of rapid growth.

In 2005, the gross amount of economy of Urad Back Banner increased from

0.44676 billion Yuan at the end of the Ninth Five-Year Plan to 1.5 billion Yuan, equal

to the summation of the entire Ninth Five-Year Plan period, reaching 3400 dollars per

capita, yearly increasing by 33%, with the proportion of the three industries reaching

to 7.6:66.7:25.7, resulting in financial total revenue of two hundred and seventy five

million Yuan, 9.3 times of that at the end of the Ninth Five-Year Plan, increasing by

74%,with the economic output leaping to fourth of the City.

In 2005, the urban per capita disposable income and the per capita net income of

farmers and herdsmen of the Banner respectively reached 7283 Yuan and 2097 Yuan,

keeping the double-digit growth. The growth rate of the five indexes of GDP,

financial revenue, industrial added value, urban per capita disposable income and

fixed asset investment for the third consecutive year ranked among the forefront of

the city and in 2004, the Banner stepped into Top 100 of the national counties with

countrywide economy fast increased,

(2)Urbanization development

Page 223: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

During the period of the Tenth Five-Year Plan, one hundred and ten million

Yuan was invested in traffic and road construction, newly, alterably and additionally

constructing the road of 340 km with the total length of highways open to traffic

throughout the Banner reaching 1000 km, initially shaping the “four-horizontal-three-

vertical” traffic network. The Gu-Cha Line and Shan-Qing Line had been altered into

Asphalt pavement while Chuan-Ao Highway, Sai-Na Highway and Border Protection

Highway had been thoroughly refitted. The traffic conditions in farming and

stockbreeding areas had been further improved with 16 rural roads of 340km been

repaired. As of the end of the Tenth Five-Year Plan, there was one 220 kilovolt power

transmission station with one under construction, two 110 kilovolt power transmission

stations and 35 kilovolt power transmission stations within the Banner with the total

mileage of distribution lines reaching 1100 km and the yearly total capability for load

increasing to 350,000 KW.

(3)Economy in farming and stockbreeding areas

At the end of the Tenth Five-Year Plan, the total cultivated area of the Banner

reached 70,000 mu and the livestock population reached 727,200. 250 million Yuan

had been accumulatively invested in the development and construction in farming and

stockbreeding areas, focusing on the projects such as return grazing land to grassland,

ecological migration, sand source control, ecological bond, natural forest protection,

returning land for farming to forestry, agricultural comprehensive development,

human and cattle drinking water, conservation of water and soil and irrigation and

water conservancy construction, constructing 1360 standardized sheds, 560 silage

pits, 80 drinking water projects, 214 electromechanical wells. The newly increased

forest eco-construction area had been accumulatively reached to 1,312,000 mu in five

years, of which afforestation is 36,000 mu, the enclosed area, 1,006,000 mu and the

air seeding, 27,000 mu.

(4)Social undertakings

Page 224: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

During the period of the Tenth Five-Year Plan, the fiscal expenditure used for

science and technology, education, culture, sanitation and sports reached 160 million

Yuan, an average increase of 18% year by year. Based on the thinking of “integrated

resources and centralized education”, after removing and incorporating nine schools,

the government invested 11,100,000 Yuan in building up the Mongolian nationality

Middle School, No.2 High School of the Banner and the teaching building of Huhe

Central School and invested 3,100,000 Yuan in advanced teaching equipment for such

schools. With further improvement of medical and health conditions, 11,900,000

Yuan was invested to strengthen the rural three-tertiary medical and preventive health

care network, initially establishing the emergency mechanism for sudden attacks of

public health events, effectively preventing the spread of SARS epidemic. With the

health development of culture, sports, broadcasting and TV undertakings, 871

medium-waves broadcasting transmitting station had been restored and the cable TV

network had been reformed with the coverage of broadcasting and TV respectively

reaching 98% and 95%.

(5)People's Livelihood

During the period of the Tenth Five-Year Plan, 6801 urban employment

positions had been added to in five years, the re-employment of the laid-off and

unemployed person was 3030 persons (times), controlling the registered

unemployment rate in cities and towns under 4.7%, accumulatively transferring 4363

surplus labor force in farming and stockbreeding areas. The standard of urban

subsistence allowance program had been increased for three times during five years,

effectively guaranteeing the basic living demands of 8371 person in 2982 households.

The government took the lead in piloting the minimum living standard security

system for farmers and herdsmen, including 671 persons in 200 households into the

first coverage. The project of poverty-relief development subject to “village-based

poverty-relief development” and “village-integration advance” achieved positive

Page 225: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

results, from which 10,600 persons benefited. And all the policies benefiting the

people had been fully implemented.

(6)Cultural relics and historic sites

Cultural relics and historic sites include Yinshan rock paintings, stone-

chambered tomb groups, the inner and outer city walls and wall barriers of the Great

Wall in the Zhao, Qing and Han Dynasties as well as the fossils of Protoceratops and

the fossils of Ceratopsian eggs in three places.

4.1.2.4 Wuyuan County

1) Natural environment

(1)Geographic location

Wuyuan County is located o n the west of Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region,

at the middle of Bayannao'er, on the north bank of the Yellow River and in the middle

of Hetao Plain, at the east longitude of 107° 35′20〞-108° 37′50〞 and north latitude of

40° 46′30 〞 -41° 16′45 〞 , next to Urad Front Banner at the east, bordering Linhe

District at the west, across the Yellow River from Hangjin Banner at the south, north

of Yinshan Mountain, bordering Wujia River and connecting with Urad Middle

Banner, covering an area of 2493km2 with the total population of 280,000 (2004),

governing seven townships: Longxinchang Town, Taerhu Town, Xinzhonggong

Town, Tianjitai Town, Shengfeng Town, Bayintaihai Town, Yindingtu Town and

state-own Jianfeng Farm.

(2)Topography

The territory of Wuyaun County belongs to the Yellow River alluvial plain since

the Yellow River is running through the region from west to east at the south-

southwest. The topography is featured by a slight slope, high southwest and low

Page 226: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

northeast, with a natural slope at 1/5000 ~1/7000 from west to east and 1/8000 ~

1/10000 from south to north, and the ground level is 1 019~1 035.3 meters and the

highest point above sea level is 1042 meters. The physiognomy can be divided into

terrace, erosion accretion topography, the aeolian dune in accretion topography

according to the cause of formation or alluvial plain, dunes, lake, high land and low-

lying land according to conformation.

Plain land: shaped by deposition and erosion and warping irrigation from the

Yellow River for a long time, covering 91.8% of the total land area of the county.

Highland: flood-plain bench formed by river beds and courses variance and the

hillocks by wind deposition, distributing all over the county.

Dunes: developed over the alluvial plain piled up by aeolian deposit, alternating

with lakes and deflation hollows. It can be divided into fixed, semi-fixed and flowing

dunes according to the height and vegetation density, where the fixed dune is low,

even and undulating, the semi-fixed one is often 1~1.5 meters at height with less

vegetation and the flowing one is much higher at the height of 2~15 meters, taking

shape of new moon with less vegetation but enclosed by artificial grass planting and

afforestation in recent years. There are totally 222200 mu sandlot in the county, of

which 120000 mu is unemployed, covering 3.33% of the total area, mainly

distributing over Minzu village, Bayan village, Haiziyan village, Yindingtu village

and Bashi village in the west and Jinqi village and Chengnan village in the south, also

scattering over other villages.

Lakes: often formed in deflation hollow, residual sandpits and ancient riverbed by

rising of underground water and irrigation impoundment, covering 1.4% of total area.

Low-lying land: often refers to the mounds and trenches, formed by vestiges of

ancient riverbeds and deflation hollow, zigzagging and scattering, where the land was

exploited in early time and now becomes wasted kaline soil and swampy land covered

Page 227: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

with salinization due to the reclamation of highland and the increase of water level.

The landform along the bank of the Yellow River in Jinqi village, Jingyanglin village

belongs to floodplain, featured by narrow and long from west to east with width

between 150~300 meters, higher than the water level in the Yellow River by about 3

meters. Outside the floodplain is terrace of the Yellow River, 0.5~1 meter higher than

the floodplain, where the property line among the floodplain, terrace and the alluvial

plain is confused due to the reclamation for many years.

The soil structure in Wuyuan is formed based on the development and variation of

the alluvial deposits from the Yellow River, belonging to intrazonal soil, generally

through the stages of deposition and erosion, meadow, salinization, paludification and

irrigation slaking. According to the result of the second soil census in 1983, the soil

can be divided into 5 soil groups of irrigation-silting soil, solonchak, alkali soil,

aeolian sandy soil and meadow soil in 8 subgroups, 26 soil genus and 268 soil local

types.

The bulk density of soil is between 1.32~1.51 with the scope of porosity by 41.6~49.81%, commonly in basicity. The soil nutrients comprise of rich kalium, medium

phosphorus and lower OM and total nitrogen, where the equilibrium content of

available K is 305.2ppm, exceeding the standard of Class I, the equilibrium content of

available P is 11.26ppm, belonging to Class III, the equilibrium content of total

nitrogen is 0.0732%, belonging to Class IV, the equilibrium content of OM is 1.109%,

belonging to Class IV, according to the grading standards of national soil nutrient

contents.

The soil texture and configuration is very complicated in terms of areal distribution,

featured by: much sandiness soil covering 40.41% of the total area, over Minzu

village, Fengyu village, Bayan village, Haiziyan village and Bashi village in the west

or northwest area of the county; much red mud soil covering 40.87% of the total area,

over Shengfeng, Hesheng, Chengguan and Meilin villages; the proportion of the

Page 228: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

mineral soil and loamy soil is much larger, respectively covering 38.5% and 38.2% of

the total area, over Jinqi and Jingyanglin villages close to the Yellow River; the loamy

soil is of the largest area covering 59.23 of the total area in the eight villages of Nairi,

Yongli, Shanhe, Xiangyang, Fuxing, Taohai, Rongfeng, Chengnan in the middle of

the county. With severe soil salinization, the salinization area is 249,500 mu,

covering69.11% of the total area in the county.

(3)Engineering geology

As for geotectonic element, Wuyuan belongs to the latitudinal tectonic belt from

Yinshan Mountain and Tianshan Mountain, and changes into inland downfaulted

basin under the impact of Neocathaysian tectonic system, becoming part of Erdos

platform depression, where the base is Archean metamorphic rocks. Depressed at the

end of Mesozoic Era, the landform receives continental deposit; during the Himalayan

orogeny in the Tertiary period, massive and thick deposits from the Tertiary period

piles up since the piedmont depression begins to break and the Hetao Basin rapidly

sinks due to heavily swelling of Yinshan Mountain, when the climate is dry and hot,

the deposits are oxygenized into red stratum with higher salinity.

At the beginning of the Quaternary Period and Lower Pleistocene Epoch, the Hetao

Basin sinks greatly, causing much flood infusion, where the all the tidewater stops at

the basin due to poor drainage conditions, forming massive and thick lacustrine

deposits that further develop in Medio-Pleistocene. After so many times of changes of

depths, the chemical salty materials such as the lime concretion, gypsum and Glauber

salt have been formed when the lake water move back, increasing the salinity in the

stratum.

At the end of Medio-Pleistocene to Plio-Pleistocene (about two million years ago),

the Hetao Depression gradually increases and the rivers at the edge of lake basin are

eroded by headwater, so the Hetao Basin, Wulanbuhe Basin and the basins outside the

region are gradually connecting with each other, forming the beads-shaped river

course during the Yellow River infancy, which corrodes heavily without any

accumulations. Till Holocene Epoch, (about 500,000 years ago), the Yellow River

began to deposit, generally covering the lacustrine formation with the alluvial deposits

from Yellow River, mainly comprising of clayey loam, subclay, and interbedding of

silt and medium and fine sand. During this period, piedmont proluvial deposits

develop rapidly to form lacustrine formation sector groups and gradually forming

Page 229: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

piedmont aggraded flood plain due to dry and hot climate. During the development of

piedmont aggraded flood plain and the Yellow River alluvial plain, the two gradually

connects with each other to form Hetao Plain.

The entire territory belongs to Hetao Plain, covered with loose stratum of the

Quaternary Period, depositing thicker lake facies stratum, where the upper is the

alleviation and aeolian deposits with the main lithology of interbedding of fine sand,

silt and sand clay, featured by clear sand bedding by 10-70m of thickness; the middle

is the alternating layer between lake and river, with the main lithology of interbedding

of sludge fine sand and clay; the bottom is the massive and thick lacustrine deposits

layer from the Quaternary Period, with the main lithology of sludge and sand clay.

The base landform belongs to Yellow River alluvial plain and the engineering

geology is basically the same as that at the county seat, where the surface layer is

mainly comprised of Yellow River alluvial deposits, with the lithology of fine sand,

silt and clay, under which is the lacustrine deposits, with the lithology of sub-clay and

clay with gravel layer among them. The base holding capacity: it is 10-14t/m2 for sub-

clay with maximum frozen depth of 1.23m and the underground water of 1-2m, from

the overall perspective, the base engineering site is very good without obvious

unfavorable geology, basically suitable for use of land in construction.

(4)Gydrologic condition

There are so many deflation hollows formed by Yellow River aluvial deposit

under the impact of aeolian erosion for a long time and the natural moats formed by

erosion of Yellow River’s change its course, which gradually form into various lakes

(locally called Boer Holes) due to water accumulation all year around. There are 171

lakes with the area more than three mu, covering a total area of 54,500 mu, of which

there are five lakes with the area more than 1000 mu, covering an total area of 10,600

mu, 37 lakes with the area more than 100 mu, covering a total area of 13,300 mu.

There are 116 lakes with the depth mare than 1.5m, covering a total area of 27,100

mu. In 1986, the used lake area was 38,000 mu, accounting for 70%. Most of the

lakes distribute over the towns of Taerhu, Yindingtu and Xingongzhong in the west

and Taohai town in the south and occasionally scattering in Shengfeng town and

Longzhen town in the east of the county.

Page 230: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

(5)Hydrogeological condition

The underground water distribution is broad and abundant, comprising of

phreatic water, shallow confined groundwater and deep confined water. The shallow

water and phreatic aquifer from the Quaternary aquifer have an average thickness of

60m with the peak at 120m, where the embedding depth of phreatic water is relatively

shallow and the LWL is 2~3m away from the surface with an annual variation of 1~2.7m, deeper in higher land and shallower in low-lying land and irrigated area. The

monthly variation of the embedding depth changes greatly due to the leakage of

irrigation channels and irrigation water, featured by the underground water level rises

during irrigation and decreases when irrigation is stopped.

The deep confined water in the settled layer of Lower Pleistocene at the mid-

Mesozoic Quaternary is mostly buried under the stable dirt bed, where the semi-

confined aquifer (Q+4 aquifer in short) has the most thickness. Under the impact of

tectogenesis, the county can be divided into three hydrogeological zones: the latent

uplift zone in the south along the Yellow River where the base is latent uplifting and

the buried depth of aquifer plate is 50~130m and the thickness is 30~100m and the

specific capacity per well is 5~ 10m2/h; the deep depression zone centered on

Yongsheng at Yongli village and Liansheng at Yindingtu village in the middle of the

county, where the buried depth of aquifer plate is 130~210m and the thickness is 100

~160m and the specific capacity per well is 10~20m2/h; and the shallow depression

zone in the north and east areas of the county, where the buried depth of aquifer plate

is 160m and the thickness is 90~100m and the specific capacity per well is 5 ~10m2/h. According to the distribution of phreatic water, the county can be divided into

Page 231: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

bittern zone, salt water zone, upper-fresh-bottom-salt water zone and fresh water

zone.

Bittern zone: mainly distribute the south and southwest uplifts , including

Fuxing, Jingyanglin and Jinqi villages, taking the shape from east to west, with the

scope of 6~10km, the thickness of 30.53~166.68m, the total dissolved solid of 10g/l

and the hydrochemical type is Cl-Na brine with higher salinity in the soil. According

to the analysis on the soluble salt drilled from Nianfang, Gedan in Jinqi village, the

salinity in the earth layer from 0~20m is 0.25~0.50%, and 0.42~0.57% from 30~

50m, more than 0.5~0.75% in the deeper part and 0.25 ~0.5% at the lowest part,

where the salinity in water is the same as that in soil. The salt source is caused by

deep brine contamination under the influence of subsidence tectogenesis, where the

mineralization of groundwater is up to 50 ~ 76g/l, mainly comprised of CaCl2 and

MgCl2 , including bromine, iodine and boron. The severe soil salinization leads to salt

lake and benches.

Salt water zone: distribute from south to north, taking the shape of a standing

cup, covering an area of 2~9km, including Meilin, Shahe, Hongwei in Xiangyang

village, Fnegle in Yindingtu village and Heping and Heyi in Hesheng village, with

mineralization of water of 5~10g/l, and the hydrochemical type is Cl-Na ,Cl-Na·Mg

and Cl·HCO3-Na·Mg and the thickness of salt water is 85.88m.

Upper-fresh-bottom-salt water zone: distribute from Chengnan village stretching

from east to west to Yongsheng in Xiangyang village and then turning to west to

Qingfeng in Fuxing village in the form of a strip, including Jianfeng Farm in the east,

with mineralization of water of 1-3g/l, and the hydrochemical type is Cl-Na, Cl-

Page 232: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Na·Mg and Cl·HCO3-Na·Mg and the interface of salt and fresh water is averagely

65m and the mean aquifer thickness is 54.5m.

Fresh water zone: distribute in Nairi and Yongli villages and in the east of the

county seat, with mineralization of water of 0.54~2.99g/l, most of 1g/l and 2.99g/l in

local areas. The thickest fresh water layer is 166.68m with the base plated buried in

212.94m at Yonglian in Yongli village and the thickness of the aquifer centered on

Changfeng village is about 78.33m and the hydrochemical type is HCO3-Na·Mg,

Cl·HCO3-Na·Mg and HCO3·Cl-Na·Mg·Ca with a lower content of soluble salt in the

soil.

Replenishment runoffs and drainage conditions: the supply of underground

water is mainly from irrigation water, annual average of 669.5 million m3/h, and then

annual average of 111 million m3/h from infiltration of atmospheric precipitation, and

the comprehensive replenishment of annual average of 780.5 million m3/h. the inflow

and outflow of groundwater runoff is basically the same, featured by seeping when

the Yellow River water level is high and regressing when the level is lower with a less

difference.

Located at the lower reaches of Hetao, Wuyuan is the borderland of the

collection area of underground water, where the groundwater is flat and slow and

inadequate drainage that is mainly by vertical transpiration, crop evaporation and then

by open drainage so as to reduce leakage of irrigation water.

Dynamic variation of groundwater: the dynamic variation of groundwater is the

result of the comprehensive integration of various elements, mainly affected by

irrigation and rainfall evaporation, the annual variation of the water level is basically

equal to the variation of irrigation water. During the autumn irrigation period from the

late of Oct to the beginning of Nov when the water demand is the largest while the

temperature is declining and the evaporation is weaker, the groundwater level is the

highest with 0.5~1m to the ground surface. After that, the soil is frozen and irrigation

Page 233: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

stops, the groundwater level gradually decreases to the lowest during Feb to March

with 2~3m. From the beginning of April to the beginning of May, the temperature is

gradually increasing and the frozen layer is melted, so the groundwater level is

gradually increasing to 1.5~2.5m. At the middle of May when irrigation begins, the

groundwater level increases greatly to1 ~ 1.5m from the ground surface in June to

Oct, which indicates the cyclic variation of the embedding depth of phreatic water.

(6)Climate and weather

Wuyan County has four distinct seasons with fine weather more than rainy

weather and the transmittance of light of the air is very good with abundant light, the

intension of solar radiation is very strong with plentiful light energy resources and

heavy evaporation capacity; the total annual average sunshine hours are 3230.9 and

the percentage of sunshine in an average is 73%, the total solar radiation averaged for

many years is 153.439 kcal /cm2 and daily mean radiation amount is 420.4 cal /cm2

and the total amount of the annual physiological radiation is 75.185 kcal /cm2.

The annual mean temperature is 6.1℃ and the extreme maximum temperature,

36.4℃, extreme minimum temperature, -36.7℃; the amplitude of annual extreme air

temperature is 73.1℃, the annual amplitude is 35.9℃, daily amplitude is 14.2℃; the

annual evaporation is 2039.2mm; annual mean frost-free period is 158 days, of which

the shortest is 99 days and the longest is 220 days; the average annual thickness of

frozen soil layer is 100~120cm, where the plow layer is frozen in late Oct and melted

in late April with a frozen period of 180 days; the annual accumulated temperature

greater than or equal to 10℃ of daily mean temperature is 2 896.3℃, averagely for

years; the general trend of air temperature in the county is the higher in west part than

that in east part, descending from southwest to northeast with a difference of 0.8℃;

the past years’ average surface temperature is 8.7℃; located at inland, under the mild

Page 234: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

influence of warm-moist current, the rainfall in Wuyuan County is less but

concentrated with an annual total amount of precipitation of 177mm; belonging to

arid area, the annual mean extreme absolute humidity of Wuyuan County is 0.16 HPA

and the relative humidity is 54%; being windy, the annual mean wind velocity of

Wuyan is 2.7 m/s.

The prevailing wind is northeaster in the year with frequency of 31%, most in

winter while southeaster is prevailing in summer and autumn. The orderliness of wind

velocity in a day is featured by gradually increasing after sunrise to maximum from

12~15 o’clock, and then deceasing gradually to minimum at 2~3 o’clock at night.

(7)Natural disasters

Flood: located in the arid desert area of the north temperate zone, Wuyuan has

less rainfall but greater evaporation with an annual mean rainfall of 177mm,

accounting for 8.7% of the annual evaporation amount of 2 039.2mm. All the water

needed by agriculture, herd and forest is from the Yellow River, belonging to Hetao

Irrigation Area where irrigation from Yellow River has adopted in earlier time. But

due to poor channel engineering and the variation of water level in Yellow River, the

flux in spring is the minimum of 148 cubic meters per second and the maximum in

autumn of 5100 cubic meters per second with a difference of 34 times, which causes

either the advantages or the disadvantages, resulting in floods, especially before

liberation.

Hailstone: one of the major natural disasters in this county, severer in west part

than in east part; severer in autumn than in summer; severer in the area with less

forests than that with more forests with an annual mean times of 7.2, the maximum of

18 times, concentrating on June to Sept, accounting for 81.7% of the total

occurrences.

Frosting: featured by longer cold period and shorter frost-free period, calculated

by 80% of the assurance rate, the frost-free period is 113 days, frosting year occurs

sometimes in Wuyuan County.

Page 235: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Rainstorm: though less rainfall, the rainfall concentrates on July to Sept, together

with low temperature and hails, causing the crops suffering from waterlog, which can

be divided into rainstorm, low temperature long range rainfall and crop-rotten rain

according to the difference seasons of crop seeding, growth and harvest.

Insects: the major pests of crops in Wuyuan include locust, wheat stem maggot,

cutworm, armyworm, weevil, mole criket, wireworm, ant cow, heart-eating worm,

spider mite and cabbage caterpillar, which are hard on agricultural production,

causing insect attack every year in Wuyuan County.

Earthquake: located at the Hetao fault, the geological structure of Wuyuan

County belongs to east-west direction fold and compressive zone of pressure fracture

with active tectogenesis, in a major earthquake zone.

Other natural disasters include rust disease (locally called jaundice), rodent,

snow damage, wind damage and dry-hot wind.

(8)Land resource

The total area of various land classifications within the Territory of Wuyuan

County is 3,739,300 mu, converting into 2492.9 km2, which can be classified into 39

kinds in 8 classifications according to the classification standards in national

Technological Rules of Survey About The Present Situation of Land Use.

The arable land is 1,607,600 mu, accounting for 42.99% of the total land area, of

which acreage planted is 1,561,500 mu, alternate field, 16,100 mu, reclaimed but not

planted field, 25,900 mu, flood land 600 mu, dry farmland (without irrigation) 2,300

mu and vegetable plot (arable land for vegetables including land used for greenhouse

and plastic tunnel), 1,100 mu.

Garden plot is 1000 mu, accounting for 0.03% of the total land area, of which

orchard is 550 mu and other garden plot is 460 mu;

Woodland is 128,200 mu, accounting for 3.43% of the total land area, of which

forest land is 90,000 mu, shrub land, 240 mu, open forest land, 17,900 mu, young

afforestation land, 14,500 mu, slash, 1000 mu, nursery, 4,600 mu;

Meadowland is 297,500 mu, accounting for 7.95% of the total land area, of

Page 236: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

which natural meadow is 281,000 mu, amended meadow, 6,000 mu, artificial

meadow, 10,500 mu;

Residential, industrial and mining land is 144,600 mu, accounting for 3.87% of

the total land area, of which urban land is 10,200 mu, rural residential land, 129,900

mu, independent industrial and mining land, 1,300 mu, land for special use(graveyard,

cemetery and national defense), 3,200 mu;

Lands used for transportation is 24,100 mu, accounting for 0.64% of the total

land area, of which railway is 1,400 mu, highway, 5,800 mu and rural road, 16,800

mu;

Water area is 350,000 mu, accounting for 9.37% of the total land area, of which

river surface is 33,100 mu, lake surface, 25,400 mu, pool, 29,600 mu, unused pool,

14,200 mu, aquatic breeding pool, 15,300 mu, reed wetland, 100 mu, flood plain,

72,400 mu, canal and channels, 186,800 mu, moisture and soil construction, 2,700

mu.

Unused land (including the land hard to use) is 1,186,400 mu, accounting for

31.27% of the total land area, of which uneven ground is 11,700 mu, saline-alkali

land, 999,800 mu, swampland, 1,300 mu, sandlot, 120,700 mu, naked land(hardened

surface) 19,400 mu, ridge of field under two meters, 33,400 mu.

(9)Vegetations

At the beginning of [reclamation, the wild plants are luxuriate in here, as

reflected by the famous poetry of “Between the vast sky and the boundless earth,

flocks and herds appear as grass bends to wind”, where the natural vegetations include

Cacumen Tamaricis, dryland willow, precarious, reeds, Chinese wildrye, Tribulus

terrestris and wormwood. Since the reclamations from the Qing Dynasty, the

population has been gradually increasing together with the frequent reclaiming and

cultivating the wasteland, thus incurring to the declining of original vegetation

predominance. With the expansion of arable and irrigated area, the rising of

groundwater level and the aggravation of soil salinization, the vegetation communities

have been superseded by artificial vegetations.

Page 237: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

According to census, there are more than 200 wild plants in 99 species of 15

families in the county with a vegetation coverage rate of 30 ~ 50%, where the

artificial vegetation is mainly comprised of farm crops and forest plantation. In 1994,

the area for farm crops was 1,019,900 mu, the forest land area was 254,500 mu, which

accounts for 33.8% of the territory.

There are six kinds of natural vegetations at present, respectively including: the

sand vegetation distributing over aeolian sandy soil and sandlot (such as white

Tribulus terrestris, caltrop, Agriophyllum aranarium, Artemisia desertorum and

liquorice); the drought-resistance meadow vegetation distributing over relatively

highland (such as Peganum harmala, Sophora alopecuroides and celery wormwood);

the wetland meadow vegetation distributing over the low-lying places under the high

mounds (such as Chinese wildrye, Melilotus officinalis (L. ) Pallas, chickling, reeds,

Xanthium sibiricum Patrin, Cirsium segetum Bunge, dandelion, China ixeris, semen

plantaginis, Herba Polygoni Avicularis, Johnson evening primrose and sedge); the

aquatic meadow vegetation distributing over the flat bogs with perennial or seasonal

water (such as reeds, polboschoenus sp, and Typha angustifolia); the salt-resistance

vegetation(such as Cacumen Tamaricis, Achnatherum splendens, white Tribulus

terrestris, narrow-leaved oleaster, and crawling reeds); the halophytic vegetation

distributing over the solonchak (such as Kalidium foliatum, Suaeda and

Halimocnemis).

(10)Wildlife

According to census, except the vanished Mongolian gazelle and wolf, the

wildlife in Wuyuan County includes fox, badger, rabbit, Pallas cat and hedgehog and

there are more than 200 wild plants, belonging to 146 species in 99 genuses of 35

families.

Where the wildlife includes rodents, birds, migrators, fish and frogs, of which the

fish belongs to two orders of Cyprinus-type and silurids-type and three families of

Cyprinidate, loach and silurids in 12 species of 11 families. Frog has the most

Page 238: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

quantity with fewer turtle, mussel and shrimp.

Hydrocole animals include 12 species of hexapeopoda, 13 species of Cladoceran,

16 species of copepod and 16 species of protozoan. The benthonic animals belong to

three phyla of (mollusks, Annelida and arthropods) in four classes, mainly including

lake snails, Planorbis, Tubificidae, Black Tiger Shrimp and chironomus larva, which

are the natural baits for fish.

Wild plants mainly include purslane, Hippochaete ramosissimum, Iris ensata

Thunb, Cynanchum chinense, Lycopus lucidus Turcz, henbane, stramonium and

snakeweed, of which there are over 80 medicinal plants, including dandelion,

liquorice, cynomorium songaricum, Asiatic plantain seed and dodder; four species of

aquatic plants, including phytoplankton(such as frog spawn, diatom, Scenedesmus,

blue green algae, chlorella and Tetraedron spp); emergent aquatic plants (such as

Typha angustfolis L, Dysophylla yatabeana, reeds and scirpus maritimus); floating

plants (such as Myriophyllum spicatum, Umbrella plant, hornwort); submerged plants

(such as Potamogeton pectinatus, P .Malalanus and ottelia alismotdes). (Details in

attached Wild Plants Table)

2)Social environment

Wuyuan County is situated at the middle of Hetao Plain in Bayannao'er League,

close to Yellow River at south and next to Yinshan Mountain at north, neighboring

Urad Front Banner at east and bordering Linhe City at west, where the landform

belongs to Yellow River developing alluvial land, taking the shape of higher

southwest and slight low northeast with an average altitude of 1035m, covering an

area of 2492.9 km2. The total population is 297,872, of which urban population is

40,623, rural population, 257,249; including nonagricultural population of 86,364 and

agricultural population of 211,508; consisting of 19 nationalities, of which the Han

Nationality is 287,321, the Mongolian nationality, 6,417, the Hui nationality, 3,321,

Mandchous, 671 and others, 142.

In 2008, the total output value in Wuyuan achieved 4.659 billion Yuan, a growth

Page 239: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

of 21.3 percent year-on-year, higher than the average level of Bayannao'er, of which

the primary industry achieved 1.498 billion Yuan, increasing 9.8% year-on-year; the

second industry achieved 1.769 billion Yuan, increasing 28.1% year-on-year; the

tertiary industry achieved 1.393 billion Yuan, increasing 25.1% year-on-year; the

structure of the three industries was adjusted from 35.9∶36.1∶28 of the last year

to 32.2∶38∶29.8. The investment in fixed assets reached 3.5 billion Yuan, increasing

15% year-on-year; the financial revenue reached 200,640,000 Yuan according to new

standard. The urban per capita disposable income reached 11,954 Yuan, increasing

22.2% year-on-year; the rural per capita net income reached 7,189 Yuan, increasing

33.7% year-on-year. The energy consumption per 10000 Yuan GDP decreased by

5.1%, the sulfur dioxide emissions decrease by 917t, the emission of chemical oxygen

demand decreased by 5029t and various indexes concerning energy conservation and

emission reduction were controlled within the scope of the requirements by the City

of Bayannao'er.

As the county seat of Wuyuan, Longxingchang Town, an important town of

commerce and trade at rural-urban fringe, is the political, economic and cultural

center in Wuyuan County with the most population, located at the northeast part of

the county, next to Hesheng village at east, Shengfeng village at the southeast;

bordering Shahe and Xaingyang villages; adjoining to Rongfeng village at south and

close to Meilin village at north, taking the general trunk canal as the border with Urad

Middle Banner. With State Highway 110 through the town and Bao-Lan Railway

setting a station in Wuyuan, Longxingchang Town governs 31 villages, 187

communities, 5 sub-district offices, 30 neighborhood committees with a total

population of 118,000, of which the agricultural population is 46,358 in 11624

households, employing 26,090, covering an area of 504km2 , of which the arable land

is 282km2,the urban area is 11.8km2.

4.1.2.5 Hangjin Back Banner

1) Outlines of natural environment

Page 240: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

(1)Geographic location

Located at the west of the City of Bayannao'er, Hangjin Back Banner is situated

in the Hetao Plain, bordering Linhe Town at east, close to Wulanbuhe Desert and

Dengkou County at west, opposite to Hangjin Banner in Erdos City at south, backing

to Yinshan Mountain at north close to Urad Back Banner, with geographical

coordinates of east longitude 106°34′to 107°34′, north latitude 40°26′to 41°13′,

covering an area of 1644km2, and 87km in length from the south to the north and

52km in width from west to east.

Located at the middle-east part of Hangjin Back Banner, Shanba Town, the seat

of Banner government, is the political, economic, scientific, educational, cultural

center of the whole Banner, bordering Linhe Town at east, adjoining to Sandaoqiao

and Shahai towns at west, connecting to Erdaoqiao Town at south and close to

Manhui Town at north, with geographical coordinates of east longitude 107°02′to

107°14′, north latitude 40°48′to 40°59, covering an area of 206km2, and 20km in

length from the south to the north and 18km in width from west to east, of which the

arable land is 9363ha. The town governs 8 towns, 107 villages, 27 neighborhood

committees with a total population of 308,324, of which there are minority groups of

the Mongolias, Hui nationalities, Manchu and Daur, accounting for 1.6% of the total

population.

(2)Topography and physiognomy

The landform of Hangjin Back Banner is mainly comprised of three forms of

alluvial plain , aggraded flood plain and floodplain, taking the shape of higher

southwest and lower northeast, slightly declining from southwest to northeast with an

altitude of 1032-1050m.

(3)Characteristic of the climate

Located above north latitude 40°, Hangjin Back Banner belongs to continental

Page 241: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

climate in temperate zone, featuring with desiccation, longer sunlight, strong diurnal

amplitude, the annual mean air temperature of 8.5℃, the annual mean rainfall of

138.2mm, the evaporation capacity of 2096.4mm, the day-night average temperature

difference of 8.2℃, the annual mean frost-free period of about 130 days, the average

wind velocity of 2.3m/s and the annual mean bold wind days of 19.9; in general, it is

featured by larger temperature difference between day and night, longer frost-free

period and the prevailing southwester and northeaster; the annual sunshine duration is

more than 3220 hour and the accumulated temperature is more than 3520℃,with a

sunlight rate of 73%, it is one of the areas with the most abundant light energy

resource in the country; it is one of the eight major gravity irrigation areas of the

country with 17 km of Yellow River flowing through the Banner, resulting in an

annual flow to cross the border of 22.6 billion m3.

(4)Land resource

The land area of the whole Banner is 2,650,000 mu, of which farming land is

1,750,000 mu, land for construction is 185,000 mu, land for residents and industry

and mining is 173,000 mu, traffic land is 12,000 mu, the unused land is 714,000 mu

and the reserve land for other projects industry is 2000ha, converted about 30,000 mu.

(5)Water resources

The Yellow River flows through the Banner for 17 km, where Wula River,

Yangjiahe River and Huang-ji Channel can averagely channel water amount of 0.88

billion m3; the general trunk draining canal flows through the north part of the

Banner, discharging an annual delivery volume of 0.12 m3,and the pondage of the

lakes and pools within the territory reaches 5,000,000 m3.

The groundwater resource is very rich with the annual gross amount of water

resources reaching 265,000,000 m3, of which the groundwater available yield is

45,100,000 m3,the groundwater resource with the mineralization of water less than

Page 242: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

2g/L is 55,730,000 m3. At present, the annual groundwater available yield is

9,000,000 m3,buried at a mean depth of 1.93m, differing from mean 1.11m during

high flow period to mean 2.5m during low flow period with an annual mean variation

of 1.89m.

2) Outlines of social environment

The industrial economy in Hangjin Back Banner develops very rapidly and

industries such as wine and liquor manufacturing, tomato and vegetable, high-

preserved dairying, Strong flour and paper making form wood have gradually became

systematic, building up series leading enterprises represented by Hetao Liquor

Industry Group, including Yili, Tunhe, Hetao wood industry, Fumeng, Dahaoda,

Temier, Dahoutao and Mingxing. In 2007, the GDP of the Banner reached 5.788

billion Yuanand the financial revenue reached 372,000,000 Yuan.

Hangjin Back Banner is one of the important production bases for grain and oil

in our country, where the soil is fertile, featuring with favorable irrigation, strong

diurnal amplitude and full sunlight with unique conditions for development of

agriculture and animal husbandry, rich in producing high quality agricultural products

such as wheat, corn, apple and pear, tomato, honeydew melon, medlar, black and

white melon seeds with annual grain output of 400,000 t, of which wheat is 167,000 t,

corn, 228,000 t; vegetables, 300,000 t, oil materials, 25,000 t, tree mallow, 85,000 t,

melons, 88,000 t, medicinal materials 5,500 t; annual crop straw productivity reaches

1.6 billion jin, high quality pasturage is 200,000 y; the forest coverage of the Banner

is 27.7% and the total reserve amount of the vivid stumpage is 950,000 m3; the

livestock population of the Banner is 1,820,000, of which cattle is 44200, sheep,

1,580,000 and live pig, 170,000, annually producing 15,330,000 kg of mutton,

14,200,000 kg of pork, 90000 t of milk, which are the green and special products with

high quality. The Banner has great potential in the deep utilization process of grains

and oils, fruit series development, meat-packing, wood working, green food series

development and preserved warehousing and transportation.

Page 243: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

With highways connected, transportation in Hangjin Back Banner is very

convenient, totally with three highways of Huang-Tuan, Lu-Ha and Bie-Deng from

south to north and Wu-Wu highway from west to east, reaching the mileage of

1700km, of which the black road surface is 410km, actualizing asphalt road

connecting to every town and the highway density of 1.03km per km2 . Ha-Deng

Expressway, State highway 110 and Jing-Lan Railway run through the territory and

Lin-Se Railway traverses through the Banner.

The education and medical treatment and sanitation undertakings in Hangjin

Back Banner are flourishing, having 13 middle schools, 3 vocational middle schools,

84 primary schools, 2 county-level hospitals, 8 health clinics in towns and townships

and Fendou Middle School is one of Top 100 in the country and the key school of the

autonomous region; the enrolled students in the Banner is 6330; Hangjin Back Banner

Hospital is the sole hospital of Class II, Grade A at the Banner or County level within

the city, with 280 beds.

The built-up urban area of Shanba Town, the seat of Banner government, is 7.74

km2 with an urban population of 105,000 and the population urbanization by 35%,

where the black topped road is 36 km in total, covering an area of 410,000 m2, 6.8m2

per capita, accounting for 97% of the total road area of the built-up urban area,

forming four-horizontal-and-four-vertical black topped road network. The green shade

coverage rate of the urban area is 25%, the public green land per capita is 5.3m2. The

underground drainage pipe is 64km in length, of which the drainage pine in

backstreets and lanes is 33 km, with a daily drainage capacity of 17,200 t; the

benefiting area from drainage in the build-up area is 90%. The popularizing rate of

urban tap water is 100%, with a daily water supply capacity of 14,000 t. The area of

centralized heat supply is 900000 m2 with a popularizing rate of heat supply by 65%.

The power supply lines have been alternated by 24 km with power supply assurance

by 100%. Pipe-lines of telecom communications have been alternated by 25km with

the popularizing rate of telephone by 50%. 2100 street lights have been installed,

achieving lighting engineering.

Page 244: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

4.2 Evaluation on the situation of regional environment quality

4.2.1 Evaluation on the situation of air environment quality4.2.1.1 Monitoring items

According to the characteristics of the pollution source of the items and the

surrounding environment outlines, the monitoring items for the present situation of

the air and environment quality include conventional factors of TSP, SO2, NO2 and

H2S and NH3. At the same time, the observation of the meteorological elements such

as surface wind direction, wind velocity, air temperature and total cloud cover as well

as weather conditions and unusual circumstances have been recorded.

4.2.1.2 Monitoring spots

The monitoring sampling points for this situation monitoring have been set up at

the up wind and down wind directions of the proposed sites of the sewage disposal

project and recycled water supply project within the industrial zone as well as the

nearby residential settlements. Specific monitoring spots are shown in Fig. 4.2-1-4.2-

5.

Fig. 4.2.1: Monitoring spots for air environment within Urad Back Banner

Page 245: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Industrial Zone

Fig. 4.2.2: Monitoring spots for air environment within Ganqimaodao Industrial

Zone

Page 246: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Fig. 4.2.3: Monitoring spots for air environment for water supply engineering of

recycled water of the third drainage canal

Fig. 4.2.43: Monitoring spots for air environment for water supply engineering of

Page 247: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

recycled water of the seventh drainage canal

Fig. 4.2.5: Monitoring spots for air environment for the sewage disposal project

within Urad Front Banner

Totally six monitoring spots have been set up, respectively two at the place one

km away from the up wind direction of the prevailing wind at the proposed site of the

treatment project of Ulansuhai Nur lake, two at the construction area and two at two

km away from the down wind direction of the construction site. (See Fig. 4.2-6)

Page 248: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Fig. 4.2.6: Monitoring spots for air environment for Ulansuhai Nur lake area

4.2.1.3 Monitoring time and frequency

At least seven days have been monitored during the whole period with a

frequency of four times per day and the sampling time is 08:00-09:00,11:00-

12:00,14:00-15:00 and 16:30-17:30, which is conducted in accordance with relevant

national norms.

4.2.1.4 Analysis method

The national standard methods have been adopted for monitoring of

environmental air quality and the analysis method for TSP, SO2 and NO2 is carried

out according to Table 2 of Ambient Air Quality Standard(GB3095-1996)and the

analysis method for,H2S and NH3 is carried out according to Table 8 of Discharge

standard of pollutants for municipal wastewater treatment plant(GB18918-2002).

4.2.1.5 Monitoring results

The results of ambient air quality monitoring for each sub-project of this project

are shown in Table 4.2-1-4.2-6。

Page 249: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤
Page 250: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Table.4.2-1 Monitoring results of the sewage disposal project and water supply engineering of recycled water within the Industrial

Zone of Urad Front Banner

Pollutants

Items

SO2 NO2 H2S NH3 TSP PM10

Daily

mean

Hour

mean

Daily

mean

Hour

mean

Hour

mean

Hour

mean

Daily

mean

Daily

mean

Proposed site

Concentration scope

mg/m3

0.014-

0.028

0.011-

0.051

0.007-

0.016

0.008-

0.024

Undetect

ed

Undet

ected

0.126-

0.364

0.078-

0.156

Over-limit ratio % 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 28.57 14.29

Shahaixinhong

Concentration scope

mg/m3

0.013-

0.027

0.012-

0.050

0.005-

0.015

0.005-

0.019

Undetect

ed

Undet

ected

0.145-

0.315

0.050-

0.164

Over-limit ratio % 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 28.57 14.29

Qingshan town

Concentration scope

mg/m3

0.019-

0.028

0.013-

0.051

0.009-

0.017

0.010-

0.041

Undetect

ed

Undet

ected

0.215-

0.379

0.082-

0.212

Over-limit ratio % 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 14.29 28.57

Agr-team, Hongqi

village

Concentration scope

mg/m3

0.013-

0.026

0.003-

0.054

0.007-

0.016

0.005-

0.024

Undetect

ed

Undet

ected

0.215-

0.312

0.075-

0.164

Over-limit ratio % 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 14.29 14.29

Menglian Team 3

Concentration scope

mg/m3

0.014-

0.027

0.010-

0.065

0.009-

0.016

0.004-

0.032

Undetect

ed

Undet

ected

0.228-

0.316

0.096-

0.165

Over-limit ratio % 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 14.29 28.57

stock-team, Hongqi

village

Concentration scope

mg/m3

0.013-

0.019

0.011-

0.031

0.008-

0.012

0.007-

0.027

Undetect

ed

Undet

ected

0.129-

0.298

0.053-

0.170

Over-limit ratio % 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 14.29

Page 251: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Table .4.2-2 Monitoring results of the sewage disposal project and water supply engineering of recycled water within the Industrial Zone of

Ganqimaodao

Pollutants

Items

SO2 NO2 H2S NH3 TSP PM10

Daily

meanHour mean

Daily

meanHour mean

Hour

mean

Hour

meanDaily mean Daily mean

WubulangkouConcentration

scope mg/m3

0.008-

0.0190.012-0.029

0.006-

0.0130.006-0.022

Undetec

ted

Undetecte

d

0.197-

0.3110.136-0.169

Over-limit ratio % 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 14.29 42.86

Office area of

the Zone

Concentration

scope mg/m3

0.017-

0.0270.018-0.042

0.010-

0.0130.006-0.025

Undetec

ted

Undetecte

d

0.134-

0.4110.086-0.186

Over-limit ratio % 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 28.57 28.57

Reservoir

control office

Concentration

scope mg/m3

0.030-

0.0210.014-0.033

0.005-

0.0120.004-0.024

Undetec

ted

Undetecte

d

0.125-

0.2360.070-0.101

Over-limit ratio % 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

SiyitangConcentration

scope mg/m3

0.016-

0.0340.012-0.056

0.005 -

0.0160.005-0.032

Undetec

ted

Undetecte

d

0.211-

0.3960.085-0.206

Over-limit ratio % 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 42.86 14.29

No.1 split Concentration 0.005- 0.014-0.056 0.005- 0.005-0.028 Undetec Undetecte 0.177- 0.094-0.176

Page 252: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

field, Muyanghai scope mg/m3 0.018 0.015 ted d 0.314

Over-limit ratio % 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 14.29 28.57

Table.4.2-3 Monitoring results of water supply engineering of recycled water of the third drainage canal

Pollutants

Items

SO2 NO2 H2S NH3 TSP PM10

Daily mean Hour meanDaily

meanHour mean

Hour

mean

Hour

mean

Daily

meanDaily mean

Traffic

team 6

Concentration

scope mg/m30.019-0.031 0.016-0.062

0.007-

0.0170.011-0.030

Undetect

ed

Undetect

ed

0.155-

0.2780.062-0.151

Over-limit ratio

%0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 14.29

Proposed

site

Concentration

scope mg/m30.027-0.064 0.022-0.177

0.011-

0.0290.011-0.044

Undetect

ed

Undetect

ed

0.231-

0.2970.072-0.207

Over-limit ratio

%0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 57.14

Unity

Team 3,

Concentration

scope mg/m30.017-0.029 0.022-0.057

0.007-

0.0150.007-0.029

Undetect

ed

Undetect

ed

0.219-

0.2780.092-0.144

Over-limit ratio

%0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

Dasong Concentration 0.016-0.029 0.016-0.051 0.009- 0.005-0.027 Undetect Undetect 0.114- 0.094-0.135

Page 253: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

village

scope mg/m3 0.024 ed ed 0.257

Over-limit ratio

%0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

Shawan

village

Concentration

scope mg/m30.013-0.031 0.025-0.062

0.004-

0.0150.005-0.032

Undetect

ed

Undetect

ed

0.196-

0.2840.098-0.137

Over-limit ratio

%0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

Table.4.2-4 Monitoring results of water supply engineering of recycled water of the seventh drainage canal

Pollutants

Items

NO2 H2S NH3 TSP PM10 NO2

Daily

meanHour mean Daily mean Hour mean

Hour

mean

Hour

mean

Daily

meanDaily mean

Liuwenged

an

Concentration

scope mg/m3

0.011-

0.0310.014-0.025

0.005-

0.016

0.007-

0.018

Undetecte

d

Undetect

ed

0.189-

0.2700.098-0.144

Over-limit ratio % 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

Lianyue

Society 4

Concentration

scope mg/m3

0.011-

0.0170.011-0.031 0.004-0.010

0.006-

0.018

Undetecte

d

Undetect

ed

0.212-

0.2780.099-0.150

Over-limit ratio % 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 14.29

Electric

power plant

Concentration

scope mg/m3

0.017-

0.0250.015-0.041 0.009-0.015

0.010-

0.024

Undetecte

d

Undetect

ed

0.217-

0.3210.113-0.137

Over-limit ratio % 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 42.85 0.0

Page 254: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Wuxing

team 2

Concentration

scope mg/m3

0.013-

0.0200.011-0.028 0.009-0.013

0.004-

0.019

Undetecte

d

Undetect

ed

0.219-

0.3010.095-0.186

Over-limit ratio % 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 14.29 14.29

Old city

team 1

Concentration

scope mg/m3

0.011-

0.0210.009-0.033 0.004-0.014

0.004-

0.021

Undetecte

d

Undetect

ed

0.217-

0.3040.098-0.169

Over-limit ratio % 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 14.29 14.29

Table .4.2-5 Monitoring results of the sewage disposal project and water supply engineering of recycled water within the Industrial Zone of

Urad Front Banner

Pollutants

Items

SO2 NO2 H2S NH3 TSP PM10

Daily mean Hour meanDaily

meanHour mean

Hour

mean

Hour

mean

Daily

meanDaily mean

Lihuiqua

n village

Concentration

scope mg/m30.013-0.022 0.011-0.031

0.004-

0.0140.006-0.018

Undetect

ed

Undetect

ed

0.148-

0.2890.095-0.135

Over-limit ratio

%0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

Zhongta

n Farm

Concentration

scope mg/m30.011-0.031 0.017-0.037

0.004-

0.0180.006-0.029

Undetect

ed

Undetect

ed

0.210-

0.3410.097-0.141

Over-limit ratio

%0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 14.29 0.0

Proposed Concentration 0.018-0.022 0.016-0.041 0.010- 0.008-0.039 Undetect Undetect 0.234- 0.114-0.194

Page 255: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

site

scope mg/m3 0.016 ed ed 0.297

Over-limit ratio

%0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 14.29

Shageda

n village

Concentration

scope mg/m30.024- 0.038 0.032-0.099

0.008-

0.0180.011-0.029

Undetect

ed

Undetect

ed

0.186-

0.3480.095-0.152

Over-limit ratio

%0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 14.29 14.29

Table .4.2-6 Monitoring results of the treatment project of Ulansuhai Nur Lake

Pollutants

Items

SO2 NO2 H2S NH3 TSP PM10

Daily mean Hour mean Daily mean Hour meanHour

mean

Hour

mean

Daily

meanDaily mean

15th

Branch

Concentration

scope mg/m30.011-0.031

0.009-

0.0450.015-0.027 0.010-0.031

Undetecte

d

Undetect

ed

0.194-

0.3570.082-0.175

Over-limit ratio

%0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

100100

5th

Branch

Concentration

scope mg/m30.014-0.024

0.018-

0.0400.015-0.029 0.010-0.032

Undetecte

d

Undetect

ed

0.241-

0.3120.093-0.159

Over-limit ratio 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 100 100

Page 256: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

%

9th

Branch

Concentration

scope mg/m30.011-0.021

0.019-

0.0370.010-0.030 0.005L-0.028

Undetecte

d

Undetect

ed

0.182-

0.3100.073-0.183

Over-limit ratio

%0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

100100

12th

Branch

Concentration

scope mg/m30.012-0.028

0.014-

0.0620.019-0.026 0.005L-0.040

Undetecte

d

Undetect

ed0.20-0.308 0.087-0.182

Over-limit ratio

%0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

100100

Page 257: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

4.2.1.6 Assessment method

Single gene index method is used to evaluate the situation of air environment of the

construction site. The calculation formula is as follows:

where : Ci——Daily or annual mean concentration of a

pollutant ( mg/m3) 。Si——Evaluation criterion of a pollutant ( mg/m3) 。

Pi——Single pollution index of a pollutant.

4.2.1.7 Evaluation results

The evaluation criterion of TSP, SO2, NO2 for the sewage disposal project and water

supply engineering of recycled water within the Industrial Zone of this project will adopt the

Class II Standard in the revised sheet in Ambient Air Quality Standard (GB3095-1996) and in

the revised sheet; the evaluation criterion of SO2, NO2 for the treatment project of Ulansuhai

Nur Lake will adopt the Class I Standard in Ambient Air Quality Standard (GB3095-1996);

the evaluation criterion of H2S, NH3 will adopt the standard of maximum allowable

concentration of the harmful substances in the air of residential area in Hygienic Standards

for the Design of Industrial Enterprises (TJ36-79). The evaluation results of the sub-projects

under this project are shown in Table 4.2-7-4.2-12.

Table 4.2-7 the evaluation results of air environment quality of the sewage disposal project

and water supply engineering of recycled water within the Industrial Zone of Urad Back

Banner

Monitoring spotsEvaluation factor

Proposed site

Shahaixinhong Qingshan town

Agr-team, Hongqi village

Menglian Team 3

Stock team, Hongji village

SO2

Hour mean0.022-

0.1020.016-0.1 0.026-0.102 0.006-0.108 0.02-0.13 0.022-0.062

Daily mean0.093-

0.1870.087-0.18 0.127-0.187 0.087-0.173 0.093-0.18 0.087-0.127

Page 258: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

NO2

Hour mean 0.033-0.1 0.021-0.079 0.042-0.171 0.021-0.121 0.017-0.133 0.029-0.12

Daily mean0.058-

0.1330.042-0.125 0.075-0.142 0.058-0.133 0.033-0.133 0.067-0.1

TSP Hour mean0.42-

1.2130.483-1.05 0.717-1.263 0.717-1.04 0.76-1.053 0.43-0.993

PM10 Daily mean 0.52-1.04 0.333-1.093 0.547-1.413 0.5-1.093 0.64-1.1 0.353-1.133

H2S Hour meanUndetected

Undetected

Undetected

Undetected Undetected Undetected

NH3 Daily meanUndetected

Undetected

Undetected

Undetected Undetected Undetected

Table 4.2-8 the evaluation results of air environment quality of the sewage disposal project

and water supply engineering of recycled water within the Industrial Zone of Ganqimaodao

Monitoring spotsEvaluation factor

MabulangkouOffice area of the

Zone

Reservoir control

officeSiyitang

No.1 split field,

Muyanghai

SO2

Hour mean 0.024-0.058 0.036-0.084 0.028-0.066 0.024-0.112 0.028-0.112

Daily mean 0.053-0.127 0.111-0.178 0.03-0.2 0.109-0.224 0.027-0.12

NO2

Hour mean 0.025-0.092 0.025-0.105 0.017-0.1 0.021-0.133 0.021-0.117

Daily mean 0.05-0.108 0.083-0.158 0.042-0.1 0.042-0.133 0.042-0.125

TSP Hour mean 0.657-1.037 0.417-1.37 0.417-0.787 0.703-1.32 0.59-1.047

PM10 Daily mean 0.907-1.127 0.573-1.24 0.353-0.673 0.567-1.373 0.627-1.173

H2S Hour meanUndetected

Undetected Undetected Undetected Undetected

NH3 Daily meanUndetected

Undetected Undetected Undetected Undetected

Table 4.2-9 the evaluation results of air environment quality of the water supply engineering

of recycled water of third drainage canal

Monitoring spotsEvaluation factor

Traffic team 6 Proposed site Unity team 3 Dasong village Shawan village

SO2

Hour mean 0.032-0.124 0.044-0.354 0.044-0.114 0.032-0.102 0.05-0.124

Daily mean 0.107-0.207 0.18-0.427 0.113-0.193 0.107-0.193 0.087-0.207

NO2

Hour mean 0.046-0.125 0.046-0.183 0.029-0.121 0.021-0.113 0.021-0.133

Daily mean 0.058-0.142 0.092-0.242 0.058-0.125 0.075-0.2 0.033-0.125

TSP Hour mean 0.517-0.927 0.77-0.99 0.73-0.927 0.38-0.857 0.653-0.947

PM10 Daily mean 0.413-1.007 0.48-1.38 0.613-0.96 0.073-0.9 0.513-0.913

H2S Hour mean Undetected Undetected Undetected Undetected Undetected

NH3 Daily mean Undetected Undetected Undetected Undetected Undetected

Table 4.2-10 the evaluation results of air environment quality of the water supply engineering

of recycled water of the seventh drainage canal

Monitoring spots Liuwengedan Liyue Society 4 Proposed site Wuxin team 2 Old city team 1

Page 259: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Evaluation factor

SO2

Hour mean 0.028-0.05 0.022-0.062 0.03-0.082 0.022-0.056 0.018-0.066

Daily mean 0.073-0.207 0.073-0.113 0.113-0.167 0.08-0.133 0.073-0.14

NO2

Hour mean 0.029-0.075 0.025-0.075 0.042-0.1 0.017-0.079 0.017-0.088

Daily mean 0.042-0.133 0.033-0.083 0.075-0.125 0.075-0.108 0.033-0.117

TSP Hour mean 0.63-0.977 0.707-0.927 0.723-1.07 0.687-1.00 0.723-1.013

PM10 Daily mean 0.653-0.96 0.66-1.00 0.753-0.913 0.633-1.24 0.653-1.127

H2S Hour mean Undetected Undetected Undetected Undetected Undetected

NH3 Daily mean Undetected Undetected Undetected Undetected Undetected

Table 4.2-11 the evaluation results of air environment quality of the sewage disposal project

and water supply engineering of recycled water within the Industrial Zone of Urad Front

Banner

Monitoring spotsEvaluation factor

Lihuiquan village Zhongtan Farm Proposed site Shagedan village

SO2

Hour mean 0.022-0.062 0.034-0.074 0.032-0.082 0.064-0.198

Daily mean 0.087-0.147 0.073-0.207 0.12-0.147 0.16-0.253

NO2

Hour mean 0.025-0.075 0.025-0.121 0.033-0.163 0.046-0.121

Daily mean 0.025-0.117 0.033-0.15 0.083-0.133 0.067-0.15

TSP Hour mean 0.493-0.963 0.7-1.137 0.78-0.99 0.62-1.16

PM10 Daily mean 0.633-0.9 0.647-0.94 0.76-1.293 0.633-1.013

H2S Hour mean Undetected Undetected Undetected Undetected

NH3 Daily mean Undetected Undetected Undetected Undetected

Table 4.2-12 the evaluation results of air environment quality of the treatment project of

Ulansuhai Nur Lake

Monitoring spotsEvaluation factor

15th Branch 5th Branch 9th Branch 12th Branch

SO2

Hour mean 0.06-0.3 0.12-0.27 0.13-0.15 0.09-0.41

Daily mean 0.22-0.62 0.28-0.48 0.22-0.42 0.24-0.56

NO2

Hour mean Undetected-0.26 Undetected-0.27 Undetected-0.23 Undetected-0.33

Daily mean 0.19-0.34 0.19-0.36 0.13-0.38 0.24-0.33

TSP Hour mean Undetected Undetected Undetected Undetected

PM10 Daily mean Undetected Undetected Undetected Undetected

H2S Hour mean 1.64-3.5 1.86-3.18 1.46-3.66 1.74-3.64

NH3 Daily mean 1.62-2.98 2.01-2.6 1.52-2.58 1.67-2.57

According to the monitoring results tables from 4.2-1 to 4.2-6, and the evaluation

results tables from 4.2-7 to 4.2-12 for various sub-projects, the hour mean and daily mean of

SO2, NO2 at each sub-project monitoring spot can meet relevant requirements of the

standards; except that some of the monitoring spots at Lihuiquan village nearer to the sewage

Page 260: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

disposal project and water supply engineering of recycled water within the Industrial Zone of

Urad Front Banner, Liuwengedan of the water supply engineering of recycled water of the

seventh drainage canal, Reservoir control office of the sewage disposal project and water

supply engineering of recycled water within the Industrial Zone of Ganqimaodao, Unity team

3, Dasong village and Shawan village of the water supply engineering of recycled water of

the third drainage canal don’t exceed the standards, the daily mean of TSP, PM10 at the sub-

project monitoring spots in most areas exceed the standards, of which the over-limit ratio of

the treatment project of Ulansuhai Nur Lake reaches 100%. The evaluation results indicate

that the proposed sites of the sewage disposal project and water supply engineering of

recycled water within every Industrial Zone suffer from the particle's pollution at a certain

extent, especially the Ulansuhai Nur Lake area has suffered from severe particle's pollution.

The particle and PM10 exceed the standards, on the one hand, because the construction area of

the project belongs to aria area in the north, dry and windy all through the year, with sparse

vegetation and more naked soil surface, on the other hand, the winter of the construction area

of the project is cold and long, resulting in longer heating period and more coal consumption,

which is the main cause. This monitoring of air environment quality has been conducted in

the cols and arid winter, directly resulting in the particles over the sub-project construction

area exceeding the standards and especially when the Ulansuhai Nur Lake area is at the reeds

harvesting season, the particles over Ulansuhai Nur Lake exceed the standards seriously.

With the gradual improvement of the regional eco-environment and the implantation of

centralized heat supply, the particle pollution in the region will be reduced.

The character pollutants such as NH3 and H2S relating to this project can meet the

requirement of environmental quality standard and no index is detected.

As stated previously, the air environment quality over the construction area of each

sub-project is just so so, suffered from the particle pollution at a certain extent; and greater

efforts should be made to restore the vegetation around the area of the sub-project plants.

4.2.2 Current surface water environmental quality assessment 4.2.2.1 The water environmental quality assessment in Sanpaigan, Qipaigan and

Zongpaigan

Page 261: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

The environmental monitoring station in Bayannaoer City has conventional monitoring

points in Sanpaigan, Qipaigan and Zongpaigan. This environmental assessment has taken the

water quality monitoring results from 2004 to 2008 to be assessed, the details of which refer

to Table 4.2-13~ Table 4.2-15.

Table 4.2-13 The water quality monitoring results in Sanpaigan from 2004 to 2008

Yea

r

Pollutants

ItemspH DO COD BOD TN

Ammonia

-NTP

200

4

Range6.89-

7.42

0.00-

2.5658.5-636.0

10.4-

322.017.1-145

8.67-

110.00.26-1.86

Annual

Average7.14 0.85 306.0 140.0 62.8 47.3 1.05

Standard Rate 0 100 100 100 100 100 67

200

5

Range7.32-

7.50

0.01-

2.5773.5-287

7.78-

128.030.6-242 28.3-213

0.349-

3.11

Annual

Average7.42 1.29 183.17 52.16 107.17 95.27 1.32

Standard Rate 0 100 100 100 100 100 100

200

6

Range6.50-

7.650.10

100.0-

902.0

18.4-

243.0

42.3-

425.0

41.1-

397.0

0.591-

2.84

Annual

Average7.17 0.10 378.7 97.93 173.3 162.7 1.54

Standard Rate 0 100 100 100 100 100 100

200

7

Range7.61-

8.11

0.01-

7.0531.1-298.0 3.40-29.8 2.57-44.7 1.44-34.0 0.14-3.17

Annual

Average7.84 2.36 133.0 13.1 20.3 14.0 1.54

Standard Rate 0 67 100 67 100 67 67

200

8

Range7.75-

7.901.4-4.2 30.0-64.0 5.5-8.6 2.57-10.8 1.17-7.08 0.219-4.8

Annual

Average7.84 2.7 50.5 7.03 5.25 3.22 1.54

Standard Rate 0 75 100 50 100 50 50

Page 262: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Table 4.2-14 The water quality monitoring results in Qipaigan from 2004 to 2008Y

e

a

r

Pollutants

ItemspH DO COD BOD TN

Ammonia

-NTP

2

0

0

4

Range7.54-

8.150.00-0.46 218.0-2228.0 23.3-649.0 6.32-118.00 2.84-54.2 0.67-2.01

Annual

Average7.83 0.15 891.0 238.77 58.2 20.0 1.46

Standard Rate 0 100 100 100 100 100 100

2

0

0

5

Range7.63-

8.100.01-4.48 106.0-723.0 38.7-247.0 39.6-144.0

27.4-

132.00.79-3.28

Annual

Average7.50 2.24 428.0 131.9 87.9 77.6 1.91

Standard Rate 0 50 100 100 100 100 100

2

0

0

6

Range7.58-

7.820.10 300.0-1610.0 41.3-303.0 27.0-212.0

24.7-

209.01.14-2.01

Annual

Average7.71 0.10 1091.7 199.4 117.3 112.6 1.50

Standard Rate 0 100 100 100 100 100 100

2

0

0

7

Range7.45-

7.620.0-2.0 168.0-1419.0 19.1-428.0 13.4-182.6

6.59-

176.00.23-3.17

Annual

Average7.56 0.67 596.0 161.0 70.2 65.1 1.55

Standard Rate 0 100 100 100 100 100 67

2

0

0

8

Range6.50-

7.600.01-5.9 542.0-1126.0 74.5-194.0 17.8-150.3

13.9-

103.0

0.186-

3.64

Annual

Average7.12 1.5 819.0 152.0 69.6 49.7 2.06

Standard Rate 0 75 100 100 100 100 75

Table 4.2-15 The water quality monitoring results in Zongpaigan from 2004 to 2008Y

ea

r

Pollutants

ItemspH DO COD BOD TN

Ammonia-

NTP

20

04

Range 7.57-

8.87

0.00-8.81 21.6-

329.0

1.00-56.8 1.06-188 0.19-59.5 0.05-

1.36

Page 263: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Annual

Average8.27 3.79 85.4 14.3 27.7 7.35 0.38

Standard Rate 0 76 82 54 82 92 76

20

05

Range6.75-

8.940.01-8.54

20.8-

1891.00-28.1 0.73-74.7 0.26-57.3

0.037-

1.35

Annual

Average8.11 6.00 75.8 6.6 15.9 10.60 0.337

Standard Rate 0 25 80 46 87 47 33

20

06

Range7.76-

8.760.1-8.5

43.7-

351.01.00-40.4

1.33-

113.00

0.187-

103.0

0.114-

3.10

Annual

Average8.19 4.46 113.3 6.9 20.8 17.74 0.639

Standard Rate 0 33 100 27 67 53 40

20

07

Range7.60-

9.100.01-8.40

26.3-

260.01.00-73.1 1.01-87.6 0.225-83.0

0.046-

1.24

Annual

Average8.23 4.44 114.3 17.2 17.4 12.3 0.45

Standard Rate 6.3 31.3 93.8 75 64.3 25 31.3

20

08

Range7.25-

8.670.6-7.6

26.0-

194.01.00-18.0 0.89-60.2 0.039-25.6

0.014-

3.03

Annual

Average8.16 3.98 59.6 6.52 5.03 2.11 0.54

Standard Rate 0 35 90 30 65 15 25

The standard index method is used for this assessment.

1 ) pH standard index : Or

wherein : pHsd——the pH lower limit in surface water quality standards;

Page 264: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

PHsu——the pH upper limit in surface water quality standards;

2 ) DO standard index :

Or

Of which

wherein : — — the saturated DO concentration , mg/L ; ——the surface water quality standards of DO , mg/L ;3 ) The expression of other items :

wherein : — — the single-factor index of i type pollutants ;——the actual concentration average value of i type pollutants

, mg/L ; ——the assessment standard value of i type pollutants , mg/L 。

When the standard index of water quality parameter , it shows that the water

quality parameters exceeded the required quality standards, which has been unable to meet

the requirements to use ; it will meet the requirements when . The water quality

evaluation results in Saanpagan, Qipaigan and Zongpaigan from 2004 to 2008 refer to Table

4.2-16~ Table 4.2-18 。

Table 4.2-16 The water quality evaluation results in Sanpaigan from 2004 to 2008

Page 265: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Y

e

a

r

Pollutants

ItemspH DO COD BOD TN

Ammonia

-NTP

2

0

0

4

Standard Index 0.11-0.21 2.32-10 1.95-21.2 1.73-53.67 11.4-96.675.78-

73.330.87-6.2

Average Value 0.07 7.45 10.2 23.33 41.87 31.53 3.5

2

0

0

5

Standard Index 0.16-0.252.29-

9.972.45-9.57 1.29-21.33

20.4-

161.33

18.87-

142

1.16-

10.37

Average Value 0.21 6.13 6.11 8.69 71.45 63.51 4.4

2

0

0

6

Standard Index 0.32-0.5 9.7 3.33-30.07 3.07-40.528.2-

283.33

27.4-

264.671.97-9.47

Average Value 0.09 9.7 12.62 16.32 115.53 108.47 5.13

2

0

0

7

Standard Index 0.31-0.560.43-

9.971.04-9.93 0.57-4.97 1.71-29.8

0.96-

22.67

0.47-

10.57

Average Value 0.42 2.92 4.43 2.18 13.53 9.33 5.13

2

0

0

8

Standard Index 0.38-0.45 0.83-5.8 1.0-2.13 0.92-1.43 1.71-7.2 0.78-4.72 0.73-16

Average Value 0.42 1.9 1.68 1.17 3.5 2.15 5.13

Table 4.2-17 The water quality evaluation results in Qipaigan from 2004 to 2008

Year Pollutants

ItemspH DO COD BOD TN Ammonia-N TP

2004Standard Index

0.27-

0.578.62-10 7.27-74.27 3.88-108.17 4.21-78.67 1.89-36.13 2.23-6.7

Average Value 0.42 9.55 29.7 39.79 38.8 13.33 4.87

2005Standard Index

0.32-

0.55

0.79-

9.973.53-24.1 6.45-41.17 26.4-96 18.27-88

2.63-

10.93

Average Value 0.25 3.28 14.27 21.98 58.6 51.73 6.37

2006Standard Index

0.29-

0.419.7 10.0-53.67 6.88-50.5 18-141.33 16.47-139.33 3.8-6.7

Average Value 0.36 9.7 36.39 33.23 78.2 75.07 5

2007Standard Index

0.23-

0.314-10 5.6-47.3 3.18-71.33

8.93-

121.734.39-117.33

0.77-

10.57

Average Value 0.28 7.99 19.87 26.83 46.8 43.4 5.17

2008Standard Index 0.3-0.5

0.59-

9.9718.07-37.53 12.42-32.33

11.87-

100.29.27-68.67

0.62-

12.13

Average Value 0.06 5.5 27.3 25.33 46.4 33.13 6.87

Page 266: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Table 4.2-18 The water quality evaluation results in Zongpaigan from 2004 to 2008

Ye

ar

Pollutants

ItemspH DO COD BOD TN

Ammonia-

NTP

20

04

Standard

Index

0.29-

0.940.19-10 0.72-10.97 0.17-9.47 0.71-125.33 0.13-39.67 0.17-4.53

Average

Value0.64 0.89 2.85 2.38 18.42 4.9 1.27

20

05

Standard

Index

0.25-

0.97

0.22-

9.970.69-6.3 0.17-4.68 0.49-49.8 0.17-38.2 0.12-4.5

Average

Value0.56 0.58 2.53 1.1 10.6 7.07 1.12

20

06

Standard

Index

0.38-

0.88

0.23-

9.71.46-11.7 0.17-6.73 0.89-75.33 0.12-68.67 0.38-10.33

Average

Value0.59 0.79 3.78 1.15 13.87 11.83 2.13

20

07

Standard

Index0.3-1.05

0.24-

9.970.88-8.67 0.17-12.18 0.67-58.4 0.15-55.33 0.15-4.13

Average

Value0.62 0.79 3.81 2.87 11.6 8.2 1.5

20

08

Standard

Index

0.13-

0.84

0.36-

8.20.87-6.47 0.17-3 0.59-40.13

0.026-

17.070.047-10.1

Average

Value0.58 0.86 1.99 1.09 3.35 1.41 1.8

From the water quality monitoring results in Table 4.2-13 ~ Table 4.2-15 and the

water quality evaluation results in Table 4.2-16 ~ Table 4.2-18, which should be known

that:

1 ) From 2004 to 2008, the water in Sanpaigan has been seriously polluted, the

major pollution indicators, COD 、 BOD 、 TN 、 Ammonia-N and TP, were all

exceeded, of which, the Standard Rate of COD and TN over the years all were 100%, the

maximum Pollution Standard Index of TN and Ammonia-N in 2006, respectively, reached

283.33 and 264.67, and their Standard IndexAnnual average is 115.53 and 108.47

respectively; however, it shows a yearly decreasing trend seeing from the Pollution

Page 267: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Standard Index changes over the year, therefore, with the continuously intensifying

environmental protection in Bayannaoer City, the water quality in Sanpaigan improved.

2 ) The water quality in Qipaigan has also been seriously polluted, the major

pollution indicators, COD 、 BOD 、 TN 、 Ammonia-N and TP, are far beyond the

standard, except for TP, the pollution indicators standard rate of others over the year all were

100%, the pollution Standard Index average value of COD is 14.27-36.39, that of BOD is

21.98-39.79, that of TN is 38.8.27-78.2, and that of Ammonia-N is 13.33-75.07, this shows

that , the water quality in Qipaigan has remained a serious state of pollution, as well as

threaten the water environment quality security of Ulansuhai Nur.

3 ) Although the water quality in Zongpaigan has been polluted certainly, compared

with the water environment quality in Sanpaigan and Qipaigan, it has the relatively light

pollution, the major pollution indicators are COD 、 BOD 、 TN 、 Ammonia-N and

TP etc., of which, COD and TN are polluted more seriously, their Standard Rate over the

yaer are above 50%, the pollution Standard Index average value of COD is 1.99-

3.81, and that of TN is 3.55-18.42; while that of BOD and TP are relatively better,

the pollution Standard Index average value of them is respectively between 1.09-2.38 and

1.12-2.13; it also shows a yearly decreasing trend seeing from the annual average pollution

index over the year, but the water environment quality in Zongpaigan is gradually

improved.

4.2.2.2 Current water quality assessment in Ulansuhai Nur sea area

1 ) Monitoring project

Each monitoring section all selects Water temperature, Depth of water, pH, and SS,

DO, COD, Chlorophylla, BOD, TN, Ammonia-N, Nitrate-N, TP and Soluble orthophosphate.

Page 268: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

2 ) Monitoring time and frequency

The current water quality assessment in Ulansuhai Nur sea area is resctively carried on

two periods of monitoring in Dry Season and Wet Season, and each sampling and

monitoring should be carried on for 3 consecutive days.

3 ) Sampling locations layout

According to "Surface Water Environmental Impact Assessment Technology

Guidelines" and relevant water environmental standards, every 4km2 laid a sampling point,

and a total of 12 sampling points are required , refer to Figure 4.2-7 。

Page 269: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Figure 4.2-7 The monitoring sites of courrent surface water qualityBecause the average depth of water is less than 10m, the sampling points should be

laid in the underwater 0.5m, but should not be less than 0.5m from the bottom of the lake.

4 ) Detection

It should be in accordance with "Environmental Monitoring Standards" and "Water and

Wastewater Monitoring Analysis Method" published by National Environmental Protection

4# Dongdatan

5# Xidatan

3# Wayaogeliang

6# Bapaigan

7# Zongpaigan

9# Jiupaigan2# Dabodong

8# Xiaohai

1# Xiaowa10# Erdian

11# Haihao

12# Hekou(Wumaoji)

Page 270: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Agency.

5 ) Evaluation

It should adopt single standard index formula to evaluate the current water

environment quality of major rivers. The evaluation formula is as follows:

Si,j=Ci,j/Csi

Wherein, Ci,j――Monitoring value of i-species pollutants at j point, mg/L;Csi――Evaluation standard limit of i-species pollutants, mg/L;Si,j――Standard Index of i-species pollutants.

pH standard index :

Or

wherein : pHsd——the pH lower limit in surface water quality standards ; pHsu——the pH upper limit in surface water quality standards ;

DO standard index :

sjsf

jfjDO DODO

DODO

DODOS

,,

sjs

jjDO DODO

DODO

S ,910,

wherein , SDO,j: Standard Index of DO at j point;

Page 271: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

DOf : the saturated DO concentration , mg/L ;DOj : Monitoring concentration of DO at j point, mg/L;

DOS : the surface water quality standards of DO , mg/L 。If he Standard Index of water quality parameters >1 , it shows that this water quality

parameters exceeded the required quality standards. The bigger the water quality parameter is, the more serious this water quality parameter exceeded.

6 ) Monitoring results

Monitoring results refer to Table 4.2-19 。

Table 4.2-19 Water Quality Monitoring Results ( mg/L )Locatio

nPeriod pH SS DO

CO

D

BOD

5

TNNH3-

N

N

O

3-

TP PO43-

Chla

(mg/

m3)

Xiaowa

Wet

Season

8.

38

262

.332.53

36.3

7

10.7

91.37 0.79

0.

1

2

0.0

5

Not

detected

Not

detect

ed

Dry

Season

7.

80

16.

670.77

66.9

3

18.0

07.18 4.32

0.

3

7

0.1

0

Not

detected7.55

Dabud

ong

Wet

Season

8.

73

269

.673.33

35.0

79.72 1.33 0.25

0.

3

3

0.0

5

Not

detected

Not

detect

ed

Dry

Season

7.

69

13.

331.75

56.1

0

12.5

0

14.6

511.75

0.

1

5

0.2

6

Not

detected21.63

Wayao

geliang

Wet

Season

8.

25

218

.003.80

41.7

3

12.5

71.35 0.98

0.

0

6

0.0

6

Not

detected

Not

detect

ed

Dry

Season

7.

63

29.

670.47

55.8

0

13.1

3

12.8

79.30

0.

1

3

0.1

9

Not

detected36.93

Dongd

atan

Wet

Season

8.

20

244

.33

3.37 43.8

3

12.8

0

1.27 0.75 0.

0

8

0.0

5

0.01 Not

detect

ed

Page 272: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Dry

Season

8.

93

7.0

00.65

50.1

0

10.5

63.64 1.67

0.

2

6

0.1

80.09 38.70

Xidata

n

Wet

Season

7.

93

222

.331.20

35.5

78.61 4.22 3.01

1.

2

6

0.2

60.14

Not

detect

ed

Dry

Season

7.

62

89.

000.47

95.5

0

23.2

7

44.8

339.21

0.

2

3

1.9

30.96 42.03

Bapaig

an

Wet

Season

8.

41

328

.674.53

29.5

07.20 1.64 1.08

0.

4

0

0.2

5

Not

detected

Not

detect

ed

Dry

Season

7.

69

35.

674.26

31.6

77.35 4.06 2.35

0.

1

1

0.1

20.01 0.48

Hongg

ebu

Wet

Season

8.

31

348

.673.23

44.5

7

12.9

01.58 1.09

0.

2

6

0.1

30.02

Not

detect

ed

Dry

Season

6.

94

11.

50

Not

detected

158.

00

46.2

7

74.8

367.15

0.

3

6

3.7

81.81 0.00

Xiaoha

i

Wet

Season

8.

21

291

.001.47

35.4

09.23 1.17 0.81

0.

1

2

0.1

10.14

Not

detect

ed

Dry

Season

7.

54

27.

330.66

53.5

7

17.1

0

25.2

317.56

0.

2

1

0.5

20.44 41.10

Jiupaig

an

Wet

Season

8.

21

349

.675.60

34.2

09.13 0.55 0.13

0.

0

7

0.0

4

Not

detected

Not

detect

ed

Dry

Season

7.

47

289

.332.06

44.6

3

11.2

03.09 1.32

0.

0

8

0.0

90.02 0.45

Erdian

Wet

Season

8.

64

345

.333.90

41.0

7

12.7

31.31 0.59

0.

0

5

0.0

4

Not

detected

Not

detect

ed

Dry

Season

7.

82

78.

001.30

54.9

7

10.9

04.82 1.35

0.

1

5

0.5

30.02 41.03

HaihaoWet

Season

8.

86

340

.673.70

44.0

3

11.8

31.07 0.72

0.

1

2

0.0

2

Not

detected

Not

detect

ed

Dry 6. 8.0 0.63 57.7 17.7 2.78 0.75 0. 0.0 0.01 36.70

Page 273: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Season 89 0 7 02

35

Hekou

Wet

Season

8.

60

263

.333.07

44.0

0

13.0

70.75 0.52

0.

0

9

0.0

2

Not

detected

Not

detect

ed

Dry

Season

7.

92

33.

000.75

54.0

39.94 3.95 0.47

0.

1

3

0.1

20.02 39.27

7 ) Assessment results

Implementation of the "Surface Water Environmental Quality Standard" (GB3838-2002) in class Ⅳ standard. Using the simple index method to assess the current water environmental quality in Ulansuhai Nur, the results refer to Table 4.2-20.

Table 4.2-20 Single-factor evaluation results of water quality in Ulansuhai Nur

Location Period pH DO COD BOD TNAmmonia

-NTP

Xiaowa Wet Season 0.69 2.41 1.21 1.79 0.91 0.530.17

Dry Season 0.4 7.69 2.23 3 4.79 2.880.33

Dabudong Wet Season 0.87 0.94 1.17 1.62 0.89 0.170.17

Dry Season 0.35 4.75 1.87 2.08 9.77 7.830.87

Wayaogeliang

Wet Season 0.63 0.85 1.39 2.09 0.9 0.65 0.2

Dry Season 0.32 8.59 1.86 2.19 8.58 6.20.63

Dongdatan Wet Season 0.6 0.932 1.46 2.13 0.85 0.50.17

Dry Season 0.97 8.05 1.67 1.76 2.43 1.11 0.6

Xidatan Wet Season 0.47 6.4 1.19 1.44 2.81 2.010.87

Dry Season 0.31 8.59 3.18 3.8829.89

26.146.43

Bapaigan Wet Season 0.71 0.72 0.98 1.2 1.09 0.720.83

Dry Season 0.35 0.77 1.06 1.23 2.71 1.57 0.4

Honggebu Wet Season 0.66 0.96 1.49 2.15 1.05 0.730.43

Page 274: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Dry Season 0.06 10.0 5.27 7.7149.89

44.7712.6

Xiaohai Wet Season 0.61 5.59 1.18 1.54 0.78 0.540.37

Dry Season 0.27 8.02 1.79 2.8516.82

11.711.73

Jiupaigan Wet Season 0.61 0.52 1.14 1.52 0.37 0.0870.13

Dry Season 0.24 3.82 1.49 1.87 2.06 0.88 0.3

Erdian Wet Season 0.82 0.84 1.37 2.12 0.87 0.390.13

Dry Season 0.41 6.1 1.83 1.82 3.21 0.91.77

Haihao Wet Season 0.93 0.87 1.47 1.97 0.71 0.480.07

Dry Season 0.11 8.11 1.93 2.95 1.85 0.50.17

Hekou Wet Season 0.8 0.99 1.47 2.18 0.5 0.350.07

Dry Season 0.46 7.75 1.80 1.66 2.63 0.31 0.4It can be seen from the Table 4.2-1 and Table 4.2-2 that:

1 ) In wet season, DO, CODCr, BOD5, NH3-N and TP in 12 monitoring sections

exceed standard partly. DO pollution index is 0.52-6.40, COD pollution index is 0.98-1.49, BOD5 pollution index is 1.2-2.18, TN pollution index is 0.37-2.81, NH3-N pollution index is 0.087-2.01, and TP pollution index is 0.07-0.87, COD pollution standard indexe are all greater than 1 expect for that in Bapaigan monitoring point, BOD5 pollution standard indexes are all greater than 1, TN pollution standard indexes are all less than 1 expect for that in Xidatan, Bapaigan and Honggebu, and TP pollution standard indexes are all less than 1. This shows that, lake water of Ulansuhai Nur in wet season is mainly polluted in organic mode, while be relatively light polluted by eutrophic pollutant as N and P.

2 ) In dry season, all of CODCr, BOD5 and TN in 12 monitoring sections exceed

standard, and DO, NH3-N and TP exceed partly. DO pollution index is 3.82-10.00, COD

pollution index is 1.06-5.27, BOD5 pollution index is 1.23-7.71, TN pollution index is 1.85-

49.89, NH3-N pollution index is 0.31-44.77, and TP pollution index is 1.17-12.6, the lake

water has been polluted seriously.

3 ) Known from the evaluation results of Ulansuhai Nur in wet season and dry

season that, the water quality of Ulansuhai Nur in dry season (winter) is worse than that in wet season (summer), it has been polluted relatively heavier in dry season.

Page 275: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

4 ) The water in Zongpaigan are mainly urban domestic sewage and industrial

wastewater, while the water in Jiiupaigan and Bapaigan are mainly Yellow River ecological

water supplement, and less domestic sewage and industrial wastewater, so the water quality

here is relatively better than that in Zongpaigan, the pollutants import in Ulansuhai Nur are

mainly from Zongpaigan, therefore, the water quality in western Ulansuhai Nur is worth than

that in eastern.

4.2.3 Assessment of current groundwater environmental quality4.2.3.1 Monitoring items

The evaluation factors of current groundwater environmental quality of

wastewater treatment and reuse project and renovated water supply project in

Industrial Area are: pH, Ammonia-N, Nitrate-N, NOz-N, Sulfate, and CODMn, As,

Cd, Cr VI, Cu, Pb, Zn, Total coliform, Fluoride, Chloride and Total hardness.

Every monitoring point of treatment project in Ulansuhai Nur sea area selects

pH value 、 Salinity 、 Total hardness (for CaCO3), Ammonia-N, Nitrate,

Chloride, As, Cr, CODMn, Cyanide, As, Hg, Fe and Mn as the evaluation factors.

4.2.3.2 Monitoring time and frequency

One time and for one day. The monitoring well sampling time of the same

hydrogeological unit should be relatively concentrated as much as possible, and the

date span should not be too big.

4.2.3.3 Sampling location layout

Groundwater monitoring of wastewater treatment and reuse project and

renovated water supply project in Industrial Area of this item layout one sampling

point at the proposed site.

According to "Technical specifications of groundwater monitoring" (HJ/T164-

2004) that in generally, it should place 0.2 wells for every 100km 2 in plain area

(including basin area), because Ulansuhai Nur is an important water source,

combining with its hydrogeological conditions, it should be laid along the seawall,

Page 276: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

and its sampling point should distribute in a ring. The treatment project in Ulansuhai

Nur sea area laid a total of 8 sampling points.

Figure 4.2-8 The monitoring sites of current groundwater quality4.2.3.4 Monitoring

The test method should be implemented according to the national satandards

GB 5750 “The test method of drinking water standard”.

4.2.3.5 Monitoring results

The groundwater monitoring results of wastewater treatment and reuse project

and renovated water supply project in Industrial Area refers to Table 4.2-21, and the

Wayaotan

Wayaotan

First field

Fifth work area

Sixth field

Fifth field

Ninth fieldFifteenth field

Second field

Third field

Eighth field

Ninth field of Xinan farm

Eighth field of Xishanzui farm

Seed multiplication farm

Erdenii Prague Sumu

Page 277: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

monitoring results of the treatment project groundwater in Ulansuhai Nur sea area

refer to Table 4.2-22.

Table 4.2-21 Groundwater monitoring results of wastewater treatment and reuse and renovated water

supply project

Monitoring

points

Items

Renovated

water

supply

project in

Qipaigan

Wastewater treatment and

renovated water projects

in Ganqimaodu

Processing Zone

Wastewater treatment and

renovated water projects in

Urad Back Banner

Industrial Area

Renovated

water supply

project in

Sanpaigan

Wastewater

treatment projects in

Urad Front Banner

Industrial Area

Well depth m 12 60 20 — —

pH 7.60 7.31 7.74 7.25 8.03

Ammonia-N 1.24 0.044 0.23 0.199 0.296

Nitrate-N (0.0015) 1.86 1.41 0.86 0.298

NOz-N (0.0015) (0.0015) (0.0015) (0.0015) (0.0015)

Sulfate 334.1 293 317 596 196

CODMn 2.25 1.21 0.48 1.54 1.86

As 2.43E-03 2.70E-04 2.55E-04 1.09E-04 6.96E-04

Cd 0.002L 0.002L 0.002L 0.002L 0.002L

Cr VI 0.004L 0.004L 0.004L 0.004L 0.004L

Cu 0.01L 0.01L 0.01L 0.01L 0.01L

Pb 0.05L 0.05L 0.05L 0.05L 0.05L

Zn 0.032 0.056 0.041 0.035 0.05

Total hardness 509 430 378 859 657

Fluoride 0.375 1.01 1.510 0.272 0.23

Chloride 233 222 127 296 1090

Total coliform < 3 < 3 < 3 < 3 < 3

Table 4.2-22 Groundwater quality monitoring index value in Ulansuhai Nur sea area

Sampling point

position

Eight

h

field

Motor-pumped

well in

Geerdengbulage

sumu

Pressuriz

ed water

well in

twelfth

field

Pressur

ized

water

well in

ninth

field

Pressuri

zed

water

well in

first

field

Pressu

rized

water

well in

Fifth

work

Pressuri

zed

water

well in

sixth

field

Third

field

Page 278: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

area

Well

depth( m ) 90 60 10 10 30 23 18 12

pH 8.03 7.91 8.85 8.26 8.41 8.16 8.03 7.83

Salinity 473 490 488 490 696 1280 2400 2250

Total hardness 212 222 111 233 81 212 455 768

Ammonia-N 0.029 0.028 3.260 2.316 1.124 0.993 1.445 0.625

NOz-N(0.002

5)(0.0025) (0.0025)

(0.002

5)0.010 0.006

(0.0025

)

(0.002

5)

Nitrate-N 3.21 5.44 0.287 0.264 0.534 0.264 0.393 0.231

Chloride 19.5 53.4 9.4 32.1 42.7 556 1100 285

Fluoride 0.22 0.24 0.24 0.22 0.69 0.90 0.73 0.26

Cr VI 0.019 0.018 0.010 0.017 0.015 0.008 0.013 0.018

CODMn 0.56 0.57 1.47 1.08 3.92 2.94 6.69 1.96

Cyanide(0.002

)(0.002) (0.002) (0.002) (0.002)

(0.002

)(0.002) (0.002)

Mn 0.021 0.039 0.031 0.167 0.037 0.063 0.042 0.031

Fe 0.151 0.089 0.108 0.092 0.156 0.251 0.366 0.118

As3.88E-

043.25E-04 4.47E-04

8.38E-

04

1.34E-

02

9.08E-

03

2.21E-

02

6.59E-

04

Hg1.82E-

041.43E-04 1.24E-04

1.65E-

04

1.43E-

04

1.01E-

04

3.58E-

04

2.23E-

04

4.2.3.6 Evaluation

The evalution should adopt the standard index method, and perform (GB/T14848-93) Ⅲ

class standards of "Groundwater Quality Standard".

4.2.3.7 Evaluation results

The groundwater evaluation results of wastewater treatment and reuse project

and renovated water supply project in Industrial Area refers to Table 4.2-23, and the

monitoring results of current groundwater quality in Ulansuhai Nur surrounding refer

to Table 4.2-24.

Table 4.2-23 Groundwater standard index value of wastewater treatment and reuse and renovated water

Page 279: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

supply project

Monitoring

points

Items

Renovated

water supply

project in

Qipaigan

Wastewater treatment

and renovated water

projects in

Ganqimaodu

Processing Zone

Wastewater treatment and

renovated water projects

in Urad Back Banner

Industrial Area

Renovated

water

supply

project in

Sanpaigan

Wastewater

treatment projects

in Urad Front

Banner Industrial

Area

pH 0.4 0.21 0.49 0.17 0.69

Ammonia-

N6.2 0.22 1.15 0.99 1.48

Nitrate-N —— 0.093 0.071 0.043 0.015

NOz-N —— —— —— —— ——

Sulfate 1.34 1.17 1.27 2.38 0.78

CODMn 0.75 0.40 0.16 0.51 0.62

As 4.86E-02 5.40E-03 5.10E-03 2.18E-03 1.39E-02

Cd —— —— —— —— ——

Cr VI —— —— —— —— ——

Cu —— —— —— —— ——

Pb —— —— —— —— ——

Zn 0.032 0.056 0.041 0.035 0.05

Total

hardness1.13 0.96 0.84 1.91 1.46

Fluoride 0.38 1.01 1.51 0.27 0.23

Chloride 0.93 0.89 0.51 1.18 4.36

Total

coliform< 1 < 1 < 1 < 1 < 1

Table 4.2-24 Groundwater standard index value in Ulansuhai Nur sea area

Samplin

g point

position

Eighth

field

Motor-pumped well

in

Geerdengbulagesum

u

Pressuriz

ed water

well in

twelfth

field

Pressuriz

ed water

well in

ninth

field

Pressuriz

ed water

well in

first field

Pressuriz

ed water

well in

Fifth

work

area

Pressuriz

ed water

well in

sixth

field

Third

field

pH 0.69 0.61 1.23 0.84 0.94 0.77 0.69 0.55

Total

hardness0.47 0.49 0.25 0.52 0.18 0.47 1.01 1.71

Ammoni 0.15 0.14 16.3 11.58 5.62 4.97 7.23 3.13

Page 280: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

a-N

NOz-N — — — — 0.5 0.3 — —

Nitrate-

N0.16 0.27 0.014 0.013 0.027 0.013 0.019 0.012

Chloride 0.078 0.21 0.038 0.13 0.17 2.22 4.4 1.14

Fluoride 0.22 0.24 0.24 0.22 0.69 0.90 0.73 0.26

Cr VI 0.38 0.36 0.2 0.34 0.3 0.16 0.26 0.36

CODMn 0.19 0.19 0.49 0.36 1.31 0.98 2.23 0.65

Cyanide — — — — — — — —

Mn 0.21 0.39 0.31 1.67 0.37 0.63 0.42 0.31

Fe 0.50 0.29 0.36 0.31 0.52 0.84 1.22 0.39

As7.76E-

036.50E-03 8.94E-03 1.68E-02 2.68E-01 1.82E-01 4.42E-01

1.32E-

02

Hg1.82E-

011.43E-01 1.24E-01 1.65E-01 1.43E-01 1.01E-01 3.58E-01

2.23E-

01

It can be seen from the Table 4.2-23 and Table 4.2-24 that:

1 ) The proposed site groundwater quality of wastewater treatment and reuse

project and renovated water supply project in Industrial Area mainly exceed standard

in inorganic indicators as Ammonia-N, Sulfate, Total hardness, etc., of which, in

renovated water supply project site groundwater in Qipaigan, Ammonia-N Standard

Index, Sulfate Standard Index and Total hardness Standard Index are 6.2, 1.34 and

1.13, respectively, in wastewater treatment and reuse project and renovated water

supply project groundwater in Urad Back Banner Industrial Area, Ammonia-N

Standard Index, Sulfate Standard Index and Fluoride Standard Index are 1.15, 1.27

and 1.51, respectively, in renovated water supply project site groundwater in

Qipaigan, Sulfate Standard Index, Total hardness Standard Index and Chloride

Standard Index are 2.38, 1.91 and 1.18, respectively, and in wastewater treatment

and reuse project groundwater in Urad Front Banner Industrial Area, Ammonia-N

Standard Index, Total hardness Standard Index and Chloride Standard Index are 1.48,

1.46 and 4.36, respectively. This shows that, the water quality characteristics of

Page 281: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

every proposed project site groundwater is accordance with that of groundwater

throughout the region, which is with higher Salinity, but to some extent, there are

also exogenous pollution.

2 ) The water quality of confined groundwater (PumPing well) in

Ulansuhai Nur sea area surrounding is better, Ulansuhai Nur is the main recharge

source of its surrounding groundwater, which is impacted by Ulansuhai Nur water

quality, so its surrounding subsurface water quality is relatively worth, some

groundwater indicators in Twelfth field, Ninth field, First field, Fifth work area,

Sixth feld and Third field exceeded sdandard, of which, Ammonia-N Sdandard

Index exceeded seriously, and its Pollution Standards Index is between 3.13-16.3;

Chloride Standard Index in Fifth work area, Sixth feld and Third field all exceeded,

and the highest standard pollution index value is 4.4. Therefore, Ulansuhai Nur

affected significantly on its surrounding groundwater environment, especially for

subsurface water quality.

4.2.4 Evaluation of current acoustic environmental quality4.2.4.1 Monitoring Sites

To fully understand and analyze the noise environment in this region, it laid

four noise monitoring points in this evalution at the proposed site of wastewater

treatment and renovated water supply project in Industrial Area, which were located

all around the boundary, for the schematic diagram of monitoring sites, refer to 4.2-

9; it laid nine monitoring points for the treatment projec in Ulansuhai Nur sea area,

and the distribution of monitoring points refer to Figure 4.2-10.

Page 282: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Figure 4.2-9 The schematic diagram of wastewater treatment and renovated water supply project acoustic environment monitoring sites

Page 283: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Figure 4.2-10 Acoustic environment quality monitoring sites in Ulansuhai Nur sea area4.2.4.2 Monitoring factors

Equivalent consecutive sound level A.

4.2.4.3 Monitoring

In accordance with GB12349-90, adopt slow "A" sound level, then read one

instantaneous value for five seconds, and sequential read 100 data, it’s sunny day

when measured, with 2-3 grade wind, the sound level meter is hand-hold, and 1.2m

high from the ground.

4.2.4.4 Monitoring time and frequency

Xinmin

First field

Sixth field

Fifth field

Third field

Seventh field

Beilongtai

Fourth field

Fifteenth field

Noise monitoring sites

Page 284: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

It has been continuous monitored for two days on November 19 th, 2009 and

November 20 th, 2009, and twice a day for day and night, monitoring respectively

from 8:00am ~ 11:00am in the daytime and from 22:00pm ~ 6:00am at

night.

4.2.4.5 Monitoring results and evaluation

For the monitoring results and evaluation of every subproject acoustic

environment, refer to Table 4.2-25 and 4.2-26.

Table 4.2-25 Sound environment monitoring results of wastewater treatment project and

renovated water project in Industrial Area

Test Site No. Test Site

Daytime dB(A) Night dB(A)Nov. 19th, 2009

Nov. 20th, 2009

Nov. 19th, 2009

Nov. 20th, 2009

Delingshan water supply project site

East Plant Bound 42.9 42.2 34.2 33.6South Plant

Bound41.7 42.8 35.3 35.9

West Plant Bound 43.2 42.4 38.1 38.8North Plant

Bound40.9 41.2 34.2 33.8

Shanba town water supply project site

East Plant Bound 54.7 55.4 47.7 48.6South Plant

Bound51.2 50.6 42.1 42.5

West Plant Bound 50.2 49.8 40.9 41.6North Plant

Bound53.9 54.6 45.8 46.2

Huhe town water supply project site

East Plant Bound 39.3 38.3 34.6 35.4South Plant

Bound46.1 46.9 38.7 37.8

West Plant Bound 46.5 47.4 42.2 41.7North Plant

Bound41.7 41.3 35.0 35.4

Longxingchang town water supply project site

East Plant Bound 53.1 52.6 49.2 48.9South Plant

Bound50.9 50.5 45.8 46.3

West Plant Bound 49.7 49.4 45.9 46.1North Plant 51.8 52.3 48.7 49.2

Page 285: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Bound

Xianfeng town water supply project site

East Plant Bound 51.6 51.8 50.0 50.4South Plant

Bound53.1 52.9 38.9 39.5

West Plant Bound 45.2 44.3 41.5 42.8North Plant

Bound44.7 45.6 42.8 42.4

Table 4.2-26 Sound environment monitoring results in Ulansuhai Nur sea are

No.

Test Site No.

Daytime dB(A) Night dB(A)Nov. 19th, 2009 Nov. 20th, 2009 Nov. 19th, 2009 Nov. 20th, 2009

1 Third field 50.6 50.4 47.0 46.52 Xinmin 45.4 46.5 35.9 37.3

3Seventh

field45.8 44.6 32.6 32.0

4 Beilongtai 49.3 49.3 39.6 40.0

5Fourth field

45.3 45.4 42.1 41.2

6Fifteenth

field46.4 47.7 39.8 41.6

7 Fifth field 49.3 49.7 39.6 40.48 Sixth field 39.6 40.6 31.6 30.89 First field 45.3 47.9 36.5 34.5

It can be seen from Table 4.2-25 that, acoustic environment quality at the

proposed site of wastewater treatment and renovated water supply project in

Industrial Area was better, only the noise at night of East Plant Bound of wastwater

treatment and reuse project in Urad Front Banner Industrial Area was 50.4 dB (A),

and the noise of other monitoring sites did not exceed the standard limit of Class 2 in

accordance with “Standard for Acoustic Environmental Quality”.

It can be seen from Table 4.2-26 that, in the lake shore village of Ulansuhai Nur area,

the equivalent sound level in daytime was 39.6 ~ 50.6dB(A), and 30.8 ~ 47.0 dB(A) at

night, excepted for Third field noise at night, other monitoring sites all met the acoustic

environment function requirements of Class 1 district in accordance with “Standard for

Page 286: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Acoustic Environmental Quality” ( GB3096-2008 ) .

4.2.5 Sediment Monitoring4.2.5.1 Monitoring project

The Sediment Monitoring Project including

H2S 、 NH3 、 As 、 Hg 、 Chromium

(VI) 、 Cd 、 Pb 、 Bulk density 、 pH 、 Moisture

content 、 TN 、 TP 、 NH3-N 、 NO3-N 、 NO2-

N 、 Organic carbon 、 Organic content.

4.2.5.2 Sampling location layout

In accordance with the provisions of GB3838-2002, for sampling distribution,

refer to Figure 4.2-11.

Page 287: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Figure 4.2-11 Monitoring sites of current sediment4.2.5.3 Sampling analysis methods

The analysis methods should be implemented according to “Agricultural

Sludge Monitoring and Analysis”.

4.2.5.4 Monitoring Results

For the analysis result of lake sediment sampling in Ulansuhai Nur, refer to

2 sites in stable region

10 sites inseverely polluted region

4 sites in moderately polluted region

3 sites in slightly polluted region

Page 288: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Table 4.2-27.

Table 4.2-27 Sediment analysis of Ulansuhai Nur sea area

Sampling point position

Ammonia-N

TN TP Hg As Cu Pb Cd Zn

mg/kgg/kg

mg/kg

mg/kg

1 113.59 2.6 639.60.070

0.040

20.80

18.30

1.750

49.10

2 48.05 1.5 638.40.125

0.012

30.00

20.30

1.820

57.93

3 77.62 2.4 438.10.155

0.020

23.60

14.70

1.410

44.50

4 129.36 1.3 423.40.05

0.032

22.95

16.96

1.9448.68

5 213.64 1.2 355.40.082

0.035

25.94

12.77

1.6953.44

6 163.86 1.1 400.10.06

0.027

30.39

16.55

1.9551.57

7 44.60 1.5 504.30.050

0.011

7.118

11.75

0.908

33.43

8 57.90 1.6 603.80.048

0.032

16.78

14.99

1.669

47.33

9 60.37 2 245.20.047

0.030

10.96

13.61

1.111

34.32

10 93.39 2.3 368.60.046

0.036

10.86

13.08

1.284

38.40

11 58.4 1.2 544.60.055

0.017

10.8

10.51

1.2833.76

12 53 1.5 528.70.048

0.022

14.82

14.41

1.357

46.23

13 43.12 1.1 447.20.048

0.025

14.25

14.19

1.2745.49

14 75.77 1.1 521.30.024

0.018

9.106

5.900

0.584

16.25

15 86.86 1 344.90.058

0.059

10.56

10.85

0.904

31.25

16 40.66 0.9 271.60.074

0.042

21.60

19.10

1.540

51.21

17 102.5 3.3 586.20.056

0.059

9.280

14.30

1.220

38.51

18 35.79 2.6 432.40.034

0.041

10.18

13.52

1.245

38.69

Page 289: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

19 55.44 2.1 312.60.047

0.086

11.31

12.18

1.356

40.64

4.2.5.5 Evaluation results

According to “Contaminants Control Standard for Agricultural Sludge” (GB

4284-84), Hg≤0.155 (Max=15mg kg-1), Cu≤30.39 (Max=500mg kg-1), Pb≤20.3

(Max=1000mg kg-1), Cd≤1.95 (Max=20mg kg-1) and Zn≤57.93 (Max=1000mg kg-1). It can

be seen that, the content of heavy metals didi not exceed the “Contaminants Control

Standard for Agricultural Sludge”, so Saline soil can be improved.

4,2.5.6 Analysis of sediment release

Sediment endogenous pollution and its potential ecological risk are two key problems

to decide whether to excavate and how deep to excavate. overlying water whether to be

affected by sediment endogenous pollution can be reflected by the intensity factor that is

target pollutant release rate; Sediments whether to have a higher potential ecological risk can

be evaluated by the breadth factor that is occurrence of pollutants which has an important

impact on biological in sediment. The former focuses on reflecting the effect on new surface

overlying water after dredging, while the latter reflects the possible potential ecological risk

on new surface environment. In order to master the details above before scientifically

understand the decision of grid water channel excavation; it must understand the spatial

distribution of pollutants in sediments and the release of sediment endogenous.

In January 2010 the sediment sampling was conducted at 19 sample points in

Ulansuhai Nur, and simulated the release of N and P in sediment under 25 ℃ indoor.

Analysis shows that: the release rate of N in other regions of Ulansuhai Nur was relatively

low, excepted for that in 5# sample point (64.34mg/m2 d on average); while the release rate of

P were generally higher, excepted for 19# sample point in fringe of dredging area, the release

rate in many other regions were about 2 mg/m2·d, of which, the release rate of P at 5# sample

point reached 8.76mg/m2·d, P in Ulansuhai Nur is the restrictive nutrient element for

biological, so it would be extremely important to control the release of P in sediment.

It can be seen form the result of N and P release (Figure 4.2-12) that, N release in

excavation area show forward and reverse, and forward is greater than reverse. Of which, the

Release rate of

N

Sampling points

Page 290: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

release rate is relatively faster in vicinity of Xidatan. However, in terms of P release, all of the

sampling points released forward, and the release rate was almost beyond 2.0mg/m2·d, which

reflected that the entire excavation area had a obvious character of endogenous pollution in

sediment. P is the main substance source to the eutrophication of Ulansuhai Nur, so it’s

necessary to control the pollution of P in sediment with dredging.

Page 291: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Figure 4.2-12 N and P release experiment of Ulansuhai Nur sediment

4.2.6 Current status of ecological environment4.2.6.1 Terrestrial environment

1) Soil

( 1 ) Soil type

According to the second soil survey in 1985, there are more soil types in the city, and

there are 14 soil types, 32 subtypes, 94 soil genera and 348 soil species, such as irrigated soil,

saline soil, solonetz, aeolian sandy soil, moisture soil, fluvent soil, swamp soil, spodosol,

chestnut soil, calcic brown soil, desert grey soil, gray brown desert soil, lithosol, skeleton

soil, etc..

( 2 ) The formation and distribution of soil

Due to the changing climate and complex topography, soil formations are also

different. There are dry and peeling and residual formed grassland in the northern;

Sampling points

Release rate of

P

Page 292: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

decadent and accumulative formed sloping fields and valleys; piedmont torrents alluvial

fan; wind formed Ulan Buh Desert; Yellow River alluvial formed Hetao Plain and zonal

flood land along the river, and its soil parent materials can be divided into the following

types:

1. River alluvium

Alluvial deposit of Yellow River is the main types of city’s soil-forming rock. Yellow

River is from Qinghai, Gansu and Ningxia, passing through the Loess Plateau, with rapid

flowing, and due to the scouring effect, the river carries huge amounts of silt, and the velocity

of flow slow down after into Hetao, then the alluvial deposit deposits with obvious levels in

accordance with the regular pattern of “the red mud deposit in slack water and the sand

deposits in flowing water”. The major soil of the rive bed in upper river shoal are sandy

soil and sandy loam, and that in downriver or depression is red mud-- clay soil. Therefore, the

farmers used to say that “deposit red mud far away, and deposit sand nearby”.

2. Irrigation deposit

Water of Yellow River contains huge amounts of silt, which flows into irrigation with

water, then the farmland is deposited, and the soil layer is thicken. Artificial Irrigation with

Yellow River has been conducted for long-term in Hetao, and together with artificial

production activities as farming and fertilizing, etc., the unique agricultural soil is formed--

irrigated soil.

The irrigated soils have evolved with some human factors as long-term farming,

irrigation and sedimentation, etc. after light-colored meadow soil had been reclaimed. The

main representative soil of it are sandy soil, desert soil, soft loess, hard loess, red mud, white

alkali soil, saline soil, etc..

Yellow River irrigation area of Hetao is west from Ulan Buh region and east to

Baiyanhua town, south to the Yellow River and north to the south slope of Wolf Mountain, all

of where are distributed with irrigated soil,and the total area of it is 7,561,063 acres.

3. Torrent alluvium

Torrent alluvium formed gradually by Yin Mountain flash floods, mixed with gravel

sediment, cattle manure and litter. The upper alluvial fan is dominated by gravel and grit, and

alluvial plains are mostly sandy loam to light loam. The soil there is deep and fat.

Page 293: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Torrent silt plain located in the north of the Ugab River and in the hillside area of

eatern Urad Front Banner, which is in zonal distribution, and the representative soil there is

torrent alluvium irrigated soil, and its area is about 296,760 acres.

4. Aeolian deposit

Aeolian soil is formed as the wind effect. Which mainly lacated in Ulan Buh region

and the edge of Charles Khan Desert in Baiyin city and near the isolated sand dune in Hetao

irrigation area, and its total area is about 10,656,739 acres. The representative soils there are

sandy soil and sandy loam.

5. Residual soil

Residual soils include chestnut soil, brown soil, grey desert soil, gray cinnamonic soil,

gray-brown desert soil, etc. Which mainly located in urban mountain dry region, and its area

is about 24,087,551 acres. The representative soils there is leaching gray cinnamonic soil, of

which area is about 384,459 acres, and located in Urad Front Banner Erdenii Prague, Bai

Yinhua, Sha Degai and Huh Bulag, etc; the area of general gray cinnamonic soil is about

430,958 acres, which is located in above region; the area of brown calcium soil is about

5,850,993 acres, which is located in farming-pastoral area of Urad Middle Banner and

pastoral area of Urad Front Banner; the area of chestnut silt is about 728,253 acres, which is

located in Chaoyang Township, Ming Heung Township and other township of Urad Front

Banner; the area of irrigated meadow chestnut soil is about 98,621 acres, which is located in

Da Shetai and other regions of Urad Front Banner.

( 3 ) Classification area of soil and its physicochemical property

①Classification area of soil

The soil in Bayannaoer is classified according to soil texture (V level), there are sand,

sandy loam, medium loam, light loam and clay. According to soil layer, the soil is classified

into surface soil layer ( 0—30cm ) , subsoil layer ( 30—60 cm ) and bottom

layer ( 60—100 cm ) , the soil profile pattern is very complex.

The individual differences of the irrigated soil in Hetao alluvial plain mainly depend on

Page 294: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

the soil profile pattern, which is composed of various soil textures and their arrangement, and

the soil profile pattern not only limits the running of the water and nutrient in soil, but also

influences the agricultural production characteristics of soil. The soil profile pattern subjects

to 1 meter in depth, and can be classified into three basic layers, that are (The Topsoil, the

subsoil, the bottom soil ) top, middle and bottom, according to the thickness of different soil

textures, the soil profile pattern has been approximately classified into five categories:

Homogeneous pattern: the full profile is coposed of uniform texture. Such as Sandy,

desert soil, red mud, etc.

Thick body pattern: another soil texture with thick layer (>40 cm) under the topsoil,

such as Sand drain two loess, Viscous body two loess, etc.

Bandwich pattern: another soil texture with middle thick layer (20—40 cm) in the

subsoil layer, such as two loess with sand, two loess with clay, etc.

Bottom pattern: another soil texture with middle thick layer under the bottom soil, such

as sandy soil with clay bottom, two loess with sand bottom, etc.

Three segmental patterns: the three layer segments of top, middle and bottom are three

kinds of soil texture, such as two loess with sand bottom and clay, two loess with clay

bottom and sand, etc.

Each of above soil profile pattern has a different fertility properties, production

characteristics, profile morphology, thickness and layer, and there are also significant

differences in each growth layer of soil.

The soil types in hill arid area include gray desert soil, chestnut, chestnut silt soil, etc.

The soil profile pattern there is more complex, such as residual leached gray cinnamonic soil,

which has thicker litter layer on the top, dark gray or black humus layer in sequence and

caliche at bottom, all profiles of it are with calcium carbonate reaction, and its parent

materials are gneiss and granite.

2) Vegetation

The type of the vegetation in Bayannaoer is quite complex due to the influence of

climat and topographic condition. It can be classified generally into mountain vegetation,

desert vegetation, sandyland vegetation, crops, etc. Grassland vegetation includes dry steppe

and desert steppe. Desert vegetation includes steppe desert and stony desert. Its distribution is

Page 295: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

grassland—dry steppe—desert steppe—steppe desert—desert from east to west. And is

meadow vegetation—mountain vegetation—plateau dry steppe—desert from south to north.

It showed obvious latitude and longitude zonality, which is consistent with the distribution of

soil. In addition, there are psammophytic vegetation, halophytic vegetation, meadow

vegetation and other non-zoneal vegetations. Accrding to the vegetation type and floristic

characteristics, the vegetation of the whole city can be classified into six districts.

Due to the farming, almost no original vegetaions were preserved in Hetao plain, and

the existing arbors were planted artificially. Herb is the main vegetation there, of which, there

mainly are Meadow vegetations which is dominated by Gramineae, Chenopodiaceae,

Polygonaceae and Asteraceae. In the low-lying area there are Halophytic vegetations. Around

the sparkling lakes there are aquatic and wetland plants. In the arid area of piedmont there are

xeric prickly shrubs.

①Meadow vegetation

It is distributed in flood land, and is mainly composed of grasses, such as small reed,

Crypsis aculeate, serrated melilotus, Xanthium, etc. The Meadow vegetation in sea water is

dominated by floatingheart.

There is fewer natural vegetation in alluvial plain, and a small amount of wild plants

can be seen only in the unoccupied place of farmland. The main vegetations are dominated

by Equisetum ramosissimum, Eragrostis and Chloris. In addition, there are also a lot of Ixeris

denticulate, Digitaria, Aster altaicus and Setaria. The wild plants which are dominated by

Digitaria and Carex, is distributed in lower and wet area, of which, internodes take root

sometimes down to the ground with strong spreading force. Xanthium and Chenopodium

album L., which consume large amounts of nutrients, are the main weeds in the farmland. In

the flat area there are Callitriche Verna, Barnyard grass and Semen Cuscutae.

Wild plants which are dominated by Reeds and Barnyard grass are distributed in the

shallow depression. The root of reed is corm, and its regeneration capacity is very strong,

which prevails over other weeds; the symbiosis grasses include Barnyard grass,

Bolboschoenus maritimus and Imperata.

Wild plants which are dominated by Imperata, Drought Polygonum, Equisetum

Page 296: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

ramosissimum and Reeds, are distributed in flood plain, river channel, and sandy soil with

high groundwater or coarse sandy meadow soil with slightly saline soil.

Many of the Imperata are wild, and have strong growth vigor, which plays a good role

in fixing the sand and diking the dam. Drought Polygonum grows in river often flood areas,

and willow is its symbiosis grass.

②Halophytic vegetation

The vegetations, which are distributed in the saline soil with hight salinity, include

Suaeda, Kalidium foliatum, Red Woodsorrel ( Karelinia caspica ) , small reed,

Polygonum sibiricum, Alkali grass, Allium fistulosum, basio, stubbed rock grass, etc.. The

vegetations which are are distributed in less saline areas include sea milkweed, Chinese

tamarisk and Halerpestes ruthenica. And the vegetations which are are distributed in lowland

saline soil includesalt absorption ( suaeda salsa ) , which has strong salt tolerance and

adapted to wide rang of area. In the salt accumulation area there is Nitraria

tangutorum ( jujube ) . And in the edge of depressions where are easy for salt

accumulation there is saline Chenopodiacea.

③Aquatic vegetation

It is mainly distributed in water zone or moat, the common species include Reed,

Typha, yagara and Bolboschoenus maritimus, along the river bank, there are willow and

Chinese tamarisk.

④Desert vegetation

There is Agriophyllum squarrosum in the wandering dune , and in the fixed dune or

sandpile, there mainly is Nitraria tangutorum, and a small amount of Achnatherum sptendens.

In the area with thin sand layer and higher humidity, there are Alopecuroides L,

Agriophyllum pungens, Artemisia desertorum, Licorice, Inular flower and Peganum

nigellastrum.

⑤Farmland weed

Page 297: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Hetao plain is irrigated agricultural area. The main weeds of summer crops include

Plaque bamboo, Wild Oats, Vetch, Chenopodium album L., etc.. The main weeds of autumn

crops include Agropyron, Calamagrostis, Reed, Cirsium setosum and Thistle.

⑥Desert grassland vegetation

It is mainly distributed in the foothills terrace of Wolf Mountain , composing of

drought-tolerant small semi-shrub grasses. The common species include Caragana

stenophylla, Saffranine, Pearl, Artemisia frigida, Ziziphus jujube, Caragana intermedia,

Lamerei and Nitraria tangutorum.

3) Wild plants

The climate in Bayannaoer is cold, drought and windy, and precipitation there decrease

gradually from southeast to northwest, which led to that from southeast to northwest the

vegetation taken on the distribution series of the dry steppe – the desert steppe – the steppe

desert - the desert in sequence. And of which, the desert steppe and the steppe desert make up

the main body of zonal vegetation in this area.

It is quite lacking of wild plants in Bayannaoer, and the mian plants there is Xerophyte,

there are about 94 families 378 genera and 918 species of wild plants, of which, there are 7

families 7 genera and 12 species of Pteridophyte, and the seed plants are remained. The Herbs

are the main seed plants there, and there are 728 species of Herbs, which are dominated by

Perennial herbs in total of 566 species, and account for 61.65% of the total number of wild

plants. In addition, there are 36 families 78 genera and 178 species of xylophyta, most of

which are shrubs, and only 31 species of arbors.

4.2-28 The statistical table of wild plant in Bayannaoer City

QuantityCategory

Families

GeneraSpecies

Spermatophyte

AngiospermDicotyledon 71 296 712

Monocotyledon 13 70 185Gymnosperm 3 5 9Subtotal 87 371 906

Pteridophyte 7 7 12Total 94 378 918

Page 298: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

The total number of wild plants in Bayannaoer is not rich, but there are more

families and genera. The total number of wild plants there is 40.2% of that of Inner Mongolia

Autonomous Region, while the number of sepecies there is 73.4% of the total number of

families. Thus increases the complexity of plantage, and plant species are more concentrated

in a small number of plant families and genera, which led to a lot of single, few species,

genera and families. The wild plantage in the city contains 49 single subjects, which account

for 52% of the total number of the subjects, in which, there are 28 single species, more than

20 species of 12-family, in total of 643 species of plants, which account for 67.4% of the total

number of wild plants in the city, of which, there are 430 species of plants in Compositae,

Gramineae, Leguminosae, Rosaceae and Chenopodiaceae, accounting for 45% of the total

number of wild plants in the city. There are 196 genera of single species, while only 9 species

of genera more than 10, of which, there are 26 species of Artemisia which is the most, and

secondly, there are 23 species of Astragalus and 22 species of Wilt Potentilla, Carex, Allium,

Polygonum, Oxytropis and Saussurea are remained.

Hetao plain is located in the southern border city, the vegetation type there is the

steppe desert, and there are about 200 species of wild plants, mainly are farmland weed, and

aquatic, salt and sand plants, most of wild xylophyta are distributed in shoaly land along the

Yellow River, depression before the hill and depression of ancient river, where there mainly

are Populus euphratica, Elaeagnus angustifolia L., Elm, Chinese tamarisk, a variety of shrub

willow, Myricaria germanica, Nitraria tangutorum, Caragana intermedia, Kalidium foliatum,

etc.. In the plain farmland, there are Alopecuroides L, Taraxacum, Chenopodium album L.,

Xanthium Fructus, Lactuca chinensis and Eragrostis poaeoides; in the waters, there are Reed,

Typha, Bolboschoenus maritimus, Duckweed, etc.; in the alkaline land, there are a variety of

grasses as Salsola ruthenica and so on. There are more than 150 species of resources plants,

of which, more than 130 species can be feed and more than 100 species can be used

medicinally. The common species include Taraxacum, Patrinia villosa, Plantain Seed, Semen

Cuscutae, Cirsium setosum, Kochia scoparia, Xanthium Fructus, Capillary artemisia,

Alopecuroides L, etc.

4) Wild animals

Page 299: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

The climate of Bayannaoer is dry and cold, and the vegetation there is dominated by

low vegetation and shrubs, and there is with high proportion of sandy and gavel surface, so

the natural condions there is harsh, and there belongs to the Palaearctic in Asia and Asia's

new Mongolian border area based on geographical divisions on the animal. Due to the limit

of natural condition, the wild animal species there are lacking. According to incomplete

statistics, there are 7 orders, 15 families and 49 species of animals within the city, which is

43% of the total number of animals in Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region; there are 17

orders, 44 families and 199 species of birds, which is 55% the total number of birds in the

Autonomous Region; There are 13 species of reptiles; 4 species of batrachia; and many other

insects.

Due to the effect of the long-term human activities, wild animals in Hetao plain had

disappeared, only over ten kinds of rodents existed in this plain, such as hamster, jerboa,

gerbil, field mouse, etc., as well as rabbit, pika and so on. Many kinds of lizards can be found

everywhere on isolated sand, as well as snakes and hedgehogs, and dozens of species of

birds, such as swallows, warblers, sparrows, crows, upupa epops, long tailed shrikes, pigeons,

woodpeckers, cuckoo, quail, bustard, eagle, etc. There are also muskrat living in every

waterspace.

Ulansuhai Nur, at the eastern end of Hetao plain, is an important place in western Inner

Mongolia for migratory birds to stop for a rest, for waterfow to moult and to reproduce.

According to incomplete statistics, there are more than 150 species of birds in this area,

which include Whooper Swan, Mute Swan and other birds under State protection( category

II), and 97 species under “Sino-Japanese agreement on protection of migratory birds and thier

habitats”. The most birds in this area are migratory birds or passing migrant birds with going

in winter and coming in summer everyyear, and due to the protection of bird resources,

Municipal Government issued a Notice in 1984 to protect bird resources of Ulansuhai Nur,

and this area was designated as a suspended hunting area.

5) Soil erosion

The soil ersion areas of Bayannaoer are distributed within Urad Front Banner, Urad

Middle Banner, Urad Back Banner and Dengkou County, which belongs to Yellow River

Page 300: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

basin and inland river basin. There are 35 townships and Sumu in this area, the total

population there is 192 610, and the population density is 9/ km2.

The natural features of soil ersion area are divided into rocky mountain area and windy

and sandy area. The rocky mountain area is used to call arid mountain area, and its total area

is 18687 km2, all of which are soil ersion area, this area is located between 106°08’—

109°45’E. Longitude and 40°26’—42°20’N. Latitude. The windy and sandy area mainly

refers to Ulan Buh Desert within Dengkou County, and its total area is 2747.2 km2, which is

located between 106°11’—107°06’E. Longitude and 40°46’—40°08’N. Latitude. The soil

ersion mainly are wind erowion, which is more in winter, and water erosion, which is more in

June and July. The annual erosion modulus is 2527-6075t/ km2.

4.2.6.2 Existing condition analysis of biological diversity in Lake Wuliangsuhai

1) Zooplankton

(1) Role of zooplankton

Zooplankton play a key role in the material cycling and energy flow of the aquatic

ecosystem. It has a significant impact on carrying capacity and biological resource

recruitment in the aquatic ecosystem as follows: Zooplankton feed on phytoplankton and①

micro-organisms, therefore, they can purifiy water. Zooplankton dominant species are used②

to assess water quality, therefore, zooplankton can be used as indicators for humification of

the aquatic environment. Zooplankton are also food sources for fish fry and mature fish.③

Fish productivity of aquatic ecosystem is determined by the zooplankton species diversity,④

abundance and biomass.

(2) Zooplankton survey in 2004-2005

Page 301: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

① Zooplankton community composition and dominant species

A, Zooplankton community composition in the whole lake and features of

dominant species

There are totally 4 categories and 62 species of zooplankton in Lake Wuliangsuhai

and there are 33 species of rotifers at most, 16 species of protozoa, 9 species of

copepods and 4 species of cladocerans. (See Table 4.2-29)

Table 4.2-29 Lists of zooplankton and benthonic animals in Lake Wuliangsuhai

动 物 名 称(Name of the animal)

门类(Phylum) 纲 / 科(Class/family)

种类(Species)

浮 游 动 物(zooplankton)

原 生 动 物 (Protozoa)

肉 足 虫(Sarcodina)

盘表壳虫 (Arcella discoides)圆滑表壳虫 (A. rotundata)盘状匣壳虫 (C. discodides)巧砂壳虫 (Difflugia elegam)瓶砂壳虫 (D. urceolata)大变形虫 (Amoeba proteus Leidy)

Page 302: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

蛞蝓变形虫 (A. 1imaz)放射太阳虫 (Actinophrys sol)

纤 毛 虫(ciliate)

团焰毛虫 (Askenasia volvox)圆缨球虫 (Cyclotrichium sphacricum)毛板壳虫(Coleps hirus Hitzsch)沟钟虫 (Vorticella convallaria)小口钟虫 (V. microstoma)大弹跳虫 (Halteria grandinella)湖累枝虫 (Epistylis lacustrls)

轮虫 (Rotifera) 颤动疣毛轮虫 (Synchaeta trernula)尖尾疣毛轮虫 (S. stylata)角突臂尾轮虫 (Brachionus angularis Cosse)萼花臂尾轮虫 (B.calyciflorus Pallas)壶状臂尾轮虫 (B. urceus)蒲达臂尾轮虫 (B. budapestiensis)花箧臂尾轮虫 (B. capsuliflorus)螺形龟甲轮虫 (Keratella cochlearis)曲腿龟甲轮虫 (K. valga)矩形龟甲轮虫(K. quadrata)尖削叶轮虫 (Notholca acuminata)囊形单趾轮虫 (Monostyla bulla)精致单趾轮虫 (M. elachis)盘镜轮虫 (Testudinella patina)微凸镜轮虫 (T. mucronata)长三肢轮虫 (Filinia longiseta)针簇多肢轮虫(Polyarthra trigla)钩状狭甲轮虫 (Colurella uncinata)钝角狭甲轮虫 (C. obtusa)卵形鞍甲轮虫 (Lepadella ovalis)裂足轮虫 (Schizocerca diversicornis)月形腔轮虫 (Lecane luna)没尾无柄轮虫 (Ascomorpha ecaudis)团藻无柄轮虫 (A. volvocicola)大肚须足轮虫 (Euchlanis dilatata)三翼须足轮虫 (E. triquetra)小须足轮虫 (E. parva)卜氏晶囊轮虫(Asplanchna brightwelli)暗小异尾轮虫 (Trichocerca pusilla)鼠异尾轮虫 (T. rattus)冠饰异尾轮虫 (T. lophoessa)环顶巨腕轮虫 (Pedalia fennica)尖尾环顶巨腕轮虫尖 (P. fennica)

Page 303: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

枝角类 (Cladcera)

长 肢 秀 体 溞 (Diaphnosoma leuchtebergianum)

蚤状溞 (Daphnia pulex)长额象鼻溞 (Bosmina longiroustris)

桡足类 (Copepode)

圆形盘肠汪(Chydorus sphaericus)英勇剑水蚤(Cyclops strennus)近邻剑水蚤 (C. vicinus)角突刺剑水蚤 (Acanthocyclops thomasi)大尾真剑水蚤(Eucyclops macraroides)如愿真剑水蚤 (E. speratus)锯齿真剑水蚤 (E. macruroides)台湾温剑水蚤 (Thermocyclops taohokuensis)直 刺 北 镖 水 蚤 (Arctodiaptomus rectispinosus)

咸水北镖水蚤(A .salinus)

B, Zooplankton community composition in small sea and features of dominant

species

The small sea areas occupy 36km2. There is about 10km2 shallow in the northeast.

The areas where small sea connects with lake are marshlands and reedlands. There are

20km2 of reedlands and 6km2 of marshlands. Water exchange takes a long time

between small sea and the lake. Therefore, the water is relatively stable. The average

water depth is 0.5m, not deep. According to the survay at site 1 and site 2, there are

totally 4 categories and 60 species in small sea. Among these, there are 32 species of

rotifers at most, 16 species of protozoa, 8 species of copepods and 4 species of

cladocerans.

Page 304: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

C, Nature Reserve - zooplankton community composition in core areas and features of

dominant species

There are 16 km2 of core areas and average water depth is 1.2m. Most of the areas are

open waters in core areas. There are a small number of reeds in the northwest and south.

According to the survay at site 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, There are 4 categories and 49 species in core

areas. Among these, there are 26 species of rotifers at most, 10 species of protozoa, 9 species

of copepods and 4 species of cladocerans.

② Zooplankton abundance and biomass

There are high zooplankton abundance and biomass in Lake Wuliangsuhai. Since some of

zooplankton are large and some are very small, therefore, they are divided into 2 parts when

counted: large zooplankton (including cladocerans, copepods, nauplii and rotifers) and

protozoa. The annual average abundance of large zooplankton and protozoa are respectively

687 L-1 and 2.508×l04 L-1. The annual zooplankton biomass is 3.624 0 mg L-1 on average.

See Table 4.2-13 for zooplankton abundance and biomass:

Page 305: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Fig. 4.2-13 Abundance and biomass of large zooplankton

Zooplankton biomass and abundance in small sea is higher than that in the whole lake,

while zooplankton biomass and abundance in the core area is lower than that of the whole

lake. See details in Fig. 4.2-14.

/

Fig. 4.2-14 Zooplankton abundance in small sea and core area

Page 306: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Fig. 4.2-15 Zooplankton biomasses in small sea and core area

③ Seasonal changes of zooplankton abundance and biomass

Abundance of protozoa and large zooplankton in Lake Wuliangsuhai reaches the

highest level in summer with an average abundance of 1 874.05 and 3.978 × 10 4L-1

respectively. And the second highest abundance appears in spring, respectively 809.83 and

3.881×10 4 L -1. Lowest abundance of protozoa appears in autumn with an abundance of

only 0.693 3 × 104L-1, while the lowest abundance of large zooplankton appears in winter

with an abundance of 12.21 L-1. The zooplankton abundance and biological changes in samll

sea and core area are of the same trend with that in the whole lake.

Table 4.2-30 Seasonal changes of zooplankton abundance

Spring Summer Autumn Wintermg L-1

Protozoa 0.36 0.37 0.06 0.09Cladocera 0.43 0.64 0.3 0.016Copepods 5.3 6.40 0.48 0.21Nauplius 1.2 1.20 0.12 0.05Rotifer 0.6 1.10 0.12 0.4

Page 307: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Fig. 4.2-16 Seasonal changes of zooplankton biomass

3) Evaluation methods

It has significantly valuable to take advantage of zooplankton community structure,

biomass changes and distribution of dominant species to monitor and evaluate water

environment. This method has been used for long both at home and abroad. It is more

objective to evaluate the eutrophication and pollution states by zooplankton species, density

and diversity. After a comprehensive survey of 211 inland waters in China, Zhihui He has

discussed in detail the nutritional type classification of Chinese lakes and reservoirs. He put

forward a standard to evaluate the water trophic level by zooplankton biomass. The standard

are as follows: 0.16-2 .19 mg/L (average 0.96 mg/L) for the poor trophic level; 0.28-

17.60mg/L (average 2.10 mg/L) for the medium trophic level; 0.59-9.52mg/L (average

3.59mg/L) for trophic level; According to the investigation at the Yuqiao reservoir, Mingde Li

concluded the annual average zooplankton biomass in non-ice period: <1 mg / L for the poor

trophic level; 1.1-3.4 mg / L for the medium trophic level; 3.5-8.0 mg / L for the high trophic

level; > 8.0 mg / L for the super trophic level.

(3) Evaluation results

According to the above evaluation standard, annual average zooplankton biomass of

Page 308: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Lake Wuliangsuhai is 3.624 0 mg / L, changing in the range of 0.220 7-7.809 9 mg / L, Water

in Lake Wuliangsuhai is in trophic level. The annual average biomass of small sea and core

area are 4.424 0 mg / L and 3.224 0 mg / L. It is obvious that the trophic level of small sea is

higher than that of core area.

The number of zooplankton species in Lake Wuliangsuhai are rotifers > protozoa>

Cladocera> copepod. The number of average zooplankton biomass are copepods> nauplii>

rotifers> Cladocera> protozoa. Zooplankton abundance and biomass are at its highest level in

summer and spring, but decline sharply in autumn and reach to lowest level in winter (except

protozoa). The main reason is that local temperature declines sharply. Then there comes the

cold winter.

2) Benthonic animals

(1) Role of benthonic animals

Benthonic animals are one important composition of freshwater ecosystem. It is theoretical

significant to learn the structure and function of the ecosystem. Benthonic animals can also be

used as natural food for economic aquatic life, such as fish. Some of the benthonic animals

are of high economic value themselves (such as river crab and etc.). In addition, the

benthonic animals are also often used as biological indicators for environmental monitoring.

With this method, not only the water quality can be reflected over a period, but also synergic

and antagonistic effects of the pollutants can be reflected in the water and namely the

comprehensive toxicity of each pollutant. Therefore, benthonic animals can provide valuable

reference to prevent pollution and protect biodiversity.

(2) Survey of benthonic animals

① Community composition and dominant species of benthonic animals

2 sampling surveys are carried out in August and October. Total 11 species of

benthonic animals are found. They belong to 3 phylum, 3 classes and 4 families. Among

them, there are 8 chironomidaes of arthropoda, 1 lymnaeidae and 1 planorbidae of mollusca,

1 tubificidae of annelida (See Table 4.2-31). The community composition of benthonic

animals in small sea and core area are the same.

Page 309: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Table 4.2-31 Composition of benthonic animals in Lake Wuliangsuhai

动 物 名 称(Name of the

animals)

门 类 (Phylum) 纲 / 科 (Class/family) 种 类 (Species)

底 息 动 物(Benthonic

animals)

节 肢 动 物 门(Arthropods)

摇 蚊 科(Chironomidae)

隐 摇 蚊 (Cryptochironomus sp.)

拟 长 跗 摇 蚊 (Paratanytarsus spl)

羽 摇 蚊 (Chironomus plumosus)

塞氏 摇 蚊 (Tendipes gr.)

大红羽 摇 蚊 (Tendipes gr. Reductus)

梯形 摇 蚊 (Polupedilum scalaenum)

花翅前突 摇 蚊 (Procladius chorens)

雕翅摇 蚊 (Glyptotendipus)

软体 动 物 门(Mollusca)

椎实螺 科(Lymnaeidae)

萝卜 螺 (Radix)

旋螺 (Gyraulus)

环 节 动 物 (Annelida) 颤蚓科 (Tubifcidae) 霍莆水丝蚓 (L. hoffmeisteri)

1 ) Abundance and biomass of benthonic animals

According to the surveys in August and October, 2004, the average abundance of

benthonic animals in Lake Wuliangsuhai is 3 031.4 m2, among which the abundance

of chironomidae is the highest, occupying 93.58 % of the total. The next is the

mollusca with 6.07 % and there are very few oligochaeta, only 0.35 % . The

average biomass of benthonic animals is 71.672 g m2. The biomass of chironomidae is

at most with 50.30 % of the total. The biomass of mollusca takes up 49.64 %

and there are almost no oligochaeta, only 0.06 % of the total.

Page 310: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Fig. 4.2-17 The abundance and biomass of benthonic animals

Abundance of benthonic animals in small sea is much higher than that in core area,

1474.2L-1 of chironomidae, 188L-1 of mollusca and of 10.9L-1 oligochaeta more, nearly 10

times.

Page 311: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Fig. 4.2-18 Abundance of benthonic animals

Biomasses of benthonic animals in small sea is also much higher than that in core area,

13.6mg L-1 of chironomidae, 112.7mg L-1 of mollusca and 0.128mg L-1 of oligochaeta

more, nearly 12 times.

Page 312: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Fig. 4.2-19 Biomasses of benthonic animals

(3) Evaluation methods of benthonic animals

Benthonic animals are one of the important compositions of freshwater ecosystems.

They are very sensitive to pollution and can reflect change of water quality more directly;

therefore, they are often used as biological indicator of water conditions. According to the

classification of Carlander in 1952, if biomass of benthonic fauna in reservoir are between

0.20-1.70 g/m2, the water are classified as poor trophic type, 2.50-6.25 g/m2 as medium

trophic type and 10.00-25.00 g/m2 as trophic type. In 1980, Russian scholar A.H. Sayyaf

classified the reservoir eutrophication in Soviet Union into 5 types as follows : <1.5

g/m2 , 1.5-3.0 g/m2, 3.0-6.0 g/m2, 6.0-12.0 g/m2 and >12.0 g/m2.

Page 313: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

(4) Evaluation results of benthonic animals

The average biomass of benthonic animals in summer and autumn are up to 71.672

g/m2 in Lake Wuliangsuhai. Water in Lake Wuliangsuhai during the two seasons is in trophic

level. The biomass in small sea and core area are 84.4237 g/m2 and 62.2432 g/m2

respectively. The trophic level of core area is lower than that of small sea. The sequences of

average benthonic animal biomass are: chironomidae > mollusc> oligochaetes.

3 ) Phytoplankton

(1) Role of phytoplankton

Phytoplankton is autotrophic plankton. They have chlorophyll or other chromatophore,

which can absorb sunlight energy (solar radiation) and carbon dioxide for photosynthesis to

synthesize organism (mainly carbohydrates). Therefore, phytoplankton is the main

productivity in water and also the basis for food chain and trophic structure. Some

phytoplankton can also be used as indicator for environmental monitoring. Comparing with

the physiochemical conditions, trophic level can better reflected by the density, biomass,

species composition and diversity of phytoplankton.

(2) Phytoplankton survey

Phytoplankton community composition and dominant species ①

With sampling in spring, summer, autumn and winter, it is preliminary known that

there are 7 phylum and 58 genera in Lake Wuliangsuhai. There are 22 genera of chlorophyta

at most, accounting for 37.9 % of total. Bacillariophyta comes the next with 14 genera,

accounting for 24.1 % . There are 13 genera of cyanophyta, accounting for 22.4%. The

numbers of chrysophyta, cryptophyta and euglenophyta are small, 4 genera, 2 genera and 2

genera respectively, accounting for 6.9%, 3.4% and 3.4%. There are only 1 genera of

pyrrophyta at least, accounting for 1.7% of the total (Table 4.2-20). All above phytoplankton

communities can be found in small sea and core area.

Page 314: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Table 4.2-32 Phytoplankton composition

门 类 (Phylum)属 类 (Genera)

百 分 比 Percentage (%)

绿 藻 门 (Chlorphyta) 22 37.9

硅 藻 门 (Bacillariophyta) 14 24.1

蓝 藻 门 (Cyanophyta) 13 22.4

裸 藻 门 (Euglenophyta) 4 6.9

隐 藻 门 (Cryptophyta) 2 3.4

金 藻 门 (Chrysophyta) 2 3.4

甲 藻 门 (Pyrrophyta) 1 1.7

总 计 (Total) 58 100

Phytoplankton density and biomass②

The annual average density and biomass of the phytoplankton in Lake Wuliangsuhai is

33.01×106ind L-1 and 26.33 mg L-1. See Table 5.6-8 and 5.6-9 for the all algae density and

biomass percentage.

Fig. 4.2-20 Algae biomass in Lake Wuliangsuhai

Annual average abundance of phytoplankton in small sea and core area are 53.4×106

Page 315: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

ind L-1 and 29.84×106ind L-1. The abundance of phytoplankton in small sea are

24.56×106ind L-1 more than that in core area.

Fig. 4.2-21 Abundance of all kinds of algae

Average phytoplankton biomass in small sea and core area are 40.14mg L-1 and

20.04mgL-1. The biomass of phytoplankton in small sea is 20.1mgL-1 more than that in core

area.

Page 316: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Fig. 4.2-21 Biomasses of different types of algae

③ Seasonal changes of phytoplankton density and biomass

It is known from Fig. 5.6-11 that seasonal density changes of cyanobacteria,

chlorophyta and diatom chrysophyta are the same. The density is relatively high in spring and

reaches its highest level in summer and falls to the lowest level in autumn and begins to

increase again in winter. The density of chrysophyta, cryptophyta and euglenophyta are up to

its highest level in spring and then decrease gradually to its lowest level in winter, almost

zero. (Density of chrysophyta increase a little bit) There are only a few pyrrophyta found in

summer and winter. Almost no pyrrophyta can be found in spring and autumn. In addition,

chrysophyta is the dominant one in spring with the largest density. But summer is

overwhelmingly dominated by cyanobacteria and the situation continues until winter comes.

It is known from Fig. 5.6-12 that the seasonal changes of biomass and density are basically

the same. Chlorophyta and diatom chrysophyta are the only ones, of which the seasonal

changes of biomass and density are different in spring and summer. In additional,

euglenophyta has the largest biomass due to its large number and body. In summer,

Page 317: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

cyanobacteria increase rapidly to its highest level and take place of euglenophyta and

cryptophyta. In autumn and winter, most of other algae will die and biomass of diatom

chrysophyta is the largest of all. Throughout the year, diatom chrysophyta has the smallest

changes in biomass and density, while changes of the other 6 algae are large.

Fig. 4.2-23 Seasonal changes in algae density

Page 318: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Fig. 4.2-24 Seasonal changes of algae biomass

(3) Evaluation method of phytoplankton

Since different waters are suitable for different algae, the algae species can be used

as the indicator to evaluate water trophic level. In 1949, Nygaard put forward the theory PCQ

(phytoplankton compound quotient) and it was used to reflect the ecological status of the

lakes and have achieved good results. Ott & Laugaste (1996) further developed the formula

for the evaluation of lakes in Estonia. The evaluation accuracy has been further improved.

The formula is as follows:

In the formula : * represents number of different kinds. See table 4.2-33 for its

eutrophication state classification.

Table 4.2-33 Classification of lake ecological status by PCQ

Page 319: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

营 养 状 况 (Eutrophication state) PCQ

贫 营 养 型 (Poor trophic state) <2

中 营 养 型 (Mesotrophic state) 2-5

富 营 养 型 (Eutrophic state) 5-7

超 富 营 养 型 (Ultra-eutrophic

state)>7

(4) Evaluation results of phytoplankton

This formula is used in the article to evaluate the trophic level in Lake Wuliangsuhai

and it is calculated that PCQ value of the lake is 6.6, which means Lake Wuliangsuhai is in

eutrophic state. The PCQ value in small sea is 7.3, which means water in small sea are in

ultra-eutrophic state. The PCQ value in core area is 5.7 and the water is in eutrophic state.

① According to the research results, phytoplankton density throughout the year are:

cyanobacteria> chlorophyta > chrysophyta > diatom chrysophyta > cryptophyta >

euglenophyta> pyrrophyt. The biomass of dominant species are euglenophyta >

chlorophyta > cyanobacteria > diatom chrysophyta.

② Lake Wuliangsuhai is located in the North China, the weather of which has following

features: dry and cold, large difference of annual temperature, high temperature in summer,

long and cold in winter. Therefore, algae density and biomass change greatly, high in spring

and summer, but low in autumn and winter. In addition, seasonal change of diatom

chrysophyta is relatively stable, which may be because diatom chrysophyta is not very

sensitive to climate impact.

③ According to the PCQ formula results, it is known that water in Lake

Wuliangsuhai is in eutrophic state, which is caused by the following 4 reasons:

Irrigation return flow from Hetao irrigation region: as of now, there are 43.7×104 t

Page 320: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

fertilizer used in Hetao irrigation region, but the utilization rate is only about 35 % . About

28.4×104 t nutrients flow into Lake Wuliangsuhai every year, which has caused the

increasing primary productivity of the lake. According to water quality monitoring results in

estuary, total average nitrogen content is 1.74 mg/L, 8 times of common international

standard. The total average phosphorus content is 0.07mg/L, which is 3.5 times of common

international standard.

Industrial wastewater: Pollution in Hetao region is very serious due to industrial

structure. Paper making and chemical industries are the leading industries in Hetao region,

but these industries cause serious pollution. There are a very small proportion of high-tech

and low polluting industries in this region. A large number of untreated wastewater flows into

Lake Wuliangsuhai through irrigation drainages every year, which greatly accelerate the

degree of its eutrophication.

Domestic sewerage: A large number of high phosphorus domestic sewerage is

discharged directly into Lake Wuliangsuhai from Hetao irrigation region.

Pollution from rural areas in Hetao region: every year a large number of human and

animal feces and straw putrilage flow into Lake Wuliangsuhai with the rainfall. This also

contributes to the pollution.

4 ) Fish

(1) Species of fish and its faunal features

According to fish survey and samples collected in 2000 – 2002 and " China fish retrieval

system", it is preliminarily known that the number of fish in Lake Wuliangsuhai are not large,

about 8-10 species, belonging to 2 orders, 3 families. There are mainly cyprinid, 5 species,

accounting for 62.5%. 2 species of cobitidae and 1 species of catfish exist in Lake

Wuliangsuhai, accounting respectively 25% and 12.5% of the total. See Table 4.2-34 for fish

survey details in Lake Wuliangsuhai.

Page 321: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Table 4.2-34 Fish composition in Lake Wuliangsuhai

调查时间 ( Survey time) 调查时间(survey time)序 号 (No)

中 文 名 (Chinese Name)

1960 1980 1981-1983 2000-2002

1 青鱼(Catfish) +

2 草鱼(grass carp) + + +

3 瓦氏雅罗鱼(Leuciscus waleckii)

+ + +

4 赤眼鳟(Squaliobarbus) + + +

5 鲦 (hemiculeer leucisculus)

+ +

6 团头鲂(Megalobrama amblycephala ) + + +

7 长春鳊( Parabramis pekinensis ) +

8 麦 穗 鱼 ( Rajah Cichlasoma ) + + +

9 似鱼句(Pseudogobio vaillanti (Sauvage) ) + +

10 棒花鱼(Abbottina) +

11 中 化 鲚 自 (Zhonghuajizi ) + +

12 鲤鱼 (carp ) + + + +13 鲫鱼(crucian carp) + + + +

14 鳙 ( aristichthys nobilis ) + + +

15 鲢(chub) + + + +16 花鳅(loaches) + + +17 泥鳅(loach) + + + +

18后 鳍 巴 鳅( Nemachilus posteroventralis. )

+ + + +

19 董 氏 须 鳅(Dongshixuqiu ) +

20 鲶(silurid ) + + + +

21 黄 鱼 囊 ( Yellow Croaker ) +

22 青懿(Qingyi ) + +

23 黄 鳓 ( Chinese herring) + +

24 克 氏 童 段 虎 鱼 +

Page 322: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

( Keshitongduanhu Fish )

总计 (Total ) 12 18 21 8

(2) Fish stocks changes

Lake Wuliangsuhai has a history of more than 100 years. The lake has been in natural

state till 1958 and the fish stocks during that period are mainly carp, crucian carp, catfish and

etc. The number of carp is the most. There are no fishery production, but only individual fish

men and seasonal fishing later on. Fishery production started in 1954. With the expansion of

fishery production, people begin to cultivate black carp, grass carp, silver carp, bighead carp

and blunt head bream in Lake Wuliangsuhai. But for various reasons, none of the 5 fish

stocks have produced stable biomass. As the water environment in Lake Wuliangsuhai

changes, the biomass of fish stocks also changes. According to survey, there are 90% carp of

the fish catch before 1955, but 50-60% in 1960. After 1960, the percentage of carp in the fish

catches decreases year by year. On the contrary, the percentage of crucian carp increases year

by year, from 50-60% in 1983 to 78% in 1999. Meanwhile, some other fish stocks gradually

disappear or only account for a very small percentage. This change has to do with over-

fishing and water environment changes.

(3) Evaluation results of fish

Comparing with former surveys, the species and numbers decease significantly

according to this fish survey. Some of the fish has even disappeared. As of now, there are just

a few species of fish in the lake. Most fish is crucian carp, accounting for more than 80% of

total. Numbers of all other fish are small and actually not many fish species. Numbers of the

crucian carp are much larger than others.

5 ) Birds

According to information collected and field study, there are 181 species and 4

subspecies of birds, belonging to 16 orders, 45 families and 103 genera. In the year 2000,

there are 197 species and 4 subspecies of birds, belonging to 17 orders, 47 families and 110

genera in record, while in 2005, the record changes to 221 species and 4 subspecies of birds,

Page 323: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

belonging to 17 orders, 47 families and 116 genera. Based on previous data and field study, a

preliminary analysis is conducted for wetland bird fauna evolution in Lake Wuliangsuhai.

Due to the impact of weather and human being, the wetland environment is deteriorating year

by year. Species of birds, which likes to live on marsh, increase these years, but species of

birds, which prefer living on vast waters, decrease on the contrary. Large numbers of panurus

biarmicus used to be resident birds on Lake Wuliangsuhai. But now they are rarely found in

field studies.

1 ) Composition of bird fauna

There are totally 1 order, 2 families, 13 genera and 40 species increased from

1995 to 2005. The number of charadriiformes increases 14 species at most and the

next is passeriformes increasing 11 species and third is falconiformes increasing 7

species. See Table 4.2-35 for bird composition

Table 4.2 -35 Birds composition in Lake Wuliangsuhai

目 (Order)

1995 年 (year) 2000 年 (year) 2005 年 (year)

科(famil

y)

种(speci

es)

%

科(fami

ly)

种(species

)

%

科(family

)

种(specie

s)

%

潜 鸟 目( Gaviiformes

)1 1 0.51 1 1 0.45

目 1 3 1.66 1 3 1.52 1 3 1.36

鹈 形( Pelecaniformes

)2 2 1.1 2 2 1.02 2 2 0.9

鹳 形( Ciconiiformes

)3 10 5.52 3 10 5.08 3 10 4.52

雁 形( Anseriformes

)1 23 12.71 1 23 11.68 1 26 11.76

隼 形( Falconiformes

)2 19 10.50 2 20 10.15 2 26 11.76

Page 324: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

鸡 形( Galliformes

)1 4 2.21 1 4 2.03 1 4 1.81

鹤 形( Gruiformes) 3 5 2.76 3 5 2.54 3 7 3.17

鸻 形( Charadriiforme

s )5 33 18.23 6 43 21.83 6 47 21.27

沙 鸡 ( Pterocles

orientalis ) 1 1 0.55 1 1 0.51 1 1 0.45

鸽 形( Columbiformes

)1 2 1.1 1 2 1.02 1 2 0.9

鹃 形( Cuculiformes

)1 2 1.1 1 2 1.02 1 2 0.9

鸮 形( Strigiformes

)1 4 2.21 1 4 2.03 1 4 1.81

雨燕( Swift ) 1 1 0.55 1 1 0.51 1 2 0.9

佛 法 僧( Uratelornis

chimaera )1 1 0.55 1 1 0.51 1 1 0.45

戴胜 (Hoopoe) 1 1 0.55 1 1 0.51 1 1 0.45

䴕形 (Piciformes) 1 1 0.55 1 1 0.51 1 1 0.45

雀 形(Passeriformes)

18 69 38.12 18 73 37.06 18 80 36.2

2 ) Ecological distribution of birds

Float grass in open water ①

Lake Wuliangsuhai is an oxbow Lake and depth of open water is no more than 1m.

There is sufficient sunlight under water with a high degree of eutrophication. Therefore, the

submerged plants and floating plants flourish in the water. All these plants have provided a

very good place for the aquatic animals to live and feed. So there are many benthonic

animals, phytoplankton, insects and their larvae living in the water. They are good food for

many kinds of birds. Many phytophagous birds feed and hover around float grass in open

Page 325: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

water, such as gulls and herons.

Float grass in open water are also the breeding place for birds, which like to build nest

on water, such as chlidoniashybridus and coot.

② Reed and cattail areas

There are more reed than cattail in reed and cattail areas. Large areas of reed and cattail

distribute in the lake in different shapes. The lake is in eutrophication state and suitable for

reed. The height of the plants over water surface is up to 5.5-6.0m. Reed areas are not only

good places for birds to build nest, brood and hide when moulting, but also feeding places for

many birds, such as panurus biarmicus.

③ Shoal areas in the lake

Most of the shoal areas are surrounded by reed and cattail. Many grasses grow on the shoal.

Birds such as vanellus, wagtail and some ducks nest on the shoal. Some passerine birds also

feed here, such as redstart. In addition, shoal areas are also places for anseres, umbrette and

laridae to rest and spend the night.

Shallow and marsh area on the coast④

Shallow and marsh areas are mostly around the lake and water depth is no more than 40cm.

There are sparse reed or cattail and some other water plants. Many of the aquatic animals live

in this area. There are large numbers of various worms and insects and their larvae. This is

also a living and feeding place for umbrette. Anseres and coot also come here to feed.

Surrounding areas around the lake and wetland⑤

Surrounding areas can be divided into following areas: salt marsh areas, nitraria

tangutorum desert areas, agricultural areas, residential areas and plantation areas.

Salt marsh area: exposed lake bed after water level decreases. When there is sufficient

rainfall, it become shallow and marsh land again. There are saline-alkali tolerant plants living

in this area, such as kalidium foliatum and suaeda gtauca. Some birds feed in this area, such

as wagtail, water pipit, grey-headed Lapwing and etc. Birds such as vanellus, charadrius

alexandrinus and etc often nest and brood here.

Nitraria tangutorum desert areas: sandy soil on the surface. There are clusters of

Page 326: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

drought-resistant plants nitraria tangutorum. Sand soils pile up at the root of nitraria

tangutorum year by year. Nitraria tangutorum is an ancient mediterranean plant, resistant to

salinity and drought with many hard stabs on the surface. This environment is the feeding and

living place for birds like lark, laridae and etc. The hard stab is the nesting and feeding place

for small birds like malaconotus alius. It is also a haven for birds like partridges to hide from

the prey birds.

Farmland areas: wheat, corn, sunflower and others are the main corps in the farmlands

around the lake. There are birds like sparrow, jackdaw and etc living in this area in spring,

autumn and winter. In spring, summer and autumn, the common birds in the farmland are

black-headed gull, mallard, grey goose, quail and so on. Owls and other birds of prey rest and

hunt in the open farmland.

Residential areas: There are many scattered villages around the Lake Wuliangsuhai

with at least several families or dozens of families at most. The common species in residential

areas are crested lark, hoopoe, tree sparrow, little owl, eurasian collared dove and etc.

Plantation areas: There are often some small pieces of the plantation around the village

in the plantation. The trees in the plantation are mainly poplar, willow and sand jujube trees.

Weeds grow on the ground of the plantation. The birds here are mainly forest dwellers, such

as sparrow hawks, falcon, quail, fieldfare, and brambling and so on.

(3) Analysis of ecological distribution of birds

① Numbers of anseres reduce, while the numbers of sandpiper, falcon and songbirds

increase rapidly. The wetland environment in Lake Wuliangsuhai is of high heterogeneity.

Spatial and temporal structures of bird community are of unique features due to the

appropriate allocation of many kinds of different landscapes, such as wetlands, shrub steppe

and uplands. the original structure is broken down by the marsh acceleration.

Falconiformes birds and waders, such as charadriformes and gruiformes which like to live on

wetland, increase rapidly. The species of anseres breeding here is increasing but the number

percentage is decreasing on the contrary.

Page 327: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Increase of falconiforme indicates that the wetland, marsh, sparse woodland and

cultivated land are increasing in this area, but the large and open lake areas are decreasing.

The wetland in Lake Wuliangsuhai is the marsh evolution process.

Charadriiformes and gruiformes are waders. They brood and feed in wetland, reed

beds, grassland and river shoal. From Table 5.6.5-1, it is concluded that there are 10 species

of charadriiformes increased from 1996 to 2000 and 4 species of charadriiformes increased

from 2001 to 2005. There are 2 species of gruiformes increased. Over the past 10 years, the

species of waders increase rapidly. Not only avoset and tringa totanus live in wetland of Lake

Wuliangsuhai, but even Greater Painted-snipe from Japan. This proves that the environmental

conditions in the wetland are suitable for waders. Therefore, it can be referred that areas of

wetland and marshes are becoming larger and larger and marshland evolution has been

intensified in past decade, which is in accordance with the actual situation.

According to field study, reed areas are occupying 40% of the areas of Lake

Wuliangsuhai and the total reed output in 2000 is 30000-40000 tons more than that in 1996.

The wetland dominant species in Spring, summer and autumn are passeriformes.

Changes in the species and number have a greater influence on the bird fauna in this area.

There are 3 species of anseriformes increased from 2001-2005, but anseriformes species

percentage decline due to the increase of wader species. migratory birds like Sarcelle,

Common Pochard, shoveller duck and gadwall now also brood here. The increase of

anseriformes species indicates the wetland in Lake Wuliangsuhai can provide a good place

for migratory anseriformes to nest and feed. But the declining percentage of numbers

indicates that its dominant position is becoming weaker and weaker. The water environment,

which is suitable for its living, is decreasing. During the study in Lake Wuliangsuhai in April

September, 2004, it is seen that there are prosperous reed in the lake. The lake is full of water

plants. Many spirals in the sunshine are attaching to the water plants and breathing the

Page 328: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

oxygen. There are a lot of aquatic insects on the water surface. Tens of thousands of insects

are flying above the water. Ducks and snipe are feeding on the water where water plants are

prosperous. Reed bed is perfect place for the anseriformes to nest and brood, while the open

water environment is good food sources. However, the prosperous water plants are is just the

reason why open water areas are decreasing. These water plants cause the marsh evolution

and the extinction of the lake. If the situation continues to decline, the marsh evolution in

Lake Wuliangsuhai will be more serious. At that time, there will be no prosperity of

anseriformes any more. These anseriformes could not live in this area due to the large habitat,

but smaller and smaller feeding areas.

② Significant number change in the birds fauna composition

Comparing with the document record in 1980s, the field study finds below changes:

The number of mute swans has increased; Number of gray geese and mallards① ②

continues to decrease; Number of water birds breeding in the salt marshes, such as Little③

tern and snipe increase significantly; It is hard to find reedling parrotbill living around.④

Changes in bird number are mainly due to the great changes in the living environment.

There are about 200 couples of mute swans breeding in Lake Wuliangsuhai. The number is

much more than before. The reason is that fishermen are aware the necessity to protect the

birds. There are fewer fishermen to pick the eggs and hunt for birds; therefore, the hatching

and survival rate of mute swans is relatively higher.

The document (Lake Wuliangsuhai birds record in Inner Mongolia) say that Yinsun

Zhang saw 12000 Grey Geese resting in foot of Ural mountains between Hayehutong and

Baiyanhua. however, throughout the field study, only 2 Grey Geese and 8 mallards were seen,

which is much less than former record. One of the reasons is that the large number of local

residents have poisoned geese and ducks and caused the sharply decrease in number. In

addition, with the marsh evolution of lakes and increase of salina, numbers of grass or mud

nesting birds increase a lot, such as little tern, common redshank, charadrius alexandrinus and

Black-headed Gull.

Page 329: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

In last decade, bird species are increasing in Lake Wuliangsuhai. But the newly

increased birds are mostly charadiiformesand falconiformes living on shallow and marsh

lands and desert grasslands. The change trend of birds fauna indicates that wetland in Lake

Wuliangsuhai is shrinking at a startling rate. The marsh evolution increases and areas of open

water is becoming smaller and smaller. Shallow marsh areas are increasing. Due to these

reasons, the numbers of snipe increase greatly and numbers of anseres also increase. But this

excessive reproduction of some plants shall be a temporary phenomenon caused by

eutrophication. If marsh and desert evolution situation deteriorate even further, these ducks

will have no place to live. There is less living space for swimming birds in the decreasing

open water areas. Therefore, the numbers of anseres will inevitably decrease.

Panurus biarmicus is a passerine bird, tiny and pretty lovely, mainly feeding on reed

seeds. There used to be a great number of panurus biarmicus in Lake Wuliangsuhai and most

are resident birds. However, no one is seen during field study in 2004-2005. This may be

because tall plants over the ice as reed and cattail are all cut harvest and no panurus biarmicus

live here in the winter.

(4) Evaluation resultNatural environment breeds life of biological species. On the contrary, biological

species reflect characteristics of natural environment. Birds are very sensitive to environmental changes; therefore, they can be used as indicators to environment evolution.There are many changes of bird composition in Lake Wuliangsuhai during past decade. Due to the rapid spread of water plants, sharp decrease of open water areas, increase of marsh areas and speed up of the marsh evolution, changes of bird species, numbers and community structure in past decade and near future are warning us that: there are serious wetland environmental crisis in Lake Wuliangsuhai. It is hard for the ecosystems to maintain the order by its own self-control ability. Biological diversity will be gradually destroyed. Therefore, scientific management is needed to protect the wetland and exploitation shall be reasonable, so that the lake can function properly and sustainably.

4.3 Balance analysis on the project water resource

4.3.1 Balance analysis on the regional water resources

1 )Current status of water resources

Page 330: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

In recent years, the average water resource capacity of the city in several years is 5,574,200,000

m3,where the surface water resource capacity is 4,779,100,000 m3 ( which is mainly composed by

4,674,800,000m3 water from Yellow River ,the secondary water resource is from surface runoff capacity

with 104 ,300,000 m3 that mainly in mountain dry region ) ,the underground water capacity is

2,419,600,000 m3, in the underground water resources, the annual production volume is 850, 000,

000m3.For water resource conditions in Bayannaoer please see table 4.3-1.

Table 4.3-1 Water resource conditions in Bayannaoer(million m3 ).

Year

Surface water

resource capacity

Underground water

resource capacity

Total water

resource capacity available

Water resource capacity

from Yellow River

Total water

resource capacity

used

Total water consumptio

n

Surplus and

deficiency

2002 50.947 26.235 60.278 49.688 50.562 35.196 9.7162003 42.126 24.546 51.987 41.011 45.409 31.849 6.5782004 46.270 24.344 54.763 45.312 48.130 33.547 6.6332005 50.184 22.474 55.396 49.662 51.274 35.722 4.1222006 49.518 23.917 56.525 48.790 49.985 34.639 6.542007 49.245 23.285 55.967 48.114 49.192 34.188 6.7752008 46.244 24.568 55.277 44.661 48.888 33.934 6.389

Average 47.791 24.196 55.742 46.748 49.054 34.154 6.688

2 )Utilization and drainage

The water resources in the Bayannaoer are mainly used for industrial and agricultural production,

resident living in the urban and rural area and ecological water. Take the normal year 2008 as an example,

the total usage water capacity in the whole year is 4,888,800,000 m 3,where the total water consumption in

the agriculture is 4,714,400,000m3,which account for 96.4% of the total water consumption; the total water

consumption in industry is 95 800 000 m3,which account for 2.0%the total water consumption; the water

consumption for living is 78 600 000m3,which account for 1.6% of the total water consumption. The total

water consumption volume of the whole city in 2008 is 3,381,200,000 m3,the comprehensive water

consumption rate is 69.2% ;The water consumption in agriculture, industry and living are respectively:

3,276,900,000 m3, 48, 200, 000 m3 and 56, 100, 000 m3.

The total discharge volume of waste water of the whole city in 2008 is 70,090,700 t, the discharge volume

of waste water is 22,564,000 t. The discharging volume of main pollutants COD is 58525.39t, which has

reduced 3366.43t compared with 2007,where the discharging volume of COD in industry is 48506.85t,the

discharging volume of COD in living is 10018.54t;the discharging volume of ammonia nitrogen is

Page 331: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

1902.49t,which has reduced 669.51t compared with 2007, where the discharging volume of ammonia

nitrogen in industry is 564.87t,the discharging volume of ammonia nitrogen in living is 1337.62t.

3 )Water quality of water resource

Carry out assessment on the water quality of rivers of the whole city in 2008 according to the

GB3838-2002 Surface Water Quality Standards, the water quality of water run into the Ulansuhai from the

general drainage ditch can reach Class V, the main items that exceed the standard are permanganate index,

COD, ammonia nitrogen, fluoride and mercury, the average annual mineralization degree is 1.700g/l,which

has increased 0.08g/l compared with 2007;the water quality in Ulansuhai is Class V and belong to organic

contamination, the main items that exceed the standard are COD, permanganate index,BOD5,TP, total

nitrogen, ammonia nitrogen etc.. Carry out evaluation according to the class V water quality of surface

water, the exceeding standard rate of BOD5 in the whole year is 66.7%,the exceeding standard rate of COD

is 50%,the exceeding standard rate of total nitrogen is 33.3%,the exceeding standard rate of total

phosphorus is 16.7%. On the aspect of nutrition, the water body of Ulansuhai is heavy eutrophication,

where the total nitrogen has reached heavy eutrophication level; the total phosphorus has reached heavy

eutrophication level.

The average annual mineralization degree of underground water in the Hetao area in 2008 is 3.920 g/l,

which has reduced 0.200 g/l compared with 2007.The freshwater area that the mineralization degree of

underground water of irrigation area in the drought period of 2008 is less than 3g/l is 5956.6 km 2,which

account for 56.7% of the total irrigation area ; the freshwater area of underground water during the wet

season is 5848.8 km2,which account for 55.7% of the total irrigation area, the freshwater area during the

drought period is a little larger than those in 2007, the freshwater area during the wet season has a little

reduction compared with those in 2007.

4 )The existing problems of water resources

In recent years, along with the rapid economic development and the rapid increasing of urban

population, the resident living water in the urban and rural area over the whole city in 2008 has reached

78, 600, 000m3.Until now, the water quality existing problems in 3 counties of the total 7

counties ,including Urad Front Banner , Wuyuan county and Urad Back Banner ,the water for living in the

urban and rural area has been significantly affected. Where the water level in the Allah Ben region that is

the water source area of Urad Front Banner, a relatively large groundwater extraction funnel has been

Page 332: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

formed, the water for industrial production and living of residents in the urban and rural area has existed

crisis ;good water that meet the drinking water standard for human and animal is lacking in the Wuyuan

county, most of the water are brackish water ,the water for living of residents in the urban and rural area

has already existed difficulties ;for the Dishaiwusu town where the government of Urad Back Banner is

located, the main reason of removing the government of town is due to the extremely lacking of

groundwater. So that the shortage of water resources has became the main factor of restricting the city's

economic and social development currently.

According to the Yellow River water allocation plan approved by GBF (1987)No.61 issued by

state council, the water capacity allocated to the autonomous region in the normal water supply year of

Yellow River is 5,860,000,000m3.In October,1999,the president conference office in the autonomous

region has initially determined that the water capacity from Yellow River is 4,000,000,000 m3 after the

implementation year of water-saving project in the Hetao irrigation area of Bayannaoer according to the

water-saving project plan in the Hetao irrigation area. Due to the historical reasons and the actual situation

of agriculture water usage in the Hetao irrigation area, the average amount of water from Yellow River in

several years is 4,674,800,000m3, based on the water allocation program approved by the country and

autonomous region ,now the Hetao irrigation area has introduced 674 800 000 m3 water from Yellow River

in each year of which has exceeded the plan.

5 )Balance analysis on the water capacity supply and demand

Due to the water demand prediction calculation zone in the first industry agriculture is five irrigation

zones, but the water demand calculation zones for secondary industry, tertiary industry, living and

ecological environment are administrative divisions in all counties. After conversion, carry out summary

on the prediction results of water demand in the first industry, secondary industry, tertiary industry, living

and ecological environment respectively according to the irrigation area and administrative division, for

results please see table 4.3-2 (water resource evaluation on the water source comprehensive management

project in Bayannaoer ,Beijing University of Technology ,2010 )

Table 4.3-2 Water demand and water supply prediction in all administrative divisions

Page 333: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

年份 临河区 五原县 磴口县 乌前旗 乌中旗 乌后旗 杭后旗 合计 引黄 地下水 再生水2007 118367 105094 19501 44722 23280 1040 86983 398988 3989882010 113245 100546 18657 42787 22273 995 83219 381721 3817212015 112147 99571 18476 42372 22057 985 82412 378021 3780212020 111049 98597 18295 41958 21841 976 81606 374321 3743212030 102771 91247 16931 38830 20213 903 75523 346418 3464182007 783 306 697 113 94 872 324 3190 31902010 4495 1084 2237 1052 1037 2871 1378 14153 141532015 6837 1514 2721 1687 1730 3499 1965 19952 11323 86292020 13009 2453 4816 3546 3197 6143 3823 36987 9058 279292030 18611 3150 6388 5003 4447 8057 5849 51504 5000 465042007 1521 614 344 393 328 155 657 4013 40132010 1955 856 404 505 425 179 841 5165 51652015 2198 977 458 576 485 199 967 5861 58612020 2454 1106 515 652 549 220 1100 6596 65962030 2979 1369 631 807 679 268 1373 8107 81072007 73 33 12 8 8 15 33 181 1812010 289 109 43 33 26 34 122 656 6562015 473 163 60 50 37 51 205 1040 10402020 545 179 57 46 34 53 247 1160 11602030 740 209 69 50 37 52 304 1461 14612007 326 91 74 68 56 37 102 753 7532010 433 152 81 90 75 40 134 1004 10042015 514 187 97 110 92 46 167 1212 12122020 587 219 112 129 108 51 198 1404 14042030 761 293 148 173 145 67 271 1858 18582007 121070 106138 20628 45305 23766 2119 88099 407125 398988 7384 7532010 120416 102747 21422 44466 23836 4119 85695 402700 381721 19975 10042015 122169 102412 21812 44795 24401 4781 85716 406085 378021 18223 98412020 127644 102553 23796 46330 25729 7443 86974 420468 374321 16814 293332030 125862 96269 24168 44863 25521 9346 83320 409348 346418 14568 48362

合计

项目区供水预测部门

项目区需水预测汇总

灌溉

工业

生活

服务

城镇生态

4.3.2 Water capacity balance in Ulansuhai1) Annual changes of water capacity in or out of Ulansuhai

The table 4.3-3 is the incoming and outgoing water capacity statistics for Ulansuhai in 1988-2008,it

can be seen from the table that the drainage water capacity from the general drainage ditch ,Bapaigan ,

Jiupaigan and four truck channels to the Ulansuhai are respectively 0.307 billion-0.627 billion m 3 ,0.025-

0.062billion m3,0.005-0.036 billion m3 and 0.023-0.103 billion m3 ,the average value respectively are 0.461

billion m3,0.042 billion m3,0.022 billion m3 and 0.044 billion m3,where the general drainage ditch is the

truck ditch for drainage, the drainage capacity accounts for 81% of the total water drainage capacity.

Average water capacity run from Ulansuhai into Yellow River is 154 000 000 m3 in every year, the net

water capacity run from the drainage ditch and truck channel to the Ulansuhai is 415 million m3.

The drainage water in the general drainage ditch, Bapaigan and Jiupaigan are polluted by the urban

Page 334: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

sewage and industrial and agricultural wastewater, these water should be discharged into Ulansuhai before

carrying out purification through constructed wetland in the biological transition zone. Due to the

replenishing water of the four truck channels are relatively clean water from Yellow River, they can be

directly flow into the Ulansuhai area without treatment in the biological transition zone.

Table 4.3-3 The incoming and outgoing water capacity of Ulansuhai during 1988-2008(billion m3)

Year

General drainage ditch to Ulansuh

ai

Bapaigan to Ulansuh

ai

Jiupaigan to

Ulansuhai

Replenishing water from 4 truck

channels

Water capacit

y run

into Yellow River

Total capacity

run into

Ulansuhai

Net capacity run into

Ulansuhai

1988 5.44 0.25 0.1 0.52 3.30 6.31 3.011989 5.51 0.30 0.15 0.51 2.88 6.47 3.591990 5.20 0.40 0.16 0.6 2.51 6.36 3.851991 3.75 0.43 0.16 0.32 1.43 4.66 3.231992 4.16 0.54 0.12 0.34 1.72 5.16 3.441993 4.40 0.40 0.05 0.42 1.10 5.27 4.161994 6.10 0.43 0.16 0.41 2.68 7.10 4.431995 6.80 0.58 0.36 0.44 3.42 8.18 4.761996 6.27 0.42 0.33 0.29 3.28 7.31 4.031997 5.39 0.40 0.29 0.35 2.07 6.43 4.351998 5.08 0.41 0.3 0.32 1.31 6.11 4.801999 4.19 0.50 0.28 0.33 0.76 5.30 4.542000 4.09 0.49 0.28 0.33 0.45 5.19 4.742001 3.79 0.47 0.31 0.39 0.37 4.96 4.602002 4.19 0.37 0.22 1.03 0.43 5.81 5.382003 3.08 0.27 0.19 0.43 0.08 3.97 3.892004 3.97 0.38 0.24 0.38 0.74 4.97 4.242005 2.86 0.33 0.18 0.32 0.11 3.69 3.582006 3.49 0.32 0.16 0.49 0.41 4.46 4.052007 4.00 0.59 0.29 0.74 1.31 5.62 4.312008 5.09 0.62 0.29 0.23 2.03 6.23 4.19

Average

4.61 0.42 0.22 0.44 1.54 5.69 4.15

2 )Water capacity balance in Ulansuhai

Under the premise of ignore the storage capacity changes caused by other reasons in Ulansuhai area,

the changes of water capacity in Ulansuhai can be expressed by following formula:

Page 335: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Where: —— water capacity of general drainage ditch; —— water capacity of Bapaigan;

——water capacity of Jiupaigan; —— replenishing water capacity of truck channel; ——water

capacity run into Yellow River; ——infiltration capacity on the bottom of lake; —— Evaporation

water capacity; ——precipitation on the water surface; —— runoff capacity on the ground surface;

—— replenishing of groundwater

Without calculating the changes of storage capacity, the current water level operates on the place of

1018.5 m, i.e. [Dv/dt]=0.

(1 )Incoming water capacity

According to the incoming and outgoing water capacity statistics for Ulansuhai during 1988-2008,the

average annual drainage water capacity from the general drainage ditch ,Bapaigan , Jiupaigan and four

truck channels to the Ulansuhai are respectively 0.461 billion m3 ,0.042 billion m3,0.022 billion m3 and

0.044 billion m3 ,the total annual drainage capacity to the Ulansuhai is 0.569 billion m3.

(2 )Water capacity run into Yellow River

According to the incoming and outgoing water capacity statistics for Ulansuhai during 1988-2008,the

average annual water drainage capacity from the Ulansuhai to the Yellow River is 154 000 000m3 .

(3 )Evaporation capacity

The annual evaporation capacity of Ulansuhai is 1234 mm, the estimated annual total evaporation capacity

is about 361 million m3 (data from Inner Mongolia Water Resources Design Institute ).

(4 )Precipitation

The precipitation adopts the average value in several years from Xi Shanzui weather station during

1968~1997,the annual precipitation is 244 mm, the total precipitation capacity is about 66 000 000 m3.

(5 )Seepage amount

The annual seepage amount is about 66 000 000 m3.

(6 )Surface runoff

Page 336: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

The annual surface runoff is about 52 000 000 m3

(7 )Groundwater replenishing

According to the measured data in the 1980s of last century, the replenishing groundwater capacity is

about 18 000 000m3.

In addition to the incoming and outgoing water, the multi-year changes of other hydrologic processes

such as water, surface runoff, groundwater replenishing, seepage , evaporation and other processes are not

very large. The water capacity balance of Ulansuhai can be seen from figure 1.1-1.

Figure 4.3-1 Water capacity balance in Ulansuhai

According to the analysis on the water capacity balance in Ulansuhai, it can maintain the current

ecological water and water surface area of Ulansuhai when the net water capacity entering the Ulansuhai is

larger than 515 million m³ .If the net water capacity is reduced, under the premise of maintain evaporation

and precipitation, it may cause the reduction of water level and reduction of water surface area in

Ulansuhai.

According to the conclusion of Comprehensive Planning Report On Water Resources In Bayannaoer

Of Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region(Wu Han University,2006):when the net water capacity from the

UlansuhaiCapacity run into Ulansuhai is

0.569billion m³

Precipitation0.066billion

Evaporation capacity

0.361billion m³

Capacity run into Yellow River

0.154billion m³

Seepage amount0.066 billion m³

Groundwater replenishing

0.018billion m³

Surface runoff

0.052billionm³

Page 337: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

irrigation area to the Ulansuhai is 0.36 ~ 0.39billion m³ ,it can basically maintain the current water

surface level of Ulansuhai at 1018.5m.the conclusion of Lake Recovery And Management Project In Inner

Mongolia-Comprehensive Treatment Study In Ulansuhai (Environmental Science Research Institute of

Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region, Swedish Environmental Research Institute, Norwegian Institute for

Water Environment):the water capacity coming into the Ulansuhai can not be less than 400 000 000

m³.Only can maintain the water level of lake at 1018.5m.According to the figure 1.1-1 Water Resource

Balance Condition And Analysis In Ulansuhai, it maintains 515 million m³ ecological water demand in

Ulansuhai after the comprehensive analysis (pay more attention on the safety),the water level of lake

should be maintained at 1018.5m.

4.4 The pollution source in the project area and its treatment overview

4.4.1The water supply and consumption in the project area and the sewage

pollution sourceThe total water source capacity of Bayannaoer in 2007 is 5,596,700,000m3,the total utilization

capacity of water source in administrative divisions is 4919200000 m3,where, the water from Yellow River

is 4236800000m3,other surface water capacity is 57 500 000m3,the groundwater used is 624 900 000 m3;In

the total water utilization capacity, the water capacity in agriculture is 4744700000m3,which accounts for

96.5% of the total utilization water capacity, the water capacity in industry is 96 500 000m3,which accounts

for 2.0% of the total utilization water capacity, the utilization water capacity for living is 78 000

000m3,which accounts for 1.5% of the total utilization water capacity .The total water consumption volume

is 3418800000 m3,the comprehensive water consumption rate is 69.5% ; the water consumption in

agriculture, industry and living are respectively :3,295,900,000 m3, 60 ,900 ,000 m3 and 62 ,000, 000 m3.

The sewage drainage volume of Bayannaoer in 2007 is 51,497,000 t, which has reduced 1,399,900 t

compared with those in 2006.Where the sewage drainage capacity in industry is 35,575,300 t, which has

reduced 1,691,500 t compared with those in 2006,Qualified drainage capacity is 24,866,600t,the standard

rate is 69.90 %;the drainage capacity from living and other sewage is 15,921,700 t, which accounts for

30.92% of the total sewage drainage capacity .

There are 128 enterprises in the Bayannaoer, there are 75 sets of wastewater treatment facilities, the

wastewater discharged into Sewage Treatment Plant is 3,531,800t,which only accounts for 9.93% of the

Page 338: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

total wastewater drainage capacity. The main pollutants in the wastewater are COD, ammonia nitrogen and

suspended solids.

4.4.2 Industrial solid wasteThe production capacity of industrial solid waste in Bayannaoer is 5,525,100t,which has increased

1,110,400 t, where the comprehensive utilization capacity is 1,778,300 t, which has increased 812, 700

t,the comprehensive utilization capacity is 32.19% ;The storage capacity is 23,100 t, the disposal

capacity is 3,812,600 t.

Comprehensive Utilization Rate

Storage Rate Disposal Rate

Page 339: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

5 Comprehensive Environment Impact Assessment

5.1 Analysis on Environment Impact during Construction

The project to be constructed includes civil works, pipe laying, and installation,

debugging and trial run of M&I equipment, etc. During construction, various construction

activities, transport and equipment debugging will inevitably generate waste gases,

wastewater, noises, solid wastes, etc. and the surrounding environment will be surely

impacted, especially the impact of construction noises and dust are the most. The chapter will

analyze the pollutions and their environmental impacts.

5.1.1 Ambient Air Impact AnalysisMain ambient air pollution sources during construction of the project include odor,

dust and vehicle exhausts.

5.1.1.1 Odor Impact Analysis

Odors emitted during grid excavation and sediment transport of Wuliangsu Lake will

impact the surrounding environment.

(1) Odor Intensity Level

Odor intensity is classified based on odor threshold value. Odor intensity is classified

into six levels (see Table 5-1-1) in China. The limitation criteria are generally equivalent to

class 2.5-3.5 of odor intensity. If beyond the intensity range, odor pollution will be identified

and corresponding measures shall be taken.

Table 5.1-1 6-class Classification of Odor Intensity

Classification of Intensity Sensory Intensity of Odor

0 No Odor

1 Vary Faint Oder (Detect threshold concentration)

2Weak odor which can determine the property of gas (Confirm threshold

concentration)

3 Significant odor to smell easily

Page 340: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

4 Strong Odor

5 Strong Odor

(2) Odor Impact Analysis

The project adopts analogy method to analyze the class of odor pollution intensity.

① Refer to Mudanjiang Nanpaozi Dredging Project (dry excavation in summer) and

the investigation analysis of pollution source odor class is referred to Table 5-1-2.

Table 5.1-2 Odor Intensity of Mudanjiang Nanpaozi Sediment Dredging (Dry Excavation of Dry Pond)

Distance Sensory Intensity of Odor Class

Shore Apparent Odor Class 3

30m away from shore Slight Class 2

80m away from shore Slight Class 1

Above 100m away from shore N/A Class 0

② Nanning Nanhu Lake Treatment Project adopts wet dredging, only slight odor can

be smelled around the lake and no odor beyond 50m.

③ Conclusion

Through analogy analysis, there will be apparent odor in the lake area during dredging;

the odor intensity reaches class 2 with slight odor beyond 30m, lower than limitation criteria

(class 2.5-3.5) of odor intensity; and there is basically no odor beyond 50m.

There are many residential areas around Wuliangmei Lake, however, all the sensitive

point distribution is relatively scattered and beyond 100m, so the grid excavation and

dredging process in Wuliangmei Lake area will not impact surrounding residents.

In order to avoid odor impact caused by grid excavation and dredging in Wuliangmei

Lake area, the removed sediments and trashes shall be transported to local refuse landfills for

landfill treatment timely. If sediments be cannot removed and transported timely, load them

to straw bags for storage, thus reducing dust and odorous gas emission, avoid impact on the

living quality of nearby residents. Furthermore, transport sediments in closed tank wagons to

prevent scattering along the way and impacting urban landscaping.

5.1.1.2 Dust Impact Analysis

Construction dust mainly includes dust generated by construction vehicle driving, dust

in laydown area and stirring dust, etc.

(1) Dust Generated by Vehicle Driving

According to the introduction of related references, dust generated by vehicle driving

Page 341: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

covers above 60% of total dust during construction. Dust generated by vehicle driving can be

calculated according to the empirical formula below under absolutely dry condition:

Where,

Q ——Dust generated by vehicle driving, kg/km·Vehicle;

V ——Vehicle driving speed, km/h;

W ——Vehicle load weight, t;

P ——Road surface dust, kg/m2.

Road dust generated by vehicles are related to many factors like vehicle speed, vehicle

model, vehicle flow, wind velocity, road surface dust volume and others. Table 5.1-3 gives

dust volume generated when a 10t truck passes across a 1km road surface according to

different road cleanness and driving speed. We can see from Table 5.1-3 that under the same

condition of road cleanness, the faster the driving speed, the more the dust volume; under the

same driving speed, the more the road dust volume, the more the dust. Therefore, limiting

construction vehicle speed and maintaining road surface cleanness is an effective means to

reduce dust.

Table 5.1-3 Dust Volume Generated by 10t Truck at different speeds

Dust Volume

Vehicle

Speed

0.1kg/m2 0.2kg/m2 0.3kg/m2 0.4kg/m2 0.5kg/m2 1.0kg/m2

5km/h 0.0511 0.0859 0.1164 0.1444 0.1707 0.2871

10km/h 0.1021 0.1717 0.2328 0.2888 0.3414 0.5742

15km/h 0.1532 0.2576 0.3491 0.4332 0.5121 0.8613

25km/h 0.2553 0.4293 0.5819 0.7220 0.8536 1.4355

According to preliminary estimate, road dust on construction site within 80-120m

range of downwind exceeds Ambient Air Quality Standard (GB3095-1996) Level II

Standard, and road dust of transportation spoil within 30-60m range of downwind exceeds

GB3095-1996 Level II Standard.

(2) Laydown Area Dust

Another source of dust during construction stage is wind dust in open laydown area

Page 342: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

and open site. Due to the construction needs, some building materials and excavated

earthwork shall be temporarily piled up. Under the condition of dry and windy climate, dust

will be generated and dust volume can be calculated according to the empirical formula of

dust in laydown area:

Where,

Q ——Dust volume, kg/t·a;

V50 ——Wind velocity at height where is 50m away from ground, m/s;

V0 ——Dusting wind velocity, m/s;

W——Moisture content of dust particle, %.

Dusting wind velocity is related to particle size and moisture content, so reducing open

laydown area, ensuring certain moisture content, and reducing open ground are effective

means to reduce dust caused by wind. The diffusion and dilution of dust in air is related to

wind velocity and other climate conditions and related to the sediment velocity of dust as

well. The sediment velocity of different particle sizes is referred to Table 5.1-4. We can see

from the Table, the sediment velocity of dust increases rapidly along with the increase of

particle size. When particle size is larger than 250μm, the main impact range is within the

close distance range of downwind of dust generation point, while some tiny particle size of

dust has big impact on ambient environment.

Table 5.1-4 Sedimentation Velocity of Different Particle Sizes

Dust Particle Size (μm) 10 20 30 40 50 60 70

Sedimentation Velocity

(m/s)

0.0

03

0.012

0.0

27

0.0

48

0.075

0.10

8

0.147

Dust Particle Size (μm) 80 90

10

0

150 200 250 350

Sedimentation Velocity

(m/s)

0.1

58

0.170

0.1

82

0.2

39

0.804

1.00

5

1.829

Page 343: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Preliminarily estimated according to related data, the dust in dump laydown area

exceeds GB3095-1996 level II standard within range of 100-150m downwind.

(3) Stirring Dust

Through analogy analysis on dust monitoring data on the construction lime stirring

site, near the lime stirring station, the concentration at 50m downwind at TSP hour is 8.10

mg/m3, the concentration at 100m downwind at TSP hour is 1.65 mg/m3, and there is

basically no impact at places 150m far away.

(4) Construction Dust Impact

According to above analysis and preliminary estimate, road dust on construction site

within 80-120m range of downwind exceeds Ambient Air Quality Standard (GB3095-

1996) Level II Standard, road dust of transportation spoil within 30-60m range of downwind

exceeds GB3095-1996 Level II Standard; dust on spool laydown area within 100-150m range

of downwind exceeds GB3095-1996 Level II Standard; Through analogy analysis on dust

monitoring data on the construction lime stirring site, near the lime stirring station, the

concentration at 50m downwind at TSP hour is 8.10 mg/m3, the concentration at 100m

downwind at TSP hour is 1.65 mg/m3, and daily average value concentration of GB3095-

1996 level II standard are basically met at places 150m far away.

According to related test results, if spray water frequently (4-5 times/day) onto car

driving road surface during construction, the dust volume can be reduced by 70% or so and

get good dust sediment effects. Table 5.1-5 gives the actual test results of sprinkler dust on

construction site.

Table 5.1-5 Sprinkler Dust Test Result

Distance from Construction Source/m 5 20 50100

TSP Concentration Value

(Hour Average )/mg·m-3

No Sprinkler10.14

2.89

1.15

0.86

Spraying Water2.01

1.40

0.67

0.60

GB3095-1996 Ambient Air Quality Standard Level II Standard

0.9

We can see from data given in Table 6.1-5, after the sprinkler dust measure (sprinkler

4-5 times per day) is taken, the dust concentration (calculated in TSP) is reduced greatly, and

Page 344: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

the impact range is also reduced from 5-100m to 5-50m. Within the range of 50-100m, the

TSP concentration value of ambient air reaches level II standard of GB3095-1996 Ambient

Air Quality Standard (suitable for residential area, commerce, transport and resident mixed

area).

In a word, construction dust will have certain impact on residents, schools, enterprises

and public institutions and construction personnel around the construction boundary, among

which, construction personnel are affected the most. As the pipe network construction

involves a wide range and the range affected by construction dust is wide, construction dust is

mainly concentrated on both ends of pipe works and the roads where construction and

transport vehicles drive across, however, the distance between project pipe network

construction point and residential area and enterprises and public institutions is above 100m.

So though construction dust has certain impact on ambient environment, by taking necessary

measures, the impact of construction dust will be reduced greatly. And the impact is

temporary, along with the execution of landscaping and rehabilitation, the impact will be

reduced greatly and even disappear after the completion of construction.

5.1.1.3 Vehicle Emissions

Construction machinery and equipment for the project includes face shovel, back

shovel, bulldozer, dump truck, pile driver, and stirrer, etc. The construction machinery uses

diesel and gasoline and exhaust emissions by fuel oil mainly includes SO2, NOx, CO and

hydrocarbons, etc. Exhaust emissions during construction are referred to Table 5.1-6.

Table 5.1-6 Exhaust Emissions during Construction

Fuel

Name

Fuel

Consumption

(t)

Polluta

nts

Emission

Factor (kg/t)

Emission

(t)

Total Exhaust Emissions of Construction

Machinery (t)

Gasoline 649

SO2 0.40 0.260 SO2: 22.233

NOx: 323.547

CO: 331.844

CnHm: 59.088

NOx 28.13 18.256

CO 225.33 146.239

CnHm 44.40 28.816

Diesel 5844 SO2 3.76 21.973

NOx 52.24 305.291

Page 345: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

CO 31.76 185.605

CnHm 5.18 30.272

As smaller intensity of exhaust emissions and flat terrain which are favorable to waste

gas dilution and diffusion, tail gases generated by construction machineries, transport

vehicles have small impact on ambient atmospheric environment.

5.1.2 Water Environment Impact Analysis and Assessment 5.1.2.1 Construction Wastewater Environment Impact Analysis

During construction, as the execution of site cleaning, pipe laying, concrete mixture,

building and installation, etc. a certain amount of construction remained water and spools will

be brought. In addition, as a large number of construction personnel will be needed during

construction, a certain amount of sanitary sewage will be generated.

(1) Construction Wastewater

Main pollutants in construction remained water and spools are COD, SS and

petroleum. The analogy data show that the concentration of COD and petroleum are both

lower than 150 mg/L for COD and 10 mg/L for petroleum required by level II standard in

Integrated Wastewater Discharge Standard (GB8978-1996), but cause SS increased in short

time. According to analogy investigation, the concentration of wastewater suspended matters

during construction is 500-1300 mg/L, after preliminary treatment of sediment and others, the

concentration of suspended matter is greatly reduced and can reach discharge standard after

holding for above 2h and will not cause remarkably unfavorable impact on water body.

(2) Sanitary Sewage

The calculation formula of sanitary sewage on construction site is as below:

Q = (k × q × n) /1000

Where, Q——Sanitary sewage volume, t/d;

k——Sewage emission coefficient, the project takes 0.8;

q——Per capital sanitary household water consumption, L/cap·d;

n——Number of daily construction site personnel, cap.

According to analogy data, the COD concentration in sanitary sewage on construction

site is around 300 mg/m3, BOD5 concentration is around 150 mg/m3, and SS is 150mg/l.

Water consumption takes 50 L/cap·d for calculation and the calculation results are shown in

Page 346: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

table. According to the requirements of construction scale and construction period of each

pollution project, estimate the construction personnel required and sanitary sewage emissions,

refer to Table 5.1-7.

Table 5.1-7 Sanitary Sewage Emissions during Construction

S/

NProject Name

Number of

Constructi

on People

Water

Consumptio

n (t/d)

Sanitary Sewage

Emissions (t/d)

1Urat Rear Banner Processing Park Regenerated Water

Supply Project90 4.5 3.6

2Ganqimaodu Port Processing Park Regenerated Water

Supply Project100 5.0 4.0

3 Drainage Canal 3 Regenerated Water Supply Project 80 4.0 3.2

4 Drainage Canal 7 Regenerated Water Supply Project 80 4.0 3.2

5Urat Rear Banner Processing Park (Huhe Town) Sewage

Treatment and Reuse Project90 4.5 3.6

6Ganqimaodu Port processing Park (Delingshan Town)

Disposal Treatment and Reuse Project100 5.0 4.0

7Urat Front Banner Processing Park (Xianfeng Town)

Sewage Treatment and Reuse Project120 6.0 4.8

8 Wuliangsu Lake Idyllic Grid Waterway Project 50 2.5 3.0

9

Wuliangsu Lake Biological Transition Zone Constructed

Wetland Project and Area Source Demonstration and

Promotion Project

70 3.5 2.8

As all itemized works of the project are not developed simultaneously, actual sanitary

sewage emissions are not the sum of simple addition of figures in above table. From above

table, it can be reflected that sanitary sewage emissions during construction are not big.

The existing living facilities near the construction site shall be used for sanitary sewage

emissions during construction as far as possible. The unconditioned area shall be set up with

temporary toilets and cesspool on site to collect stools which shall be transported by pumping

tumbrel provided by construction companies or consigned sanitation department to sewage

treatment plant for treatment periodically.

5.1.2.2 Assessment of Impact on Water Environment of Grid Excavation and Sediment

Release in Lake Area

Page 347: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Environment-friendly dredging machineries are used for this work to dredge grid

waterways in Wuliangsu Lake. Disturbance brought by the dredging will facilitate the mix

and exchange between mud and water, causing the increase of pollutants and SS content in

water body, as well as the increase of organic matters and nutrients, also interfering the living

environment for benthic organism to a certain degree. Backhole dredgers and grab dredgers

will be used for this dredging operation that can effectively reduce the second pollution

caused by the diffusion of pollutants and SS around water body. Dredgers will conduct

stationary operation, so that they won’t disturb bed mud in the Lake are too much, and there

will be less bed mud leakage during the dredging operation. Construction impact on water

environment will be within the range of 50-60m that it won’t affect water environment

significantly.

(1)Analysis on Suspended Matter Diffusion Impact

Factors like comprehensive dredging effects and impact on environment. It’s

recommended to deploy 0.8~1.2 m3 hydraulic backhole dredgers. For sediments excavation at

the upper layer in the area having less aquatic weeds, grab dredgers can be used.

Basically, hydraulic backhole dredgers and grab dredgers will conduct stationary

operation during the construction. Diffusion mechanism of suspended dredged materials is

similar to the diffusion of continuous point source. This environmental evaluation will refer

to the forecast results of impact on suspended matters diffusion in dredging operation in

relevant lake area of Meiliang Lake under the Report on the Impact on Polluted Bed Mud

Dredging Test Work Environment in Tai Lake, where the construction process is similar to

that of this work, and the forecast results in which can reflect the impact range of this work.

The forecast results indicate that at 50m of excavation circumference, the impact values of

suspended matters content in water body are all below 10mg/L. And such impact mainly

works on dredging. About one hour after dredging, the content of suspended matters

increased artificially will fall off under 1mg/L quickly. Therefore, it is reasonable to say that

the operation of hydraulic backhole dredgers and grab dredgers won’t disturb bed mud too

much, and basically there is no bed mud leakage during dredging operation. Bed mud

dredged will be transferred above the dredging barge with the slewer. Then the device for

Page 348: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

opening the bucket will pull the latch off and compress the buffer spring. Bucket bottom will

be opened under deadweight and loading force to unload the mud. Mud excavated will be

transferred directly into the barges calling beside. Then a barge train (including five barges

filled with mud in turn) will be towed to material discharge area by a towboat.

The excavation and dredging can facilitate the mix and exchange between mud and

wter in the system effectively, enhance the release of organic matter, TP and TN in bed mud,

and cause the increase of contents of COD, TP, and TN in the water body. According to the

test data of bed mud resuspension in relevant water body, the disturbance brought by mud

excavation will increase the contents of aerobic organic matters, TP and TN by around 10%.

Short after mud excavation, due to the effects caused by oxide and hydroxide, the contents of

aerobic organic matter, TP and TN will decline gradually to the background level, which will

not affect the water body in area being excavated too much.

(2)Analysis on Impact of Remained Water at Laydown Area

Pollutants in remained water from waterway excavation operation mainly refer to the

pollutants contained in the water body of construction area, as well as nitrogen, phosphorus,

and heavy metal pollutants enriched in bed mud particles. Controlling the discharge content

of suspended matters in waters during construction will control the discharge contents of

other pollutants effectively.

According to the results of simulation test on silt in Caohai, Dianchi in Table 51-8:

Pollutant content in remained water declines as the time of slurry sedimentation increases, but

the content of suspended matters might not meet the requirements under Standard-I. If

stationary time is shorter than 48h, pollutant content in remained water will exceed Standard-

I under Slurry Comprehensive Discharge Standard. According to laydown area design for this

work, slurry sedimentation time is normally longer than 48h.

Table 5.1-8 Components of Remained Water from Bed Mud Dredging in Caohai (simulation test

results) (mg/L)

Test Conditions pH

SSChromati

cityCOD

Mn

TN

TPNH4

-NCu Pb Zn Cd As

Slurry at Estuary of

Daguan River

Stationary for 1h

6.0

932 41 26.4 23.3

0.253

17.8

0.05 0.03

<0.01

<0.01

0.019

Page 349: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Stationary for 48h

6.0

71 34 7.6716.9

0.080

12.9

0.01<0.01

<0.01

<0.01

0.006

Lake Water

Background

6.4

86 8 6.7411.8

0.750

8.91

0.0020.02

0.039

0.003

0.007

Slurry at Estuary of Yunliang River

Stationary for 1h

6.0

1013 63 65.825.2

0.100

21.7

0.110.04

0.080.01

0.068

Stationary for 48h

6.2

83 58 10.624.3

0.042

21.4

0.020.02

0.01<0.01

0.029

Lake Water

Background

6.4

68 9 7.589.75

0.857

7.49

0.0080.03

0.046

0.006

0.026

Comprehensive Discharge Standard Level I

6-9

70 50 100 — 0.5 25 1.01.0

4.0 0.1 0.5

Therefore, there are cutoff trenches in bed mud laydown area where perlocating water

will be extracted in time and delivered into the reed wetland for treatment.

(3) Analysis on Secondary Pollution of Waterway Excavation Work

Bed mud excavation is one of the significant measures to control internal pollution

source in the lake. However, bed mud excavation is a large-scale man-made interference

which will facilitate pollutant release such as nutrient and heavy metal, bringing negative

impact on the quality of water body environment to a certain degree.

For bed mud excavation is similar to bed mud dredging, therefore, the Analysis on

Risks of Water Environment Quality of Bed Mud Dredging in Tai Lake (written by Liu

Aiju, Kong Fanxiang, Wang Dong) can be used for analogy, which indicates that during

dredging operation and during a short while after dredging finishes, the contents of total

suspended matters, toxic heavy metal ions, nitrogen nutrient and phosphorus nutrient in the

water body increase, while the transparency of water body declines. That’s mainly because

dredging operation causes resuspension of surface sediments, facilitating the release of

nitrogen nutrient, phosphorus nutrient, and toxic heavy metal ions from sediments. Such

Page 350: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

impact on environment will continue that two months after dredging operation finishes,

suspended matters content, heavy metal pollution level, nitrogen nutrient content, and

phosphorus nutrient content in the water body start to decline, meaning that suspended

matters, as well as nutrients and heavy metal ions suspended matters absorbed in the water

body after dredging operation will start to precipitate quickly. However, compared to the

situation before dredging, the quality of lake water environment nine months after dredging is

not as good as that before dredging. One year after dredging, water body quality improves,

and all indicators can’t compete with those before dredging, which means that bed mud

excavation will somehow facilitate the improvement and enhancement of lake water body.

5.1.3 Analysis of Acoustic Environmental Impact The construction noise is mainly generated by construction machineries and

transportation vehicles. The noise intensity is different in different construction stages, sites

and operation types. During construction, there are many construction machineries, besides,

the construction is outdoor working without noise reduction measures, and therefore the noise

is spread far and the affected area is large. Main noise sources during construction are

excavators, transportation vehicles, pipelayers, concrete mixers, dump trucks, vibrators,

electric welding machines and bulldozers etc. Main noise sources of machineries and the

source intensities are as shown in table 5.1-9.

Table 5.1-9 Main Noise Sources of Machineries and the Source Intensities

No. Equipment Name Intensity dB(A)

1 Air compressor 110

2 Crusher 97

3 Excavator 79 ~ 83

4 Bulldozer 85

5 Loader 85

6 Lifter 72

7 Winder 97

8 Truck (above 10t) 79 ~ 83

9 Crane 76

10 Electric saw 90

11 Welding machine 78

12 Grafter 80

Page 351: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

13 Pavement roller 84

14 Pile driver 110

15 Vibrator 105

16 Concrete pump 85

17 Dredger 92

(2) Analysis of environmental impact of noise on construction site

The analysis of engineering pollution sources shows that the noise sources on

construction site are machineries with high noise and during construction, and a lot of

machineries are operated on site, and therefore the intensity of single unit equipment source is

between 76 dB(A) and 110 dB(A). The construction equipment can not be prevented, because

they are used outdoor. The attenuation of noise with the distance increase is as follows:

L2 =L1- 20log( r2/r1)

Wherein:

L2 、 L1——noise level at r1 and r2 away from the noise source;

r1 、 r2——the distance away from the noise source;

In calculation, r1 = 1m.

Refer to table 5.1-10 for attenuation of equipment noise with the distance increase.

Table 5.1-10 Attenuation of Equipment Noise with the Distance Increase

N

o.

Name of

Noise

Source

Noise

Intensity

Noise level at different location from the noise source

20m 40m 60m 80m 100m

20

0

m

300m500

m

1

Air

compress

or

110 84 78 74 72 70 64 60 56

2 Crusher 97 71 65 61 59 57 51 47 43

3 Excavator 83 57 51 47 45 43 37 - -

4 Bulldozer 85 59 53 49 47 45 39 - -

5 Loader 85 59 53 49 47 45 39 - -

6 Lifter 72 46 40 36 - - - - -

7 Winder 97 71 65 61 59 57 51 47 43

8 Truck 83 57 51 47 45 43 37 - -

9 Crane 76 50 44 40 38 36 - - -

Page 352: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

1

0

Electric

saw90 64 58 54 52 50 44 40 36

1

1

Welding

machine78 52 46 42 40 38 - - -

1

2Grafter 80 54 48 44 42 40 34 - -

1

3

Pavement

roller84 58 52 48 46 44 38 - -

1

4Pile driver 110 84 78 74 72 70 64 60 56

1

5Vibrator 105 79 73 69 67 65 59 55 51

1

6

Concrete

pump85 59 53 49 47 45 39 - -

1

7 Dredger 92 77.5 70.4 65.9 63.8 58.255

.852.1

49.

9

During construction, the machineries are main noise sources, if not considering the

influence of houses, trees and air etc., at 100m away from the boundary of construction site,

the maximum noise level is 70 dB(A), while at 500m away, the maximum noise level is 56

dB(A), which basically meet the daytime noise level of construction site. If considering the

noise reduction of houses, trees and air etc., the reduced noise is 15 dB(A). At 100m away

from both sides of the construction site, the noise level can meet the daytime limit for

construction site.

No. 3 Drainage Line Reclaimed Water Supply Works will impact the acoustic

environment around the adjacent Shanba Feeding Farm and No. 3 Drainage Line Sewage

Treatment Plant; No. 7 Drainage Line Reclaimed Water Supply Works will impact Wuyuan

Brick Yard and other enterprises; Sewage Treatment and Reuse Works of Urat Front Banner

Processing Park will impact the acoustic environment of Shagedan Village; there is a few

environmental sensitive spots around other proposed works and the impact of construction

noise is little. Therefore, during construction, the operation time of machineries shall be

rationally arranged to avoid many equipments with high noise are operated simultaneously as

much as possible and to avoid the sensitive period of noise on environment, such as,

construction of equipments with high noise shall be arranged at daytime, transportation at

Page 353: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

night shall be reduced, and construction at night (22:00 ~ 6:00) shall be prohibited. The

construction activities which must be carried out at night shall be approved by the local

environmental protection administration and shall be provided with noise barriers between

noise sources and sensitive spots.

The table 5.1-10 shows that the level of noise generated by machineries is high; the

impingement power is strong even lasting a long period with strong shock, which greatly

impact the ambient environment. Only the place 300m or farther away from the construction

site can meet the standard of acoustic environmental function zone of Wuliangsu Lake. The

construction site is at least 2km away from the core zone, and therefore, it will not impact the

birds in the reserve area.

The above mentioned analysis shows that during construction, try to reduce the man-

made noise, adopt proper sound insulation measures, set up construction enclosures,

rationally arrange the operation time of equipment with high noise and try to avoid

construction at night for reducing the impacts on environment. Meanwhile, select the

equipment position and use the natural condition for noise reduction to minimize the noise

during construction.

5.1.4 Analysis of Solid Waste Environmental ImpactThe solid waste generated during construction mainly includes bed mud generated

during grid excavation of Wuliangsu Lake area, dregs and gravels excavated during

earthwork construction, material lost during transportation including sands, stones and

concrete etc., and domestic waste produced by construction personnel.

(1) Bed mud and waste generated during grid excavation of Wuliangsu Lake area

The works of this project mainly include excavation works of watercourse in the lake

area and construction of temporary pier and mud heap yard. The construction area of grid

excavation of Wuliangsu Lake area is 2.451×106m2, the bed mud generated is 2.295×105m3.

Except for natural reasons (such as blowing, dust falling etc.), main reason of the bed mud is

the sediment caused by great soil and water loss, filled by the aquatic plant and the sediment

of suspended matter in industrial waste water and domestic sewage. The moisture content in

sludge is high. If don’t adopt proper protective measures, the secondary pollution may be

Page 354: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

generated. The Bayannur Environmental Monitoring Station monitors the heavy metal

content in the bed mud. The monitoring result shows that the heavy metal content at all

monitoring points meet the GB4284-84 Control Standards for Pollutants in Sludge from

Agricultural Use. Thus, the bed mud can be used as the fertilizer. The upper bed mud can be

used for improving the saline alkali soil; the lower bed mud is mainly the non-polluted

undisturbed soil about 2.17 million m3, and used for building the artificial island in the lake

area. The lower bed mud is consumed internally and not transported outside. In accordance

with the tourism planning of Wuliangsu Lake, many artificial islands shall be constructed in

the lake area.

(2) Works Spoil

During construction, spoil will be generated from the earth excavation. During

transportation and disposal, the spoil may impact the environment. Based on the estimation,

earth in all works of this project is basically balanced without shortage of soil. But the

construction of water supply and distribution pipeline network will generate the spoil. During

pipe-laying, the soil generated during pipe trench excavation is heaped at one side of the pipe

trench. At the bottom of the trench, firstly fill the foundation stuffing with the thickness of

400mm and then laying the pipeline. Therefore, the works spoil volume is at least equal to

addition of pipeline volume and volume of foundation depth. In accordance with the

estimation of pipeline work earth volume, the spoil volume of works lines of this project is as

shown in table 5.1-11.

Table 5.1-11 Spoil Volume of Works Lines

No. Works Name

Length of the Water Supply

and Distribution Pipeline

Network (km)

Spoil

Volume

(m3)

1Urat Rear Banner Processing Park Reclaimed Water Supply

Works 35.5(500) 14066.88

2Ganqimaodu Port Processing Park Reclaimed Water Supply

Works 28.0(600) 14632.8

3 No. 3 Drainage Line Reclaimed Water Supply Works 11.6(300) 2211.54

4 No. 7 Drainage Line Reclaimed Water Supply Works 11.8(700) 7842.87

5 Urat Rear Banner Processing Park (Huhe Town) Sewage 67.6(400) 19306.56

Page 355: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Treatment Reuse Works

6Ganqimaodu Port Processing Park (Delingshan Town)

Sewage Treatment Reuse Works 45.08(400) 12874.85

7Urat Front Banner Processing Park (Xianfeng Town) Sewage

Treatment Reuse Works 32.4(530) 14013.21

8 Wuliangsu Lake Ruralized Grid Watercourse Works —— ——

9

Wuliangsu Lake Bio-transition Zone Artificial Wetland and

Non-point Source Pollution Control Demonstration

Promotion Works—— 1118223

(3) Construction WasteThe construction waste will be generated due to consumption and desertion of stones,

clinkers and building materials during construction of all works. If the construction waste is

not be handled promptly, it is not only unsightly and influence the landscape of the city, but

also be blown to generate the dust raise phenomenon in gale and dry weather.

The soil and construction waste of the works transported outward is common solid

waste without the toxic and harmful content. The waste can be used for filling the foundation

of construction works specified by the municipal and planning departments, filling the swag

or greening along the river for disposal. Rest waste can be delivered to local landfill site.

Generally, disposal of the discard will not take the adverse impact on environment.

(4) Domestic Waste

In accordance with that the construction period is 36 months and the waste is

1.16kg/person·d, the domestic waste volume during construction period of all works is as

shown in table 5.1-12. The total domestic waste output during construction is 977.4t which is

delivered to the site specified by Environmental Sanitation Administration for disposal.

Table 5.1-12 Domestic Waste Volume during Construction of All Works

No

.Works name

Number

of

construct

or

Domestic

waste volume

(t/d)

Total domestic

waste volume

(t)

1Urat Rear Banner Processing Park Reclaimed Water Supply

Works90 0.10 108.0

2Ganqimaodu Port Processing Park Reclaimed Water

Supply Works100 0.12 129.6

Page 356: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

3 No. 3 Drainage Line Reclaimed Water Supply Works 80 0.093 100.44

4 No. 7 Drainage Line Reclaimed Water Supply Works 80 0.093 100.44

5Urat Rear Banner Processing Park (Huhe Town) Sewage

Treatment Reuse Works90 0.10 108

6Ganqimaodu Port Processing Park (Delingshan Town)

Sewage Treatment Reuse Works100 0.12 129.6

7Urat Front Banner Processing Park (Xianfeng Town)

Sewage Treatment Reuse Works120 0.14 151.2

8 Wuliangsu Lake Ruralized Grid Watercourse Works 50 0.058 62.64

9

Wuliangsu Lake Bio-transition Zone Artificial Wetland and

Non-point Source Pollution Control Demonstration

Promotion Works

70 0.081 87.48

Total 977.4

During construction, daily life of the constructors will generate domestic waste at

certain quantity. If the waste is not disposed promptly, at proper temperature, it will breed

mosquitoes and insects, generate fetidity and transmit diseases, resulting in adverse impact on

ambient environment. Therefore, the domestic waste shall be promptly delivered to the site

specified by Environmental Sanitation Administration for disposal to avoid the impact on

ambient environment.

5.1.5 Analysis of Ecological Impact5.1.5.1 Project Construction

Impact of this project on ecological environment mainly refers to the damage of soil

and natural vegetation caused by works construction and pipe-laying.

(1) Impact of Permanent Land Occupation

The construction the reclaimed water treatment facilities, the sewage treatment reuse

facilities and the Wuliangsu Lake artificial wetland belongs to the permanent land

occupation. The vegetation shall be rooted up for construction of the reclaimed water

treatment facilities and the sewage treatment reuse facilities, resulting in reduction of

vegetation coverage rate, which easily causes soil and water loss at little quantity. Besides,

the earth excavation and filling change the soil structure, reduce the soil maturation degree,

impact the productivity of soil after reclaim, but will not change the land utilization type. The

permanent land occupation of the reclaimed water treatment facilities and the sewage

treatment reuse facilities mainly is the wasteland and some is the agricultural land, which will

reduce the farm land at certain degree. The construction method of Wuliangsu Lake artificial

Page 357: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

wetland is artificial intensification of the existing reed field without changing the original

utilization features of the land. The permanent land occupation of this works takes little

ecological impact.

(2) Impact of Temporary Land Occupation

Construction of the pipeline network belongs to the temporary land occupation. The

vegetation within 1-8m of the pipe trench is severely impacted. The crops will be recovered

in a short time, but the trees and other vegetation will be recovered in a long time. During the

temporary land occupation construction, strict topsoil protective measures shall be carried out

to avoid unrecoverable impact. During excavation, the top soil (suggested thickness 30 ~50cm) shall be collected and stacked separately and the soil and water loss control measures

shall be adopted. After construction, firstly fill the subsurface soil back, and then cover the

top soil on the surface, and level up the site so as to reduce the impact on soil quality. As long

as there is rational planning during construction, timely site cleaning and greening after

construction, the adverse impact can be effectively controlled.

The disturbance of pipe-laying is low frequent and linear. Its impact is partial,

temporary and recoverable after construction.

(3) Impact on Landscape Ecology

The coverage of this project is large. During the construction of pipeline network and

lake area treatment works, the excavation and soil stacking will make the pipeline network

laying area in disorder. Although there is the disclosure, the construction site will make the

disorder impression; the spill of discarded soil during outward transportation will not only

dirty the roads and but also raise the dusts, which will take adverse impact on surrounding

landscape. Therefore, the cleaning work on construction site is very important. The impact on

landscape during construction is short-term and recoverable.

5.1.5.2 Analysis of Soil and Water Loss

The impact of general project on soil and water loss mainly includes the following two

aspects: vegetation damage during excavation of ground surface, resulting in soil and water

loss in rainfall; damage of original vegetation caused by the temporary land occupation,

resulting in increase of soil and water loss. If the raw material yard and discarded soil

Page 358: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

temporary stacking yard are not properly managed, soil and water loss phenomenon in form

of sheet erosion and shallow ditch erosion etc. may easily happen.

The construction stages of this project in which the soil and water loss may happen

mainly refer to ground excavation during pipe-laying, construction of reclaimed water

facilities, sewage treatment reuse facilities and Wuliangsu Lake artificial wetland and

earthwork excavation.

In accordance with the soil and water conservation scheme of all works, the predicted

results of soil and water loss are as follows:

1) Urat Rear Banner Processing Park Reclaimed Water Supply Works

Area of original topography and ground vegetation damaged during the construction of

Urat Rear Banner Processing Park Reclaimed Water Supply Works is 41.31hm2, total area of

soil and water conservation facilities damaged is 41.31hm2, total possible soil and water loss

is 29,300 t and the newly increased soil and water loss is 20,200 t.

2) Urat Rear Banner Processing Park Sewage Treatment Reuse Works

Area of original topography and ground vegetation damaged during the construction of

Urat Rear Banner Processing Park Sewage Treatment Reuse Works is 13.47hm2, total area of

soil and water conservation facilities damaged is 13.36hm2, soil erosion caused by

disturbance of the works is 50180t including 49084.96t soil and water loss during

construction (including preparation period) and the newly increased soil and water loss is

24192.1 t.

3) No. 3 Drainage Line Reclaimed Water Supply Works

Area of original topography and ground vegetation damaged during the construction of

No. 3 Drainage Line Reclaimed Water Supply Works is 19.66hm2, total area of soil and water

conservation facilities damaged is 17.21hm2, soil erosion caused by disturbance of the works

is 2208.89t (including spontaneous recovery period) and the newly increased soil and water

loss is 826.81t.

4) No. 7 Drainage Line Reclaimed Water Supply Works

Area of original topography and ground vegetation damaged during the construction of

No. 7 Drainage Line Reclaimed Water Supply Works is 42.39hm2, total area of soil and water

conservation facilities damaged is 39.89hm2, soil erosion caused by disturbance of the works

is 5062.26t (including spontaneous recovery period) and the newly increased soil and water

Page 359: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

loss is 2160.89t.

5) Ganqimaodu Port Processing Park Reclaimed Water Supply Works

The soil and water loss type of Ganqimaodu Port Processing Park Reclaimed Water

Supply Works during construction is complex erosion by wind and water (mainly the wind).

The important predicted stage of the soil and water loss is the construction period and the

operation period. The total disturbed ground area during construction is 62.93hm2, total area

of soil and water conservation facilities damaged is 51.77hm2, total possible soil and water

loss is 17810.25t, and the newly increased soil and water loss is 12660.02t.

6) Ganqimaodu Port Processing Park Sewage Treatment Reuse Works

Area of original topography and ground vegetation damaged during the construction of

Ganqimaodu Port Processing Park Sewage Treatment Reuse Works is 55.76hm2, total area of

soil and water conservation facilities damaged is 55.76hm2, soil erosion caused by

disturbance of the works is 12976.20t and the newly increased soil and water loss is 5131.45t.

7) Urat Front Banner Processing Park Sewage Treatment Reuse Works

The soil and water loss type of Urat Front Banner Processing Park Sewage Treatment

Reuse Works during construction is complex erosion by wind and water (mainly the wind).

The important predicted stage of the soil and water loss is the construction period. The total

disturbed ground area during construction is 13.85hm2, soil and water loss area during

construction (including preparation period) is 13.85hm2, and that during spontaneous

recovery is 7.94hm2. Total possible soil and water loss is 1354.39t, increased by 556.69t; soil

and water loss during construction is 586.60t, increased by 312.94t and during spontaneous

recovery is 767.79t, increased by 243.75t.

8) Wuliangsu Lake Bio-transition Zone Artificial Wetland and Non-point Source Pollution

Control Demonstration Promotion Works

Area of disturbed original topography and damaged ground vegetation is 6680.27hm2.

During prediction, total soil and water loss caused by the works is 6239.80t including

4161.50t during construction and 2078.30t during spontaneous recovery, and the newly

increased soil and water loss is 2312.80t.

9) Wuliangsu Lake Grid Watercourse Works

In accordance with the prediction, area of original topography and ground vegetation

Page 360: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

damaged during the construction of this works is 688.47hm2, total area of soil and water

conservation facilities damaged is 3.87hm2, soil erosion caused by disturbance of the works is

58016.64t including 20152.84t during preparation and construction and 37863.8t during

spontaneous recovery; the newly increased soil and water loss is 33760.27t including

14127.17t during preparation and construction and 19633.1t during recovery.

The soil and water loss of all works is as shown in table 5.1-13.

Table 5.1-13 The Soil and Water Loss of All Works

No. Works name Soil and water loss volume (104t)

1 Urat Rear Banner Processing Park Reclaimed Water Supply Works 2.93

2 Ganqimaodu Port Processing Park Reclaimed Water Supply Works 1.78

3 No. 3 Drainage Line Reclaimed Water Supply Works 0.22

4 No. 7 Drainage Line Reclaimed Water Supply Works 0.51

5Urat Rear Banner Processing Park (Huhe Town) Sewage Treatment

Reuse Works4.91

6Ganqimaodu Port Processing Park (Delingshan Town) Sewage

Treatment Reuse Works1.3

7Urat Front Banner Processing Park (Xianfeng Town) Sewage

Treatment Reuse Works0.14

8Wuliangsu Lake Bio-transition Zone Artificial Wetland and Non-point

Source Pollution Control Demonstration Promotion Works0.62

9 Wuliangsu Lake Grid Watercourse Works 1.41

5.1.5.3 Impact of Wuliangsu Lake Treatment Works

1) Wuliangsu Lake Grid Watercourse Excavation Works

Suspended matters generated during grid watercourse construction will form a high

density distributed zone around the construction site, resulting in species and quantity

reduction of plankton and zooplankton. However, this impact is reversible. After completion

of the works, the impact will eliminate soon. The disturbance of construction of grid

watercourse on benthonic habitat will cause damage of habitat for zoobenthos, resulting in

stable reduction of biocoenosis structure. Noise and air pollution generated by the

construction of grid watercourse will take impact on birds and reduce the species and quantity

of plankton and zooplankton, resulting in impact on wading birds. The mud yard and

hydraulic fill works will damage original terrestrial vegetation, resulting in the loss of

vegetation in species and quantity.

2) Wuliangsu Lake Artificial Wetland Works

Page 361: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Impact of the works on vegetation mainly refers to the damage of reed caused by land

occupation. During construction, channel dredge and trench excavation excavate the subsoil

out, which totally change the soil mass structure. During construction, vegetation on the

excavation area is all damaged, and the vegetation at both sides of the trench is damaged and

impacted at different degree; in the area with severe damage, not only the vegetation but also

the soil is damaged, which will impact the further growth of vegetation; in moderate

impacted area, during excavation, rolling and trample of machinery, vehicles and personnel

and stack of excavated soil will cause severe damage of the plants and also slightly impact

the soil; in slightly impacted area, activities of machinery, vehicles and personnel reduce and

the corresponding impact is slight.

The wetland restoration works is at least 5km away from the core area of Wuliangsu

Lake Waterfowl Natural Reserve. The construction area is outside the buffer zone of the

natural reserve and will not directly impact the birds and their habitat, but during

construction, there will be many machineries and constructors entering peripheral region of

the reserve. If the protection is not strengthened, increase of noise of machineries and

activities of constructors will indirectly impact the normal foraging and habitat of birds and

the reserve.

Suspended matters generated during construction of stabilization and sedimentation

pond will form a high density distributed zone around the construction site, resulting in

species and quantity reduction of plankton and zooplankton. However, this impact is

reversible. After completion of the works, the impact will eliminate soon. The disturbance of

construction on benthonic habitat will cause damage of habitat for zoobenthos, resulting in

stable reduction of biocoenosis structure. Noise and air pollution generated by the

construction will take impact on birds and reduce the species and quantity of plankton and

zooplankton, resulting in impact on wading birds.

5.1.6 Social Environmental Impact Analysis 5.1.6.1 Impact on Traffic

Impact on traffic during construction mainly includes the following three aspects: ①

Page 362: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

road break for pipeline network holds up the traffic; ② stacking of soil and road excavation

hold up the traffic; ③ transportation vehicles increase the traffic flow.

Main impact of construction on traffic is on road traffic, detailed in table 5.1-14.

Table 5.1-14 Impact of Construction on Traffic

Construction

ItemWorks with Impact Impact on Traffic Mitigation Measures

Material

transportationAll works

Increase ① the traffic flow of city

proper and impact the traffic smooth.

②Spill of soil, stones and sands

during transportation impacts the

safety of traffic and damage the

pavement.

①Strengthen the traffic

dispatch and control to avoid

peak traffic.

②Strengthen the education of

drivers, prohibit to over load,

promptly clean the spilled

material.

Pipeline

construction

Reclaimed water supply

and processing park

sewage treatment reuse

works

Damage pavement, soil is stacked,

impact the traffic

①Construct in stages, and try to

complete excavation and

backfill in a short period.

②Set up temporary road and

warning marks and appoint

special person to relieve the

traffic

Impact of construction of pipeline network on traffic is obvious. Although the staged

construction method can be adopted, during construction, there is always some soil to be

stacked temporarily, which will impact the traffic along the pipeline and plant area. When

pipelines cross the roads, if adopt the trenching method, it may block the vehicles, resulting

in great impact on traffic. Therefore, if the geology and soil conditions are applicable, pipe

jacking construction method will reduce the impact of road excavation during construction.

During this period, bearing force (supporting capacity) of the roads will reduce, and therefore

the truck shall be prohibited in a short period, which will impact the traffic. According to

estimation, 20 days are needed for pipeline crossing every road, and thus the impact on traffic

of this road will last 20 days. Therefore, detailed planning and speed-up construction shall be

needed, try to adopt the pipe jacking construction method, work out the temporary route with

the local traffic administration before construction, inform the residents in impacted area in

advance, set up warning plates on construction site and appoint special person to relieve the

traffic. Beside, adopt management strengthening during construction and construction period

shortening and other measures to avoid traffic jam.

Page 363: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

The transportation of raw material (sandstones, cement etc.) and discarded soil will

increase the traffic flow in a short period. Therefore, the transportation shall not be carried

out in traffic peak, especially the morning and evening peak.

5.1.6.2 Health and Safety

This works includes many works, such as reclaimed water supply works, sewage

treatment reuse works and Wuliangsu Lake comprehensive treatment works. The construction

sites are in different banners and counties. The works not only includes reclaimed water

treatment facilities and sewage treatment reuse facilities, but also includes pipelines of

rainwater, sewage and reclaimed water, water fetching and supply pump stations, and

excavation of Wuliangsu Lake grid and artificial wetland construction. Therefore, there are

many constructors from all corners of the land and the mobility is strong. Because the

construction places and construction sites of all works are not centralized. Living and sanitary

conditions are poor and labor intensity is strong, and therefore diseases may be easily

transmitted. In order to guarantee the construction safety, complete physical examination

shall be carried out for all constructors. Constructors with infectious diseases are prohibited

to enter the construction site. Regular physical examination shall be carried out for the

personnel in canteen of all works. If the personnel has the infectious disease, the personnel

shall be promptly cured and not work in the canteen to prevent the disease transmission. The

centralized water supply facilities shall be equipped in each construction site. The water

source shall be sterilized and monitored. The construction site shall be provided with the

medical facilities. Labor protection measures shall be carried out for constructors to protect

their health and safety so as to make the construction smooth.

Page 364: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

5.2 Environmental Impact Analysis of Operation Period

5.2.1 Reclaimed Water Supply Works5.2.1.1 Impacts on Water Resources

The water sources of the reclaimed water supply works are consist of sewage

treatment plant effluent, drainage ditch drainage and underground water. See table

5.2-1 for the water source and consumption of reclaimed water supply works.

Table 5.2-1 Water Source and Intaking Amount of Reclaimed Water Supply Works

SN. Works Name Water SourceWater Intaking Amount

(10,000m3/a)

1

Urat Rear Banner Processing

Park Reclaimed Water Supply

Works

Urat Rear Banner Processing

Park Sewage Treatment Works658.8

Main Drainage Ditch 597.4

Yongmingmeizi 70.0

Underground Water 211.0

Total 1537.2

2No. 3 Drainage Line Reclaimed

Water Supply Works

No. 3 Drainage Line Sewage

Treatment Plant439.2

No. 3 Drainage Ditch 512.4

Underground Water 256.2

Total 1207.8

3No. 7 Drainage Line Reclaimed

Water Supply Works

No.7 Drainage Line Sewage

Treatment Plant481.7

No. 7 Drainage Ditch 483.12

Underground Water 242.98

Total 1207.8

4

Ganqimaodu Port Processing

Park Reclaimed Water Supply

Works

Main Drainage Ditch 2067.6

Total 2067.6

The water intaking amount of this project of reclaimed water supply works using

effluent of sewage treatment plants as source is 15.797 million m3/a, which will not

only save a great amount of water resources, improve the utilization but reduce

emission of pollutants.

The water intaking amount of Urat Rear Banner and Ganqimaodu port

processing park reclaimed water supply works from the main drainage ditch is 26.65

Page 365: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

million m3/a and that of No. 3 and 7 reclaimed water supply works from No. 3 and 7

drainage ditches are 512.4 and 48.312 million m3/a. The water intaking amount of

reclaimed water supply works in winter is 7.1018 million m3/a.

According to the research report on the reasonable allocation of Bayannur City

water resources, the available water resources of Bayannur in normal years is 6.23

billion m3, among which the normal average annual water taking from Yellow River

is 5.2 billion m3, the degree of mineralization of industrial, agricultural and urban

populous area is 2g/l and exportable groundwater is 0.85 billion m3. In 2002, the practical

exportable groundwater for industrial and agricultural purposes reached 0.58 billion

m3. In 2003, because of water shortage of Yellow River and fighting for drought, the

production volume in Hetao Area and along-mountain region was 0.78 billion m3,

which was very close to the available volume. Some areas have become overdraft

hopper zone. By 2010, except over-intaking water from Yellow River for agriculture,

the ecological water shortage is 0.303 billion m3. And the demand of underground

water will increase to 1.118 million m3 from 0.58 million m3. The gap of underground

water with mineralization less than 2g/l will reach 0.268 billion m3. The gap will also

reach 35 million m3 even using the water with mineralization between 2-5g/l. The

water shortage problem will be the principal contradiction that restricts the economic

and social development of Bayannur city.

Therefore, the implementation of this project may reduce a groundwater

exploitation of 52.4022 million m3 protecting underground water, releasing the

shortage of water resources and promoting the economic and social development of

Bayannur.

5.2.1.2 Environmental Impact Analysis of Surface Water

The effluent discharge of the reclaimed water supply works are consist of

sedimentation tank muddy water, back flushing water of filter tank, filter-pressing

waste water of sludge and domestic sewage. In addition, the effluent discharge of

Ganqimaodu port processing park and No. 7 drainage line reclaimed water supply

works also include ultra-filtration reverse osmosis tail water because of reverse

Page 366: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

osmosis workshop.

(1) The muddy water from sedimentation tank and back flushing water from

filter tank of the reclaimed water supply works are discharged into plant sludge pool

for sedimentation concentration, dewatered by the filter press in dewatering room and

carried out in form of mud cake, leaving the supernatant solution back flow into

flocculating setting tank along with new water for treatment. The filter-pressed waste

water from dewatered room makes back-flow into front distribution well along with

new water for treatment after settlement.

(2) The ultra filtration reverse osmosis tail water of No. 3 and 7 drainage lines

and Ganqimaodu port processing park reclaimed water supply works are all treated by

coagulating sedimentation and then piped into front distribution well along with new

water for restoration process, leaving the waste water un-discharged.

(3) The domestic water of this reclaimed water supply works is treated with

different methods and ways based on the surrounding infrastructure conditions. The

domestic water from Urat Rear Banner processing park reclaimed water supply works

will be diverted to its sewage treatment works for treatment and that of No. 3 and 7

drainage lines are diverted to their corresponding Hangjin Rear Banner and Wuyuan

County Sewage Treatment Plants, leaving that of Ganqimaodu Port to be treated by

the plant ground-embedded biochemical treatment equipment in accordance with the

requirements of The Reuse of Urban Recycling Water.—Water Quality Standard for

Miscellaneous Water Consumption (GB/T18920-2002)without drainage.

Therefore, this project has no effluent discharge making no impact on the surface

water environment.

5.2.1.3 Environmental Impact Analysis of Waste Gas

The reclaimed water supply works will not bear any odor, yet, produce slight

odor in the sludge tank, thickener tank and sludge thickening dewatering room. In

addition, the reclaimed water supply works of pr-eaeration unit also produces odor.

Since the water source of this reclaimed water supply works are inevitable in bringing

slight pollution of water. Therefore, the odor is too slight to making environmental

Page 367: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

hazard. And since the sludge treatment area of this reclaimed water supply works is

equally distributed at the down-wind direction of water treatment plant along with

green isolated area to separate production and living areas, therefore, waste gas will

not have any impact on the plant production and living.

5.2.1.4 Acoustic Environmental Impact Assessment

According to the property and environmental characteristics of sound, the

corresponding computation schema shall be used to calculate the sound level of sound

source for future position. Efforts shall be also made to estimate the acoustic

environmental impact of the project after completion.

(1)Acoustic Environment Quality Forecast Mode

The forecast mode selected based on requirements of acoustic environment

assessment guide rules shall be simplified according to concrete conditions.

① Octave band pressure level of outdoor point sound source for future position

a. Octave band pressure level of one point sound source for future position

Among which:Loct(r)——Octave band pressure level of point sound source for

future position;Loct(r0)——Octave band pressure level of reference position r0;r——Distance from future position to sound source,m;r0——Distance from reference position to sound source,m;ΔLoct——Decrement caused by all kinds of factors, including acoustic barrier,

air absorption and ground effect.

b. If the octave band pressure level (Lw cot) of sound source is known and

considering source is above ground, then

Lcot=Lwcot-20lgr0-8

c.Caculaitng the sound level A (LA) of this sound source by all octave band

Page 368: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

pressure levels:

Among the formula, Δli stand for the correction value of weighing networks A.

d. Synthesis of sound level of sound sources for future position

② Prediction of indoor point sound source

a. Octave band pressure level of sound source for near building enclosure:

Among the formula : r1 is the distance from indoors sound source point to

building enclosure;R is room constant;Q is directional factor.

b. Total octave band pressure level of outdoors sound source for near building

enclosure:

c. Total sound pressure level of outdoors near building enclosure:Loct,1(T)=L o ct,1(T)-(Tloct+6)

d. Conversing the outdoor sound pressure level into equivalent outdoors sound

Page 369: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

source:Lw oct=Loct,2(T)+10lgS

Among the formula:S is area of acoustic permeability.

e. Since the equivalent outdoors sound source is the position of building

enclosure and its octave band sound power level is Lw oct, the sound level of

outdoors equivalent sound source for future position is calculated according to

outdoors sound source method.

③ Superposition of Sound Level

(2)Predictions

The noise equipment of proposed works is all indoors. The above forecast mode

shall be used to calculate the noise level of plant boundaries and predicate the acoustic

environmental impact upon the superposition with current noise value. See table 5.2-2

for the results.

Table 5.2-2 Predictions of Acoustic Environment Quality at Test Points of Plant Boundary (dB (A))

Works Name Test Points

Days and Nights Night

Current

SituationImpact

Superposition

Current

SituationImpact

Superposition

Urat Rear Banner

Processing Park

Reclaimed Water Supply

Works

East plant boundary 38.8 37.2 41.1 35 37.2 39.3

South plant boundary 46.5 41.4 47.7 38.3 41.4 43.1

West plant boundary 46.9 37.2 47.3 41.9 37.2 43.2

North plant boundary 41.5 41.4 44.5 35.2 41.4 42.3

No. 3 Drainage Line

Reclaimed Water Supply

Works

East plant boundary 55.1 37.2 55.2 48.2 37.2 48.5

South plant boundary 50.9 42.1 51.4 42.3 42.1 45.2

West plant boundary 50 42.1 50.7 41.3 42.1 44.7

North plant boundary 54.3 48.6 55.3 46 48.6 50.5

No. 7 Drainage Line

Reclaimed Water Supply

Works

East plant boundary 52.9 40.2 53.1 49.1 40.2 49.6

South plant boundary 50.7 37.2 50.9 46.1 37.2 46.6

West plant boundary 49.6 40.2 50.1 46.0 40.2 47.0

Page 370: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

North plant boundary 52.1 46.7 53.2 48.9 42.9 49.9

Ganqimaodu Port

Processing Park

Reclaimed Water Supply

Works

East plant boundary 42.6 43.8 46.3 33.9 43.8 44.2

South plant boundary 42.3 40.7 44.6 35.6 40.7 43.1

West plant boundary 42.8 31.7 43.1 38.5 31.7 39.3

North plant boundary 41.1 38.0 42.8 34.0 38.0 39.5

It can be seen from table 5.2-2 that the noise level of reclaimed water supply

works within plant has meet the Class Ⅱ domain standard specified in Environmental

Quality Standard for Noise(GB3096-2008)after using all kinds of noise reduction measures.

5.2.1.5 Solid Waste

The reclaimed water treatment process may bring about sludge, which is free of

dangerous chemicals and position and is of high water content but with some organic

matters and pathogen and parasitic ovum. If untreated properly, the secondary pollution may be

caused.

The gravity thickening mechanical dewatering process is used for the reclaimed

water supply process according to the property of sludge, which may conduct

decrement of sludge, reduction of water content and reduction of sludge volume for

the convenience of transportation and treatment. The treated sludge may be comprehensively

used, such as sandy landfill mulching soil, backfill or brick making of road of city planning and

sanitary landfill based on the physical circumstances. In addition, the sludge treatment area is

located at the downwind direction of plant, which is far from living area and hardly to bring any

adverse effect on plant production and living.

The domestic garbage will be timely and effectively handled by environmental

sanitary division without causing secondary pollution.

According to the analytic result of solid waste of this project for environmental

impact, following measures are suggested to remove or reduce the impact:

① During plant piling and out-transportation, the sludge shall be timely and

effectively handled to reduce its contact with environment and avoid any pollution on

surrounding environment.

② The dewatered sludge shall use partially closed tipper for out-transportation in

case of sprinkling and secondary pollution.

③ The domestic garbage shall be timely cleaned and handled in case of

Page 371: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

secondary pollution.

5.2.2 Sewage treatment and recycling engineering in Processing Park5.2.2.1 Prediction and Analysis of malodor Environmental Effect

(1) Pollutant concentration prediction

The evaluation is to predict pollutant concentration, taking Sewage treatment and

recycling plant in Processing Park in Urat Front Banner as an example. Pollutant

concentrations in the other two plants is the same or lower than this sewage treatment

plant, so the prediction can be analyzed as a reference for the other 2 plants.

According to the prediction of pollutant sources of NH3 and H2S in the previous

section, SCREEN estimation model, recommended by Technical Guidelines for

Environmental Impact Assessment Atmospheric Environment (HJ2.2-2008), is adopted

to predict the sphere of influence of discharge concentration. Point source and point

source prediction results are shown in Table 5.2-3 and 5.2-4.

Table 5.2-3 predictions under point source estimation model

Source 1: NH3 Source 2: H2S

Predict downwind concentrations of Ci1 (μg/m3) predict downwind concentrations of

Ci1 (μg/m3)

downwind Distance from the source center D (m)

Pollution Source 1: NH3 Pollution Source 2: H2SPredicted concentration downwind Ci1(μg/ m3)

Predicted concentration downwind Ci1(μg/ m3)

10 0.2688E-17 0.1792E-18100 0.07 0.005200 0.09 0.006300 0.10 0.007500 0.08 0.006

1000 0.05 0.0041500 0.06 0.0042000 0.05 0.003Table 5.2-4 Predictions under Area Source estimation model

downwind Distance from the source center D (m)

Pollution Source 1: NH3 Pollution Source 2: H2SPredicted concentration downwind Ci1(μg/m3)

Predicted concentration downwind Ci1(μg/m3)

10 1.143 0.114

Page 372: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

100 11.37 1.137 200 10.54 1.054300 9.911 0.991500 9.266 0.926

1000 4.826 0.4821500 2.883 0.2882000 1.943 0.194

According to Table 5.2-3 and Table 5.2-4, the largest point source concentration

of NH3 and H2S is 0.10 × 10-3mg/m3 and 0.007 × 10-3mg/m3, accounting for 0.05%

and 0.07% of the maximum allowable emission of the harmful substances in “ health

standards Industrial Enterprises Design”(TJ36-1979 ). The largest area source

concentration of NH3 and H2S is 0.011g/m3 0.001mg/m3, accounting for 5.5% and

10% of the maximum allowable emission of harmful substances in atmosphere in "

health standards Industrial Enterprises Design " (TJ36-1979 ).

In Totalmary, the concentration of NH3 and H2S emissions of the sewage

treatment plants is low, thus have little influence on the surrounding atmosphere.

(2) Health protection distance

According to "Municipal Sewage Treatment Plant Pollutant Emission Standards"

(GB18918-2002), the new site (including reform, expansion) of urban Sewage

treatment plant should be consistent with the overall planning requirements of local

urban and rural construction. Green belt should be built around urban sewage

treatment plants, and certain protective distance should be kept, the size of which is

determined by the environmental impact assessment.

The evaluation is to calculate the Health Protection distance based on the example

of sewage treatment plant in Urat Front Banner. The scale of pollution Source of the

other two plants is the same, so the health protection distance is applied accordingly.

The calculation method, which is about unorganized harmful gas emissions of health

protection distance given in" local technical methods of air pollutant emission

standards (GB/T3840-91) ", is adopted, and it is as follows:

Page 373: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

 

The meaning of symbols and units are shown in Table 5.2-5.

Table 5.2-5 List of symbols

NO Symbol Meaning Unit1 Qc control level of non-organization emissions standards kg/h2 Cm Standard concentration limits mg/Nm3

3 LRequired Health Protection distance of industrial

enterprisesm

4 R Equivalent radius of emission sources in production unit m5 A 、B、C、D Calculation parameters of Health Protection distance

Table 5.2-6 List of source concentration parameter

NH3 H2SQc 0.15kg/h 3.39×10-3kg/hCm 0.20mg/Nm3 0.01mg/Nm3

L 15 35S 800

A 、B、C、D A=350、B=0.021、C=1.85、D=0.84According to the prediction, health protection distance of NH3 and H2S is

calculated as 15m and 35m. According to the relevant provisions of technical methods

of development of local air pollution emission standard (GB/T3840-91), health

protection distance of the sewage treatment plant is 50m.

All the sewage treatment plant sites selected in the project are 500m away from

residents, so the impact of the project on the surrounding residents is within the

permission of the state. According to forecasts and integrated analysis of analog, the

project has little effect on the regional air environment and will not have a significant

impact on the neighborhood.

5.2.2.2 Water environment impact analysis

(1) Surface water environment impact analysis

The water process link of various sewage treatment and recycled water is water

sedimentation, sludge thickening, filter backwash water and cleaning life water and

water for equipment. The wastewater of this part goes from the sewage pipes in the

Page 374: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

plant and then will be collected and processed in the sewage treatment without

discharging and have no impact on surface water.

In addition, the scale of sewage treatment and water recycling project in

Ganqimaodu Port processing park is 30,000 m3 / d, the scale of renewable water

treatment is 2.4 m3/ d, and the remaining 6,000 m3 / d water discharge into the main

channel as a landscape of water; Urat Front Banner sewage treatment and reuse of the

wastewater capacity is 30,000 m3 / d, and the scale of renewable water treatment is 2

m3 / d, and the remaining 10,000 m3/ d water discharge into the fourth channel as a

landscape. The above two sewage treatment plants is implemented according to

standard A of "Municipal Sewage Treatment Plant Pollutant Emission Standards," and

also meet the need of landscape water requirements. It will not be drained totally and

has little impact on the water quality of the fourth channel. The treated wastewater of

Urat Rear Banner Processing Park goes into sewage treatment plants of Urat Rear

Banner to be recycled without discharging.

Meanwhile, due to the sewage treatment and the construction project of

regenerated water cycling, it enhances the industrial wastewater treatment, increases

water reuse rate, reduce pollutants load from processing parks effectively and

decrease the quantity of pollutant discharged into rivers and benefit water quality

improvement in the project area. After the project of wastewater treatment and

recycling is completed, according to sewage treatment capacity of 80,000 m3/ d, reuse

water of 64 000 t / d, it can save water 22.63 million m3/ a, reduce water pollutants

CODcr 14271t / a, BOD8694t / a, ammonia 697t / a. It is of great importance to

reduce regional water pollutants discharge load. In Totalmary, after the project of the

sewage treatment and reclaimed water reuse project is completed and operated, it can

effectively reduce the regional emissions, and can promote regional water

environment with little impact on surface water bodies.

(2) Analysis of groundwater environmental impact

After the completion and operation of sewage treatment plants, domestic sewage

and industrial sewage of all processing parks will be discharged into the sewage

Page 375: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

treatment plant. The construction of pipe network collection and harmless treatment

of sewage reduces the bad effect of water infiltration on underground water pollution

in processing parks. Therefore, the implementation of the project has a positive

influence on regional groundwater environment. However, in the course of operation

of the project, strict measures should be taken to prevent leakage of sewage pipes and

sewage treatment facilities and avoid leachate into the groundwater in the course of

dumping sludge. Seepage coefficient is less than 10-7 cm / s, the sludge generated by

the project will be removed periodically, and sludge-dumping ground will be seepage

proofing to ensure the effective protection of groundwater sources.

5.2.2.3 Acoustic Environmental Impact Prediction and Analysis

(1) Prediction model

In accordance with HJ/T2.3-95 “environmental impact assessment technology

guidance Acoustic Environment”, the noise source is regarded as a state of semi-free

point source. It is tested in noise source coordinate system and floor plan to identify

noise sources position, forecast positions, the distance between forecast position and

sound source according to forecasts point. Equivalent sound level of sound pressure at

any point LeqdB (A) is calculated with accordance of air attenuation model of

acoustic energy in the environment.

1 the effect of single point sound source on predicted position, the mode of

calculation is as follows:

LA (r) = LA (r0)-20lg (r/r0)

The formula: LA (r) - sound level value from sound source r, dB (A);

LA (r0) - sound level value from reference position r0, dB (A);

r - distance between predicted point and sound source, m; distance between

reference position and sound source, 1m.

2 noise sound level of more than one sound source to a certain predicted position on

the T-time, the mode of calculation is as follows:

The formula: Leq (T) - the total sound level of predicted position, dB (A);

n - the number of outdoor sound source.

Page 376: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

(2) Environmental noise prediction of sewage treatment plant

Judged from the distribution of noise source, noise source are all in the plant.

Blowers and all kinds of pumps are fixed in a separate device room, and the after the

room acoustic shielding, green noise and distance attenuation effects, noise made by

the equipment can be attenuated. Noise prediction results of various projects can be

seen in Table 5.2-7.

Table 5.2-7 Noise Prediction of Sewage Treatment Plant and surrounding Area

Project Measuring point Daytime Night

Noise at boundary Noise at boundary

Urat Urat Banner Processing Park (Huhe Township)Sewage treatment project

East boundary 53.4 53.4South boundary 54.2 54.2

West boundary 52.4 52.4North boundary 53.6 53.6

Ganqimaodu Port Processing Park(Delingshan Township)sewage treatment and recycling project

East boundary 52.7 52.7South boundary 53.4 53.4

West boundary 54.6 54.6North boundary 54.2 54.2

Urat Front Banner Processing Park (Xianfeng Township)sewage treatment recycling project

East boundary 52.8 52.8South boundary 53.4 53.4

West boundary 52.4 52.4North boundary 52.7 52.7

According to the above table, noise at plant boundary of the sewage treatment

plants confirm to three functional areas standard criteria of daytime and night: 65dB

(A ) and 55dB (A) provided by “Industrial enterprises plant boundary noise emission

standard” (GB12348-2008). Moreover, no people live within 500 meters around the

sewage treatment plants and there is little noise impact on the surrounding

environment.

5.2.2.4 Analysis of Solid Waste Environmental Impact

1) Impact of sludge dewatering process on the environment

Before dewatered, generally speaking, sludge should be concentrated.

Concentration tank often exudes stench, especially in the hot Totalmer months, there

are floating mud on the pool surface, and it is easy to infest mosquitoes.

When concentrated sludge is dewatered, the dewatering room will emit foul smell;

Page 377: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

in case of spilling in the process of dewatering sludge, environment will be polluted.

2) Impact of sludge dumping on the environment

Dewatered sludge should be timely removed. The sludge, which cannot be

transported in time, should be put in temporary stacking areas. Dewatered sludge is

easy to turn into slurry with water, which is of good fluidity and wash away easily;

when it rains, water integrates with a large number of pollutants, polluting surface and

groundwater. Therefore, the dehydrated sludge can not be cluttered, but should be

treated with the impermeable layer of the temporary dumping place specially, and

then stamp rain-shelter; In addition, the dehydrated sludge is not completely stable,

long-term stacking will produce sludge anaerobic digestion. H2S odor produced by

such substances will affect air quality; dehydrated sludge stack place is the breeding

ground for mosquitoes, and have an undesirable effect on environmental health. For

these reasons, sludge should be removed after dewatering time to avoid piling up in

the factory.

3) Impact of sludge transportation on the environment

Although the sludge in the plant have been treated to various extend, the sludge

still has some harmful pollutants. The sludge of the project in various sewage

treatment plant is only concentrated and dehydrated and fail to meet the requirement

of sludge stabilization and harmless condition. The sludge contains large amounts of

perishable organic matter and coli, ascaris eggs and other pathogens microorganisms.

Therefore, transportation process of sludge is a very important environmental issue.

At present, the main transportation of sludge is trucks. If the sludge hangs on the

body and wheels of trucks in the handling process, or the vehicles are poor sealed, the

trucks will spill sludge around sewage treatment plant and along the road, which

cause pollution along the road. Muddy water flowing and malodorous spreading

should be prevented in the process of sludge transportation. Sewage Treatment Plant

should use special closed vehicles to prevent water leakage, mud leakage and

scattering. Meanwhile, the sludge transportation time should be strictly controlled,

trying to avoid heavy traffic times. In short, the sludge transportation is a very

Page 378: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

important problem to be taken seriously.

4) Sludge treatment program of sewage treatment plant

Sludge is the product of the sewage process and it is an important component of

the sewage treatment. Sludge treatment aims to decrease the sludge moisture content

and sludge volume to stabilize its nature and then create conditions for further

disposal and comprehensive utilization. The general process includes “concentration -

Dehydration –Disposal” or “concentration- digestion - Dehydration – Disposal”.

According to feasibility study report, due to biological nutrient removal

technology adopted by the sewage treatment, sludge age is a little longer and the

sludge is relatively stable, so there is no need to carry out nitrification. In the case of

nitrification, a digestion pool, heating, stirring and a series of gas treatment and

utilization structures and equipment are needed while investment increases. However,

land area in the sewage treatment park is limited, so sludge nitrification system cannot

be built.

According to analog data, sludge components of the sewage treatment plant

relate with water quality of sewage. Generally, excess sludge of industrial waste water

in sewage treatment plant contain high amount of heavy metals, far beyond the

agricultural sludge standard, therefore it should be safely landfill ed instead of being

used as agricultural fertilizer.

5) Disposal of bar screen material and sediment

Bar screen material and sediment in grit chamber are rubbish of the sewage

treatment plant, and they should be properly collected, stored, and shipped. They are

suggested to be transported to the reuse landfill together with domestic garbage.

Specific stacking, packaging, and transportation process should be strictly enforced in

accordance with relevant provisions. Although its output is not large, it will be

harmful to the environment if it is neglected. Light plastic bags and other packaging

waste will scatter by the wind to the wastewater treatment plant; sediment or scum

should be removed promptly, otherwise it will smell bad, and breed mosquitoes and

odor.

Page 379: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

6) Impact of domestic garbage on the environment

The proposed sewage treatment plant produce less domestic garbage, so it can be

cleared and transported with bar screen material and grit chamber sediment with no

need to treat separately. However, clearance and transport must be done timely or

garbage-piling stacking will become mosquito breeding grounds and have adverse

effects on plant sanitation. In the process of clearance and transportation, strict health

and safety procedures should be taken to avoid spilling along the road and releasing

into the atmosphere, causing environmental pollution.

5.2.2.5 Ecological environmental impact analysis

(1) Land use and soil restoration

Since the original crops, natural vegetation are replaced by various types of

buildings, roads, green belt and other land. The function of land-use changes greatly.

After completion of the project, discarded soil can be reused to build green belt of the

plant. At the same time, ground hardening and green belt building can hold the soil,

reduce soil erosion; and it can also be used to cover soil in reuse landfill.

(2) Vegetation cover

After completion, the plant’s green area with trees on both sides of the road, the

total green vegetation coverage rate will be higher than before. It keeps soil and water

as well as beautifies the environment. The greening rates of all projects are seen in

Table 5.2-8.

Table 5.2-8 Green rates of the projects

NO. ProjectPlant area

(m2)Green

coverage

(m2)Green rate

(%)1

Ganqimaodu Port Processing Park(Delingshan

Township)sewage treatment and recycling project111000 53125.6 47

2Urat Rear Banner Processing park (Huhe Township)

Sewage treatment project70000 39074.5 55

3Urat Front Banner Processing Park (Xianfeng

Township)sewage treatment recycling project111000 53380 46

(3) Landscape Ecological Analysis

Before project construction, landscape patterns are simple, the degree of

Page 380: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

connectivity is poor, and the degree of heterogeneity is low. After completion of the

project, there are various types of buildings, roads, green belt, and other kinds of

combination. As there are more tree species, species diversity increased,

correspondingly landscape heterogeneity increases. However, trees introduced by

manual work require a certain process of selection and adaptation to the environment.

When the project has just completed, the variability of trees is large and anti-

interference ability is poor, but all of these will greatly improve over time.

5.2.3 Wuliangsu Lake Lake Administration Project The project is non-polluting eco-projects. There is non-permanent structures

existing and operating during the project operation period. Environmental impact of

project operation is mainly reflected in Wuliangsu Lake Lake flow and improvement

of water quality.

5.2.3.1 Wuliangsu Lake biological transition zone manmade wetland project

1) Impact on Atmospheric Environment

The proposed project emissions are mainly produced by microbial

decomposition of CO2, as well as stench of decaying animal and plant and other

microbial life. The quantity is small, and the concentration produced can reach the

maximum allowable concentration of secondary standards given by “municipal

wastewater treatment plant emission standards” (GB18918-2002) factory sector.

2) Noise

Noise generated by the project is mainly from mechanical noise made by

pumping equipment. Source intensity noise value is about 80dB (A). By status

monitoring and predicting (predicting model: use HJ/T2.4-1995 “Environmental

Impact Assessment Technical Guide: sound environment” indoor point source model

and outdoor plane source model are recommended), Sound Pressure Level prediction

of different distance pumping equipment is shown in table 5.2-9

Table 5.2-9 List of sound pressure level projections at different distance of running pumping

equipment

Distance (m) 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 9001000

1050

Page 381: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Noise value dB (A) 66.7

61.3

58.3

56.3

54.853.6

52.6

51.7

50.9

50.3 50

As it can be seen from Table 5.2-9, due to using pump in operating period, noise

value is high, the impact is strong, and some has long duration and accompanied by a

strong shock. Since the core construction area is 5-10 km from the nature reserve area,

it will not affect birds nesting, foraging, courtship and incubation of birds of national-

level protection.

3) Impact on water environment

(1) Changes in the local water cycle

After the completion of the proposed project, wetlands treatment system will

have certain impact on groundwater environment, water balance is seen in the

following table 5.2-1.

降水 rainfall, 蒸发 evaporation, 地表进入 surface access, 排出 discharge, 土壤 soil,

渗透 infiltrating, 地下水 groundwater, 单位:万m3/a unit: ten thousand m3/a

5.2-1 Wuliangsu Lake water balance

According to the soil permeability, the annual infiltration of water of the

proposed project is 1.518 million m3, which is a supplement of groundwater. The

raising of water level may cause groundwater level rise of surrounding farmland,

Page 382: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

while infiltration and penetration will lead to soil salinization, affecting the normal

cultivation of farmland, so outside of wetland reed field is treated by vertically

burying plastic technology to prevent leakage.

(2) in-lake water quality improvement

Wuliangsu Lake biological transition zone manmade wetland project removal

rate condition is shown in Table 5.2-10. As ice is not stable, microbial effect is weak,

and removal efficiency will be greatly reduced, but it reduces pollution load of ice to a

certain extent, and it plays an important role in cutting down the total pollution into

the lake. After the project’s completion, the trend of serious pollution of Wuliangsu

Lake will be initially halted, and quality of water flowing back into Yellow River from

Wuliangsu Lake Lake will be greatly improved.

Table 5.2-10 biological transition zone manmade wetland pollutant removal rate

Wetland programNon-frozen season(%) Frozen season(%)

CODCr TN TP CODCr TN TP

General Drainage Canal 78 70 83 30 15 10

Drainage Canal 8 71 65 76 - - -Drainage Canal 9 75 70 80 - - -

Inlet load of General Drainage Canal, Drainage Canal 8, Drainage Canal 9 and

predicted reductions of biological transition zone after treatment is shown in Table

5.2-11-Table 5.2-13. Data of General Drainage Canal come from May 2008 ~ April

2009. Due to lack of information of Drainage Canal 8 and Drainage Canal 9, averaged

data in July 2008, November 2008 and March 2009 are used and water outlet data are

taken the average value from 1988 to 2008.

Table 5.2-11 Pollutants Reduction situation of General drainage after artificial wetland sewage treatment

TimeInlet load (t) Outlet water reduction(t)

CODCr TN TP CODCr TN TP08/5 2283.50 513.79 64.70 1141.75 456.7 60.89

Page 383: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

08/6 1286.72 168.26 36.13 296.94 94.03 31.1808/7 3268.51 212.71 25.42 1712.08 134.89 20.2308/8 2813.38 148.34 11.77 1278.81 71.61 6.6508/9 2027.64 279.22 33.24 33.24 179.50 26.59

08/10 539.56 31.58 4.08 144.76 11.84 2.7608/11 4159.31 380.28 39.22 594.19 202.02 27.3308/12 2881.89 411.46 80.63 864.57 61.72 8.0609/1 1910.58 297.66 62.30 573.17 44.65 6.2309/2 1670.00 381.39 79.55 501.00 57.21 7.9609/3 2047.38 484.28 65.75 614.21 72.64 6.5809/4 1959.28 353.47 27.01 587.78 53.02 2.70Total 26847.75 3662.45 529.79 8342.50 1439.84 207.17

Table 5.2-12 Pollutants Reduction situation of Drainage Canal 8 and Drainage Canal 9 after artificial wetland sewage treatment

Drainage Inlet load t/a Outlet water reduction t/a

CODCr TN TP CODCr TN TPDrainage Canal 8

2283.50

513.79

64.70

1141.75

456.7

60.89

Drainage Canal 9

1286.72

168.26

36.13

296.9494.

0331.

18According to data in the table, it is expected to bring CODCr, TN, TP of about

29102.42 t / a, 3816.8 t/a and 541.92 t/a by annual draining of water, and after

biological transition zone-manmade wetland treatment it can be cut down to about

9781.19 t/a, 1990.57t/a and 299.24 t /a respectively. It can be seen from data in the

table, as Drainage Canal 8 and Drainage Canal 9 have small amount of water quantity

as well as small pollutant concentration, the main pollutant reduction pressure lies on

the General Drainage wetlands.

After wetland ecotone is completed, water quality of non-frozen season can

reach Grade standard (on average) of national “Surface Water EnvironmentalⅣ

Quality Standard GB3838-2002” predicted by the model, that is, the concentration of

pollutants in water status can be reduced to CODCr 30mg / l, TP 1.5mg / l and TP

0.1mg / l.

4) Biological diversity

After construction, improvement of water quality in Wuliangsu Lake makes

water body clear. Phytoplankton, zooplankton, and benthic fauna, which tend to live

Page 384: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

freely in clear water, are likely to increase, changing from dirt resistance type to clear

water type. Changes of plankton have an influence on population structure and

distribution of fish bait, shifting from a single type (crucian) to multi-species

succession. The increasing quantity of fish, which favor to live in clear water and feed

on phytoplankton, brings out positive development of Wuliangsu Lake aquatic

ecosystems and ecosystem stability in the region. Structural changes of fish stocks

and increasing quantity lead to population change of birds, which feed on fish. It is

favorable to promote birds’ reproduction and feeding in nature reserves, enriching

biodiversity of Wuliangsu Lake.

5.2.3.2 Wuliangsu Lake Grid waterway project

1) Improvement of flow field in Wuliangsu Lake

Simulation analysis adopts one-dimensional river model (MIKE11) two-

dimensional lake model (MIKE21) and one-dimensional and two-dimensional

coupled hydrodynamic and water quality model (MIKE FLOOD) developed by

Danish Hydraulic Institute.

Simulation analysis of flow and lake water quality adopts two-dimensional

hydrodynamic model MIKE21 and sea waterways grid design adopts MIKE FLOOD.

Wuliangsu Lake flow field change before and after construction is shown in Figure

5.2-2.

Page 385: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

(a)no canal design; (b) drainage canal design; (c) drainage canal + branch canal

design

Figure 5.2-2 Lakes flow field simulation results (no wind in Totalmer)

(1) It can be seen from the simulation graph: compared with the current flow field

situation, implementation of the project improves flow field of the reservoir area

obviously. Stagnant water areas of East Beach and other large areas of water are

eliminated. In the case of no wind, stagnant water area is reduced by about 30-40 km2;

(2) Flow rate of southern main Lake District increases slightly after implementation

of the canal dredging extension. It has a little effect on flow condition of northern and

western lake. overall improvement of the lake is limited;

(3) In reed field of Lake District, the mainstream flow field becomes more smooth

and overall flow pattern of the Lake improves greatly, as channels are connected,

main canal and branch canal are excavated, and water stagnation area is reduced by

more than 10 km2.

2) Effect of grid waterway project on improvement of water quality of Wuliangsu

Lake

Wetland water quality concentration of inlet and outlet in non-frozen season and

frozen season is shown in Table 5.2-14. The simulation pictures of 5.2-3 and 5.2-4

show water quality of two seasons.

Page 386: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Table 5.2-14 water quality concentration of inlet and outlet: Wetland project

Drainag

e

Non-frozen season Frozen season

CODCr TN TP CODCr TN TP

inlet outlet inlet outlet inlet outlet inlet outlet Inlet outlet inlet outlet

General

Drainag

e

Wetland

44.4 10 4.78 1.5 0.60 0.1 134.9 87 26.1 20 4.2 3.0

Drainag

e Canal

8

Wetland

36 10 2.3 1.5 0.22 0.1 - - - - - -

Drainag

e Canal

9

Wetland

35.1 10 2.4 1.5 0.31 0.1 - - - - - -

Page 387: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Table 5.2-3 Prediction of water quality of Non-frozen season

Page 388: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Table 5.2-4 Prediction of water quality of frozen season

Table 5.2-15 Statistical analysis of prediction of CODcr, TN and TP in lake

Index

CODCr TN TP

Status quo

simulationStatus quo

simulationStatus quo

simulation

Frozen season

Water area above Grade IV(km2) / / / / 57.3 109.2

Water area Grade / 113.0 / 38.9 25.4 21.5

Page 389: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

IV(km2)Water area Grade

V(km2) 51.4 62.3 42.0 28.6 58.2 37.0

Water area below Grade V(km2) 195.5 70.1 204.9 179.6 48.6 27.6

Non-frozen season

Water area above Grade IV(km2) / 27.0 / / 57.4 50.8

Water area Grade IV(km2) / 97.1 / / 15.5 121.7

Water area Grade (km2) 13.6 127.1 / 119.5 58.8 101.3

Water area below Grade V(km2) 238.3 / 251.9 132.1 56.4 29.1

From prediction of lake water quality, the following conclusion can be made. (Table

5.2-15):

(1) Compared with status quo program, COD concentration in the lake greatly

improves. Water area of Inferior Grade V decreases by about 121 km2 in frozen season.

COD concentration greatly reduces in non-frozen season. Inferior Grade V area is

basically eliminated in the whole lake water. Water area of Grade V is 100-128 km2,

water area of Grade IV is 86-97 km2, and water area of Grade III is 26-39 km2.

(2) Compared with status quo program, TN of the lake improves. In frozen season,

water area of inferior Grade V decreases by about 25-41 km2, and water area of Grade

IV increases by 28-49 km2. In non-freezing season, TN is significantly improved while

water area of inferior Grade V decreases by 101-121 km2.

(3) Compared with status quo program, TP of the lake improves, and in frozen

season water area of above Class III increases by 18-54 km2. In non-frozen season, TP

improves significantly; water area of below Grade V is eliminated in the whole lake,

and water area of above Class III increases by 90-110 km2.

Table 5.2-16 Programs of outlet water quality prediction

Programnon-frozen season COD non-frozen season TN non-frozen season TP

Concentration Grade Concentration Grade Concentration Grade

Page 390: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

(mg/L) (mg/L) (mg/L)Status quo0

39.73 Grade V 2.78Inferior Grade

V0.021 Grade II

Program 2-2

31.77 Grade V 1.93 Grade V 0.013 Grade II

Program

Frozen season COD Frozen season TN Frozen season TP

Concentration (mg/L) Grade

Concentration (mg/L) Grade

Concentration (mg/L) Grade

Status quo 0

35.68 Grade V 1.64 Grade V 0.007 Grade I

Program 2-2

23.15 Grade IV 1.21 Grade IV 0.004 Grade I

The followings can be known from water quality prediction results:

(1) Compared with the status quo, in non-frozen season, outlet COD concentration of

the program falls down to 31.77 mg / L with a decrease of 7.96 mg / L, and is equal to

Grade V of water quality. In frozen season, it falls down 12.53 mg / L, and the overall

water quality improves and reaches Grade IV of water quality stably.

(2) Compared with the status quo, in non-frozen season, TN concentration of water

outlet of the program falls by 0.85 mg / L, maintaining Grade V of water quality, and

the overall of water quality improves a grade. In frozen season, it declines about 0.43

mg / L and reaches Grade IV of water quality stably.

(3) Compared with the status quo, in non-frozen season, water outlet TP

concentration of the program falls 8 ug / L, maintaining Grade II of water quality, and

water quality improves. In frozen season it falls down 3 ug / L, remaining Grade I of

water quality;

3) Ecological landscape pattern analysis of Lake District channel system

Landscape spatial pattern is arrangement of landscape patches of different sizes and

shapes in space, and it is an important manifestation of landscape heterogeneity.

Meanwhile it is also the result of a variety of ecological processes at different scales.

Landscape spatial pattern analysis of wetland landscape is significant to the wetland

landscape study of spreading species, flowing energy and transporting material.

Page 391: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Based on latest topography data of Wuliangsu Lake(2009), supported by GIS spatial

analysis function, we analyze landscape pattern status of Wuliangsu Lake, landscape

change after channel excavation and its ecological impacts. Since the excavation of

Wuliangsu Lake waterways (especially the newly added waterway) may interfere with

Wuliangsu Lake landscape pattern, and then may lead to a series of ecological

problems. Therefore, focus should be placed on landscape pattern changes before and

after channel excavation.

(1) Technical methods

According to the latest topographic maps of Wuliangsu Lake, landscape distribution

vector diagram is got by coordinate registering, digitization in mapinfo 7.5, as is shown

in Figure 5.2-5. By using geographic information system software Arcgis 9.0, vector

files are analyzed in term of topology and spatial database of various landscape types

and its associated attribute database are generated. All polygons corresponding with

landscape type are assigned certain property values, generating basic database, which is

needed to meet the characteristic indicators for calculation. Based on Arcgis 9.0

platform, the Spatial Analysis extension transforms vector diagram into raster charts,

and then it uses analysis software Fragstats3.3 of landscape pattern to compute the

landscape metrics.

Left: before excavation; right: after excavation

Table 5.2-5 Lake district landscape pattern chart of Wuliangsu Lake

Page 392: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

(2) Ecological landscape pattern analysis of channel excavation

① Landscape analysis of type

Calculated by Fragstats software, the main types of landscape indices (class

metrics) (Table 5.2-17) are obtained. Analysis of the landscape index shows that:

I. Reed land and open water, two types of landscape, take up 54.9% and 45.1%

respectively. After channel excavation, open water will increase by 0.7%, while reed

land will decrease slightly.

.After waterway excavation, some waterways will be split by reed land, and theⅡ

number of reed land plaque will increase to 40 from the present 25 and the maximum

plaque index will drop from 7 to 5.8; the open water connects through watercourse, and

the number of plaques reduces significantly, and the largest patch index rise to 45.8

from 45.1. It is beneficial to maintain the integrity of the ecosystem and reduce swamp

formation due to expansion of the reed.

III. Through the newly added branch waterways, both numbers of Total Edges and

Edge Density of reed land and open water landscape have significantly increased,

indicating the effect increased obviously. It is beneficial to material exchange, energy

flow, purifying the entire water in Lake District, and increase habitat diversity in

Wuliangsu Lake.

IV. Landscape shape index refers to shape index of perimeter and reflects the

complexity of patch boundaries. After channel excavation, two types of landscape

shape index and average fractal dimension increases significantly, especially the status

quo value of 3.45, the average fractal dimension value of open water, will raise to 7.7,

increasing the acting surface and acting time of lake and reed land. It is favorable to

help water purification.

V. Plaques contiguity index (contiguity index), clumpy index (CLUMPY), plaque

cohesion degree (COHESION), division (DIVISION), and degree of polymerization

(AI) calculations show that the two kinds of reed land and open water landscape have

high degree of connection and low degree of fragmentation. Compared with the status

quo landscape pattern, landscape indices after waterway excavation will not change

Page 393: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

significantly. It is indicated that although waterway excavation splits part of the reed

land, the internal space pattern of two types of landscape does not change greatly.

Table 5.2-17 landscape index of type

Type index

Reed land Open water

Status quo

After excavatio

n

Status quo

After excavatio

nPercentage of landscape /(%)(PLAND) 54.9 54.2 45.1 45.8

Number of plaque(NP) 25 40 8 3Plaque Density (PD) 0.18 0.29 0.07 0.03

Largest Plaque index (LPI) 7 5.8 45.1 45.8

Total Edges(TE) 46.3 53.7 32.8 40.2

Edge Density(ED) 0.33 0.38 0.29 0.35

Landscape Shape Index(LSI) 9.47 11.1 7.39 9.0

Fractal number(FRAC_MN ) 0.53 0.7 3.45 7.7Area weighted mean plaque shape index (SHAPE-

AM(SHAPE-AM) 1.97 1.80 1.79 3.67

Plaque contiguity index(contiguity index) 0.83 0.89 0.29 0.473 Pattern analysis of landscape standard

Analyze landscape pattern change of Wuliangsu Lake before and after excavation

from the view of landscape standard. Landscape index can be seen in Table 5.2-18, and

the analysis shows:

I. The number of landscape plaque of status quo is 33, and the number of plaques

increases to 43 after excavation, which mainly results in waterways’ splitting of reed

land. Accordingly plaque density rises from 0.13 / km2 to 0.17 / km2. Compared with

other lakes of the similar area, the plaque density is higher. The number of total

landscape edge rises from the current 47.8 to 55.5, which is beneficial to internal

exchange of landscape material and energy flow. The increase of plaque number and

edge number may have a negative effect on spatial distribution of reed. However, it is

significant to slow down the swamp formation trend.

. Sea district landscape shape index after waterway excavation was 8.41, which isⅡ

significantly higher than the status quo of 7.25. It indicates that landscape complexity

has increased significantly after excavation and it is beneficial to help increase habitat

diversity.

Page 394: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

III. Perimeter area of the score dimension is another measure of landscape shape

index, and it mainly analyzes plaque type and the entire landscape fragmentation before

and after channel excavation. Perimeter fractional landscape area of the score

dimension (PAFRAC) is small, indicating landscape fragmentation of the entire sea

area is of a low degree, and the overall integrity of the landscape will not be affected

deeply.

IV. Contag (CONTAG) and division (DIVISION) are used to characterize the

degree of landscape fragmentation. Contag (CONTAG) of more than 50% shows a low

degree of fragmentation and more large plaques; division (DIVISION) value is low and

it shows that the distance between plaques is short. Currently landscape cantag of

Wuliangsu Lake is more than 66% and division is 0.77. It indicates that sea district

landscape type is relatively gathered and it has good connectivity and the degree of

overall landscape fragmentation is relatively low. After channel excavation, landscape

cantag will only decreased from 66.6% to 66.2%, and it will not affect the overall

landscape greatly.

V. From the aspect of landscape diversity, landscape before and after the

watercourse excavation has no significant difference, Shannon diversity index is 0.98-

0.99, Simpson evenness index is 0.99, and it indicates high uniformity of landscape

before and after excavation. However, landscape diversity is low. Largest plaque index

increases slightly because the watercourse connects with the isolated watercourse.

Table 5.2-18 Landscape index of landscape standard

Landscape index Status quoAdded

watercourse

Total Area /( km2) (TA) 254 254

Number of Plaque(NP) 33 43

Plaque Density(PD) 0.13 0.17

Largest Plaque Index(LPI) 45.1 45.8

Total Edges(TE) 47.8 55.5

Edges Density(ED) 0.19 0.22

Landscape Shape Index (LSI) 7.25 8.41

Shape Mean Number(SHAPE_MN) 1.93 1.93

Landscape Cohesion Index(COHESION) 99.90 99.90

Contag(CONTAG)% 66.6 66.2

Page 395: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Division(DIVISION) 0.77 0.77

AI(AI) 99.4 99.2

Shannon Diversity Index(SHDI) 0.98 0.99

Simpson IEI(SIEI) 0.99 0.99(3) Impact of waterway system on ecological landscape pattern of Wuliangsu Lake

Fragstats (analysis particle size is 10 m) analyzes landscape type and index of

landscape standard of ecological landscape systems in Wuliangsu Lake, and it makes

analysis and evaluation of Wuliangsu Lake landscape from a quantitative and macro

point of view. The results shows:

Open water area increases after channel excavation, forms habitat landscape type①

with open water and narrow channels to meet the habitat choice of different groups of

waterfowl.

② Although part of reed land is segmented by channel excavation, the number of

plaques and edges increased significantly, landscape spatial pattern in Wuliangsu Lake

(aggregation, connectivity, etc.) has not changed greatly, and it will not increase the

degree of landscape fragmentation significantly.

4 After waterway excavation, the acting surface of reed land and open water surface

increases significantly, which is beneficial to internal exchange of landscape

material and energy flow in Wuliangsu Lake. It is also favorable to help water

purification and increase biodiversity.

5 New added branch channel will split the local landscape. The increasing plaque

density and edge density have a negative impact on the spatial expansion of reed,

but it will help retard swamp formation of sea area.

5.2.4 Analysis of the sewage treatment plant and recycling plant after

completion

1) The quantity of inlet water in recycling plant

Water Environment Improvement Project of Bayannur City includes sewage treatment

plant and recycling water plant project. Among them, all outlet water of sewage

treatment plant will be recycled, with no water discharging into the drain. Water

Page 396: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

recycling plant intakes water from general drainage canal, drainage canal 3 and

drainage canal 7, and water of drainage canal 3 and drainage canal 7 eventually flows

into general drainage canal. Table 5.2-19 shows monthly quantity of water of recycling

plant from general drainage canal, drainage canal 3 and drainage canal 7.

Table 5.2-19 Monthly quantity of water of recycling plant from general drainage canal,

drainage canal 3 and drainage canal 7(ten thousand m3)Month 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Total

Urat Rear Banner Processing Park water

recycling & supply project

18.2

13.4 18.2 15.874.4

7274.4

74.4

7274.4

7218.2

451

Ganqimaodu port Processing Park water recycling & supply project

193.8

181.3

193.8

187.5

193.8

187.5

193.8

187.5

187.5

193.8

187.5

193.8

1900.3

Drainage canal 3 water supply project

- - - 6365.1

6365.1

65.1

6365.1

63 - 384.3

Drainage canal 7 water supply project

- - - 61.459.4

61.4

61.4

59.4

61.4

59.4

61.4

- 364.4

Total 212.

0194.

7212.

0327.

7392.7

383.9

394.7

386.4

383.9

392.7

383.9

212.0

3100

2) Change of inlet water quantity after the completion of water recycling plant

(1) Final drainage amount of general drainage canal

Water recycling plant intakes water from general drainage canal, drainage canal 3 and

drainage canal 7, and water of drainage canal 3 and drainage canal 7 eventually flows

into general drainage canal. Therefore, water quantity of water recycling plant

subtracted from general drainage canal is eventually water quantity flowing into

Wuliangsu Lake, as is shown in Figure 5.2-6. The water quantity is the total monthly

amount of inlet water of manmade wetland with February as the month of the smallest

amount of water of 4.892 million m3 and November as the month of the largest amount

of water of 71.699 million m3. As is shown in Figure 5.2-7, after completion of water

Page 397: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

recycling plant, change rate of water draining into the Wuliangsu Lake is 4.7% -29.4%

with January, February, March and April as the high water change months,

respectively, 23.5%, 29.4%, 23.0% and 28.6%. It is mainly because these months fall

on dry season with small amount of total drainage, while inlet water quantity of water

recycling plant is stable. There is little change in other months.

Figure 5.2-6 monthly change of the total amount of water draining into Wuliangsu Lake

before and after completion of water recycling plant

(in the figure monthly mean quantity in 1996-2005 is given before the completion of

water recycling plant )

0

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12Month

Before the completion of water recycling plant

After the completion of water recycling plant

Wat

er

qua

ntit

y cha

nge

rate ( % )

Wat

er q

uant

ity (t

en th

ousa

nd m

3 )

Page 398: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Figure 5.2-7 monthly change of the total amount of water draining into Wuliangsu Lake

before and after completion of water recycling plant

3) Effect of water recycling plant construction on Wuliangsu Lake ecological water

demand

In Wuliangsu Lake irrigation drainage has been regarded as ecological water

supplement. until 2015 after the implementation of this project and taking water-saving

measures, it is temporarily considered that agricultural water drainage will decrease by

10% , and drainage quantity of general drainage canal, drainage canal 8 and drainage

canal 9 is 415 million m3 and 62 million m3 respectively. 31 million m3 of the total

drainage into the sewage has been recycled, and the water quantity of general drainage

canal, drainage canal 8 and drainage canal 9 back into Wuliangsu Lake is 446 million

m3.

Four water Canels (Tarbes Canal, Changji Canal, Tongji Canal and Yihe Canal)

inlet water from the Yellow River into Wuliangsu Lake in ice flood season, 44 million

m³ of water is supplement water, and unchanged drainage of Wuliangsu Lake into the

Yellow River is 154 million m3. Therefore, net water quantity into Wuliangsu Lake is

446 million m³. In order to maintain 515 million m³ of ecological water in Wuliangsu

Lake, 69 million m³ of water replenishment is needed from the four canals in ice flood

season. According to Hetao irrigation district of Yellow River and Inner Mongolia anti-

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Month

Page 399: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

ice flood emergency flood diversion and preliminary design of Wuliangsu Lake flood

diversion project, flood diversion volume is 161 million m3, of which Wuliangsu Lake

takes up 100 million m3, and drainage canal in Hetao irrigation district and natural

lakes in northern edge takes up 61 million m3. So flood diversion in ice flood season

can guarantee supplement water of Wuliangsu Lake; the design has been approved by

Water Resources Department of Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region ("approval of

preliminary design about anti-ice emergency in Hetao irrigation district of Yellow River

and Inner Mongolia and flood diversion of Wuliangsu Lake (internal water construction

and management〔2009〕No.170). During ice flood season four canal drainage does not

take indicators of inletting water from the Yellow River. It is taken as ecological water

supplement of Wuliangsu Lake, in accordance with relevant national and local

provisions.

5.2.5 Water environmental impact prediction and assessment of the

project’s implementation

5.2.5.1 Reduction amount of pollution load

Bayan nur water environment comprehensive management implementation

improves water discharged into Wuliangsu Lake greatly. In accordance with water

quality design requirements of the sewage treatment plants and water supply plants in

processing park, this project forecast the amount of after completion, and the results are

shown in Table 5.2-20:

Table 5.2-20 pollution load reduction forecast of sewage treatment plant and water recycling

plant

Project

Water

quantityInlet water quality(mg/L) Reduction quanity(t/year)

(ten

thousand

t/d)COD NH3-N TP BOD5 COD NH3-N TP BOD5

Water recycling and supply project of

Urat Rear Banner processing park2 20 0.3 0.3 15 146 2.19 2.19 109.5

Page 400: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Sewage treatment project of Urat Rear

Banner processing park(Huhe

Township)

2 300 25 3 150 2190 182.5 21.9 1095

Water recycling and supply project of

Ganqimaodu port Processing

Park(Huhe Township)

4 80 10 2 60 1168 146 29.2 876

Sewage treatment project of

Ganqimaodu port Processing

Park(Delingshan Township)

3 500 25 3 300 5475 273.75 32.85 3285

Sewage treatment project of Urat Front

Banner Processing Park(Xianfeng

Township)

3 300 25 3 150 3285 273.75 32.85 1642.5

Water recycling and supply project

Drainage canal 32 88 21 2.5 24 642.4 153.3 18.25 175.2

Water recycling and supply project

Drainage canal 32 122 26 3 24 890.6 189.8 21.9 175.2

Total amount of reduction 13797.0 1221.29 159.14 7358.4

Inlet water loads of general drainage, drainage 8, drainage 9 and predicted

reduction after wetland treatment through biological transition zone can be seen in

Table 5.2-21.

Table 5.2-21 Pollutant reduction situation after biological transition zone and manmade wetland

treatment of Wuliangsu Lake

Drainage Inlet load t/a Outlet water reduction t/a

CODCr TN TP CODCr TN TPGeneral drainage

26847.75 3662.45 529.79 8342.50 1439.84 207.17

Drainage 8 2283.50 513.79 64.70 1141.75 456.7 60.89Drainage 9 1286.72 168.26 36.13 296.94 94.03 31.18

Total 30417.97 4344.5 630.62 9781.19 1990.57 299.24

According to data in the table, reduction amount through biological transition zone and

manmade wetland treatment are CODcr 9781.19 t / a, TN 1990.57t / a, and TP 299.24t /

a. It can be seen from the data in the table that water quantity as well as pollutant

concentration of drainage eight and drainage nine is small, the pressure of pollutants

reduction mainly lies in the general drainage of wetland.

In Totalmary, after the project is completed, it is expected to cut down the total

pollution load of Wuliangsu Lake, that is, CODcr will be reduced to 23578.19t /a, and

Page 401: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

TP 458.38t / a.

5.2.5.2 The prediction and analysis on the improvement of water quality in Ulansuhai

Nur Lake area

1)Simulation solutions

In order to survey the improvement of water quality in Ulansuhai Nur Lake area

by implementing the project by World Bank, a 2-year simulation has been conducted

for these two solutions set out in Table 5.2-22 based on the hydrodynamics and water

quality models set up by this project. During this simulation, the load variation of the

general drainage canal affecting the improved performances of water quality in

Ulansuhai Nur Lake area has just been taken into consideration due to less flow

discharge of the eighth and ninth drainage canals compared with that of the general

drainage canal. The solution II in Table 5.2-22 represents the waterexit load flowing

into the wetland from the general drainage canal in the wetland design program. And

the load in Solution I represents the inflow load from the general drainage canal in the

wetland design program plus the reduction amount of load from upper reach industrial

zones, which is used as the inflow load from the general drainage canal without the

project by World Bank, where the two solutions of the water amount from the general

drainage canal keep in line.

Table 5.2-22: Simulation solutions for the improved performance of the water quality in Ulansuhai

Nur Lake area

Month,

Year

Solution I, without inflow load from

the project by World Bank (t)Solution II, with inflow load from the

project by World Bank (t)Discharge from

general drainage

canal(ten thousand

m3)CODCr TN TP CODCr TN TP

May, 2008 3433.25 615.56 77.96 1141.75 57.09 3.81 4912.80

June, 2008 2436.47 270.03 49.39 989.78 74.23 4.95 4315.60

July, 2008 4418.26 314.48 38.68 1556.43 77.82 5.19 3726.50

Aug, 2008 3963.13 250.11 25.03 1534.57 76.73 5.12 2468.70

Sept, 2008 3177.39 380.99 46.50 1994.40 99.72 6.65 2199.80

Oct, 2008 1689.31 133.35 17.34 394.80 19.74 1.32 6161.00

Nov, 2008 5309.06 482.05 52.48 3565.12 178.26 11.89 6656.00

Dec, 2008 4031.64 513.23 93.89 2017.32 349.74 72.57 2290.10

Page 402: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Jan, 2009 3060.33 399.43 75.56 1337.41 253.01 56.07 965.90

Feb, 2009 2819.75 483.16 92.81 1169.00 324.18 71.59 691.80

March,

20093197.13 586.05 79.01 1433.17 411.64 59.17 913.90

April, 2009 3109.03 455.24 40.27 1371.50 300.45 24.31 1016.70

Note: the total reduction amount of the industrial zones is distributed into 12 months in equal proportion,

incorporating into the design inflow load of the wetland, which is used as the inflow load without the project by

World Bank.

The status in quo of the water quality in lake area refers to the monitoring data of

status in quo in Table 4.2-19, the status in quo of the water quality to simulate each

grid are acquired by the interpolation of surface divisions of Ulansuhai Nur Lake as

the initial value of the model simulation.

This simulation is the prediction conducted based on the information data learned

from the status in quo and the inflow data of the general drainage canal is configured

according to the monthly mean data from a thorough year from May, 2008 to April,

2009, and the acquired data for the general drainage canal is also monthly mean data

while the outflow configuration of Ulansuhai Nur Lake is conducted based on the

existing and simple information data. According to the status in quo, this simulation

predicts two kinds of solutions, simulates the relative variation of the water quality in

Ulansuhai Nur Lake, so as to survey the effects of the project by World Bank.

However, since the continued impact of the inflow of the pollutants load before May

2008 has not been taken into account, what has been simulated is the contrast of the

two solutions, which can’t stand for the true value, but basically reflect the effects of

the project by World Bank. The hydrodynamic conditions of the simulated lake area

are under the circumstance that the planned grid water channels exist.

2) Simulation results

The key to Ulansuhai Nur Lake is the issue of eutrophication and the monitoring data

of the existing NH3-N concentration indicates that the water quality basically exceeds

Grade V water. Therefore, the simulation results contrast of the two solutions will be

represented by NH3-N concentration for contrastive analysis. The ratio of the water

body area with different water quality accounting for the total lake area referred to

NH3-N concentration after various time periods is shown in Table5.2-23. The

Page 403: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

distribution contrast of NH3-N concentration is shown in Fig 5.2-8-5.2-13.

The contrastive analysis on the results indicates that, generally, the implementation of

the project by World Bank will remarkably improve the water quality in Ulansuhai Nur

Lake and the water quality of the status in quo will be gradually turning to above Grade

IV water for the better, which will be faster that the solution without the project by

World Bank. With the time going by and the diffusion mobility of the pollutants, the

effects of Solution II will gradually be reflected; the simulation effects on 240 th day,

300th day and 36oth day indicate that (Table 5.2-23, Fig 5.2-11-5.2-13) the

implementation of the project by World Bank will have remarkable improved

performances to the water quality in Ulansuhai Nur Lake; the ratio of Grade Ⅴ water

accounting for the lake area will reach 0.231-0.283, lower than that of Solution I by

0.053-0.075;the ratio of Grade III water accounting for the lake area will reach 0.538-

0.573, higher than that of Solution I by 0.301-0.436. But because of the poor reduction

amount of pollution in Nov and Dec in 2008, the inflow pollution load is far mare than

that in Oct; and because of the poor hydrodynamic force conditions within the inflow

area of Solution II, the pollutants can’t rapidly diffuse, which, as a whole, results in the

NH3-N concentration within the inletting area of the lake of Solution II obviously on

the high side.

As stated previously, in order to increase the effects of the project, it is suggested in

this environment assessment that the construction of gird water channels at the outflow

port of the inflow wetland of the general drainage canal should be increased, namely at

the lower reach of inlet port from wetland into Ulansuhai Nur Lake and the northern

part of East Big Beach (the red ellipse area in Fig 5.2-14), so as to improve the

hydrodynamic force at the inlet port, meanwhile, to strengthen the pollution control in

Nov and Dec to take best advantage of the implementation effect of the project by

World Bank.

Page 404: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Table 5.2-23: The ratio of different water quality and water body area polluted by NH3-N accounting

for the lake area in two solutions after simulation of different time periods

NH3-N pollution 60 th day 120th day 180th day 240th day 300th day 360th day

Solution I

Grade I water 0 0 0 0 0 0

Grade II water 0.015 0.001 0 0 0.002 0.005

Grade III water 0.004 0.007 0 0 0.102 0.272

Grade IV water 0.004 0.005 0 0.102 0.589 0.387

Grade V water 0.977 0.986 1 0.898 0.306 0.336

Solution II

Grade I water 0 0 0 0 0 0

Grade II water 0.021 0.006 0.01 0.025 0.057 0.053

Grade III water 0.006 0.018 0.011 0.06 0.538 0.573

Grade IV water 0.005 0.013 0.012 0.54 0.175 0.09

Grade V water 0.968 0.963 0.967 0.374 0.231 0.283

Page 405: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Fig 5.2-8: Contrastive table of NH3-N concentration distribution on 60th day

NH3-N concentration distribution on60th day

NH3-N concentration distribution on 60th day

Without the project by World Bank

With the project by World Bank

Page 406: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Fig 5.2-9: Contrastive table of NH3-N concentration distribution on 120th day

NH3-N concentration distribution on 120th day

NH3-N concentration distribution on 120th day

Without the project by World Bank

With the project by World Bank

Page 407: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Fig 5.2-10: Contrastive table of NH3-N concentration distribution on 180th day

NH3-N concentration distribution on 180th day

NH3-N concentration distribution on 180th day

With the project by World Bank

Without the project by World Bank

Page 408: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Fig 5.2-11: Contrastive table of NH3-N concentration distribution on 240th day

NH3-N concentration distribution on 240th day NH3-N concentration

distribution on 240th day

With the project by World Bank

Without the project by World Bank

Page 409: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Fig 5.2-12: Contrastive table of NH3-N concentration distribution on 300th day

NH3-N concentration distribution on 300th day

NH3-N concentration distribution on 300th day

Without the project by World Bank

With the project by World Bank

Page 410: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Fig 5.2-12: Contrastive table of NH3-N concentration distribution on 360th day

NH3-N concentration distribution on 360th day

NH3-N concentration distribution on 360th day

Without the project by World Bank

With the project by World Bank

Page 411: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Fig 5.2-14: Sketch map of the suggested channel area to be added to based on the

planned channels to be constructed

Planned channelsOriginal channels

Water area

Reeds

Legend

The suggested channel area to be added to

Page 412: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

5.3 Mitigation Measures

5.3.1 Mitigation Measures in Construction Period

5.3.1.1 Mitigation Measures for Environmental Air Contamination

Main atmospheric contaminants generated in construction period for this

project are malodor and dust.

(1)Control Measures for Malodor

Construction for the grid-like watercourse work of Wuliangsu Lake area will①

be done in dry season section by section. The excavated sediments and wastes

shall be transported to local landfill in time for harmless disposal.

If the excavated sediments and wastes can not be transported in time, to avoid②

the effects on the life quality of nearby residents, the sediments shall be loaded into

the straw bags for storing to reduce the release of dust and malodor.

The transporting of the sediments shall be closed to prevent them from③

scattering along the road for which will affect the image of the city.

Attention shall be paid to the personal protection of the construction staff as④

well as the inspection work and first aid.

(2)Control Measures for Dusts

Project management shall be strengthened and the construction being①

civilized. Loading and unloading for building materials shall be proper and gentle.

The soil adhered to the surface of vehicles shall be removed as much as possible

before they leaving from construction sites. When transport limes, aggregates,

cement, fly ash and others, transporting vehicles shall be covered with tarpaulin, for

which are very easy to generate dusts.

Dusts in construction sites and construction roads can be controlled by②

watering and cleaning. If only do the watering and then cleaning, the amount of dusts

can reduce 70 to 80%, while first do the cleaning and then watering, the efficiency of

dust control can reach 90%. Tests show that each day do the watering 4 to 5 times to

Page 413: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

control the dusts in construction site, the dust contamination can be reduced from the

scope of 20 ~ 50m. One sprinkling truck shall be provided for each construction site.

In addition, lime, sand and others can not be stockpiled in the open as much as

possible. If these materials must be stockpiled in the open, watering shall be done for

these stockpiled materials to improve their surface water content for which can also

play a dust control effect.

The selected construction unit shall have a certain strength/qualification,③

which use commercialized plant-mixed cement and closed-transporting vehicles.

For temporary and scattered cement mixing sites, the selection of the site shall④

consider as far as possible away from the residential buildings.

The spoil shall be transported to the low-lying site appointed by the municipal⑤

administration department for filling disposal or to the landfill as soon as possible.

For the temporary used land, vegetation cover shall be restored to against soil⑥

erosion once the work is finished.

Dust contamination shall be controlled in construction period, for the residential

areas being distributed around each construction site of this project.

5.3.1.2 Mitigation Measures for Water Environmental Contamination

(1)A sedimentation tank shall be built by the construction unit in construction

period. With the tank, waste water, piling mud water and standing water and others

generated in construction can be discharged outside after precipitating and meeting

the requirements.

( 2) Simple living facilities built on construction sites mainly are temporary

canteens and temporary toilets. The waste water from the canteen shall be pretreated

by grease trap before combining with domestic sewage. All waste water shall be sent

into the nearby sewage treatment plant for treatment and discharging outside after

meeting the requirements. If there is no nearby sewage treatment facility, necessary

classification shall be done for the waste water generated from the project

construction and pipeline construction through the collecting pools, sand pools, drains

Page 414: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

and other water treatment structures. And the nearby farmers can take them as

agricultural fertilizer.

(3)During construction, construction workers shall make use of the existing

living facilities near the construction site as much as possible. The contractor shall

take all necessary measures to prevent the untreated waste water directly flowing into

the existing drainage canals or other surface water bodies.

(4)The management of construction site shall be strengthened. The working

field and the stockpiling slope of the earthwork shall be keep tidy and in order, so that

the earth can be reduced to flow into the nearby rivers.

(5)To reduce the amount of generated waste water, materials loss, scattering

and overflowing shall be controlled as much as possible.

(6)Construction of gird-like watercourse for Wuliangsu Lake area shall select

a proper plan, so that the decline of water environmental quality for part of Wuliangsu

Lake area caused by the release of excavated contaminants can be minimized.

( 7 ) Construction materials such as cement, sand and lime shall be

concentrated for stockpiling. Note such material can be stockpiled near the rivers or

other water bodies, it is better that the stockpiling site is far away from the rivers with

some water against measures being taken. Scattered materials for the above during

transporting shall be cleaned in time, so that the materials can be avoided being

washed into the water bodies by rainwater. Environmental management shall be

strengthened. Note the oil leakage or waste oil dumping for construction machines or

construction vessels shall be avoided, for the oil can cause water pollution after

entering into water bodies. It is recommended that the leaked oil from construction

machines shall be received by some means.

( 8 ) All construction waste water is strictly forbidden to discharge into the

Page 415: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

ground surface water body near the construction site without treatment.

5.3.1.3 Mitigation Measures for Noise Contamination

According to the acoustic environmental impact analysis of construction period,

we can see that noise from the construction site has a greater effect on surrounding

acoustic environment. Moreover, there are a lot of sensitive points being distributed

around each worksite. Therefore, corresponding noise control measures shall be taken

by construction units to minimize noise effects on the environment.

( 1 ) Strengthening project management and arranging construction schedule

properly

A scientific schedule shall be prepared with construction work time being

arranged properly and noise control regulations for the construction being observed

strictly. Note the high noise equipments shall not be applied intensively at the same

time as much as possible. The construction is not allowed from 11 pm to 6 am of the

next day, if the worksite is ≤ 200m to the residential areas. Furthermore, low noise

machines shall be considered in the selection of construction equipments and plans as

much as possible. Construction time for high noise equipments shall be arranged in

the day time and minimize their working time at night. For some of working sites, if

the construction must be done at night with the noise affect the environment of the

surrounding residents greatly, a permit shall be obtained from the local environmental

protection authorities in advance, and this permit shall be posted.

(2)Arranging the construction site properly

To avoid noise level for part of place being too high, the powered mechanical

equipments shall not be arranged in one place intensively.

Preparation work shall be well done before the concrete need continuous pouring

work. The running time for the mixer shall be minimized.

(3)Reducing equipment noise level

The selection of equipments shall consider low-noise equipments as much as①

Page 416: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

possible, for example, use the hydraulic machines to replace the fuel oil one, and the

vibrator use the high-frequency type. Moreover, low noise construction methods shall

be considered as much as possible.

The noise for stationary machines and earth excavation & transporting②

equipments such as excavators and bulldozers can be reduced by exhaust silencer and

isolation of engine vibration components.

As the noise level for mechanical equipments can be increased due to the③

vibration of loose part or the damage of silencer, the maintenance of construction

equipments shall be strengthened in the construction, so that the increasing of noise

level caused by the poor performance can be avoided.

The idle equipments should be closed immediately, and transporting vehicles④

entering into the site should be slowed down and reduced the times of whistle

(4)Reducing man-made noise

The operation of equipments shall be in accordance with specification. And in①

the process of dismantling for baffles and supports, operational guideline shall be

observed to reduce the impact noise.

The use of whistle, bell and flute and others shall be minimized in work②

commanding, while modern equipments shall be applied.

(5)Establishing of temporary sound barrier

Around the high-noise equipment, a temporary cover shall be established. And

for the location being relatively fixed equipments, these equipments shall be put into

the shed as much as possible. Otherwise, a single sound barrier shall be established

properly for these equipments outside the shed.

(6)During construction, the noise level along the road will be increased for

the operation of transporting vehicles. Therefore, the management of transporting

vehicles shall be strengthened. The number of vehicles and traffic density on worksite

shall be minimized and the whistle for vehicles will be controlled. And the

Page 417: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

commissioning for equipments shall be done in the day time.

Besides the above noise reduction measures for the construction site, good

relationship also have to be established with the peripheral units and residents. Before

the construction, the units and residents shall be informed in advance if their living

affected by the work. To seek a common understanding, the construction progress and

the noise reduction measures taken in the construction shall be reported to them.

Proper compensation shall be paid to some of units and residents if the construction

affects their living greatly. In addition, a telephone hotline shall be established for the

complaints from the affected residents, and the complaining information shall be

handled actively.

5.3.1.4 Mitigation Measures for Soil Erosion

During construction period, because the excavation amount for the ground

surface is very large with lots of spoil and serious damage to vegetation cover, proper

measures have to be taken for this situation. Otherwise, soil erosion will appear with a

several-fold increasing trend for the project site. Therefore, strict environmental

protection measures shall be taken to control the soil erosion effectively.

(1)The excavation work shall avoid rainy season as much as possible.

(2)The earthwork in the construction shall be done properly. Excavated earth

shall be used for backfilling of the construction site as much as possible. Besides for

backfilling, the spoil generated from pipe-laying and construction shall be sent to

other construction sites for filling and greening work soil or sending to the landfill.

( 3 ) Temporary stockpiling site shall select flat field. After the work, the

vegetation cover shall be restored as much as possible.

( 4 ) Project construction shall be done in phases and area by area. Do not

spread the work fully to shorten the single completion period, especially the pipe-

laying work. Measures shall be taken for the excavated exposed ground surface, and

the exposed time shall be minimized to reduce the soil erosion.

Page 418: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

(5)To fully consider the effects of greening work on soil erosion control, it is

recommended that the construction of each work for individual structure shall be done

one by one if possible. To minimize the soil erosion, the greening work shall be done

based on worksite greening plans as soon as the work finished.

( 6 ) Stockpiling of the earthwork in construction sites shall be considered

properly. A certain distance shall be kept with the underground surface water body. To

reduce the effects of soil erosion on rivers and rainwater pipe network, the possibility

of the earth flowing into the river and drainage shall be minimized. Around the sand

and gravel stockyard, straw bags shall be piled up to keep the sand. And around the

stockyard, simple drain ditch shall be excavated for the water discharge.

5.3.1.5 Mitigation Measures for Solid Waste Contamination

The wastes include the wastes generated from the construction, the garbage

created from the living of construction staff and the sediments excavated from grid-

like watercause of lake area.

( 1 ) To avoid the effects on living of nearby residents, excavated sediments

shall be transported to the other places. If the sediments can not be transported in

time, then the sediments shall be loaded into the straw bags for storing to reduce the

release of dust and malodor. The transporting of sediments shall be closed to prevent

them from scatter along the road for which will affect the image and sanitary of the

city.

(2)Sediments shall be sent to local landfill for sanitary burying. The leachate

treatment facilities shall be well-managed to ensure the discharge meeting the

requirements.

(3)Spoil and construction wastes shall be filled in appointed site according to

the requirements of municipal administration department and planning department. If

the backfill site is not used temporarily, vegetation cover shall be cultured to prevent

Page 419: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

the soil erosion.

(4)Abandoned material in the construction such as gravel, building materials,

steel, packaging materials shall be recovered by special people. And the working face

shall be cleaned timely without any sequelae left.

( 5 ) To prevent secondary pollution, domestic garbage shall be collected

specially and sent to landfill regularly for proper disposal. Huddle and throw is

forbidden strictly. In addition, to ensure the living environment and hygienic quality

of the surrounding environment for the workers, the contractor shall strengthen the

education of construction staff that waste can not be thrown at their will.

( 6 ) When confront hazardous wastes in the construction, the work shall be

stopped temporarily,. And the local environmental protection department and health

department shall be contacted in time. After handling measures being taken, the

construction can be started again.

5.3.1.6 Protection Measures for Ecological Environment

The effects in construction period on the environment mostly are temporary, and

these effects will be disappeared with the end of construction. However, some of

effects may result in irreversible and long-term impact if without proper handle. It is

necessary that effective environmental protection measures being taken in the process

of construction. The proposed project construction shall take the following measures:

( 1 ) Before the construction of each engineering facility and the pipe work,

conditions of underground engineering geology and underground obstacles shall be

understood firstly, for which is the prerequisite and basis of a project.

(2)The construction of each engineering facility and the pipe work shall avoid

the rainy season. And drainage channels shall be built of the construction sites with

serious soil erosion. The construction will take methods of stratified excavation,

layered stacked and layered backfill. After completion, the landscape will be restored

Page 420: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

and the construction shall be in accordance with the design requirements of water-soil

conservation strictly. During the construction of water intake work for the reclaimed

water supply project, this work shall be done in dray season in order to avoid the

effects of wet season for which is a flood season and last from June to August.

(3)The planning and design shall be considered properly. The existing roads

shall be used fully with no or less construction road working.

( 4 ) To reduce construction errors and increase work efficiency, the

information based construction shall be strengthened.

(5)To avoid the effects on aquatic environment, the construction of gird-like

water cause for lake area shall use scientific and reasonable construction methods as

much as possible.

(6)Note the construction equipments and machines can not be washed in the

nearby water bodies. The maintenance of construction machines shall be strengthened

to prevent the oil leakage of construction machines. If there is a leakage, the leaked

oil shall be collected in time and handled centrally after receiving by special vessels.

(7)No camp will be built by the construction teams. The existing residential

facilities shall be used fully. Through renting, the construction staff can scattered live

in the local residential building with the general domestic sewage and garbage being

discharged into the civilian facilities of the residence.

(8)Building materials like cement are not allowed to stockpile near the water

bodies, canopy cover and fence shall be set to prevent the rainwater washing them

into the water bodies. Appropriate sites shall be selected for the construction wastes

(including spoil and abandoned stone) to backfill or stockpile after consultation with

the local people. The spoil and abandoned stone shall be used as much as possible for

road foundation work and soil conservation project.

Page 421: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

(9) If the pipeline construction faces these items such as high voltage pole,

overpass, main traffic road, municipal pipe network and relevant road, reports have to

submit to the relevant management departments. Based on their approvals, the work

can be performed. The supports for the nearby buildings (structures) like residential

areas and bridges for which are in the scope of the pipeline construction effects shall

be considered, especially the effects on ground settlement, nearby buildings

(structures) and existing underground pipeline.

(10)During construction, the damage to vegetation cover shall be minimized.

After construction, measures like planting tree and grass shall be done to speed up the

recovery process of vegetation with some engineering measures also being taken for

protection. To protect the integrity of the ecosystem, the original land surface height

shall be maintained and the landform be restored as original after the completion of

construction.

( 11 ) Before construction, the construction unit shall prepare detailed

construction plans and establish environmental management systems. Special people

have to arrange to responsible for the environment protection work during

construction. Corresponding control measures and disposal methods shall be made for

the “three wastes” generated in the construction. The environment management shall

be in accordance with the national environmental guidelines, policies, regulations and

standards. To be rule-based and scientific management, various environmental

management system shall be established which take post responsibility as the center.

(12)To be civilized and cleaned construction, the education of construction

staff shall be strengthened with environmental regulations and environmental

knowledge being learned.

5.3.1.7 Mitigation Measures for Social Environmental Impact

(1)The reasonable acquired land compensation for the villagers shall be in

Page 422: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

accordance with the land acquisition and resettlement policy and compensation

approach of the relevant national government and local government. The villagers’

opinion shall be listened carefully. The working and living conditions for the villagers

shall be guaranteed that not lower than the current level.

(2)Construction for pipeline and lake area shall be done section by section.

The excavation and backfilling shall be done as soon as possible. The construction

sites, which near the public facilities such as hospital, school and bus station, shall

have temporary pavements and warning signs. During the rush hour, traffic policemen

shall give guide and dispatch to ensure smooth flow of pedestrians and vehicles. To

reduce the pressure of urban traffic, the transporting of materials shall avoid the rush

hour.

( 4 ) Awareness training and education of cultural-relics protection for the

management and construction staff shall be strengthened. According to field survey

information, no cultural-relics have been found currently in the project area. However,

if find any cultural-relics in the construction, the local conservation department shall

be informed immediately. The site shall be preserved in time and the construction

shall be stopped before the proper handling done by the conservation department.

(5)To reduce the possibility of traffic jam and the effects on traveling of the

residents, the transporting of building materials and waste earth shall be done at night

or avoiding the rush hour.

5.3.1.8 Human Health

To ensure the construction safety, the contractor shall prepare the health and

safety approved by the relevant project management unit (PMU).

The contractor shall prepare the induction training program for the construction

staff. The facilities like cranes, supports and other shall be fixed rigidly. To avoid the

occurrence of personnel casualties, the construction staff shall observe the

construction specifications such as Code of Design on Building Fire Protection and

Page 423: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Prevention and Specification of Building Safety strictly and wear the personal

protection equipments like safety helmet.

During construction, the contractor shall avoid transporting the materials in rainy

day or at the time of go on/off shift to against traffic jam or accident. To avoid public

casualties, proper isolation and protection facilities shall be installed and warning

device shall be set up for dangerous sites with special personnel for caring.

An effective organization responsible for environment supervising and

monitoring shall be established, which can start a fast and efficient procedure for any

violation.

Detailed environmental and social impact specifications shall be prepared for the

contractor and which shall be included into the tender documents. And the obligation

for environment must be taken as part of the contract documents.

5.3.2 Mitigation Measures in Operation Stage

5.3.2.1 Reclaimed water supply Project

1)Analysis on Water Pollution Control Measures

(1)Pollution control measures of Reclaimed water supply project

The pollution control measures of this reclaimed water supply project mainly

include pollution control method of industrial wastewater and domestic wastewater.

The settling tank sludge water, filter backwashing water and pressure-filtered①

water from sludge dewatering chamber of this reclaimed water supply project shall be

settled then flow back to front distributing well and be treated together with source

water.

Ultra-filtered and reverse-osmosis tail water from reclaimed water supply②

projects of Drainage Cannel 3, Drainage Cannel 7 and Ganqimaodu Port Processing

Park be send to front distributing after coagulation & and settling treatment and

reclaimed with source water from reclaimed water treatment plant; the wastewater

will not be drained outside.

Page 424: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

The process of reverse-osmosis tail water treatment is: tail water → coagulation

→ settling → effluent→ reclaimed water treatment device. The main buildings and

structures of reverse osmosis tail water treatment are indicated in diagram 5.3-1

5.3-1 Main buildings & structures of reverse-osmosis tail water treatment

Sn Buildings & Structures Specification Remarks

1 Regulation tank L×B×H =6m×5m×5m

2 Coagulation Tank

L×B×H=5m×5m×3m

Chemicals adding device 2 sets, speed reducing mixing device 1 set

3 Settling Tank L×B×H=13m×6m×5m

Mud scraper 2 sets, sludge discharge valve 4 sets

4 Reservoir L×B×H=10m×8m×5m Clean water pump 3 sets

The domestic wastewater of this reclaimed water supply project will be sent to③

Urat Rear Banner Processing Park Wastewater Treatment Plant together with

domestic wastewater from water supply project of Urat Rear Banner Processing Park.

The domestic wastewater of Drainage Cannel 3 reclaimed water supply project will be

sent to Hangjin Rear Banner Wastewater Treatment Plant. The domestic wasterwater

of Drainage Cannel 7 reclaimed water supply project will be sent to Wuyuan Country

Wastewater Treatment Plant. The domestic wastewater of Ganqimaodu Port

Processing Park reclaimed water supply project will be treated in underground

treatment equipments in factory to meet standard of Reuse of urban recycling water--

Water quality standard for urban miscellaneous water conTotalption (GB/T18920-

2002 ) , be used as miscellaneous water for factory but shall not be discharged

outside.

(2)Feasibilities Analysis of Water Pollution Control Measures of Reclaimed

Water Supply Project

The pollutants components of settling tank sludge water, filter backwashing①

water and pressure-filtered water from sludge dewatering chamber of this reclaimed

water supply project are rather simple and main of them are SS. So, after settling, the

Page 425: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

water quality will be improved greatly, meanwhile rather little sewage will be

generated. This will take a small proportion of the scale of the whole reclaimed water

supply project; also, this will have little effect on inlet water quality of reclaimed

water plant but will not cause shocks to normal operation of reclaimed water supply

facilities.

In consideration of brine wastewater caused by ultra-filtered and reverse-②

osmosis technologies applied in reclaimed water supply project of Drainage Cannel 3,

Drainage Cannel 7 and Ganqimaodu Port Processing Park, the wastewater will be

coagulated settled then sent to front distribution and be reclaimed together with source

water of reclaimed water plant; such wastewater will not drained outside.

Suspended matter and salt content of tail water after reverse-osmosis treatment

are rather high, but after neutralization, coagulation and settling treatment, not only

the suspended matter but also the salt content will be reduced. After treatment, such

wastewater will be reclaimed together with resource water to fully utilize and save

water resources. So, this method is feasible to treat brine water.

The Urat Rear Banner Processing Park wastewater treatment plant, which is③

related to this project, is also a project benefit from the World Bank loan; now this

plant is under construction and the designed scale is 20,000 m3/d (recent-term);

ICEAS process is applied and the construction will be performed from May, 2010 to

Feb 2010. Drainage Cannel 3 wastewater treatment plant is located at the south of the

Drainage Cannel 3 reclaimed water supply project; A2/O process is applied and this

plant is completed and in trial operation, the designed scale is 20,000 m3/d. Drainage

Cannel 7 reclaimed water treatment plant is located at the south of the Drainage

Cannel 3 reclaimed water supply project; this plant is under construction and the

designed scale is 22,000 m3/d in recent term and 44,000 m3/d in future term; active

sludge Biolak wastewater treatment process is applied. The domestic wastewater

drained quantity of Urat Rear Banner reclaimed water supply project, Drainage

Cannel 3 reclaimed water supply project and Drainage Cannel 7 reclaimed water

supply project take a rather small proportion of the quantity. Meanwhile the pollutant

Page 426: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

of such domestic wastewater is single and the content is rather low. When the water

flows to the plant, it will take little effect on designed inlet water quantity and quality

of the wastewater treatment plant.

Therefore, it is feasible that the domestic wastewater caused by reclaimed water

supply project engineering and operation is sent to wastewater via network treatment

plant nearby and to be treated

(3)Proposal for Water Pollution Control Measures of Reclaimed Water Supply

Project

People shall strengthen management to ensure normal operation of equipments①

in design, construction and operation. Standby equipments shall be set. Accident

prevention program shall be prepared to prevent serious consequences caused by

problems.

People shall strengthen management of project construction and operation to②

ensure the sewage treatment facilities and the efficiency meet the design standard and

requirement, also to ensure long-term, stable and normal operation and qualified tail

water discharge.

People shall set up sound environmental management rules & regulations and③

fully implement staff training program.

People shall maintain and keep the equipments in good conditions to reduce④

abnormal running to avoid unqualified discharge and accident discharge risk.

2) Measures of Noise Pollution Control

The noises of this project when running may come from the water intake pump

chamber, lift pump chamber of reclaimed water plant, sludge dewater system and

clean water lift pump station. Noise elimination, vibration elimination and noise

isolation measures will be applied to control noise, like low-noise equipments,

vibration-reduce method and noise isolated buildings, etc.

There are no residents in 50m around the reclaimed water project. Silencers and

bumpers are applied in this water in-take pump chamber. The pump chambers are

Page 427: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

sealed; also double-layer silence doors & windows are equipped. Measures such as

installing silencers, bumpers and isolation booth on the noise sources of reclaimed

water plant to ensure the noise level in the plant is qualified and meet 2 class as per

Standard of noise at boundary of industrial enterprises, ie. 60dB(A)in day and

50dB(A) in night.

If lift pumps are added, to reduce noises, it is required that:

( 1 ) Sound isolation test shall be performed in the plant to ensure that the

sound isolation performance shall not be lower than 25dB(A).

(2)Low power and low noise type pumps and ventilators shall be selected.

Flexible joints shall be applied to connect the equipments and pipes to avoid

vibration. Low noise and low vibration equipments shall be selected in procurement.

( 3 ) Make a good layout in consideration of the direction of sound, the

shielding function of building and noise-absorbs ion of green plants to reduce noise

hazard to staff.

( 4 ) Double-layer windows and wall materials with good sound absorption

performance shall be applied in the Central Control Room. In structure, dumper

ceiling, damper wall and damper floor shall be selected to avoid transmission of

noises.

(5)Bumper cushions shall be installed in equipments with serious noises as

noise-reduce treatment: All pumps and ventilators shall be equipped with bumper

base and connected with pipes with flexible joints. All machines and pumps shall be

installed on independent bases to avoid noises caused by resonance.

( 6 ) Vibration-proof and shock-proof shall be considered in arranging,

designing pipes and selecting brackets to abate noises to environment

(7)Install silencers to reduce noises of ventilators.

Page 428: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

( 8 ) Make a good and reasonable layout of the plant. Pay high attention of

noise distance; arrange the noise sources centralized and away from office area.

(9)Pay high attention to greening work. Make a three-dimensional isolation

belt near the reclaimed water plant and pump chamber with flowers, grasslands,

woodlands and trees. Grow more high and dense trees to abate noises to

circumstances.

Noises from equipments can be abated effectively to meet concerned national

standard by above methods.

3) Solid Wastes Control Measures

(1)Solid wastes control measures of reclaimed water supply project

Solid wastes caused by this reclaimed water supply water project mainly means

reclaimed water sludge and domestic wastes.

Reclaimed water sludge will be centralized and dewatered till the water content

is less than 80%. Then the sludge will be comprehensively utilized as landfill soil,

municipal engineering filling soil or brick manufacturing.

Domestic wastes will be collected and loaded by environmental sanitation

department as per the agreement with such department to ensure domestics wastes are

removed and treated timely and effectively and to prevent secondary pollution.

(2)Proposal for reclaimed water project solid waste control

Solid wastage of wastewater treatment plant, especially the sludge shall not①

disposed casually but be collected and stored properly, and be sent to an agreeable

domestic waste landfill site periodically.

It is forbidden to discharge sludge of reclaimed water plant to any ground②

waters, valleys, depressed land, caves or farmland but not exclusive discharge site.

In temporary sludge deposit site of reclaimed water plant, foundation anti-③

seepage, rain proof, odor concentrating and emission and secondary pollution control

Page 429: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

measures shall be taken.

Sludge shelter shall be rain-proof; the ground to deposit sludge shall be④

hardened. Coffer wall, draining and collection well shall be arranged near the shelter.

The collected sewage from the deposit sludge shall be fed back to reclaimed water

treatment system.

The dewatered sludge and solid waste of wastewater treatment plant shall be⑤

loaded and removed timely. Sludge shall be transported by closed tank trucks.

The sludge shall be transported punctually and when the traffic is not so heavy⑥

if possible.

The advance concentrating and dewatering equipments shall be used to reduce⑦

the water content to 75 ~80%, so as to reduce the quantity of sludge and facilitate

utilization. It is suggested that the sludge shall be comprehensively utilized after

dewatering process (water content less than 10%).

The sludge attached on the trucks and wheels shall be removed when the solid⑧

waste storage and transportation vehicles leave the plant (pump station). Also, please

check if the vehicle can be well closed or not to avoid pollution to roads.

It is suggested that the construction enterprises shall cooperate with agriculture⑨

and landscape department to study the sludge serving as greening fertilizer so as to

realized recycling of solid waste.

4)Safety measures of Chlorination Room

Chlorine leakage accident is the biggest potential pollutant. The leakage will

cause hazard to production stuff member and even some influence to circumstances

outside the plant.

Natural ventilation conditions shall be utilized, if natural ventilation is not

practical, mechanical ventilation shall be applied. The ventilation frequency shall be

8~12 times per hour as per standard to ensure fresh air in the room. Meanwhile, the

chlorine leakage alarm and absorption systems are equipped. As soon as leakage is

happen, the chlorine detecting gauges will detect. If the detected leakage is higher up

Page 430: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

to preset value, the fan of leakage absorption system and alkaline liquid pumps will

run to neutralize the leaked chlorine.

Installation of chlorine leakage detecting and alarming devices, layout, quantities

and installation method shall comply with concerned regulations in Specification for

the Design of Combustible Gas and Toxic Gas Detection and Alarm for

Petrochemical Enterprises (SH3063-1999). The auto-alarm system shall act when

chlorine content in air is up to 2~3ppm.

The chlorination room shall equip with protection devices such as gas mask for

staff members in case of accidents.

To avoid chlorine accident caused by wrong operation, the chlorination staff

shall be strictly trained; they can work only if they are aware of safety in using

chlorine and detailed chlorination operation. All possible measures shall be taken to

avoid bursting, oozing, dripping, leaking chlorine. Only operation staff members are

allowed to enter chlorination room

Check the equipments periodically to ensure they are in good conditions.

Chlorination chamber shall open externally and equip with easy-handle locks to

ensure quick escape in emergency situation.

5) Greening

To ensure a graceful environment in the reclaimed water supply project plant,

double-layer greening program around building and beside roads shall be

implemented to increase greening area maximally, while the green-cover percentage

shall be higher than 30%. Select good tree species combined with flowers & grasses,

fountain, the sculpture & artistic creation and flower beds to make a good layout and

graceful environment. Arrange the tree species reasonably and three-dimensional tree

belt organically combined with trees & shrubs, grasses and flowers to form a multi-

layer greening environment and seasonal beauty of color. Make use of tanks, which

are higher than ground, to let climbing plants climb up. Expand the flower bed to

make a three-dimensional greening to form an all-season, graceful and beautiful

Page 431: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

garden-like factory.

Set up sanitary protection isolation belt in each reclaimed water supply plants.

Use the isolation odor & protection function of greening belt, and especially isolate

the living & administration area (front factory area) from production area by greening

belt to create a good environment. Grow high and evergreen arbors around the

production area and sludge treatment area to make the environment better.

6 ) List of “Three Simultaneousness” Environment Protection Measures

Acceptance

“Three Simultaneousness” measures, results and investment estimation are

indicated in diagram 5.3-1

5.3-1 List of “Three Simultaneousness” Environment Protection Measure Acceptance

Item Measures and equipments to controlInvestment(10,00

0 RMB)

Wastewater neutralization、coagulation、settling buildings and facilities 80

Sludge Sludge treatment facilities 1300

Noise Noise isolation, vibration and noise abatementList and get from

equipments

Greening Trees, flowers & grasses 560

DetectorPollutant detectors, sign board of sewage discharge port and solid

waste site, .etc.100

Net work

constructionClean & waste water network 25

Chlorine

leakage

accident

Set up chlorine leakage detect & alarm device and chlorine absorption

device in chlorine chamber. Set up chlorine leakage detect &

alarm device in chlorination room

800

Construction

period

Control and management measures for wastewater, odor and ecology

during construction period200

Total 4115

5.3.2.2 Mitigation Measures of Wastewater Treatment and Re-use Project in

Processing Park

1)Measures to Mitigate Air pollution to Circumstances

The wastewater treatment plants have effects on environments, mainly it means

odor, but odor is insufferable for people. So, control measures must be taken to reduce

the effect of odor. In this project, biological de-odor device is designed to remove

Page 432: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

odor, so as to control generated odor effectively, therefore, following supplementary

measures are represented in this EIR report:

( 1 ) Strengthen greening construction in factory area. Green coverage in

factory shall not be less than 30%. Greening shall be executed mainly around the grid,

sludge treatment system and factory boundary. Generally, high arbors shall be mainly

selected as greening trees; also, low shrubs can be supplementary. The green belt

around the factory boundary shall be bigger than 5m.

( 2 )加 Strengthen management of each treatment system of wastewater

treatment plant and remove deposited sludge. When the sewage tanks are stopped to

maintenance, the sludge will be emerged, so that the odor will come out. The sludge

shall be removed timely to reduce odor.

(3)The sanitary protection distance of this project is 50m. The sources of odor

are 10m or farther to factory boundary. It is recommended that 40m distance away

from the boundary shall be arranged as plan control area, in this area, no civil building

or other sensitive permanent buildings are allowed to be built.

2) Measures to Mitigate Water Pollution

After this project is completed, the water quality of general drainage cannel in

Hetao District will be improved tremendously. To ensure normal operation of

wastewater treatment plant, following measures shall be taken during plant operation:

(1)Reform the heavy pollution enterprises on-site. Close, stop, merge, change

or shift unqualified enterprises.

(2)To ensure normal operation and qualified tail water to be discharged as per

national standard, enterprises in the Park shall discharge their wastewater to network

before their wastewater is treated respectively as well as the industrial feature

pollutants are removed. The wastewater to be discharged shall meet Discharge

Page 433: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

standard for municipal wastewater (CJ3082-1999). The sewage from sludge de-water

chamber and domestic wastewater shall be collected in wastewater network and then

be send to treatment process.

( 3 ) The wastewater from heavy pollutant enterprises shall be pretreated in

their factories before being discharged. An accident reservoir shall be built to void

high load shock to wastewater treatment plant so that the treatment efficiency and tail

water quality being affected.

( 4 ) To prevent risk of accidents, starting from design and management,

practicable measures shall be taken and accident emergency disposal system shall be

established.

(5)Strengthen water pollution monitoring. Install online monitoring devices,

which are linked with local environment protection department, in inlet and outlet of

wastewater treatment plant. All wastewater treatment plant shall equipped with

accident emergency reservoir.

(6)Operation management and operation responsibility system shall be well

established; Staff members shall be well trained and technical evaluation files shall be

set up for them. The unqualified staff shall not work.

3)Measures to Mitigate Noise Pollution

The noises of wastewater treatment project mainly come from the equipments, which include mechanical equipments like sewage pump and ventilators, in wastewater treatment plant and sewage lift pump station. Following measures can be applied to control noise pollution.

(1)To select low-noise ventilator, sewage pump.

(2)Compound impedance silences are applied in the inlet and outlet.

(3)Use Isolation booth to control noises.

Page 434: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

(4)Take measures like vibration elimination, noise isolation and underground

channel ventilation for aeration tank ventilator room.

(5)The ventilator room control can be realized in Central Control Room so

that the operators are not required to work in the ventilator room.

(6)A greening belt with certain width is required in the factory boundary.

Arrange tri-layer arbor-shrub-arbor green belt and grassland under trees to eliminate

the noises.

4)Measures to Mitigate Solid Waste Pollution

(1)Sludge

There are several methods to treat sludge, major of them are landfill, compost

and incineration.

Sanitary Landfill①

Landfill treatment is one of the normal ways and it is commonly used in many

large-scale wastewater treatment plants. The procedure requirement of sludge landfill

is similar to solid waste landfill. The sludge without dry & incineration treatment shall

be filled in different layers and in small scale. The thickness of raw sludge layer shall

be less than 0.5m while the thickness of digested sludge layer shall be less than or

equal to 3m. A layer of sand soil with thickness 0.5m shall be put on sludge layer.

Both kinds of layers are interlaced. Ventilation units are required. The seeped liquid

from landfill site is highly concentrated sewage; it shall be centralized and treated.

Guardrail shall be set and concerned measure shall be taken to control insects.

A lot of lands are required for landfill. Odor may be generated in the landfill site;

meanwhile, if anti-seepage methods do not work well, the ground water may be

polluted. In another aspect, there are a lot of organic matters, which will act and digest

and lead to marsh gas, in sludge. In case that the pressure of marsh gas is too high to

release or the marsh gas is fired, explosion will happen. Therefore, the disadvantages

of sanitary landfill method are too much land occupation, difficult site selection and

Page 435: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

potential secondary pollution.

Agricultural Compost②

Sludge compost can be performed singly or combined with other solid waste.

The solid waste to be composted with sludge may be domestic waste, straw and sew

powder. The combined compost method is popularly used because it will reduce time.

The weight proportion of sludge and domestic waste normally is 1:2; the two kinds of

materials are put in a pile in different layers. The height of pile can be 1.5~2.0m, and

the surface of pile shall be smoothened via coating or pressing. Ventilation conditions

shall be realized in a compost pile. The composting time is normally 3~6 weeks; after

composting, mix the materials and pile again. After at least 3 month, they will be

mature and become to effective fertilizer. To realize quicker and better control,

mechanical composting equipments, which include vertical and horizontal stirring and

oxygen supply system, can be applied. The fermentation process may be completed in

5~6 days, the temperature during fermentation may be up to about 65 .℃

Agricultural disposal is an ideal method to dispose sludge. There are a lot of

elements like NPK, microelement and humic substances which are essential for

growing. The nitrogen in sludge can help the growth of leaves and stems; the nitrate

nitrogen can be uptaken by plants directly, while ammonia nitrogen is uptaken by

plants after being converted to nitrate nitrogen in soil. The organic nitrogen will be

utilized only after being destroyed and oxidized in soil. The tests indicate that, certain

quantity of municipal domestic sludge will improve the organic matters, humic

substances and soil structure. Fertility of soil may be improved if reasonable qualified

sludge is used. For agricultural use of sludge, the conditions shall meet standards in

Control standards for pollutants in sludge from agricultural use (GB4284—84), in

this standard, the maximal limits of 11 pollutant contents are regulated. Also, there are

6 principles listed in GB4284-84. Therefore, the sludge shall be composted to kill

germs and parasitic ova before agricultural use, meanwhile the harmful substances

shall be removed.

Incineration Treatment③

Page 436: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Incineration is one of the most popular ways used in oversea countries. By means

of incineration, the volume of sludge will reduce to minimum (about 5% of before).

Sludge incineration is a high temperature treatment technology. Excess air and sludge

to be treated act in oven, so that all organic matters and pathogens can be destroyed by

oxidization and pyrolysis in 800 ~1200 high temperature. Meanwhile, the heavy℃

metal in sludge will be oxidized to stable oxide, which is good raw material for

haydite and ceramic brick manufacturing, and to be comprehensively utilized. But, the

incineration system have problem or the incineration is not completed and the s waste

gas, noises, heat and radiation may cause secondary pollution. If the incineration

system is well controlled to realize complete incineration and the overheat is well

utilized, this is a rather good method to realized harmless, quality-reducing, and

recourse-recovery treatment.

Ashes come from incineration are water-absorbing and solidifiable, so they can

be used for soil improving or road building. Also the ashes can be served as fine

fillings of concrete. A kind of granular fuel made from the sludge can be burned well,

and of which the heat value is equal to brown coal; meanwhile the harmful gas

generated will be lower than incineration process. The remains can be used in

construction industry.

Over energy in exhaust gas can be obtained to generate power when incineration.

Compound fuel made from de-watered sludge, along with additives, like detonator,

catalyst, loosening agent and sulfur-fix agent. This kind of fuels can be used in

industrial and domestic boilers. With stable combustion, excellent thermal and

environmental test, this is an ideal way to realized effective sludge utilization.

(2)Analysis of Sludge Treatment Method

There is no available final disposal method stipulated clearly. But according to

analog data, the components of sludge of wastewater treatment plant are related to the

properties of wastewater to be treated. Normally, the sludge from a wastewater

treatment plant, which mainly take up industrial wastewater, contains high level heavy

Page 437: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

metal content which is much higher than standard for agricultural sludge. Therefore,

the sludge from processing park shall not be utilized as agricultural fertilizer. Instead,

it shall be disposed by means of safety landfill. Inner Mongolia Baotou (Mid-west

area of Inner Mongolia) Hazardous Waster Disposal Center will be assigned to treat

such sludge.

 Inner Mongolia Baotou (Mid-west area of Inner Mongolia) Hazardous Waster

Disposal Center is according to National Construction Planning of Hazardous Waste

and Medical Waste Disposal Facilities, which is authorized by national State Council,

issued in 2003 by State Environmental Protection Department and National Develop

and State Commission of Development and Reform. The overall investment is 198

million RMB and the site is located in the west of Hatamen Valley, Agarusutaimu,

Jiuyuan District, Baotou City. The hazardous substances from eight cities and leagues,

including Baotou City, Hohhot City, Erdos City, Wuhai City, Xilin Gol City, Ulan Qab

City, Bayannur City, Alashan League, and medical waste disposal facilities of Baotou

City will be disposed safely here. This center (1st stage) takes coverage of 36 thousand

m3 and the overall capacity is 203367m3 The annual landfill quantity is 28760m3/a.

The disposing capacities include: incineration 10,800t/a, waste acid 30,000t/a,

physical & chemical disposing 5,000t/a and curing process 15,500t/a. Because that

sludge produced in this processing park wastewater treatment plant is only 4,307t/a,

Inner Mongolia Baotou (Mid-west area of Inner Mongolia) Hazardous Waster

Disposal Center is capable to treat sludge from this processing park wastewater

treatment plant. This disposal method is feasible. See hazardous and waste treatment

agreement of this project in attachment

(3)Scum from Screenings

Scum halted by coarse screens and fine screenings are solid blocks, including

both inorganic and organic substance. The properties of scum is similar to domestic

solid waste, so it can be treated, pressed and transported with sands from setting tank.

(4)Domestic Waste

Page 438: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

All domestic waste will be bagged and collected by special people, then sent to

waste pot appointed by Bayannur City Government. Then the waste collecting truck

will send the waste to solid waste disposal center to treat timely. The waste shall be

well sealed during transportation to ensure daily removal.

5) Measure to Protect Ecological Environment

The green coverage may reduce owing to construction. Greening in factory,

including greening belt around the factory, grassland in factory and trees beside the

roads, shall be performed as compensation. Following measures are recommended to

take during greening construction:

(1)Pay Attention to Proportion of Arbors, shrubs and grasslands.

Keep a certain hierarchical structure. As per greening equivalence defined by

ecological service function, an arbor or shrub is equal to 1.5m2 of dense grassland. So,

if we enhance the proportion of arbors and shrubs in certain area, the ecological

service function will be improved. Meanwhile, a plant community structure including

three layer arbor—shrubs—grasses has higher anti-interference abilities. Normally,

the green projected area of arbors shall take a proportion higher than 50%, while

shrubs 30% at least and grassland 50%(overlapped percentage 130%)

(2)Select Mixed Forest Instead of Single-specie Forest

Multiple tree species formed by coniferous and broadleaved mixed forest may be

applied in greening. Do not use single-specie forest. Economic tree species like

poplar, willow and elm are suitable trees to be grown in factory.

(3)Use Indigenous Species As Possible

The indigenous species fit with local circumstances better and the survival rate is

higher. With stronger adaptabilities and capabilities for resisting natural disasters, the

indigenous species are preferred tree (grass) species for greening. Local shrubs and

grass species shall be selected with sand fixation function..

Page 439: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

(4)Strengthen Management

The factory people shall appoint special people for greening and management,

also, concerned rules and regulations shall be stipulated to protect grassland and

ecological circumstances.

5.3.2.3 Mitigation Measures of Wuliangsu Lake Project

The operation stage of Wuliangsu Lake regulation project is focusing on noise of

man-made wetland engineering and solid waste.

1)Measures to Mitigate Noise Pollution

The noises of this project mainly come from the pumps of water lift station and

compressor of aeration tank. Following measures may be taken to control noise

pollution.

( 1 ) Double-layer windows and wall material with good sound absorption

performance shall be applied in the pump chamber and compressor chamber. In

structure, dumper ceiling, damper wall and damper floor shall be selected to avoid

transmission of noises. The sound isolation performance shall not be lower than

25dB(A).

(2)Low power and low noise type pumps and ventilators shall be selected.

( 3 ) All pumps and ventilators shall be equipped with bumper base and

connected with pipes with flexible joints. All machines and pumps shall be installed

on independent bases to avoid noises caused by resonance.

(4)Install silencers to reduce noises of ventilators

(5)Make a good layout as per the direction of sound, the shielding function of

building and noise-absorbs ion of green plants to reduce noise hazard to staff.

( 4 ) Vibration-proof and shock-proof shall be considered in arranging,

Page 440: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

designing pipes and selecting brackets to abate noises to environment.

(5)Pay high attention to greening work. Make a three-dimensional isolation

belt near the reclaimed water plant and pump chamber with flowers, grasslands,

woodlands and trees. Grow more high and dense trees to abate noises to

circumstances.

Noises from equipments can be abated effectively to meet concerned national

standard by above methods.

2)Measures to Mitigate Solid Waste Pollution

Solid wastes produced in lake area regulation project operation mainly include

sludge in settling tank and domestic solid waste.

Solid wastes produced in man-made wetland mainly include sludge in settling

tank. The sludge shall be removed every 5-10 years and it can be served as fertilizer

for farmland. In transportation, some measures shall be taken to prevent secondary

pollution caused by leakage.

Domestic wastes will be collected and loaded by environmental sanitation

department as per the agreement with such department to ensure domestics wastes are

removed and treated timely and effectively and to avoid secondary pollution.

6. Environmental Risk Analysis and Relief Measures

Page 441: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

6.1 Environmental Risk Analysis and Relief Measures of

Reclaimed Water Supply Works

6.1.1 Environmental Risk Analysis of Reclaimed Water Supply

Works

The failure of individual equipment of the planned reclaimed water supply works

will have no impact on the reclaimed water disposal system by and large; two-way

power supply can prevent power cut-off accident and in case of failure of power

supply, standby electric generators will timely discharge the untreated reclaimed water

into surrounding surface water system for ensuring the safety of reclaimed water

supply works while the surrounding surface water system is to be influenced to some

extent. Therefore, we’d strengthen the management and maintenance of reclaimed

water supply works, and compile an emergency handling proposal for preventing

pollution accident of water environment.

Chlorine dioxide is used in the planned reclaimed water supply works for

disinfection. Sodium chlorate and muriatic acid are purchased for producing chlorine

dioxide, with a little chlorine gas as the by-product. Moreover, another key

environmental risk of reclaimed water supply works is accident caused by the failure

of chlorine dioxide generator in the disinfection. On the basis of the analysis on the

damage of the accident, reasonable and feasible prevention measures are put forward

for minimizing accident rate, loss and environmental damage of the construction

project.

Chlorine dioxide, a yellowish red gas with irritative smell can scatter on the

ground and is usually diluted to a solution with lower than 10% concentration in use

and storage; and with high oxidizability, it may have an explosion reaction with many

chemical substance, is extremely sensitive to heat, shock, hit and friction and tends to

decompose and explode.

Page 442: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Chlorine gas, a yellowish green poisonous gas with irritative smell has a relative

density 1.47(0℃, 369.77kPa), melting point -101℃ and boiling point -34.5℃, and is

dissolved in water and lye. It produces hypochlorous acid and muriatic acid with

water, where the hypochlorous acid is then decomposed into muriatic acid nascent

chlorine, oxygen, chlorine gas density 2.49, and vapor pressure 506.62kPa

(5atm10.3℃) and acid. Chlorine and carbon monoxide produces phosgene in

intensively heat case. Chlorine gas is non-combustible gas while can support

combustion, and explode in mixing with combustible gas in daylight and cause

inflammation and explosion with many substances.

The chlorine dioxide generator of the project has extremely low output of

chlorine dioxide & chlorine gas in abnormal working status. Moreover, chlorine

adding workshop is equipped with a lye spraying and absorbing device with

processing efficiency of over 98%. Therefore, the accident of the project has a small

scope, and in case of accident, timely measures will alleviate the impact rapidly in a

short period.

In sum, perfect accident handling measures can minimize environmental risk of

this project.

6.1.2 Environmental Risk Relief Measures of Reclaimed Water

Supply Works

6.1.2.1 Environmental Risk Counter-measures

(1) Prevention Measures against Environmental Risk and Accident taken in

Design

① Strictly define the production danger area of reclaimed water plant, set up the

plan under the principle of safety and sanitation, take into account wind direction, safe

protection distance and other factors, and select corresponding flameproof electric

equipment.

② Set up relevant fire-prevention, explosion-proof, poison prevention, and

monitoring, and alarming and other safety facilities for the equipments and pipelines

Page 443: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

in use according to the properties of chlorine dioxide and chlorine gas.

③ Chemical adding room should be set up with lye spraying system as well as

automatic chlorine gas monitoring alarm system.

④ Chemical adding room should be set up with a closed operating cabin of the

accident disposal system and waste gas alkaline collecting device in handling

accident.

(2) Risk & Accident Prevention Measures in Operation and Management

① Sophisticated automation system should be used for chemical adding device

for effectively controlling production process, timely feeding back the information

and shutting down the device in case of accident, so as to reduce the leakage of

chlorine dioxide and chlorine gas caused by the accident.

② Strictly implement the operating regulations, keep to the post, closely monitor

the change of process parameters of the equipment, timely report and take effective

measures in case of any failure.

③ Chlorine adding room should be provided with forced ventilating equipments.

④ Strictly put an end to the leakage of pipeline system, especially the joint

between the valve and pipe, as well as flexible hose and equipment; and carry out

regular inspection over pressurized vessel and pressurized component and material.

⑤ Set up lightning-proof system and fire prevention system;

⑥ Set up cofferdam around the muriatic acid tank with switching device, and

build up one accident collection basin with more than 2m3 volume. In case of leakage

accident of muriatic acid, the accident should stay in empty status as usual.

⑦ The reclaimed water plant should be set up with emergency accident rescue

system covering monitoring, early-warning communication, command, first-aide

repair and rescue;

6.1.2.2 Relief Measures of Risk Accident

(1) Emergency Handling Measures

Evacuate the people in leakage polluted area to higher windward position, and

close off till the gas completely disappears. Cut off the sources of fire and gas, spray

water for diluting, carry out forced ventilation (indoor) or ventilation (outdoor). Gas

Page 444: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

leaking vessel cannot be reused, for which technical treatment is required for

eliminating the remaining gas.

(2) Protective Measures

Protection of respiratory system: gas mask is required in case of high

concentration in the air. In emergency rescue or withdrawal, positive-pressure self-

supported respirator is recommended.

Protection of eyes: chemical safety protective glasses are required.

Protection of body: working clothes required.

Protection of hand: chemical gloves are required for possible touch with

poisonous substance.

Others: no smoking on the working site. Bath and re-dressing after work, and

good sanitation habits are required.

(3) First-aide Measures

Skin touch: put off the polluted clothes, and rinse with much flowing fresh water

for at least 15min. See a doctor.

Eye touch: open the upper & lower eyelids, rinse with much flowing fresh water

or physiological salt solution for at least 15min. See a doctor.

Inhalation: rapidly leave the site and move to the area with fresh air. Keep

smooth breath. Have oxygen therapy in case of difficult breath. See a doctor.

6.2 Environmental Risk Analysis and Relief Measures of Sewage

Treatment and Recycling Works

The operation of sewage disposal plant is usually stable. To minimize the failure,

some emergency measure should be defined for sewage disposal plant and operating

management should be strengthened. Several possible cases are analyzed as follows.

6.2.1 Potential Environmental Risk and Accident

(1) Emergency Accident

Quality problem or improper maintenance of sewage treatment equipment and

Page 445: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

facility will cause failure of the equipment and facility. As a result, sewage treatment

efficiency declines and sewage may be directly discharged instead of any treatment;

or some force majeure, such as power shutdown and sudden natural disaster may

interrupt the operation of sewage treatment facility, and a lot of untreated sewage is

directly discharged. This case is extremely abnormal emission of sewage disposal

plant. In case of abnormal operation of sewage treatment facility caused by electric

power failure, sewage can only be directly discharged into and pollute the surface

water system through overflow pipes.

(2) Equipment Failure

The failure of sewage or sludge treatment system lowers the treatment capacity

of sewage. The indicators of outlet water quality fail to comply with the design or

sludge fails to timely shrink and dehydrate. As a result, sludge is fermented, and the

storage tank is completely packed and smells unfavorably.

(3) Impact on Inlet Water Quality

The treatment effect of sewage disposal plant is greatly subject to the inlet

sewage capacity, water quality and other parameters of the plant. According to the

State’s statutes on the environmental protection, the emission of industrial wastewater

of various enterprises must comply with the standards and the requirements of sewage

disposal plant. In case of sudden accident of sewage disposal plant of enterprises e.g.

power cut-off, its sewage may be discharged into the sewage pipeline of the

processing area with no treatment and enter a sewage disposal plant of newly built

processing area. In case that inlet waste water causes excessively high impact load,

pH value exceeding the scope of 6-9 and the non-decomposable organic poisonous

substance higher than the criteria, biochemical and microbe activity of sewage

disposal plant will decline. More seriously, biota is damaged, and sludge is swollen.

Finally, outlet water quality deteriorates and exceeds emission standards of the State,

and causes decisive unfavorable impact upon water environment and ecological

system.

(4) Risk and Accident in Normal Operation

Page 446: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Due to the suddenness of risk and accident of sewage treatment system, it may

bring vital damage to the personnel maintaining the system and even endanger their

lives. In case of environmental risk and accident, the health and safety of the working

personnel in sewage disposal plant are firstly influenced. In case of accident of one

construction of sewage system, the accident must be immediately eliminated. In this

case, repair workers should enter sewage pipe, inlet well or sewage basin, where

poisonous H2S gas tends to exist and accumulate and with no protective measures,

repair personnel may breathe in poisonous gas due to bad ventilation and suffer from

symptoms such as swirl, unsmooth breath and death in serious case. The sewage or

sludge contains various pathogeny bacteria and helminth eggs. In direct touch with

sewage or sludge, operators may suffer from some intestines diseases and verminosis

if sanitation conditions are terrible.

6.2.2 Prevention Countermeasure and Measures of Risk and

Accident

6.2.2.1 Prevention Countermeasure of Source Accident

Source accident means if the production of enterprise producing sewage is

consecutive, outlet water quality is stable and pretreatment device on the site runs

smoothly. The abnormal emission of individual enterprise may cause sharp increase

of relevant sewage concentration and finally influence stable operation of sewage

disposal plant. Therefore, source enterprise should notify sewage disposal plant timely

in the construction start, in order to take some measures. Production limit or shutdown

proposal should be implemented for a plant with accident if necessary, for reducing

the load and environment risk of sewage disposal plant.

(1) Carry out technical treatment for the reason of abnormal emission, add

nutritional substance to aerobiosis basin in case of swelling trend of sludge for

improving the properties of the sludge, and strictly control the air quantity of van so

as to resolve the swelling problem of sludge on very start.

(2) Control the quality of the wastewater of the pipe-connected enterprises, and

Page 447: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

carry out strict inspection and monitoring of the quality of wastewater, and control

water quality in anaerobic hydrolysis basin according to the load design, and ensure

the normal operation of anaerobic hydrolysis basin.

(3) Clean production should be taken for reducing the arbitrary emission of

stench. Production source of stench is to be regularly eliminated. Strengthen the

adjustment of gas capacity of aeration basin for reducing arbitrary emission of stench.

6.2.2.2 Accident Countermeasure & Measure of Sewage Disposal Plant Itself

The accident of sewage disposal plant itself comes from equipment failure,

overhaul or change of process parameter, which deteriorates the efficiency of

treatment. With serious water pollution, an accident should be prevented and some

emergency measures be prepared.

(1) To enable sewage disposal plant to restore production in the accident status

rapidly, main buildings should be provided with relevant buffer capacity and the

equipment (e.g. backflow pump, backflow pipe, valve and instrument).

(2) Top quality equipments are selected. Top-quality products with low failure

rate and easy maintenance should be selected as various machines, instruments and

other equipments of sewage disposal plant. Key equipments should run with one in

standby. Wearing parts should be prepared for timely renewal in case of accident.

(3) Strengthen the monitoring and control of accident symptom, carry out regular

patrol inspection, adjustment, maintenance and repair. Timely find out the symptoms

that may cause accident, and eliminate potential accident.

(4) Strictly control the process parameters of various disposal units such as water

quantity, water quality, residence time and load strength, and ensure the stability of

treatment effect. Provide some automatic water flow and quality analyzing and

monitoring instruments, and carry out regular sampling and determination. The

operators should timely adjust and keep the equipment in good status.

(5) To strengthen technical management work of sewage disposal plant, and

improve the treatment efficiency of different process segments are main items of the

work for ensuring qualified emission. Sewage disposal plant shall try to import talents

proficient in sewage treatment technique and management, and meet technical

Page 448: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

demand of the plant and realize scientific and regularized management. The

managerial staff of sewage disposal plant should have high technical level and

management capability. Main operators should have strict trainings on theory and

practical operation before work start.

(6) Strengthen the operating management and the monitoring of inlet and outlet

water. Prohibit any discharge of unqualified sewage before treatment.

(7) Rainwater pipeline outlet and sewage outlet should be equipped with cut-off

control valve. Turn off the valve in case of accident so as to timely hold back the

sewage and prevent the direct entrance of sewage into water system.

6.2.2.3 Emergency Handling Proposal for Risk and Accident

(1) Classification and Organizational Structure of Emergency Handling Proposal

In case of accidental emission of the sewage, the leadership group of the plant

for emergency rescue should make judgment on the impact and damage of the

accident according to the accident information from the duty room of the emergency

rescue command center. For an average accident, only Class-III emergency rescue can

be actuated. The head of plant on duty, the person on duty on the site and technical

operator should establish a Class-III emergency team for carrying out the rescue

action. For large-scale accident with serious damage, the leadership group of the plant

for emergency rescue should rapidly set up a field emergency rescue command center

comprising the director and deputy director of the sewage plant and technical,

instrument and equipment engineers. According to the demands of rescue on the site

of the accident, on the basis of part-time rescue workers of the plant, special teams

e.g. rescue, medical service, security guard, communication & information release

should be set up and mobilized for emergency rescue action.

According to the harm of an accident and emergency rescue required, the

emergency rescue actions are divided into three classes: Class-III emergency (early

warning emergency, for average accident), Class-II emergency (field emergency, for

big accident) and Class-I emergency (overall emergency, for major accident).

1. Class-III emergency: in case of controllable abnormal event or sudden event to

be easily controlled e.g. small-size sewage leakage, and equipment failure, sewage

Page 449: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

plant carries out emergency actions such as leakage stopping, medical service, repair

and rescue according to the preset procedures;

2. Class-II emergency: in case of any large-size sewage leakage, sharp increase

of pollutant concentration of inlet water and power cut-off of sewage plant, the harm

and impact of the accident exceed the handling capability of Class-III emergency

rescue and need the whole emergency rescue force of the plant for disposal;

3. Class-I emergency: the impact of an accident goes outside the bound of

sewage plant and requires the leadership institution of the plant for emergency rescue

to coordinate surrounding enterprise or surrounding emergency rescue authorities for

obtaining the support of social rescue force and organizing the traffic control, and

withdrawal and evacuation of the pedestrians nearby and the support of rescue team,

for the purpose of minimizing the personal death, economic loss and social impact of

the accident.

The organizational institutions of emergency handling for Class I, II & III are

included in Figure 6.2-1-6.2-3.

Accident site

Duty room Emergency rescue personnel

Leadership Group for Emergency RescueGroup head: director of factoryDeputy group head: vice director of factory Member: chief of the Department of Environmental Protection and etc.

On-duty personnel of factory director office

On-duty personnel of central control room

Person of repair on duty

Person of fire pump room on duty

Person of environmental protection department on duty

Driver on duty

Page 450: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Figure 6.2-1 Organizational Institution of Emergency Handling for Class III

Figure 6.2-2 Organizational Institution of Emergency Handling for Class II

Accident site

Duty room Emergency rescue personnel

Leadership Group for Emergency RescueGroup head: director of factoryDeputy group head: vice director of factoryMember: chief of the Department of Environmental Protection and etc

Factory director office

Central control room

Repair team

Fire pump room

Department of Environmental Protection

Driver team

Alarm

Emergency Rescue HQGeneral director: director of factoryVice General director: vice director of factoryMember: chief of the Department of Environmental Protection and head of rescue personnel.

Set up technical team

Export team

Environment monitoring team

News report team

After-treatment team

Production restoration team

Rescue and repair team

Accident survey team

Communication and liaison team

Logistics supply team

Traffic and security guard team

Page 451: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Figure 6.2-3 Organizational Institution of Emergency Handling for Class I

(2) Alarm and Communication

① Alarm and Communication

The whole plant area runs in a mode of integrated manual and telephone alarm

system.

In case of emergency or accident, alarming personnel can start the alarm button

for giving alarm to the central control room. The plant area is equipped with one

central control room presenting centralized monitoring & managing for the plant area

itself and sewage disposal facilities.

② Communication Facility

The telecom cable lines of the plant area include speaker talk-back lines and

wireless talk-back lines, in which cables of different systems are separate and make

up independent systems. The communication facilities in plant area including: two

Accident site

Duty room, factory director room

Leadership Group for Emergency RescueGroup head: director of factoryDeputy group head: vice director of factoryMember: chief of the Department of Environmental Protection and etc

Alarm

Emergency Rescue HQGeneral director: director of factoryVice General director: vice director of factoryMember: chief of the Department of Environmental Protection and head of rescue personnel.

Set up

Town Government

Export team

Environment monitoring team

News report team

After-treatment team

Production restoration team

Rescue and repair team

Accident survey team

Communication and liaison team

Logistics supply team

Set up technical team

Page 452: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

sets of speaker talk-back telephones, and two pairs of wireless talk-back telephones.

③ Alarm Procedure

In case of accident or dangerous condition, the first finder should give an alarm

to the duty room of emergency rescue command center (in the central control room)

as soon as possible, and report the accident to the head of the shift in charge of the

production on the day. Alarm mode including: ① press the alarm button near to the

accident site, and notify the central control room; and ② notify the duty room.

After receiving an alarm, the emergency rescue personnel should rapidly prepare

for response. The on-duty personnel of emergency rescue command center should

report to the leadership group of the plant for emergency rescue in combination with a

field report on the accident and the information of safety monitoring system. The

leadership for emergency rescue should determine the actuation of emergency

handling proposal according to the scale of accident.

In case of grave sudden environment pollution accident in the plant area, the

emergency rescue command center will directly contact local government,

environmental protection department and fire prevention authorities for alarm, and

request information and technical supports.

(3) Emergency Handling Measures

Both rainwater pipeline outlet and sewage discharge outlet are equipped with

cut-off control valves. Immediately turn off the valve, and timely cut off the sewage

and prevent the sewage from directly flowing into the water system in case of

accident.

In case that the sewage flows into reception water system i.e. Xibei Canal due to

the untimely cut-off of the valve, local governments and environmental protection

authorities at district or municipal level should be timely notified. The government

will run as temporary rescue headquarters and command the production shutdown of

various sewage pipe-connected enterprises; and the environmental protection

authorities will set up emergency rescue team and build up cofferdam for blocking up

outlet of sewage disposal plant immediately. Moreover, monitoring personnel should

be sent out for immediate monitoring of pollution belt from the outlet of tail water to

Page 453: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

2km lower reach of Xibei Canal and analyzing the water quality parameters of the

water system according to the standards.

6.3 Sea Area Treatment Works of Wuliangsu Lake

6.3.1 Winter Wetland Operation Analysis

6.3.1.1 Extended Wetland System in High and Cold Conditions

The inlet water of Wuliangsu Lake has the features as follows: big water volume,

low organic substance content, terrible biochemical properties and high nutritional salt

content. Such inlet water makes traditional anaerobic pond and facultative pond

hardly realize their functions in respect of no matter land occupation, construction

costs or eliminating effect of hydrogen and phosphor. Especially in cold area in winter

with frozen conditions, traditional stabilization pond usually doesn’t run and only

plays the role of water storage (such as the stabilization pond of Kelamayi

Municipality, Xinjiang). Wuliangsu Lake features high inlet water capacity in winter.

It’s calculated that present wetland area isn’t adequate in storage. Moreover, in frozen

period, inlet water pollutant especially nutritional nitrogen & phosphor salt is huge in

quantity. Objectively, eliminating efficiency of wetland in winter should be

guaranteed.

The survey of the departments of US on best management performance (BMPs)

of wetland in cold climate reveals that some special considerations are required for

the design and operation of wetland in frozen and snow blanket conditions. This is

because: in frozen condition, the depth and volume of water system will decline at

least by half, and the frozen earth layer of the surface of wetland is nearly water

resistant; water forcedly flows through water system and erodes substrate sludge; DO

declines, and water quality problem appears; and processing efficiency declines

sharply. Moreover, the initial thawed water of wetland features terrible water quality

and requires special treatment. Figure 5.1 includes the change of water flow and

substrate sludge in frozen condition.

Page 454: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Figure 9.1-1 Change of Water Flow and Substrate Sludge in Frozen Conditions

For shallow-water wetland (swamp), the ice layer of Wuliangsu Lake can reach

the thickness of 0.6-1.0 m, and is frozen by and large, where water is unable to flow.

Therefore, the cold condition is inapplicable. Pond and wetland system can be

applicable after renovation. In light of frozen condition in winter, extended pool

expands its depth and volume. Adequate flowing water layer is available under the ice

cover. The sewage treatment in ice cover condition is applicable. Generally, the

minimum extended storage capacity is no less than 25%, and extended pool should

have 50% storage capacity at least. Moreover, ice cover makes extremely low content

of dissolved oxygen in lower layer of water system. Aeration & re-oxygenation

measures can be taken for promoting the biological decomposing and transformation

of microbes. The comparison of different wetland systems is included in Table 6.3-1.

Table 6.3-1 Comparison of Different Wetland Systems in Cold Condition

Wetland

system

Over-wintering

performance Schematic diagram of wetland system

Shallow

water swamp Hard use in cold area

Pool

+wetland

system

Renovation required for

used in cold area

extended

wetland system

Good use in ice cover

condition

With expanded water depth & storage volume, the extended pool system has the

Page 455: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

characteristics of anaerobic pond and facultative pond. Moreover, the aeration and re-

oxygenation in proper areas can not only improve eliminating efficiency of organic

substance but also facilitate nitration and anti-nitration of nitrogen and phosphor

dilution and absorption. Extended pool in cold area has the advantages as follows: (1)

good head preservation, lower layer with good over-wintering capability under the

impact of ice cover; (2) long residence time of water force, good pollutant eliminating

capability; (3) deep facultative pond is able to reduce the movement of oxygen; (4)

the multi-level small while deep ponds has low SS concentration of outlet water; (5)

deep pond facilitates the substrate sludge to become denser; and, (6) flexible

operation.

Wuliangsu Lake ices in November and thaws in March of next year with ice

cover period of over four months. In this period, total emission of pollutants is huge.

The calculation results of water quality and quantity data in May 2008- April 2009

reveal that in five months from December to April, the emissions of organic

substance, ammonia nitrogen, total nitrogen and total phosphorus are 0.6, 2.4, 1.1 and

1.5 times of the total in other months respectively.

6.3.1.2 “Ice Layer-Air Layer” Thermal Insulation Technique

Artificial wetland usually has terrible treatment effect in winter. To improve the

pollutant eliminating efficiency in low temperature conditions, “ice layer-air layer”

thermal insulation technique can be used. For example, in Figure 9.1.2, when ice layer

takes shape in some thickness in winter, the water lifting pump station is started, and

the operating water level of wetland declines by about 10-20cm for realizing the

purpose of preventing the heat dissipation of water system and improving the velocity

of biochemical reaction of microbes.

6.3.1.3 Oxygen Adding Technique under Ice The study proves that the aeration in front or back of wetland system can

obviously improve dissolved oxygen concentration in wetland, impact resisting load

capability of the system and eliminating efficiency of organic substance by over 10%.

The eliminating efficiency of NH4+-N and TN is obviously improved along the

Page 456: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

direction of elevation and reaches up to about 60%. Relevant studies prove that

artificial aeration measures play obvious role in improving sewage treatment effect in

winter. J. Nivala holds that in winter, aeration measure and thermal insulating measure

can realize best treatment effect if applied together, where the eliminating rate of

BOD, COD and NH4+-N reaches up to 88%, 44% and 93% respectively.

An under-ice aeration device can be set up in Wuliangsu Lake wetland for

improving the eliminating efficiency of pollutants especially in frozen period in

winter. Under-ice aeration technique can be used according to local condition.

Figure 6.3.2 Schematic Diagram of Ice Layer-Air Layer Thermal Insulation and Under-ice

Aeration

6.3.1.4 Wetland Plant Configuration

In small sea-area land of Wuliangsu Lake, reed is outstanding variety and plays a

dominant role. Existing reed can be directly used as the wetland plant, instead of more

expenses for new plant. To improve the tourism value of local from the angle of

landscape, a series of landscape plants can be configured.

Wetland renovation needs higher water level in operation. The water level should

be controlled for realizing optimal pollutant eliminating water depth and maintaining

the growth rule of reed. According to the results of observations on three sampling

points of Wuliangsu Lake at 37 times, the distribution of reed at water depth of 0-

0.5m, 0.5-1.0m and 1-1.5m is 19%, 35% & 36% respectively, with an average of

0.91+0.13 m (95% reliable scope). It proves that reed isn’t fit for the area with 0-0.5m

water depth, and most reeds are fit for water depth of 0.5-1.0m. Therefore, the water

depth of wetland should be controlled at 0.5-1.0m.

Page 457: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

6.3.1.5 Workflow of Extended Wetland System

The schematic diagram of the section of compound wetland is included in Figure

6.3-.3.

Figure 6.3-3 Schematic Diagram of the Section of Compound Wetland System

6.3.2 Inlet Water Quantity of Wetland in Winter and Water Quality

Analysis

6.3.2.1 Water Quantity Analysis

In winter, among three wetlands, only the general trunk ditch wetland runs.

Figure 6.3-4 presents the monthly quantity change of water that Liufenqiao of general

trunk ditch discharged into Wuliangsu Lake in 1996-2005. Figure 6.3-5 presents

monthly quantity change of water that Honggebo Water Lifting Station of general

trunk ditch discharged into Wuliangsu Lake in May 2008-April 2009. Due to the

impact of irrigation water consumption of Hetao Irrigation Area, the water quantity of

the general trunk ditch features obvious monthly change. The statistics on water

quantity in the following two charts reveals that the change of water quantity can be

roughly divided into three stages. In irrigation period of May-September, the quantity

of water discharge is huge. From June 2008 to September 2009, the quantity of

discharge remains at 49.50-66.48 million m3 monthly by and large; it’s highest in

October (less in October 2008) and November, and reaches up to 119 million m3 in

November 2008, accounting for nearly 24% of the total discharge of general trunk

Page 458: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

ditch; and in non-irrigation period from December to April, the quantity of discharge

is least and about 10 million m3 monthly.

0

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

12月 1月 2月 3月 4月 5月 6月 7月 8月 9月 10月 11月

月份

水量(万方)

Figure 6.3-4 Monthly Quantity Change of Water that Liufenqiao of General Trunk Ditch

discharged into Wuliangsu Lake in 1996-2005

(The data in the figure is average value of the same months in one decade)

0

2000

4000

6000

8000

10000

12000

14000

2008年

5 月

2008年

6 月

2008年

7 月

2008年

8 月

2008年

9 月

2008年

10月

2008年

11月

2008年

12月

2009年

1 月

2009年

2 月

2009年

3 月

2009年

4 月

日期

水量(万方)

Figure 6.3-5 Monthly Quantity Change of Water that Honggebo Water Lifting Station of General

Trunk Ditch discharged into Wuliangsu Lake in May 2008-April 2009

6.3.2.2 Water Quality Analysis

Pollutant concentration of wastewater that general trunk ditch discharged into

Wuliangsu Lake in July, 2008-June 2009 is included in Table 6.3-2. The table proves

that pollutant concentration of the water has obvious seasonal change. The months

Page 459: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

with obvious concentration increase are December to April of next year mainly

(where December is the transitional month from low pollutant concentration to high):

CODCr concentration is 86.5-186 mg·L-1, with an average of 135.3 mg·L-1; ammonia

nitrogen concentration is 8.7-35.6 mg·L-1, with an average of 22.5 mg·L-1; TN

concentration is 12.35-36.9 mg·L-1, with an average of 26.25 mg·L-1; TP concentration

is 2.04-7.05 mg·L-1, with an average of 4.2 mg·L-1. The change of pollutant

concentration in other months is stable: CODCr, TN and TP are 26-72 mg·L-1, 2.4-13.6

mg·L-1 and 0.23-1.7 mg·L-1 respectively, with average value of 44.4 mg·L-1, 4.81

mg·L-1 and 0.61 mg·L-1 respectively.

Table 6.3-2 Quality of Water that General Trunk Ditch discharged into Wuliangsu Lake from April

2008 to August 2009 (mg/L)

Month CODammonia

nitrogen TN TP

2008.4 186 18.2 6.15

2008.5 60 1.20 13.5 1.70

2008.6 26 1 3.4 0.73

2008.7 63 1.75 4.10 0.49

2008.8 55 1.60 2.90 0.23

2008.9 30.5 1.60 4.20 0.5

2008.10 41 0.80 2.40 0.31

2008.11 35 2.4 3.20 0.33

2008.12 86.5 8.7 12.35 2.42

2009.1 138 15 21.5 4.50

2009.2 148 32.8 33.8 7.05

2009.3 156 35.6 36.9 5.01

2009.4 148 20.4 26.7 2.04

2009.5 52 1.6 5.09 0.72

2009.6 37 1.6 8.29 0.67

2009.7 72 8.3 13.6 1.13

2009.8 57 12.2 16 0.61

The calculation results of water quality and quantity data in May 2008- April

2009 reveal that in five months from December to April, the emissions of organic

substance, ammonia nitrogen, total nitrogen and total phosphorus are 0.6, 2.4, 1.1 and

1.5 times of the total in other months respectively.

Page 460: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

6.3.3 Accident analysis on Abnormal Operation

6.3.3.1 Risk Accident Simulation

According to the identification of risk source of this project, inlet water is

directly discharged with no treatment when wetland doesn’t run. According to the

inlet water quantity and quality analysis of wetland, there’re two cases: the 1st is non-

freezing period, and the 2nd is freezing period.

1)Risk Analysis Model

Hydraulic mathematical model has 0D, 1D, 2D & 3D equations. 0D model is

used for water quality prediction in most simple and ideal status. 1D model is used in

average flow parameter of a section, takes into account the change of parameters

along the vertical direction. 2D model not only has the features of 1D model but also

considers the change of parameters along the horizontal direction. 3D model using

“point” flow parameter takes into account the change of parameters not only along the

vertical and horizontal directions but also the perpendicular direction. Obviously, 3D

model is much more complicated than other models.

When the ratio between sewage and clean water is 1:10 or over 1:20, only

dilution instead of decomposing is considered. Completely uniform mixture is

realized within the section. In this case, the issue is 0D. The daily inlet water of

wetland is 0.333-2.116 million m3, much less than water quantity of the whole sea

area. Therefore, 0D hydraulic mathematical model is selected.

2) 0D Basic Hydraulic Equation

If we treats one water body such as one river, one reservoir, lake or water area as

complete system, various water masses in the system are completely mixed evenly.

The substance flowing into the system is immediately scattered in the whole system.

This closed consecutive flow & completely mixed reaction system is an ideal status.

The following mass balance relationship under the mass conservation principle is

(Figure 6.3-6)

Page 461: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Figure 6.3-6 Calculation Cell of 0D Model

Where,

V—volume of the system, m3;

C0, C—pollutant concentration of the system and inside the system, mg L-1;

S—Other source and loss of the system, mg d-1;

k—Reaction rate constant of pollutant in the system, d-1.

The equation (9.3-1) is the basic equation of hydraulic 0D model. With no other

source and loss in the system, S=0, and the equation formula becomes:

Formula 1 becomes:

Where Q is flow amount, m3 s-1.

After sewage enters the river, pollutants are completely uniformly mixed on the

section when inlet water from upper reach isn’t equal to zero. Pollutant indicator

value no matter dissolved status, particle status or total concentration can be derived

under node balance principle. The node balance principle includes node mass balance

and water quantity balance i.e. the sum of inlet water quantity and mass of the node

equal to the sum of outlet water quantity and mass of the node.

For point source, the dilution & mixing equation of river water and sewage is:

Where: C—water quality concentration of complete mixture (mg L-1);

Qp, Cp, —upper-reach inlet water quantity and quality concentration (m3 s-1, mg L-

1);

Page 462: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Qe, Ce, —sewage discharge flow amount and discharge concentration (m3 s-1, mg L-

1).

Due to linear overlay of pollution source functions, the emission impact of more

than one pollution source on node is equal to a sum of individual impacts of various

pollution sources. This complies with the linear overlay relationship.

6.3.3.2 Predictions on the Result of Risk and Accident

1) Prediction on the Result of Risk and Accident in Winter

The wetland system of general trunk ditch annually discharges 424 million m3

water into Wuliangsu Lake, including 63.6 million m3 in winter, accounting for 15%

of the total. In case of risk and accident, untreated sewage is directly discharged into

Wuliangsu Lake through rubber dam, with discharge amount of 5 million m3, with

CODCr concentration of 112.7mg/L, NH3-N concentration of 18.9mg/L, TN

concentration of 21.6 mg/L and TP concentration of 3.86 mg/L(9.2-1). The water

storage capacity of Wuliangsu Lake is 360 million m3, with CODCr concentration of

67.1mg/L, NH3-N concentration of 15.9mg/L, TN concentration of 19.9 mg/L, TP

concentration of 0.77 mg/L (5.2-1). If the above-said values are used in the formula

9.3-3, the concentrations of CODCr, NH3-N, TN and TP are 67.7 mg/L, 15.94mg/L,

19.92 mg/L and 0.81 mg/L respectively. Obviously, leakage has no decisive impact

upon the water quality of sea area.

2) Prediction on the Result of Risk and Accident in Summer

The wetland system of general trunk ditch annually discharges 424 million m3

water into Wuliangsu Lake including 2756 million m3 in summer, accounting for 65%

of the total. In case of risk and accident, untreated sewage is directly discharged into

Wuliangsu Lake through rubber dam, with discharge amount of 10 million m3 with

CODCr concentration of 73.2mg/L, NH3-N concentration of 8.82mg/L, TN

concentration of 13.94 mg/L and TP concentration of 1.034 mg/L(9.2-1) . The water

storage capacity of Wuliangsu Lake is 560 million m3, with CODCr concentration of

38.1mg/L, NH3-N concentration of 0.955mg/L, TN concentration of 2.83 mg/L, and

TP concentration of 0.098 mg/L (5.2-1) . If the above-said values are used in the

Page 463: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

formula 9.3-3, the concentrations of CODCr, NH3, TN & TP are 38.4 mg/L, 1.06mg/L,

2.94 mg/L & 0.106 mg/L respectively. Obviously, leakage has no decisive impact

upon the water quality of sea area.

7 Comparison, selection and analysis of substitute plans

7.1 Content and principle of comparison, selection and analysis

Comparison, selection and analysis of substitute plan of this project shall mainly

be done by three aspects: (1) Comparison, selection and analysis of zero plan; (2)

Comparison, selection and analysis on construction site of plant; (3) Comparison,

selection and analysis on technical plans.

The general principles of comparison, selection and analysis of substitute plans

are:

(1) Quantized comparison and selection principles: As to each substitute plan,

the impact of project execution to environment shall be quantized to the greatest

extent.

(2) Integrated comparison and selection principle: The integrated comparison

and analysis shall be carried out from the aspects of environment, technology,

economy, society, etc.;

(3) Consistency comparison and selection principle: The selected plan shall meet

the related plan and standard requirements, and meet local conditions.

7.2 Comparison, selection and analysis on zero plan

(1) Plan 1: Integrated treatment plan of water environment.

(2) Plan 2: No action and no project plan.

Advantages and disadvantages of above two plans are shown in Table 7.2-1.

Table 7.2-1 Comparison on execution of project and no execution of project

Page 464: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Advantages and

disadvantagesPlan 1 Plan 2

Advantages

1. Improve water environment, ecological

environment and investment environment

of Bayannur City, improve living

environment quality of people, and

promote the sustainable development of

Bayannur City;

2. Promote the improvement of waste

water treatment rate of Bayannur City,

reach the requirement of “notice on

strengthening urban water supply, water

saving and water pollution prevention and

protection work”; improve water

environment quality of Wuliansu Lake,

and protect the water environment of

Huanghe River;

3. Comprehensively dispatch and

distribute the water resource, improve the

utilization rate of water resource, and

improve the investment environment;

4. Meeting general planning requirement

of Bayannur City is one of the main

measures to control the water pollution;

5. Increase the investment of capital

construction, boost the demand of related

industry, provide more employment

opportunities, and promote the economic

development;

6. Most responder common people

support construction of this project, and

construction of project meets the

requirement of common people.

Maintain the water resource utilization

current situation, and waste water

treatment current situation and land

utilization current situation of processing

zone, and avoid various impacts of

construction period and operation period

in plan 1.

Disadvantages 1. Minor dust, waste water, noise, and

solid waste, etc., generated during

construction period shall destroy the

ground surface vegetation and incur soil

erosion; it temporarily increases the

transport pressure and destroys the

landscape of construction site;

2. Water reclamation plant, waste water

treatment plant and pump room, etc.

permanently occupy part land, and

1. With the industrial development of

Bayannur City, the sewage quantity is

increasing, a large number of sewage

without treatment shall be directly

discharged into the ground surface water

system, the pollution of water system shall

be worsened continually, and it shall

impact the living quality of residents and

sustainable development of economy.

2. The treatment rate of industrial sewage

Page 465: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

change the utilization mode for such land.

The pollutant as waste water, noise,

offensive odor and sludge, etc., during

run of intended project construction shall

incur certain impact to environment in the

circumference;

2. Improve the treatment cost of water

supply and sewage, increase the outlay of

water consumption of enterprise;

is far below the environment protection

requirement of China, and this seriously

restricts the economic development of

Bayannur City;

3. The groundwater is exploited greatly,

the level of groundwater is continually

decreased, forming underground funnel. If

this situation is continued for a long term,

in the future there shall have no water for

exploitation, water environment quality

shall be further worsened, and this shall

impact the residential environment of

residents in the circumference of drainage

area.

4. The worsening of water quality of water

environment of Wuliansu Lake is speeded

up, paludification process is speeded up,

wetland function disappears, and

destruction speed of ecological

environment is speeded up, and this

threats the safety of water environment of

Huanghe River.

5. It does not meet the requirement of

general planning.

According to table 7.2-1, after execution of plan 1, although it shall incur certain

environmental impact during construction and operation of this project, these impacts

are limited by time and space aspects, through various measures the impact can be

eliminated or reduced to the greatest extent, and shall not incur unfavorable impact of

large area to regional environment, furthermore, execution of plan 1 can change the

current situation of pollution of water environment of Bayannur City,

comprehensively dispatch and distribute the water resource, improve regional

ecological environment, improve the living environment quality of people, promote

the sustainable development of Bayannur City, and this also meets the requirement of

vast common people. Thus plan 1 is deemed as reasonable during this appraisal.

7.3 Comparison, selection and analysis on substitute plan of

reclaimed water supply project

Page 466: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

7.3.1 Comparison, selection and analysis on zero plan of reclaimed

water supply project

The key point of analysis of this plan is to compare the impact degree of

execution/non-execution of this project to the environment according to viewpoint of

improvement of environment.

Plan 1: Plan of reclaimed water supply project

Plan 2: No action and no project plan

The advantages/disadvantages of above two plans are shown in Table 7.3-1.

Table 7.3-1 Comparison on plans of execution/non-execution of project

S/

NPlan 1 Plan 2

1

Build up the reclaimed water supply project,

reduce the mining quantity of groundwater,

ensure the water consumption of industry, and

promote the development of each processing

zone.

The groundwater is exploited in large

number, forming underground

funnel, if this situation is continued

for a long time, it shall have no water

for exploitation.

2

Improve the situation of gradual drop of

groundwater level, reduce discharge of

pollutant, improve water environment quality

of Wuliansu Lake, and improve living

environment of drainage area in the

circumference.

When economy is developed, the

groundwater level gradually drops,

quality of water environment is

further worsened, and this shall

impact the living environment of

residents in the circumference of

drainage area.

3

It meets the general planning requirement of

Bayannur City, the water resource is generally

dispatched and distributed to improve the

utilization of water resource and improve the

investment environment.

Maintain the current situation, in the

development of next step it shall

impact the local investment

environment.

4

Improve the industrial water supply issue,

promote the economic development of

Bayannur City, improve the living quality of

local resident, and this shall be in favor of

good development of social relationship.

Maintain the current situation, if it is

continued for a long term it may

impact the local economic

development, and not be in favor of

social development and progress.

5 Minor dust, waste water, noise, and solid

waste, etc., generated during construction

No

Page 467: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

period shall destroy the ground surface

vegetation and incur soil erosion; it

temporarily increases the transport pressure

and destroys the landscape of construction site;

6

The new building structure permanently

occupies part land, and change the utilization

mode of such land.

No

According to Table 7.3-1 it can be seen that, after execution of plan 1, it may

incur certain environmental impact to project construction and operation, but these

impacts are limited by time or space, through various measures the impacts can be

eliminated or reduced to the greatest extent, and shall not incur unfavorable impact to

large area of regional environment. Furthermore, execution of plan1 shall reduce the

exploitation of groundwater resource by 51.024 m3 and avoid the further drop of

groundwater level, reduce the funnel of groundwater. The water resource shall be

generally dispatched and distributed to ensure the water consumption of industry.

Furthermore, execution of plan 1 can improve the water environment current situation

of Bayannur City, after completion of project, it can reduce the discharge to drainage

area by CODcr 2847.0t/a 、 BOD 1335.9 t/a , ammonia nitrogen 491.29t/a, and

improve the regional ecological environment; Improve quality of living environment

of people, promote sustainable development of Bayannur City, and this also meets the

requirement of vast common people. Thus in this appraisal, this project is deemed as

reasonable.

7.3.2 Comparison, selection and analysis on restoration process of

reclaimed water supply project

The process of reclaimed water is generally fairly matured.

Under precondition of ensuring quality of effluent water, following two water

treatment process plans are selected to carry out comparison, selection and analysis

thereof:

Plan 1. General treatment process flow:

Page 468: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Raw water→ coagulating→ settling→ filtering→ sterilization

Plan 2. Membrane treatment process flow:

Raw water→ micro pore filtering→ sterilization

According to process flow charts of two plans it can be seen that, the difference

of two plans is that, the selection of main process is different. In plan 1 it adopts the

three section treatment process of flocculation, settling, filtering, and sterilization,

while in plan 2, it adopts the membrane technology. The following is comparison on

difference of two processes.

7.3.2.1 Comparison on technology

The flocculation, settling and filtering process can ensure the supply of

qualified treating water in the whole year, since the settling basin relieve the burden of

filtering basin, even the water quality is worst in winter, the filtering basin can also be

of normal run, the filtering period is over 10 hours, and the quality of treating water

can reach the stated water quality requirement.

The process is also the main reclaimed water treatment process widely utilized

in domestic and abroad, considering of low temperature of winter in local region, the

treatment effects of flocculation, settling, filtering and sterilization (old three sections)

are compared, and the details are shown in Table 7.3-2. Table 7.3-2 Treatment efficiency of coagulating, settling and filtering

Item

Treatment efficiency (%)Effluent water quality

(mg/l)Coagulating and

settlingFiltering Add up

Turbidity 50~60 30~50 70~80 3~5NTU

SS 40~60 40~60 70~80 5~10

BOD5 30~50 25~50 60~70 5~10

CODcr 25~35 15~25 35~45 40~75

Total nitrogen 5~15 5~15 10~20 -

Total phosphorus 40~60 30~40 60~80 0.5

Fe 40~60 40~60 60~80 0.3

In recent years, membrane technology (plan 2) application is wider and wider,

and the membrane for water treatment contains following types osmosis membrane

(RO), nanometer membrane (NF), ultrafiltration membrane (UF) and micro-filtration

membrane (MF).

Page 469: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Fig. 7.3-1 Sketch of membrane treatment technology

CMF membrane is one of the micro filtration membranes; it is the hollow fiber

with outer diameter of 550μ and inner diameter of 300μ. The wall of hollow fiber is

composed of multi-pore materials, the pore size is all below 0.2μ, and area of pore

accounts for over 70% of fiber wall. The water without containing foreign substance

can easily penetrate the CMF fiber wall, and it only needs the work pressure of 20kPa

(2m water head). When the water containing foreign substance runs through the MF

hollow fiber membrane from outside to inside, the particle over 0.2μ is 100%

captured in the outer surface of membrane, and the one less than 0.2μ is also captured

by different proportions, and its work pressure is between 40~100KPa.

During work of CMF membrane, the captured foreign substance particles shall

gradually accumulate on the outer surface of hollow fiber, the pore is also gradually

covered, the resistance over the water gradually rises. In order to timely eliminate the

foreign substances captured, and reduce the resistance over the water, the hollow fiber

needs to be timely back flushed by cleaned air. The work status and back flush status

are shown in Fig. 7.3-2.

Water after filtration

Water before filtration Air

Page 470: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Captured foreign substance Eliminated

foreign substance Fig. 7.3-2 Work status and back flush status sketch

After each time back flush of air, the work pressure of membrane shall not

completely restore to its original status, and work pressure shall gradually rise. The

rising of this pressure is caused by the organic matter and scale formation attached on

the membrane surface, when pressure rises to certain value, it needs to carry out

chemical purge to surface of membrane, so as to eliminate the organic matter, Fe and

calcium scaling.

The indicators as strong bacteria elimination, water quality perception, and

hygiene, etc., of this process are superior to traditional process. Nevertheless, it has a

lot of one time investment with fairly high run cost, and it shall basically not improve

the indicators as soluble total solid, total hardness, total alkalinity, etc. Generally it is

reused for residential quarters or pretreatment of reverse osmosis and it is the rising

and new technology of China at present.

7.3.2.2 Comparison on economy Economies of plan 1 and plan 2 are compared, details refer to table 7.3-3.

Table 7.3-3 Comparison on economies of plans

process

ItemPlan 1 Plan 2

Total investment (ten thousand Yuan) 1573.13 3883.61

Total cost (ten thousand Yuan) 355 654.6

Unit treatment cost (Yuan/m³· water) 0.468 0.897

Operation cost (ten thousand Yuan) 275 434.36

Unit operation cost (Yuan/m³· water) 0.377 0.595

Power consumption (kwh/ m³· water) 0.19 0.24

According to comparison on technology and economy as above mentioned, it is

know that in plan 1 it has fairly good treatment effect, it can ensure the water quality

of reclaimed water with a little higher investment, in plan 2 the treating water quality

is good, but the investment and operation cost are both too high. According to

requirement of effluent water of reclaimed water supply work of this project, mainly

applying the process flow of plan 1 can meet the requirement. As above mentioned,

the process flow of plan 1 is to adopt the process of coagulating, settling, filtering and

sterilization as the main treatment of reclaimed water supply works. According to

Page 471: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

water consumption requirements of enterprises of the processing zone, the reverse

osmosis process unit may be added appropriately. This process is featured by stable

and reliable treatment effect, appropriate investment and fairly low cost, and the

process flow of this project finally determined is shown in 7.3-3.

Fig. 7.3-3 Sketch of reclaimed water treatment process

7.3.3 Comparison, selection and analysis on process plans of

reclaimed water supply project

(1) Flocculation basin

Grid flocculation basin is the new type system developed in recent years with

application of turbulent flow theory, its plane layout is similar to perforated swirling

flow flocculation basin and is in series connected by multiple grids of vertical shafts.

The flocculation basin is divided to square grids with same or similar areas. The flow

sequence of influent water is from the first grid to the next one, and the flow is

alternated from up to down opposite angles up to the outlet. In the grids accounting

for 2/3 of the whole basin, the grid is setup via the vertical water flow direction, when

it passes through the grid pore, the water current is narrowed, after passing through

the mesh the water current is enlarged, constituting good flocculation condition, and

thus it can decrease the addition quantity of flocculation reagent and shorten the

flocculation time. The grid flocculation basin has good effect and little loss of water

head, flocculation time is fairly short. The disadvantage is that, it has the sludge

accumulated in the end basin bottom.

Bent plate flocculation basin is a new type and high efficiency flocculation

facilities developed in 1980s. The bent plate flocculation basin is to adopt the bent

plate placed in the flocculation basin, thus water current flows up and down between

the bent plates in-series connection. Relying on the partial eddy flow generated by

turning, narrowing and enlargement, the collision opportunity of particles in the water

Grid

flocculation basinLifting

pump

station

Sloping

plate settling basin

Filtration

basin

Contact

basin ClO2

Raw water Effluent water

PAM

Page 472: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

current is increased, thus the fairly even energy consumption can be obtained along

the way, so as to constitute fairly ideal flocculation process. The bent plate

flocculation basin has the high utilization efficiency of energy, and short flocculation

time, nevertheless its availability to raw water with fairly great change of water

quality and water quantity shall be fairly bad.

After comparison on advantages/disadvantages of above two basin types, the

grid flocculation basin is finally selected as the design basin type of reclaimed water

supply works of this project.

(2) Settling basin

Horizontal flow settling basin has fairly wide application, and is especially

utilized in the water plant of urban area. The horizontal flow settling basin is the

rectangular one, the upper part is settling area and the lower part is sludge area, the

front area of basin is influent water area, and the rear part of the basin is the effluent

water area, after coagulating, the raw water flows into the settling basin, and is then

evenly distributed in the whole section of influent water area, it enters the settling area

and slowly flows into the outlet area. The particle in the water settles in the basin

bottom, the accumulated sludge is continually or periodically discharged outside the

basin. It has the advantages of simple structure, shallow basin depth, convenient

operation and maintenance, and strong adaptability to water quality and water

quantity of raw water, low consumption of drug and energy, and convenience of

sludge discharge, etc., in the big and middle level water plants it is widely utilized.

The disadvantage is that, the land occupancy is too great.

The slope plate settling basin is the one developed on the basis of shallow basin

theory. Various slope plates forming certain angle with horizontal plane are placed in

the settling basin, the water flows from downward to upward, and the particles settle

in the bottom of slope plate. When particles accumulated reach certain level, they

shall automatically slide down. The advantage of slope plate settling basin is that, the

settling efficiency is high, the volume is small, and the land occupancy area is small.

The disadvantage is that, the anti-impact capacity is inferior to that of horizontal flow

settling basin, with more material consumption and higher cost.

After comparison on advantages/disadvantages of above two basin types, the

slope plate settling basin is finally selected as the design basin type of this project.

(3) Filtration basin

The four valves filtration basin is the traditional one of filtering process of water

Page 473: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

cleaning plant, till now it has over 100 years history, nevertheless it is also one of the

basin types with widest application till now. Its characteristic is that, it has stable work

status, good quality of effluent water, matured run experience, its operation is stable

and reliable, and it adopts the programmable controller to realize the one-step

operation; The shortcoming of the four valves filtration basin is that, the basin volume

is fairly great, the back flush water consumption is fairly great with more inlet and

outlet water valves and great work volume of maintenance. Adopting electrical valve

can realize the one-step automatic operation, but it cannot finely adjust the openness

of outlet water valve and control the filtering speed of filtration basin.

V type filtration basin is a new type one, and its advantage is that, the filtering

period is long, the fairly coarse and thick filtering material layer has high utilization

rate, the filtering speed is fairly high, and the water quality after filtering is good, with

the utilization of air-water back wash, the back wash effect is good with minor water

consumption. According to variation of water level of filtration basin, the openness of

outlet water valve can be finely adjusted, so as to reach the purpose of controlling

filtering speed of filtration basin. V filtration basin also has the advantages of good

quality of effluent water and fairly small volume of filtration basin. Its shortcoming is

that, it has fairly high automatic control requirement, with more back wash

equipments and fairly higher cost.

After comparing the advantages and disadvantages of above two basin types,

finally the V type filtration basin is selected for this design of this project.

7.3.4 Selection of sterilization mode

The microorganisms in the water are mostly attached on the suspended particles,

after treatment of coagulating, settling and filtering, the bacteria and virus in the water

can be greatly eliminated. Nevertheless, in order to ensure the bacteriology indicator

of drinking water, the sterilization process is necessary.

The sterilization treatment of water is usually the last work sequence of drinking

water treatment. The purpose of sterilization is to eliminate the hazard pathogenic

microbe (pathogenic bacteria, virus, etc.) in the water, and prevent from the hazard of

waterborne infection. It consists of chemical method and physical method, the

chemical method is to add chemical agent in the water, such as chlorine, ozone, heavy

metal and other oxidizing agent, etc. The physical method is to carry out heating

sterilization and ultraviolet ray sterilization, etc., instead of adding drug agent in the

Page 474: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

water. The comparison on properties of various disinfectants is shown in Table 7.3-4. Table 7.3-4 Comparison on property of disinfectant

Disinfectant Property

Chlorine, and

bleaching powder

Chloramines chlorine dioxide Ozone Ultraviolet

radiation

Sterilization and bacteria elimination

ExcellentMiddle level,

inferior to chlorine

Excellent Excellent Good

Germ elimination Excellent Bad Excellent Excellent Good

Inactivation effect of

microorganism

3rd level 4th level 2nd level 1st level

Residual sterilization effect in the

water distribution

pipe network

Some

The residual chlorine

quantity can be kept for a fairly long

term

It has longer residual

sterilization time than chlorine

No, it needs to be added by chlorine

No, it needs to be added by

chlorine

Generation of byproduct

THM

It can be generated not probably not probably not probably not probably

Situation of domestic

application

Wide application

With minor application

With minor application With minor application With minor

application

Appropriate condition

Most water plants adopt

chlorine sterilization

, and bleaching powder is

only applicable to small

water plant.

When it has a lot of organic substances in the raw water, and the water

supply pipeline is

fairly long, it is appropriate

to adopt chloramines sterilization.

It is appropriate for

organic substance, for example, when

the phenol pollution is

serious, it shall be prepared at

site, and directly utilized.

The water treatment cost is high, and it is appropriate for the serious pollution of

organic substance. Since it does not have

continual sterilization effect, in the water of

inlet pipe network, minor chlorine shall be added for sterilization.

In the pipeline it does not have

continual sterilization effect. It is

appropriate for water treatment of centralized

users as industrial and

mining enterprises, etc.

According to above comparison and analysis, and considering of economy,

practicality and environmental impact, etc., the reclaimed water supply works of this

project adopt the chlorine dioxide for sterilization.

7.3.5 Comparison and selection on sludge treatment plans of

reclaimed water supply works

1) Selection on thickening and dehydration of sludge

Solid content of discharged sludge water of the settling basin of water plant is

usually only 0.2~1.0%, the sludge volume shall be reduced after thickening thereof,

and then the thickened sludge shall be sent to subsequent process to carry out

Page 475: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

dehydration of sludge. Usually it is required that solid content of thickened sludge

shall be over 3%, so as to meet the requirement of the dehydrator for high efficiency

dehydration of sludge.

The general sludge thickening and dehydration contains two modes of gravity

thickening/mechanical thickening, and mechanical thickening/ mechanical hydration.

The gravity thickening is essentially a settling process and belongs to compression

settling. Prior to thickening, concentration of sludge is fairly high with mutual contact

and support among the particles. After thickening process is started, under the gravity

effect of the particles of upper layer, the water in the clearance of the particles of

lower layer is extruded from the interface, and congestion of particles is closer.

Through the congestion and compression process, the concentration of sludge is

further improved, so as to realize the sludge thickening. The advantage of the gravity

thickening and mechanical dehydration mode is that, the thickening basin greatly

reduces the volume of the sludge in need of hydration, and effectively decreases the

number of dehydrators, the equipment investment is greatly saved, the power

consumption is lowered, the concentration of dehydrated sludge is fairly even, and

dehydrator operation is stable. Its shortcoming is that, it needs to build up the

thickening basin, the civil cost is fairly high, and land occupancy area is fairly great.

While the mechanical thickening and mechanical dehydration mode is just the other

way, the thickening basin can be cancelled to save the land utilization area, reduce

civil cost, nevertheless, since the sludge number in need of dehydration is great with

low and uneven concentrations, the treatment capacities of thickening and

dehydration equipments are decreased, the number is increased, and thus the

equipment cost is greatly increased, with increase of power consumption, and the

solid content of the sludge cake is not stable.

As above mentioned, the technology of gravity thickening and mechanical

dehydration is superior to mechanical thickening and mechanical dehydration mode.

Civil cost of gravity thickening and mechanical dehydration is fairly high but

equipment cost fairly low, its total cost is lower than that of the mechanical thickening

Page 476: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

and mechanical dehydration, although gravity thickening increases the land

occupancy area, in this project the high concentration thickening basin is adopted to

improve the effective settling area of the thickening basin, this saves the land

utilization without additional requisition of land. In this project, it intends to adopt the

gravity thickening and mechanical dehydration mode to carry out thickening and

dehydration treatment of sludge.

2) Basic structure and characteristic of sludge dehydration equipment

At present it mainly adopts three types of sludge dehydration machines as plate-

and-frame press filter, centrifugal dehydrator and Band type press filter. The basic

characteristics of three types of sludge dehydration equipments are respectively

briefed as below:

a. Plate-and-frame press filter

Plate-and-frame press filter is the pressurization and filtering equipment of

clearance operation and is widely utilized in the sectors of sugar making, pharmacy,

chemical industry, dyeing, metallurgy, coal washing, food and water treatment, the

solid and liquid are separated via the filtering mode, and this is a large/middle

separator with fairly wide adaptability for materials.

Box type press filter has fairly low requirement to solid content of the incoming

sludge, and 2%-3% shall usually be appropriate, while the solid content of outgoing

sludge is higher than that of band type press filter and centrifugal dehydrator, the run

process is the intermittent process of periodic operation of pump-in, pressing and

filtering of sludge, and elimination of sludge. Its shortcoming is that, the continual

operation is not available, according to blocking situation of filtering board, the filter

cloth needs to be washed by one time after certain run period, the filtering board or

rubber diaphragm are easy of damage and need to be frequently replaced, and the

equipment volume is large with high price.

b. Centrifugal dehydrator

Horizontal spiral sludge dehydrator is a complete set of unit consisting of

principal machine and auxiliaries. The unit is full closeness structure without leakage

and is available for continual run of 24 hours, its main structure characteristic is that,

Page 477: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

it adopts fairly large length-to-diameter factor to extend the staying time of material

and improve the elimination rate of solid substance. It adopts the exclusive spiral

structure to reinforce the extrusion strength of spire upon the sludge cake, and

improve the solid content of solid cake. It adopts the advanced dynamic balance

technology to reduce the vibration; it adopts the unique differential rotation speed

regulation technology to increase the discharge torsion moment of spire and load

capacity.

The centrifugal equipment has high efficiency, small land occupancy, the

environment of machine room is clean, the complete set of unit adopts the advanced

automatic integration and control technology, the rotation speed and differential

rotation speed are stepless and adjustable. It has the safety protection and automatic

alarm devices, and its run is stable and reliable. The main shortcoming is that, the

noise is great, power consumption is high, the rotation blade, etc., has high

requirement of wearing resistance, the requirement for quality of manufacturing

material and processing accuracy is rigid, and the price is expensive.

c. Band type press filter

Band type press filter is a high efficiency solid and liquid separation equipment,

and its theory is that, the sludge after flocculation is repeatedly extruded and

compressed through the varied-direction bend between the roller systems, and tension

effect of filter band, shear force is generated accordingly and thus there is a relative

displacement for the sludge particles, and the free water and capillary water in the

sludge are separated to obtain the sludge cake with fairly high solid content, so as to

realize the dehydration of sludge. Its characteristic is that, it has high dehydration

efficiency, great treatment capacity, continual filtering, stable property, simple

operation, small volume, and small area of land occupancy.

The treatment capacity of band press filter is determined by the band speed and

filter band tension of dehydrator, and dehydration property of sludge, while the band

speed tension is also determined by the dehydrating effect required. Its disadvantage

is that, when the incoming sludge quantity is too great, or solid load is too high, it

Page 478: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

shall lower the dehydrating effect. The homemade band dehydrator usually has fairly

small treatment capacity, sludge solid load is only 150 ~250kg/m·h, and treatment

capacity of imported high quality band dehydrator can be up to 250~400kg/m·h.

3) Type selection of sludge dehydration equipment

The above three sludge dehydrators have their own advantages and

disadvantages, during type selection it shall combine with project scale, site condition,

management level, and capital condition, etc., and mainly take into account the

reliability of equipment run, automatic degree of system, dehydrating effect of sludge,

building investment and treatment cost, etc., for reasonable selection of equipment

type.

Comparison on property of several common dehydrators is shown in Table 7.3-5.

Table 7.3-5 Comparison on properties of general dehydrators

M

odel

Item

Plate-and-frame press filter Band type press filter centrifugal dehydrator

Dehydrating

theoryPressure filtering

Gravity filtering and

pressurized filtering

Solid and liquid

separation is caused by

centrifugal force

Work status Intermittent Continual type Continual type

Adjustment

method

Regulate the pressurization time

and pressure size

Regulate the tension of

filter cloth and travel speed,

as well as the sludge layer

thickness entering pressure

area.

Regulate the rotating

drum and spiral conveyor

rotation speed difference,

and regulate the depth of

liquid ring.

Difficulty of

management

It is fairly complicated (the filter

cloth shall be replaced

periodically)

It is fairly convenient (the

filter cloth shall be

periodically replaced)

It is convenient (the

blade of spiral conveyor

is easy of wearing)

Environment

and hygiene

condition

The hygienic condition is

relatively bad

Open type, and hygienic

condition is bad

The full closeness

hygienic condition is

good

Noise Small Small Large (since the rotation

speed is high)

Page 479: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Land

occupancy area

and civil

requirement

Since its own volume is large

with a lot of auxiliaries, it has

large area of land occupancy, and

the civil requirement is high.

Compared with plate-and-

frame press filter, the land

occupancy area is fairly

small

Equipment is compact,

and land occupancy area

is small

Auxiliary

equipment

Air compressor system, filter

cloth flush high pressure flushing

pump system

Air compressor system,

filter cloth flush high

pressure flushing pump

system

It does not need the

auxiliaries

Automatic

degree

It has certain difficulty to realize

full automatization

It has certain difficulty to

realize automatization

It is easy to realize full

automatization

Solid content

of sludge cake30%-35% About 20% About 25%

Solid content

of filtered

liquor

Small (only about 0.02%) High (>0.05%)Fairly high (about

0.05%)

Stability of

sludge cakeGood Fairly bad Fairly good

Energy

consumption

(kwh/tDS)

20-40 10-25 30-60 (fairly high)

flocculating

agent

consumption

20%~30%CaO/SS Polyelectrolyte 3~4kg/tDSPolyelectrolyte 2

~3kg/tDS

The efficiency of sludge dehydration is directly related to selection of

dehydrating equipment, etc., the detailed selection of dehydrator type shall be

reasonably made after generally analyzing and determining the factors of technology,

economy, environment and management, etc., according to characteristics of sludge

and site condition.

The result of comparison and analysis on part configuration of dehydrator

equipment, solid content requirement of incoming sludge, solid content concentration

of dehydrated sludge, run status, operation environment, land occupancy of

dehydrator, flush water quantity, and replacement of wearing parts during actual run

of equipment, etc., shows that the discharged sludge of water plant has the

characteristics of relatively low solid content of compressed and dense sludge, and

fairly fine particle size of sludge, etc., among three machine types, price for plate and

Page 480: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

frame machine is highest, and in turn is centrifugal dehydrator and band dehydrator.

According to treatment situation of sludge of water plant of China at present, and due

to the consideration of economic power of Bayannur City, band dehydrator is herein

recommended.

7.3.6 Comparison and selection of pipe material

Selection of pipe material has great impact to water supply quality, project cost

and water supply safety, thus it is very critical to select the pipe material, hereinafter

is the comparison on characteristics and properties of various pipe materials.

At present, the transportation and distribution water pipes generally utilized in

domestic and abroad mainly consist of steel pipe (SP), ductile iron pipe(DIP), glass-

reinforced plastic pipe(RPMP), prestressed steel concrete pipe(PCP), prestressed

concrete cylinder pipe(PCCP), etc. Various pipe materials have different

characteristics:

(1) spiral-seam submerged-arc steel pipe (SP)

SP has fairly good mechanical strength, and has great advantage in the aspects of

anti-bend, anti-tension, toughness, impact resistance, and anti-vibration, etc., and can

withstand the fairly high internal pressure and appropriate external pressure.

According to operation requirement it can be machined to different sizes, different

bores and different wall thicknesses, the joint forms are diversified, the holding and

jointing are convenient with great flexibility, and the construction is easy.

Nevertheless, its inner wall is easy of incurring scaling and impacts the water quality.

The internal insulation must be done well, such as cement liner. The biggest

shortcoming of SP is its bad anti-corrosion property, if the internal and external

insulation and electrochemistry protection is not perfect, the service life shall be fairly

short (20 years). The toughness of steel pipe is fairly great, at present, after general

cement coating and lining, the n value of roughness coefficient is usually considered

as 0.013 (manning formula) for design.

SP pipe has good mechanical strength and is available for machining, thus it has

great advantage when the geological condition is bad and when passing through

Page 481: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

obstacles, and it is especially used for sunken pipe, pipe bridge (crossing over river)

and jacking of pipe (crossing over the road).

(2) Ductile iron pipe(DIP)

Raw material of DIP is also pig iron with carbon constituent of 3.5-4.0%.

Through spheroidization and annealing treatment after molding of pipe casting, the

stable and even fine texture is obtained with fairly high specific elongation.

According to standard of ISO2531, its specific elongation, tensile strength and water

pressure test, etc., are all equivalent to steel pipe, and its anticorrosion is superior to

that of steel pipe. The burying service life can be up to 50 years. DIP wall thickness is

fairly thin and is only about 55% of that of the grey cast iron pipe. Inner wall is coated

and sealed by cement. The roughness coefficient n is considered as 0.013(manning

formula) for this design. At present, the diameter of DIP pipe produced in domestic is

DN100~2600, it adopts the T form slide-in interface with water stop rubber ring, in

general foundation condition the base shall not be treated, the mechanical and

machining property is good, it can be welded, cut and bored.

(3) glass-reinforced plastic pipe(RPMP)

RPMP is a composite material pipe consisting of unsaturated polyester resin,

glass fiber and quartz sand filler. The pipe wall is divided to external protection layer,

reinforced layer, structure layer and liner layer according to different roles. The

mechanical strength can be sorted according to design requirement, and its nominal

rigidity is 2500 ~ 20000N/m2 and work pressure 0.4 ~ 2.5MPa. RPMP has small

specific gravity (only 1700 ~ 2200kg/m3) since the weight is light it is relatively

convenient for transportation and construction. The layer of inner wall contacting with

water is polyester resin, it has fairly small roughness, and n value is 0.0095~0.01 for

this design. Thus it can greatly lower the loss of water head and is not easy of scaling

Page 482: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

and corrosion, it has no impact to water quality, and has no need of internal and

external insulation treatment. According to introduction, its service life shall be over

50 years. Joint of RPMP is usually socket connected or sleeve connected, with rubber

ring or reversely grouted by rubber for water-stop, it is not easy of incurring water

leakage and pipe explosion. Since the weight is light, it is more in favor of pipe laying

and installation, in most foundation condition, it has no need to make base, and it is

one of the ideal pipe materials for long distance water transportation.

RPMP consists of two processes of short fiber outer formwork centrifugal

manufacturing and long fiber inner formwork winding manufacturing, the rigidity of

the previous one is superior to the latter one, while the uneven settling resistance of

the latter is superior to the previous one. Both of them can meet the general operation

requirement of rigidity and withstanding of internal pressure, while the uneven

settling of pipe foundation is usually one of the main causes of pipe accident, at

present, the long fiber inner formwork winding manufacturing of RMPM has more

utilization in domestic.

(4) Prestressed steel concrete pipe(PCP)

PCP is composed of longitudinal and loop prestressed steel wire (reinforcement)

and coagulating earth, and its wall thickness is usually fairly large. Although its

mechanical strength is inferior to SP, it can withstand fairly great internal pressure, at

present, the common internal work pressure is below 1.0MPa, during ex-factory test,

the external pressure (bending) can be over 1000MPa. PCP has best anticorrosion

property without internal and external insulation, the service life is long and can be

over 50 years. According to report, the PCP with good manufacturing shall seldom

have the phenomenon of pipe explosion; hydraulic roughness of PCP is relatively

small, at present the designed flow speed coefficient C is 130 (Hazen-Williams

formula). In addition to corrosion resistance, the pipe is also not easy of incurring

scaling, and has no impact to water quality. The joint usually adopts the socket

connected type, with rubber ring water stop and convenient pipe laying, nevertheless

weight of PCP is great and not in favor of transportation and hoisting. Under general

Page 483: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

foundation condition it may not be set by base.

PCP pipe price is fairly cheap, when the pipe diameter is less than or equivalent

to DN1000 and pipe work pressure less than 0.5MPa, it is an available pipe material.

(6) Prestressed concrete cylinder pipe (PCCP)

PCCP manufacturing is similar to PCP, and its difference is that, it adopts the

integrated steel sleeve (fairly thin) to substitute the longitudinal prestressed

reinforcement of PCP, thus it has better watertightness and is mostly of pipe of large

diameter, such as DN1400-DN4000; usually the wall thickness is fairly large, as

above mentioned, the wall thickness is respectively 100 and 270mm. the large

diameter PCCP adopts the double rubber ring for water stop, and this is greatly in

favor of water pump test. Other physical and chemical characteristics and construction

requirements of PCCP are similar to that of PCP.

Price of PCCP pipe is fairly cheap, with simple laying at site. It is a pipe material

with fairly good application for large diameter pressure water transportation pipe

works.

According to characteristics, anticorrosion and construction conditions, etc., of

above pipes, safety and reliability of water supply, water transmission pipe diameter

and laying condition for this project, the comparison on property of spiral-seam

submerged-arc steel pipe (SP), ductile iron pipe(DIP), glass-reinforced plastic

pipe(RPMP) and prestressed concrete cylinder pipe are shown in Table 7.3-6.

Table 7.3-6 Comparison on properties of various pipe materials

Item

Pipe material

spiral-seam

submerged-arc

steel pipe

Centrifugal ductile

iron pipe

Prestressed concrete

cylinder pipe

Fiberglass

reinforced

plastics sand

pipe

Water stop property Good Good Good Good

Construction site Small Large Fairly large Larger

Quality guarantee Good Good Good Fairly good

Construction

progressFast Slow Fairly fast Fairly fast

Acceptance test Easy Easy Easy Fairly easy

Service life Long Long Long Long

Friction resistance Fairly small Fairly small Fairly small Small

Page 484: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

coefficient

Pipe material

transportationConvenient Difficult Fairly difficult Convenient

According to comparison and selection on properties and prices as above

mentioned, the centrifugal ductile iron pipe has the highest integrated cost, and in turn

is the spiral-seam submerged-arc steel pipe, and price of prestressed concrete cylinder

pipe and glass reinforced plastics sand pipe is cheapest. Considering of the safety and

reliability of water supply main pipe, ductile ion pipe is recommended for use.

7.3.7 Comparison, selection and analysis on plant site plan of

reclaimed water supply plant

Requirement and basic principle of plant site selection

(1) It shall to the greatest extent meet the requirement of near term planning and

development of the zone.

(2) It shall to the greatest extent shorten the distance between the intake pump

room and water supply area, thus the water supply layout is reasonable, this is in favor

of saving investment, lowering energy consumption and improving economic benefit.

(3) It has fairly good waste water discharge condition and meets the

environmental protection and ecological balance requirement.

(4) It has good engineering geological condition with minor relocation and does

not occupy or occupy less farmland.

(5) On the basis of convenience of construction and production, it shall to the

greatest extent take into account the convenience of work and living of employee.

(6) It is near to external power supply and this is in favor of saving the cost of

external power supply line.

7.3.7.1 Reclaimed water supply works of processing zone of Urat Rear Banner

According to industrial development and industrial water supply planning of

processing zone of Urat Rear Banner, at present there are two locations for selection

of reclaimed water supply plant, and general situation of two plant sites are described

as below:

Page 485: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

(1) Near the pile No. 1800 of water transmission pipeline from general drainage

canal to processing zone (Plant site 1)

The plant site is about 3km away from the processing zone, in the circumference

it is all waste land, thus it shall not occupy the basic farmland, the landform is

smooth, and the relief condition is fairly simple. At the side of the selected plant site

is a road with convenient transportation condition.

(2) South east side of processing zone (Plant site 2)

The plant site is located in the south east side of processing zone, and is closely

adjacent to the planned sewage treatment works of the processing zone of Urat Rear

Banner, and is the planned land of sewage treatment of the processing zone, the

landform is fairly smooth, relief condition is fairly simple, it is closely adjacent to

processing zone with convenient transportation condition.

Two plant sites are analyzed by factors of technology, economy and

environment, etc.

Table 7.3-7 Comparison on advantage/disadvantage of intended plant sites

advantage/disadvantage Plant site

plan

Advantage Disadvantage

Plant site 1

①It is fairly near to water intake point, and the

turbid water transmission pipeline is short;

②The site is open and can meet the

requirement of extension of water plant in the

future; ③ The transportation is fairly

convenient.

①It is far away from the

processing zone, and the water

distribution pipeline is long;

②It is fairly far away from the

power plant, transmission and

distribution line is long and

cost is high; ③In the

circumference there is no water

channel and water ditch nearby,

and this is not in favor of

discharge of waste water of

plant site.

Plant site 2 ①The site is open without obstacle or

relocation; ②It is closely adjacent to planned

road with convenient transportation; ③It is

closely adjacent to processing zone, and the

water distribution pipeline is short; ④It is

closely adjacent to planned sewage treatment

①Its distance apart from intake

point is farther than that of

plant site 1, and turbid water

transmission pipeline is long.

Page 486: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

plant, and this is in favor of discharge and

treatment of waste water of plant area; ⑤It is

fairly nearer to substation, transmission and

distribution line is short, and this saves the

investment.

According to comparison on plant site 1 and plant site 2, it can be seen that

advantage of plant site 2 is apparent, and the selection of plant site of this project is

located in the south east side of processing area, and is in the side of the planned

sewage treatment plant.

7.3.3.2 Reclaimed water supply works of drainage canal 3

Whether selection of water plant site is proper involves the reasonableness of the

whole water supply system, and shall directly impact the project investment,

construction period, operation and maintenance, etc.

According to site survey, the plant site of water reclamation plant of drainage

canal 3 is located in the downstream of the sewage treatment plant of drainage canal 3

and is adjacent to drainage canal 3. It is 800mm away from Shan-Qing Highway. The

plant site has following apparent advantages:

(1) The water quantity can be guaranteed, plant site does not suffer the threat of

flood, rainwater discharge inside the plant area is smooth. Plant site is closely adjacent

to drainage canal 3 and can contain the tail water of sewage treatment plant of

drainage canal 3, water quantity of water reclamation plant can be guaranteed, it is

close to industrial zone, and this is in favor of containing water for pipe network of

reclaimed water.

(2) The land utilization condition is good, the intended plant site is open and is

appropriate for long term development.

(3) The engineering geological condition is good.

(4) The hygienic and environment condition is fairly good and is in favor of set

up protection and prevention area. The planning in the circumference is mainly of

greening work, and it is forbidden to build up the project with fairly great pollution.

Page 487: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

(5) It does not occupy the good farm land, the land utilization is basically of

waste land, land requisition and foundation treatment cost is relatively low, and it also

meets the national policies.

(6) The transportation is convenient, and construction, run and maintenance are

convenient.

7.3.3.3 Reclaimed water supply works of drainage canal 7

According to site survey, in this feasibility research report, the site of water

reclamation plant of drainage canal 7 is located in the downstream of sewage

treatment plant of Wuyuan County and is adjacent to drainage canal 7. The plant site

has the following apparent advantages:

(1) Water quantity can be guaranteed, the plant site does not suffer the threat of

flood. Plant site is closely adjacent to drainage canal 7 and can quickly contain the tail

water of sewage treatment plant of Wuyuan County, water quantity of water

reclamation plant can be guaranteed,

(2) The land utilization condition is good, the intended plant site is open and is

appropriate for long term development.

(3) The engineering geological condition is good.

(4) The hygienic and environment condition is fairly good and is in favor of set

up protection and prevention area. The planning in the circumference is mainly of

greening work, and it is forbidden to build up the project with fairly great pollution.

(5) It does not occupy the farm land, the land utilization is basically of waste

land, land requisition and foundation treatment cost is relatively low, and it also meets

the national policies.

(6) The transportation is convenient, and construction, run and maintenance are

convenient.

Thus in the environmental appraisal report, it is deemed as the better selection of

plant site for water reclamation plant of drainage canal 7.

7.3.3.4 Reclaimed water supply works of processing zone of Ganqimaodu port

According to industrial development and industrial water supply planning of

Page 488: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

processing zone of Ganqimaodu port, at present there are two locations for selection

of reclaimed water supply plant, and general situation of two plant sites are described

as below:

(1) Near Wangba reservoir (Plant site 1 )

The plant site is about 14km away from the processing zone, in the

circumference it is all waste land, thus it shall not occupy the basic farmland, the

landform is smooth, and the relief condition is fairly simple. At the side of the

selected plant site is a road with convenient transportation condition.

(2) Within the processing zone (Plant site 2)

The plant site is located in the south east side of processing zone, and is closely

adjacent to the planned sewage treatment and reuse works of the processing zone of

Ganqimaodu Port, the landform is fairly smooth, relief condition is fairly simple, it is

closely adjacent to processing zone with convenient transportation condition.

Two plant sites are analyzed by factors of technology, economy and

environment, etc. as below:

Table 7.3-8 Comparison on advantage/disadvantage of intended plant sites

Advantage/disadvantage Plant site

plan

Advantage Disadvantage

Plant site 1

①It is fairly near to water intake point, and the

turbid water transmission pipeline is short;

②The site is open and can meet the

requirement of extension of water plant in the

future; ③ The transportation is fairly

convenient; ④There are a lot of waste lands in

the circumference, and this is in favor of

building up evaporation pond and lower the

cost thereof.

①It is far away from the

processing zone, and the water

distribution pipeline is long.

Plant site 2

①It is closely adjacent to processing zone, and

the water distribution pipeline is short; ②It is

closely adjacent to planned sewage treatment

plant, and this is in favor of discharge and

treatment of waste water of plant area.

①Its distance apart from

intake point is farther than that

of plant site 1, and turbid water

transmission pipeline is

long.②The land requisition

cost is more than that of plant

site 1.

Page 489: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

As above mentioned, when compared with plant site 2, the advantage of plant

site 1 is apparent, and the plant site of the project is located in the circumference of

Wangba reservoir.

7.4 Comparison, selection and analysis on substitute plan of

sewage treatment and reuse item

7.4.1 Comparison and selection on zero plan

In this plan, the key point is to compare the impact degree of execution/non-

execution of this project to the environment according to viewpoint for improving

environment.

(1) Plan 1: Sewage treatment plant and reuse works plan

(2) Plan 2: No action and no project plan.

Comparison on advantages/disadvantages of above two plans is shown in Table

7.4-1.

Table 7.4-1 Comparison on plans of execution/non-execution of this project

S/N Plan 1 Plan 2

1

Perfect drainage network of zone, relieve the short

supply of local water resource, and ensure the

standard discharge of urban sewage.

The sewage is directly discharged without

treatment, and this is far below the national

environmental protection requirement.

2Improve the water quality of each drainage and

irrigation channel of Hetao Region.

Maintain the current situation and impact the

living environment of residents of the drainage

area.

3

Minor dust, waste water, noise, and solid waste,

etc., generated during construction period shall

destroy the ground surface vegetation and impact

the ecological environment as well as destroy the

landscape of construction site;

No

4

The project construction permanently occupies

part land, and changes the utilization mode for

such land.

No

According to table 7.4-1, after execution of plan 1, although it shall incur certain

Page 490: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

environmental impact during construction and operation of this project, these impacts

are limited by time and space aspects, through various measures the impact can be

eliminated or reduced to the greatest extent, and shall not incur unfavorable impact of

large area to regional environment, furthermore, execution of plan 1 can reduce the

discharge of pollutant of drainage area by CODcr 10950.0t/a, BODcr6022.5t/a, and

ammonia nitrogen 730.0t/a, it is in favor of improving regional water environment

and investment environment of urban area, extending the business invitation and

investment attraction, and sustainable and stable development of economy. According

to viewpoint for promoting social and economic development and protection of

environment, plan 1 is superior to plan 2, and the construction of project is necessary.

7.4.2 Comparison and selection on sewage treatment process plan

According to feasibility research report, the discharge of effluent water of

sewage treatment plant conforms to A standard of grade 1 of “pollutant discharge

standard of sewage treatment plant of urban area”, after grade2 treatment of the

sewage, it needs to be further treated to meet the discharge standard of standard A of

grade 1. Effluent water quality indicator of sewage treatment plant is compared with

indicator of reclaimed water, and effluent water after further treatment can meet the

reuse standard of reclaimed water.

7.4.2.1 Comparison and selection on grade 2 biological treatment process

According to the predicted influent water quality of sewage treatment plant of

this project in feasibility research report, and the discharge standard requirement of

effluent water, in this project it adopts the grade2 biological treatment process with

functions of eliminating organic pollutant and suspended solid, as well as nitrogen

and phosphorus elimination.

According to development of sewage treatment technology in abroad and abroad,

the various processes of A2O process, oxidation ditch process, and SBR process, etc.,

not only have the function of eliminating organic pollutant, but also have different

Page 491: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

nitrogen elimination effect. In the “urban sewage treatment and pollution protection

and prevention technical policy” printed and issued by construction ministry, national

administration of environmental protection, and science and technology ministry, it is

recommended that A2O process, oxidation ditch process, and SBR process shall be

used for grade2 biological treatment process aiming at sewage treatment plant with

scale of sewage quantity below 100000m³/d.

According to various technical properties of processes, construction scale of this

project, influent water characteristics, treatment requirement and local situation, in

this appraisal it intends to select the SBR series CAST process and composite A/A/O

process as the comparison and selection plan for sewage grade 2 treatment of this

project.

(1) CAST process (Plan 1)

Periodic circle type activated sludge method (CAST process) is a transformation

of intermittent activated sludge method. The biological degradation and sludge water

separation processes are completed in one or multiple ponds with parallel run and

variable reaction volume. Thus in this process it does not need to set the separate

settling basin. In this system, activated sludge is continually repeated by “aeration—

non-aeration”. In the stage of aeration it is mainly to complete the biological

degeneration process, in the non-aeration stage, although it has part biological effect,

it is mainly to complete the sludge water separation process. In circulated activated

sludge method process, the treatment process is completed as per sequence of “water

filling— discharge” and “aeration—non-aeration”, it belongs to sequencing batch

activated sludge method.

Each operation circulation of this process is composed of influent water/aeration

stage, settling stage, decantion stage and idle stage, each state constitutes a circulation

and is continually repeated. When the circulation is started, the incoming of sewage

Page 492: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

enables the water level in the pond start to rise from the lowest level. After some

time’s aeration and mixing, the system stops the aeration so that the activated sludge

in the reactor carries out flocculation settling, and activated sludge shall settle in the

static environment. After completion of settling stage, the supernatant at the upper

part of the pond is discharged outside the system by decanter, at the same time the

level shall drop to initial depth. Then the system shall repeat the above processes.

Main advantages of CAST process:

①The process is advanced and simple; the treatment building structure is small

and equipment number is small. Compared with A/A/O process it does not have

secondary settling basin, the SBR process sludge adopting delay aeration is relatively

aerobic and stable, and has no need to carry out treatment of anaerobic digestion, thus

it has no need to set up building structures of anaerobic digestion system for sludge,

etc., the operation management is convenient; it has very high phosphorus and

nitrogen elimination effect, the process run is stable, and effluent water quality is

good.

②It does not have expansion of sludge, and growth of filamentous bacteria can

be restricted.

③It has the double advantage of complete mixing type and plug flow aeration

basin, and can bear the fairly great impact load of water quantity and water quality

change, and the treatment effect is stable.

④The output of sewage is small, the sludge can be gradually aerobic and stable,

the number of sewage treatment building structure is small, and the sludge only needs

to be thickened and dehydrated.

Main disadvantage of CAST process:

①In the periodic circular activated sludge method, the reaction basin has fairly

high requirement of automatic control, and high requirement of reliability of

Page 493: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

equipment.

② The run effect in the low temperature is not stable.

③Idle rate of equipment is high.

(2) A/A/O process (Plan 2)

A/A/O process is anaerobe—oxygen deficient—aerobic activated sludge method.

In front of aerobic area it is designed by oxygen deficient area and anaerobe area

which shall respectively realize the anti-nitration nitrogen elimination and phosphorus

elimination function. When the sewage passes through three different function areas,

under the effect of different microorganism bacteria group, the pollutants in the

sewage as organic substance, nitrogen and phosphorus, etc., are eliminated.

When it has sufficient sludge age condition, BOD5 in the sewage shall at first be

degenerated in the aerobic basin, and at the same time the nitration is completed, the

sewage after nitration is lifted by reflux pump into the oxygen deficient basin to carry

out anti-nitration and nitrogen elimination. Through the effect of backflow sludge for

greatly absorbing phosphorus, the element of phosphorus is eliminate. The integral

process includes following processes:

Assimilation process, some part of ammonia and nitrogen in the sewage are

assimilated into new cell substance, and eliminated via the form of residual sludge.

The assimilation works is the process to eliminate the organic substance, and some

part of nitrogen can be eliminated even there is no specific biological nitrogen

elimination measure.

Nitration process; The nitrifying bacteria shall oxidize the ammonia and nitrogen

in the sewage into nitrate nitrogen.

Anti-nitration process, in the oxygen deficient environment and with

participation of denitrify bacteria, the nitrate is deoxidized to nitrogen and emitted to

atmosphere. The nitrogen effect of anti-nitration design is determined by the reflux

Page 494: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

ratio of activated sludge, usually 100%~150% can meet the requirement.

At the same time under the anaerobic condition, the phosphorous accumulating

bacteria in the sludge is activated to release the phosphate in its body, so as to

generate the energy to absorb the organic substance which can be quickly

degenerated, and then it shall be converted to PHB for storage. After entering the

aerobic area and when the oxygen is sufficient, the phosphorous accumulating

bacteria consumes the PHB stored in its body to generate the energy, which shall be

used for cell synthesis and phosphorus absorption, the sludge containing high

concentration of phosphorus is generated, and shall be discharged outside the system

together with the residual sludge, so as to reach the purpose of biological elimination

of phosphorus.

Since the treatment of sewage is mainly of industrial waste water, it has bad

biological and chemical treatment ability, sometimes it may have the deficiency of

carbon and nitrogen source and has great impact load. During early stage the water

quantity is small, water quality is low, according to local climate condition and on the

basis of A/A/O, part filler and chemical auxiliaries are added to meet the high

treatment effect, stable and low energy consumption status under different conditions.

(3) Integrated comparison

For the convenience of comparison on two plans, it is compared and analyzed by

two aspects as technology and economy, details refer to Table 7.4-2.

7.4-2 Integrated comparison on technology and economy

S/N Comparison on items CAST process (Plan 1)

A/A/O process (Plan 2)

Economic indicators

Total investment of project (ten thousand Yuan)

13782 13492

Employment fixed number (person) 32 32Tonnage water and power consumption (KWH/m³)

0.39 0.37

Land occupation (hectare) 11 11Annual production cost (ten thousand 1690 1654

Page 495: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

S/N Comparison on items CAST process (Plan 1)

A/A/O process (Plan 2)

Yuan)Production cost (Yuan/ m³) 1.83 1.79

Annual operation cost (ten thousand Yuan)

937 917

Unit water quantity production cost (Yuan/ m³)

1.01 0.99

Technical indicator

Process flow Simple SimpleTreatment effect Stable StableEffluent water quality Good GoodPhosphorus and nitrogen elimination effect

Good Good

Impact load resistance capacity Strong StrongOperation management Fairly

complicated Simple

Requirement to technical level of operation personnel

Fairly high Fairly low

Building structure Small More Machine and equipment Fairly small Fairly small

According to above analysis it is know that, two processes can both meet the

effluent water quality requirement of sewage treatment plant, nevertheless, A/A/O

process has strong impact load resistance capacity, adapts to cold climate of project

area, and has low technical requirement to operation personnel, furthermore, when

compared with CAST process, A/A/O process has lower total investment of project,

and lower annual operation cost and annual run cost, etc., thus in this project, it is

recommended that A/A/O process of plan 2 is utilized for each sewage treatment

works of processing zone.

7.4.2.2 Comparison and selection on plans of reclaimed water treatment process

In this project, the sewage treatment works of processing zone adopts the three

section process (coagulating, settling, filtering) for reclaimed water treatment, each

section of process can be selected, and comparison on each section of process is

below:

(1) Coagulating

Coagulating process contains mixing and reaction.

①Mixing

Page 496: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Mixing is the precondition to obtain the good coagulating effect, and also the key

to save the agent quantity. It usually adopted the mechanical fast mixing and hydraulic

mixing, in recent years it mostly adopts the tubular static mixer which is a equipment

with small land occupation and good mixing effect, and is widely utilized in domestic.

The engineering practices prove that, this mixing unit has a lot of advantages, and

thus the tubular static mixer is herein recommended.

②Reaction

The reaction and flocculation process is the most critical link of water supply

treatment, and effect of flocculation shall directly impact the settling effect, gas

flotation effect and quality of effluent water. In this project it adopts the vertical

mechanical reaction basin, bent plate reaction basin, small mesh grid reaction basin to

carry out comparison on plans, details refer to 7.4-3.

7.4-3 Comparison on plans of reaction basinBasin type Item

Vertical mechanical

reaction basinBent plate reaction basin Small mesh grid reaction basin

Technical comparison

Main advantages

1. It has very strong

adaptability to change of raw

water

1. It has wide application, and is

featured by new type, high efficiency, small

land occupancy, appropriate investment,

and fairly high consumption of reagent.

2. It adopts the fixed type ABS product with fairly long service life

and convenient installation.

3. It does not need to be added by equipment,

and the maintenance and management are

convenient.4. It has strong anti-

impact capacity, and the appropriate scope of water quality is wide.

1. It is featured by new type, high efficiency, small land occupancy,

low investment, low agent consumption, and potential.2. It has strong anti-impact

capacity, and the appropriate scope of water quality is wide.

3. It does not need the mechanical equipment, and the maintenance and management are convenient.

4. It adopts the ethylene-propylene copolymers plastics grid board with same specs in

favor of installation and maintenance.

5. The reaction basin already has the matured design, installation

and run experience.

Page 497: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Basin type Item

Vertical mechanical

reaction basinBent plate reaction basin Small mesh grid reaction basin

Main disadvantage

s

1. land occupancy is

great.2. The power

consumption is higher than that of other basin

types.3. It has

mechanical equipments,

and the maintenance work volume

and run cost are added.4. The

investment cost is high.

1. The construction and installation are troublesome.

1. The application time of this technology is relatively short.

According to above comparison it is know that, the advantage of vertical

mechanical reaction basin is not apparent in this project, in addition to high total

investment and great power consumption, it is added by a lot of maintenance and

management work, and its land occupancy is great, thus it is not recommended. The

mesh grid reaction basin has the advantages of new type, high efficiency, potential,

small land occupancy, low investment and low reagent consumption, furthermore, this

system has been successfully run in the north regions of Moudanjiang City, Daqing

City, and Dalian City, etc., thus in this project, the small mesh grid reaction basin is

recommended.

(2) Settling

The settling means the process to eliminate the solid particle in the suspension

liquid via the precipitating action of gravity. In the water cleaning process, in order to

reach the purpose it usually adopts the treatment building structures as horizontal flow

settling basin, slope tube settling basin, slope plate settling basin, and comparison on

plans of three basin types are shown in Table 7.4-4.

7.4-4 Comparison on plans of settling basin.Basin type Item

Horizontal flow settling basin Slope tube settling basin Slope plate settling basin

Page 498: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Technical comparison

Main advantages

1. The treatment effect is stable, and the adaptability to raw water is strong. 2. The run experience is rich and the management is convenient. 3. It is easy of arrangement in the narrow and long plant site.

1. The treatment effect is good and the land occupancy is small. 2. It is placed in indoor conditions, and the investment is lower than horizontal flow settling basin.

1. It has very good treatment effect, settling time is short, land occupancy is small, and hydraulic condition is good. 2. The water id distributed at the short side, and the water is collected at tail end by same process and same resistance, and the collection tank in the basin can be cancelled. 3. The settling basin has matured experiences of design, installation, and run.

Main disadvantages

1. It has great land occupancy, and great basin body as well as high investment cost. 2. The open basin shall be frozen during winter, when it is placed in indoor condition, the investment cost shall be greatly increased.

1. Its adaptability to raw water is inferior to that of horizontal flow settling basin. 2. It has high requirement to reaction effect, and evenness of water distribution. 3. The plastic slope pipe has the problem of replacement for aging.

1. The application time of this technology is relatively short.

According to above comparison it can be seen that, slope plate settling basin has

more advantages of economy and other aspects when compared with horizontal flow

settling basin and slope tube settling basin. The slope plate settling basin is the new

type and high efficiency one developed in 1990s, and its characteristics are: effluent

water quality is good and stable, it has strong adaptability to change of raw water

temperature and quality, hydraulic condition is good, settling time is short, land

occupancy is small, potential of output water is great, and slope plate settling basin

has been widely utilized in the north regions as Moudanjiang City, Daqing City and

Dalian City with very good effect of operation, thus slope plate settling basin is

recommended for this project.

(3) Filtering

Filtering is the most critical work sequence of water supply treatment, at

present it usually adopts the fast filtering basin to eliminate the residual flocculants

Page 499: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

and foreign substances after coagulating and settling of raw water. According to

different structure forms of the filtering basin, at present it usually adopts the general

fast filtering basin, double valve filtering basin, siphon filtering basin, movable hood

backwash filter basin, and V type filtering basin, etc. In this project it intends to select

the general fast filtering basin and V type filtering basin. Comparison on plans is

shown in Table 7.4-5.

7.4-5 Comparison on plans of filtering basins Basin type

Item V type filtering basin General fast filtering basin

Main advantages

1. The filtering speed is high, basin body is small and land occupancy is small.

2. The waste water discharge quantity is low, energy consumption is low and investment cost is low.

3. The effluent water gate is controlled by level of filtering basin liquid, so as to control the filtering speed.

1. The run is stable and reliable and has matured operation experience.

2. It adopts the sand filtering material, the material can be easily obtained and the price is cheap.

3. It adopts the large resistance water distribution system, the single basin area can be fairly great, and basin depth is appropriate.

4. It adopts the decelerated filtering and water quality is fairly good.

Main disadvantages

1. It is added by water supply equipment, and this increases the infrastructure construction investment and increases the work volume of maintenance.

2. The basin structure is complicated, especially it has high accuracy requirement to water distribution and gas distribution system, and this adds the difficulty of construction.

3. The area if single basin is averagely greater than unit basin area of general filtering basin, but it is not comprehensively utilized, because the discharge tank in the middle position occupies a part of area, and in fact, the actual filtering area is smaller than single basin area.

4. The back flush operation is complicated especially in case of manual operation.

1. It has a lot of valves with expensive price and valve can be easily damaged.

2. It must be set by complete set of flushing equipments.

According to above comparison it is know that, the general fast filtering basin

has more stable and reliable operation than V filtering basin, its process is simple with

low technical requirement to operation personnel, and can meet the actual situation of

local area of this project located. Furthermore, the general fast filtering basin has been

widely utilized in the deep processing works of sewage of China. Thus in this project,

the general fast filtering basin is recommended.

Page 500: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

7.4.4 Comparison and selection on sludge treatment processes

During sewage treatment process it shall generate a large number of sludge

containing various hazard and toxic substances, thus it shall be timely treated and

disposed. It usually has the following processes of sludge treatment: anaerobic

digestion, aerobic digestion and direct thickening and dehydration.

When anaerobic digestion is adopted, it can recover the energy, but its capital

cost is fairly high, with operation and maintenance problem, great land occupancy,

and safety hidden trouble, furthermore, it shall decrease the effect of biological

elimination of phosphorus and increases the quantity of reagent addition.

According to statement of “503 Standard of Sewage and Sludge Treatment ” of

EPA of U.S.A., the treatment effect of aerobic digestion for sludge with staying time

of 60 days in 15℃, and 40 days in 20℃ is only equivalent to the anaerobic digestion

treatment effect of 35℃ and 15 days of moderate temperature. Apparently, it is not

economic to realize the stable aerobic digestion in the large and middle urban sewage

treatment plant, the data shows that, sludge aerobic stabilization technology is only

utilized for the sewage treatment plant below the capacity of 20000 m³/d.

Since the sludge age of sewage treatment is fairly long, and has aerobic

stabilization for some extent, the generated sludge quantity is fairly small. The

biological nitrogen and phosphorus elimination process has been utilized for many

completed sewage treatment plants in domestic and abroad, the generated sludge is

directly thickened and dehydrated, the operation is stable, and this proves that, the

direct thickening and dehydration are feasible.

As above mentioned, in this project, it is recommended to adopt the direct

thickening and dehydration for sludge treatment.

7.5 Comparison, selection and analysis on substitute plan of

Page 501: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

treatment works of Wuliansu Lake

7.5.1 Comparison, selection and analysis on constructed wetland

7.5.1.1 Regional location of constructed wetland

Constructed wetland is located in the west part and north part of Wuliangsuhai

lake area, which shall respectively treat the lake influent water of general drainage

canal , drainage canal 8 and drainage canal 9, the regional location is shown in Fig.

7.5-1. No.2, No.3, and No.4 areas are respectively located in the north west area of

Wuliangsuhai and mainly for treatment of drainage water of general drainage canal.

No.5, No.6 and No.7 areas are located between drainage canal 8 and drainage canal 9,

and in the south side of drainage canal 9, which are used for treating drainage water of

drainage canal 8 and drainage canal 9.

Page 502: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Fig. 7.5-1 Construction location of constructed wetland

7.5.1.2 Selection of wetland model

With PREWET model, waste water cleaning effect of constructed wetland is

simulated and computed. All parameters of model are inputted via “input data”

module of main menu, in this module it consists of four sub-modules of system

parameter, constituent selection, constituent parameter, influent concentration.

According to characteristics of wetland of Wuliangsuhai, constructed wetland system

is divided to three subsystems: Stabilization pond subsystem and surface flow reed

area subsystem. Finally two wetlands are regarded as integrity for simulation (Fig.

7.5-2).

1

23

4

5

6

7

8

Page 503: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Fig. 7.5-2 Input interface of model parameter

7.5.1.3 Main design parameter

(1) Design of water quantity and water quality

Waste water treated by constructed wetland is the drainage of drainage canal 8

and drainage canal 9, according to water quantity statistics for years (1998-2008),

total drainage water into the lake is 460million m3, considering of impact to water

quantity after completion of waste water plant and reuse water in the upper reaches, it

is predicted that total drainage quantity into the lake is 424million m3, after

completion of waste water treatment plant and reuse water plant, it shall not be

discharged to general drainage canal, thus it does not have impact to water quality of

total drainage.

Annual mean discharge water quantity is 42million m3 for Drainage canal 8 and

22million m3 for Drainage canal 9, totally 64million m3, after completion of waste

water plant and reuse water plant at upper reaches, it shall not take water from or

discharge water into Drainage canal 8 and Drainage canal 9, thus it shall not impact

Page 504: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

water quality and water quantity of No.8 and Drainage canal 9.

The Design flow of delay wetland system adopts the annual mean daily flow,

wherein, pump and water gate, etc., in the wetland system are computed as per

maximum monthly flow.

Water quality of general drainage canal shall adopt the mean value from Dec., to

Apr. of next year, nevertheless, considering of influent water quality and quantity of

Wuliansu Lake, specific local climate condition and specific condition of wetland, the

design water quality shall be subject to maximum concentration of non-icebound

season from May to Nov., as shown in Table 7.5-1.

Table 7.5-1 Designed water quality of influent water of constructed wetland

Indicator CODCr BOD5 NH3-N TN TP

Value (mg/L) 60 - 2.4 13.5 1.7

Note: BOD5 lacks measured data.

(2) Elimination rate

In the wetland, elimination of biochemical oxygen demand can be described by

following order 1 reaction dynamics, with apparent correlation (P<0.1) .

Wherein, Ce ——Influent water BOD5,mg/L;

Co ——Exfluent water BOD5,mg/L;

KT ——First order reaction constant, d-1;

t ——Hydraulic power staying time, d.

(2) Hydraulic load and staying time

According to the elimination rate predicted, the above formula can be used to

compute the hydraulic power staying time required for wetland.

In the delay wetland, since great growth of reed occupies a part of space, and the

Page 505: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

staying time is the function of wetland porosity, during calculation, porosity n shall be

taken into account.

(3) Area and water depth of delay wetland system

In the wetland system, water depth of stabilization pond is about 2.0m, water

depth of wetland is controlled by about 1.0m.

(4) Water flow status

In the wetland system, length to width ratio of hydraulic unit has important

impact to hydraulic characteristic. Since area of reed field is very great with irregular

form, during design of flow channel, it shall to the greatest extent adopt the diversion

dam to make the water flow status gradually approach to plug-flow mode, hydraulic

characteristic is improved to increase the elimination rate.

(5) Accumulation depth and clearing period of sludge of pond bottom

Accumulated depth of sludge is 0.3m, it shall be cleared for interval of every 5-

10 years.

7.5.1.4 Plan 1

In plan 1 it adopts 2#, 3#, 4#, 5#, 6# and 7# reed field, wetland of general

drainage canal is 2#, 3# and 4# reed field. Wetland of Drainage canal 8 is 5# and 6#

reed field, wetland of Drainage canal 9 is 7# reed field. Total land occupancy area is

116914 mou.

(1) General drainage canal wetland

Wetland of general drainage canal adopts the 2#, 3# and 3# reed field as shown

in Fig. 7.5-3, and its total area is 90514 mou. Returned water is lifted by Honggebu

pump station and then enters reed field of 4# military area farm via the diversion

sluice, through the diversion dam set in the reed field, it is diverted and enter 2# reed

field and then 3# reed field via the water channel with width of 1000m in the inner

side of lake dam, wherein, the incoming water of Yihewu channel has small quantity

and seasonality as well as also directly enter wetland system, finally, through three

outlets at the connection between reed field and lake, it enters grid water channel of

big lake area via the rubber dam.

At present, water level of reed field is lower than level of lake area, effluent

Page 506: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

water of wetland enters lake area (mostly relies on self flow), therefore it shall run by

raising the water level, on the basis of existing water level it shall be raised by 50-

70cm. In the branch current from general drainage canal to 4# reed field it is built up

by a water interception gate (rubber dam) to control the water current into 4# reed

field. When the incoming water of upper reaches during flood season is fairly great, or

when water quality is fairly good, the water quantity can be directly regulated for

entering the lake. Effluent water of wetland mainly relies on self flow, facilities at

location of three outlets comprehensively takes into account the requirement for

improving hydraulic power condition of lake area, and water quantity distributed is

respectively 20%, 20% and 60%.

If the dam in the circumference of reed field needs to be reinforced and

heightened, it may be done on the previous foundation. The border-in position

between reed field and lake is the lake dyke, width of previous lake dyke is mostly

about 2.0-2.5m and height 1019.0-1019.6 m, and there is no lake dyke at individual

section. Elevation of normal lake water level is 1018.5m, maximum elevation of lake

level is 1019.3m, thus designed elevation of lake dyke is determined as 1020.0m; Its

width shall take into account the stability and transport requirement in the water, dyke

top width is 5.0m, slope 1:2.0, and height is 2.5m.

Rising water level may incur rise of groundwater level of farm in the

circumference and impact normal farming work, at the outside of reed field of

wetland it shall adopt vertical plastic laying technology for reverse osmosis treatment.

Vertical plastic laying burying depth is about 8m, along a circle of periphery of

constructed wetland it shall be set by vertical plastic laying facilities for reverse

osmosis purpose, and its total length is 40km.

At the water outlet is set by one discharge station with flow of 30 m3/s playing

the role of drainage of wetland and lowering wetland level.

Since run level of wetland is raised, during icing in winter, the ice layer cannot

reach the bottom of wetland, and there is also a part of flow cross-section remained,

thus freezing period of wetland of general drainage canal can continue with its run.

Page 507: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Nevertheless, oxygen cannot reach water system beneath the ice due to blockage of

ice layer, in order to improve elimination rate in winter, in the stabilized pond it is set

by aerating apparatus.

(2) Drainage canal 8 wetland

Wetland of Drainage canal 8 adopts No.5 wetland and No.6 wetland with area of

15300mou. Incoming water enters 5# reed field to raise the water level for its run.

Through culvert pipe it enters 6# reed field via Changji channel. Since water level is

raised for run, in the periphery of reed field it is done by reverse osmosis treatment

via the method of vertical plastic burying, and its length is 4.7km.

Drainage canal 8 during winter basically does not have incoming water and has

no operation in winter, and aerating pond shall not be set up. Prior to coming of

freezing period, water of reed field can be discharged to rear pond of pump station

and then into the lake, so as to lower the level of wetland and to the greatest extent

avoid the reduction of output of reed.

(3) Drainage canal 9 wetland

Wetland of Drainage canal 9 adopts part area in No.7 reed field with area of

11100 mou. Incoming water enters 7# reed field to raise the water level for its run, it

in turns passes through reed field and then enters the lake via south west corner of

reed field. It is set by vertical laying of plastics of 8.5km.

After raising the water level it shall impact the output of reed, prior to coming of

freezing period the water in the reed field shall be discharged to rear pond of pump

station of Drainage canal 9 and then into the lake, so as to reduce water level in the

reed field and avoid reduction of output of reed.

Drainage canal 9 basically has no incoming water in winter, and is not run in

winter, and aerated pond is not setup.

Page 508: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Fig. 7.5-3Plan 1 Layout mode of wetland7.5.1.5 Plan 2

In plan 2 it adopts 2#, 3#, 4#, 5#, and 7# reed field, wetland of general drainage

Influent water of drainage Canal 9

Influent water of Drainage Canal 8

Influent water of General Drainage Canal

20%

60%1

3

2

20%

5

6

Vertical burying of plastics

8

Vertical burying of plastics

7

4

Page 509: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

canal is 2#, 3# and 4# reed field. Wetland of Drainage canal 8 is 5# reed field, wetland

of Drainage canal 9 is 7# reed field. Total land occupancy area is 10183 mou, as

shown in Fig. 7.5-4.

(1) General drainage canal wetland

Wetland of general drainage canal is completely same as that in Plan 1.

(2) Drainage canal 8 wetland

Wetland of Drainage canal 8 only adopts 5# reed field with area of 8569mou.

Incoming water enters reed field to raise the water level for run, it in turn passes

through wetland along direction of diversion dam, and finally enters the lake area

from the diversion sluice (as shown in location of Fig.). Since it is run with rising of

water level, in the periphery of reed field it shall be done by reverse osmosis treatment

via the vertical plastic burying method.

After raising the water level it shall impact the output of reed, prior to coming of

freezing period the water in the reed field shall be discharged to front pond of pump

station of Drainage canal 8 and then enter lake via the pump station, so as to reduce

water level in the reed field and maintain output of reed.

Drainage canal 8 basically has no incoming water in winter, and is not run in

winter, and wind energy aerated pond is not setup.

(3) Drainage canal 9 wetland

Wetland of Drainage canal 9 is completely same as that in Plan 1.

Page 510: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Fig. 7.5-4 Layout mode of wetland of plan 27.5.1.6Plan 3

In plan 3 it adopts 1#, 2#, 3#, 5#, and 7# reed field, wetland of general drainage

canal is 1#, 2# and 3# reed field. Wetland of Drainage canal 8 is 5# reed field, wetland

Influent water of drainage Canal 9

Influent water of Drainage Canal 8

Influent water of General Drainage Canal

20%60%1

3

2

20%

6

Vertical burying of plastics

8

Vertical burying of plastics

7

5Vertical burying of plastics

4

Page 511: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

of Drainage canal 9 is 7# reed field. Total land occupancy area is 125460 mou.

(1) General drainage canal wetland

Wetland of general drainage canal adopts the 1#, 2# and 3# reed field as shown

in Fig. 7.5-5, (4# shall not be utilized), and its total area is 105791 mou. Returned

water is lifted by Honggebu pump station and then enters 2# reed field along water

channel between 4# reed field and lake via the diversion sluice, through the diversion

dam set in the reed field, it is diverted and enter 3# reed field, finally, through three

diversion sluices between 3# reed field and lake it enters 1# area of the lake, and then

enters grid water channel of lake via the water outlet. Since wetland is in the lake with

fairly great difficulty of construction, it shall not be made by diversion dam works.

(2) Drainage canal 8 wetland

Design of wetland of Drainage canal 8 is same as that in Plan 2.

(3) Drainage canal 9 wetland

Design of wetland of Drainage canal 9 is same as that in Plan 2.

Page 512: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Fig. 7.5-5 Plan 3 Layout mode of wetland7.5.1.7 Comparison and selection of plan

The above three plans are analyzed, compared and selected by aspects of land

Influent water of drainage Canal 9

Influent water of Drainage Canal 8

Influent water of General Drainage Canal

1

3

4

2

6

Vertical burying of plastics

8

Vertical burying of plastics

5

7

Page 513: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

occupancy area, cleaning efficiency, work volume, difficulty of project, economy

capacity and availability of reed utilization, etc.

(1) Comparison on land occupancy area

Land occupancy areas of three plans are shown in table 7.5-2.

Land occupancy area of Plan 1 is 116914 mou, wherein, in small lake area it is

102580 mou, in big lake area it is 14325 mou; Land occupancy area of Plan 2 is

101839 mou, wherein, in small lake area it is 95858 mou, in big lake area it is 14325

mou; Land occupancy area of Plan 3 is 125460 mou, in small lake area it is 73742

mou, in big lake area it is 51718 mou.

Plan 2 has smallest area of land occupancy, in the big lake area the land

occupancy is same as that of Plan 1, in the small lake area the area is smaller than that

of Plan1 and more than that in Plan3. Total land occupancy area of Plan 1 is

equivalent to plan2, nevertheless, in the small lake area, the area is larger than that in

plan2 and plan3. In the big lake area of plan 3, the land occupancy area is far above

other two plans.

In three plans, it all adopts 2# reed field of the lake. The result of lake area model

simulation shows that, utilization of 2# reed field is very critical to improve hydraulic

power condition of whole lake, due to this consideration, in all plans, 2# reed field is

utilized.

2# reed field in the lake has minor impact to lake since it is separated from the

main lake area. Nevertheless, 1# lake area has great impact to the lake. It greatly

reduces the area of Wuliangsu Lake area, and wetland project scope is greatly

adjacent to core area and buffer area of the lake, and this is not in favor of protection

of core area.

According to viewpoint of land occupancy, plan 2 is optimal.

Table 7.5-2 Land occupancy area of three plans

Scope Plan 1( mou) Plan 2( mou) Plan 3( mou)

Small lake area 102589 95858 73742

Big lake area 14325 14325 51718

Total up 116914 110183 125460

Page 514: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Due to raised-level run of wetland of general drainage canal, in the periphery of

wetland it needs to be done by reverse osmosis treatment, and it may adopt two

methods. One method is to excavate the seepage interception ditch, and the other

method is to adopt vertical burying of plastics for reverse osmosis. Depth of seepage

interception ditch is about 3m and width 10m. Depth of vertical burying plastics is

about 5m. After computation, investment cost for applying seepage interception ditch

is about 400000RMB, while investment cost of vertical burying plastics is about

200000RMB. Furthermore, seepage interception ditch has great land occupancy area

and reduces farm land, as well as needs economic compensation. Seepage interception

ditch has fairly serious soil erosion and needs to be periodically dredged. Relatively

speaking, construction of vertical burying of plastics is simple with small land

occupancy and without subsequent issue. Thus it adopts the plastics vertical burying

method to prevent from seepage.

(2) Comparison on cleaning effect of wetland

Wetland elimination rate of three plans is respectively shown in Table 7.5-

3~Table 7.5-5. Data of the table is mean value. Wherein, Drainage canal 8 and

Drainage canal 9 do not have operation during freezing period.

Table 7.5-3 Plan 1: Elimination rate of pollutant of wetland

Wetland planNon-frozen season(%) Freezing season (%)

CODCr TN TP CODCr TN TP

General

drainage canal

wetland

79 71 84 32 15 10

Drainage canal

8 wetland78 73 80 - - -

Drainage canal

9 wetland75 71 80 - - -

Page 515: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Table 7.5-4 Plan 2: Elimination rate of pollutant of wetland

Wetland plan Non-frozen season (%) Freezing season (%)

CODCr TN TP CODCr TN TP

General

drainage canal

wetland

79 71 84 30 15 10

Drainage canal

8 wetland 70 69 75 - - -

Drainage canal

9 wetland 75 71 80 - - -

Table 7.5-5 Plan 3 Elimination rate of pollutant of wetland

Wetland planNon-frozen season (%) Freezing season (%)

CODCr TN TP CODCr TN TP

General

drainage canal

wetland

72 70 80 30 15 8

Drainage canal

8 wetland70 63 75 - - -

Drainage canal

9 wetland75 71 80 - - -

According to above table, design of plan 1 and plan 2 for wetland of general

drainage canal are consistent with same elimination effect. Elimination effect of plan

3 is slightly lower, because 1# wetland is in the lake and has not setup of diversion

dam, thus water current can easily incur short current and section current and cannot

comprehensively play the effect of space of wetland. As to Drainage canal 8, since it

has great land occupancy, elimination effect of plan 1 is best, and effect of plan 2 and

plan 3 is of the same. Design of three plans for Drainage canal 9 is consistent with

same elimination effect.

(3) Current situation of reed field and feasibility demonstration of utilization

Constructed wetland project of biological transitional area of Wuliangsu Lake

must integrate and utilize the existing reed field in the north and west part of lake

Page 516: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

area. Hetao Water Supply Group visited and surveyed 47 villager groups of 10

administrative villages of three farms (Xishanzui Farm, Xin’an farm, and military

area farm), and two towns (Xin’an Town, and Dashetai Town), the result showed that,

reed field of north part and north west part of lake area is difficult for utilization. The

utilization mode for reed field is most feasible, while the renting mode has the

problems of great cost and great difficulty. In plan 2 and plan 3, the reed field area of

wetland of drainage canal 8 is reduce, and it can also ensure the elimination rate of

pollutant, and thus can be regarded as preferred plan.

(4) Comparison on work volume and project difficulty

In Plan 1, area of reed field is biggest with biggest work volume. Drainage canal

8 adopts 5# and 6# reed fields, between them is Changji Channel, when water flows

into 6# reed field from 5# reed field it needs to be made by culvert pipe for passing

through Changji Channel, the work volume is increased, and construction difficulty is

also increased.

In Plan 2, the area of reed field is smallest. Drainage canal 8 only adopts 5# reed

field, Drainage canal 9 adopts 7# reed field, and at present in the rear pond of pump

station of No.8 and Drainage canal 9, it is set by drainage ditch for these two

wetlands. It can be utilized by making slight modification, and water current shall not

cross over Changji Channel. Since the area is small, the work volume of pond and

diversion dam in the wetland is also decreased.

Area of plan 3 is slightly larger than that of plan 1, nevertheless it adopts the reed

area of north side of big lake area, and the difficulty for excavation, dam building and

construction of diversion sluice in the lake area is far above that on the land. The main

issue is that, it occupies area of lake and reduces area of Wuliangsu Lake area,

periphery of wetland is adjacent to core area and buffer area, and this is not in favor of

environmental protection of core area and buffer area.

Work volume of three plans is shown in table below, according to Table 7.5-6,

work volume of plan 2 is smallest.

Page 517: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Table 7.5-6 Comparison on main work volumes of three plans

Description of works Plan 1 Plan 2 Plan 3

Coffer dam and dyke 91.2 km 81.6 km 85.8 km

Lift pump station 1set 1set 1set

Stabilization pond 124.3万m3 165.2 万m3 180.4万m3

Diversion dam 46.3 km 44.6 km 49.7 km

Diversion sluice 2sets 2sets 5sets

Effluent water gate 7sets 6sets 2sets

Ventilation water channel 16.8 km 18.8 km 18.8sets

Aerating pond 1set 1set 1set

Slope of soil and biological works 24 km 21 km 21 km

Vertical burying of plastics 70 km 70km 70 km

(5) Comparison on economy

Project cost of three plans is shown in Table 10.7-6, and it can be seen that plan 2

is most economic.

Table 7.5-7 Comparison on cost of three plans

Cost description Plan 1 Plan 2 Plan 3

Engineering cost (ten thousand Yuan) 14865.2 13044.19 13951.234

Engineering investment (ten thousand

Yuan)18889.8 16667.68 17783.83

(6) Integrated comparison

As shown in table 7.5-8, according to comprehensive comparison on land

Page 518: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

occupancy, cleaning effect, work volume and difficult extent, land occupancy

feasibility, and economy, etc., plan 2 is optimal.

Table 7.5-8 Integrated comparison on three plansDescription of

projectPlan 1 Plan 2 Plan 3

Land occupancy

total area is fairly great (116914

mou)

total area is minimum (110183

mou)

total area is maximum (125460

mou)

Small lake area (102589 mou) Small lake area 95858 mou Small lake area 73742 mou

Big lake area (14325 mou) Big lake area (14325 mou) Big lake area (51718 mou)

Max. occupancy of small lake

areaAppropriate

Biggest area of lake area

occupancy

Work volume Max. Min. Middle level

Construction

difficulty

The work in small lake with

water channel crossing over

Changji Channel, and difficulty is

slightly great

The work in small lake with

minimum difficulty

The work in lake area with

greatest difficulty of construction

Cleaning effectDuring Non-freezing period the

cleaning effect is best

Middle level, but during Non-

freezing period it can meet the

quality requirement of effluent

water.

worst effect

Investment

estimateMax. (188.898 million Yuan) Min. (166.6768 million Yuan)

Middle level (177.8383t million

Yuan)

Social and

environmental

impact

Max.; it involves most peasant

households with fairly great

conflict and compensation

Fairly small; 6# reed field shall

not be utilized, and this relieve

the social impact

The reed field area is minimum

in small lake, with minimum

social impact relatively,

nevertheless it has impact to core

area.

Impact to area of

lakeIt adopts the 2# reed field of lake It adopts the 2# reed field of lake

In addition to 2# reed field, it

additionally adopts 1# area of

lake, and this reduces area of

lake.

Page 519: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

7.5.2 Comparison and selection on execution plans of grid water

channel

7.5.2.1 Design plan on grid water channel system of lake area 1) Lake-entry location and flow setup plan of wetland According to lake-entry flow statistics and analysis of each drainage cannel of

lake area in recent years, the treated water quantity of each wetland plan is shown in Table 7.5-9.

Table 7.5-9 Designed treatment capacity of each wetland plan

Wetland plan Lake-entry flow (ten thousand m3/d)

May- Sep. Oct.- Nov. Dec. –Apr. of next year

Wetland plan 1

General

drainage canal150 250 73.3

Drainage

canal 810.7 38.3 /

Drainage

canal 95.87 28.0 /

Wetland plan 2

General

drainage canal150 250 73.3

Drainage

canal 810.7 38.3 /

Drainage

canal 95.87 28.0 /

Wetland plan 3

General

drainage canal150 250 73.3

Drainage

canal 810.7 38.3 /

Drainage

canal 95.87 28.0 /

2) Design plan of channel

In order to improve the flow status of lake area, and due to general consideration of factors of water channel treatment planning and core protection area, etc., as well as after repeated computation and test via hydraulic model, the design of water channel of lake area with relation to each wetland plan are shown in Table 7.5-10, Fig. 7.5-6 and Fig. 7.5-7.

Table 7.5-10 各Wetland plan 对应的湖区水道设计方案

Page 520: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Wetland plan

Drainage canal design Drainage canal design

Drainage canal

plan

Channel

bottom

width

(m)

Slope

(m)

Channel

length

(km)

Drainage

canal plan

Channel

width

(m)

Slope

(m)

Channel

length

(km)

Wetland plan 1Drainage canal

plan 145 1:6 40.0

Drainage

canal plan 110 1:2 99.30

Wetland plan 2Drainage canal

plan 145 1:6 40.0

Drainage

canal plan 210 1:2 100.0

Wetland plan 3Drainage canal

plan 145 1:6 40.0

Drainage

canal plan 310 1:2 68.20

Fig. 7.5-6 Layout plan of drainage canal

Page 521: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Drainage canal and drainage canal plan 1 Drainage canal and drainage canal plan 2

Drainage canal and drainage canal plan 3

(The broken line area is the buffer area and core area)

Page 522: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Fig. 7.5-7 Layout plan of drainage canal and branch canal

7.5.2.2 Flow field simulation and analysis of water channel system to lake area 1) Zero plan In the zero plan condition, the flow field simulation result of lake area is shown

in Fig. 7.5-8.

Fig. 7.5-8 Simulation result of flow field of lake area of current situation (no wind in

summer)

2) Plan 1The result of flow field simulation of lake area in plan 1 is shown in Fig. 7.5-9.

Page 523: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

No channel design Plan 1

Drainage canal design plan 1

Page 524: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Drainage canal+branch canal Plan 1

Fig. 7.5-9 Wetland plan 1: Simulation result of flow field of lake area (no wind in summer)

3) Plan 2

The result of flow field simulation of lake area in plan 2 is shown in Fig. 7.5-10.

Page 525: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

No channel design plan 2

Drainage canal design plan 2

Page 526: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Drainage canal+ branch canal design Plan 2

Fig. 7.5-10 Wetland plan 2: Simulation result of flow field of lake area (no wind in summer)

4) Plan 3

The result of flow field simulation of lake area in plan 3 is shown in Fig. 7.5-11.

Page 527: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

No-canal design plan 3

Page 528: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Drainage canal design plan 3

Drainage canal+ branch canal design Plan 3

Fig. 7.5-11 Wetland plan 3: Simulation result of flow field of lake area (southeaster in

summer)

5) Comparison on flow field simulation

According to above simulation results, the dead water area of lake area in three

plans are shown in Table 7.5-11.

Table 7.5-11 Dead water area of lake area in three plans

Wetland plan Water channel design planDead water area (Km2)

No wind in summer

Plan of current situation No 182.40

Wetland plan 1Drainage canal and drainage canal

plan 1147.55

Wetland plan 2Drainage canal and drainage canal

plan 2146.11

Wetland plan 3Drainage canal and drainage canal

plan 3142.52

Page 529: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

According to simulation result of flow field simulation of lake area of three plans and Table 7.5-11, the following conclusions can be made:

(1) Compared with zero plan of flow field with current situation, three diversion plans can apparently improve the flow status of reservoir area, and the dead water area of large area of Dongdatan water area, etc., is basically eliminated, under the non wind condition, the dead water area can be reduced by about 30-40 km2;

(2) It only dredges and extends the drainage canal, the flow speed of main flow area of south part of lake area is slightly increased, it has minor impact to flow status of north part and west part of lake area, and the improvement effect of integrity of lake area is limited.

(3) In the reed area of the lake, the water channel is dredged and extended, the drainage canal and branch canal are executed, dead water area of lake area is reduced by over 10 km2, main flow field of lake area is smoother, and integral flow status of lake is greatly improved.

(4) Dead water area of plan 1 is basically equivalent to that of plan 2, compared with plan 1, dead water area of plan 2 is reduced by 1.40 km2 without apparent difference. The dead water area of plan 3 is minimum, because the 1# area of lake area is occupied by wetland and lake area is accordingly reduced. According to viewpoint of optimization of flow field of lake area, plan 2 is optimal, and is related to water outlet plan of wetland.

8. Analysis on Environmental and Economic Loss and Profit

The integrated water environmental improvement works of Bayannur

Municipality with WB loan is important component of the infrastructure of the city,

which has far-reaching significance in improving the water environment of Bayannur

Municipality, dispatching water resources, maintaining the normal operation of urban

functions and promoting the harmonious development of the society, economy and

environment.

Page 530: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

8.1 Project Development Target and Impact Analysis

The development target and overall impact of the project are included in Table

8.1-1.

Table 8.1-1 Development Target and Overall Impact of the Project

Development target of the project Predicted project impact

Reclaimed water supply works, sewage treatment and

recycling works of processing park and sea area

treatment works of Wuliangsu Lake will cut off the

pollutants discharged into the lake, alleviate the

deterioration trend of water environment of

Wuliangsu Lake, and provide necessary urban

environment and infrastructure for the development of

Bayannur Municipality and finally support the

sustained development of economy from the

environment

Dispatch water resources, improve utilization rate of

water resources

Cut off pollutant, improve the quality of water

environment

Improve the water circulation of lake, strengthen the

self-purifying capability of lake, and retard the

process of paludification

Improve water environment and quality of Wuliangsu

Lake, and protect the safety of ecological water

environment of the Yellow River

8.2 Economic Benefits

(1) Economic Benefits of Reclaimed Water Supply Works

The unit water sale price of different reclaimed water supply works of the project

is calculated with VAT, urban maintenance & construction tax, additive education fee

and others expenses plus proper profits on the basis of total costs. The reclaimed

water supply works can realize annual average operating incomes of RMB79.7525

million & total annual average profits of RMB19.3925 million after completed.

Financial analysis reveals that the net profit rate of all the investments of various

reclaimed water supply works is 5.16% on average, the period of the returns on

investment is 12.9-13.32 years, various financial indicators are predicted as good and

the balance point of profit and loss is safe. It proves that the project still has some

economic benefits from the angle of financial evaluation although the project is urban

infrastructure.

(2) Economic Benefits of Sewage Treatment and Recycling Works of Processing

Park

According to Interim Regulations on the Charges for Drainage Facilities of the

Ministry of Construction, with reference to the experiences of relevant cities, in

Page 531: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

combination with the practical situation of this works, the collection of the charges for

disposing pollutants enables this works to realize some economic benefits. The

sewage treatment and recycling works of processing park of the project can realize

annual average operating incomes of RMB61.612 million, and total annual average

profits of RMB18.032 after completed. The financial analysis shows that the net profit

ratio of all investments of sewage treatment and recycling works of processing park is

5.20% on average, and the period of investment recovery is 14.21 years. Various

financial indicators are predicted as good and the balance point of profit and loss is

safe. It proves that the project still has some economic benefits from the angle of

financial evaluation although the project is urban infrastructure.

Indirect economic benefits of the investment of the sewage treatment and

recycling works of processing park are also obvious, and mainly realized via less

economic loss of the society produced by emission reduction of pollutants, with main

forms as follows:

① Industrial Enterprises

Additional investments and operation managing expenses of the industrial

enterprises for scattered in-depth sewage treatment can be reduced and the

environmental protection burden of enterprises can be alleviated; and project

construction includes domestic sewage disposal system in service area and as a result,

the project will exert the large-scale and low-cost advantages of the whole works,

reduce sewage disposal construction cost of individual enterprise and promote the

construction and development of the enterprise in processing park after completed.

② Agriculture

After the project is implemented, the waste water of sewage disposal plant is

used in industrial enterprises of processing park after in-depth treatment. As a result,

the project can save water resources and adjust the conflict between industrial water

consumption and agricultural water consumption.

③ Personal Health

The project can improve the water quality of the general trunk channel and

Wuliangsu Lake, boost up local sanitation conditions, reduce the morbidity of

Page 532: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

diseases, cut off medical care and service expenses, and promote the labor

productivity after completed.

The sewage treatment and recycling works of processing park, important

component of urban infrastructure is one public welfare project protecting the

environment and benefiting the people. Direct and indirect economic benefits of the

project are very obvious. It can improve water quality of trunk channels and

Wuliangsu Lake, the water environment status of the project area and the investment

environment of Bayannur Municipality, and promote the land value increment of

potential area. Therefore, the implementation of the project has certain benefits for

national economy, and plays an important role in improving water environment

quality of Bayannur Municipality and promoting harmonious development of society,

economy and environment.

(3) Economic Benefits of Sea Area Works of Wuliangsu Lake

The economic benefit of the sea area works of Wuliangsu Lake is realized

mainly through the incomes of the reed industry, fishery and tourism of artificial

wetland works of Wuliangsu Lake:

In virtue of reed land of artificial wetland, annual reed output can increase from

120,000t to 150,000t, and as per RMB150 unit price, additional RMB4.5 million

incomes can be created; the fish culture in stabilization pond of artificial wetland can

add breeding area of 1000mu and create an additional output of 1000t, and as per

RMB5000/t unit price, RMB7.5 million can be created; and the improvement of

ecological environment of the wetland of Wuliangsu Lake could provide better

conditions for ecologic tourism. It’s predicted that the area can accommodate 100,000

tourists/time, and realize annual operating income of RMB35 million and annual

average after-tax profits of about RMB14 million. Therefore, sea area treatment works

of Wuliangsu Lake has good economic benefits.

The construction of artificial wetland works can obviously improve water quality

and eutrophication of the whole Wuliangsu Lake. Sewage flows into the lake after

wetland treatment and is able to improve water quality by one grade. Inlet water

Page 533: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

quality of wetland in summer is Cat-IV or better Cat-IV by and large. In frozen

season, the pollutant in water is largely cut off. Sea area grid works can obviously

improve the self-purifying capability and environment capacity of Wuliangsu Lake.

Artificial wetland and sea area grid works can greatly reduce the probability of the

pollution accident of Wuliangsu Lake and the Yellow River, avoid the direct and

indirect loss of the accident, and cut off pollution treatment expenses of the accident.

8.3 Social Benefits

The project as urban infrastructure construction project will improve urban

infrastructure level, better the quality of regional water environment and play a key

role in beautifying the city after completed. Moreover, the construction of the project

will improve investment environment, facilitate foreign investment, and play active

role in promoting sustainable development of the economy.

The reclaimed water supply works can adjust water resources, alleviate the water

consumption conflict between industry and agriculture, inconsistency of the demand

and inadequate water supply of processing park, improve the investment environment

of the processing park, and ensure the sustainable development of processing park as

per the overall planning after completed.

The sewage treatment and recycling works will improve the surface water

quality of the trunk channels and Wuliangsu Lake, avoid or reduce the loss of industry

& agriculture caused by sewage and play important role in preventing various

infectious and common diseases and bettering people’s health after completed.

In the implementation of the integrated sea area improvement works of

Wuliangsu Lake, the construction of artificial wetland will cut off surface source

pollution of agriculture, improve water environment quality, and promote the growth

of fish culture and reed output, and increase the work opportunities and incomes of

residents; the control demonstration and popularization project of surface pollution

source can promote the agricultural development of the valley of Wuliangsu Lake,

improve agricultural incomes and maintain local living habit; grid waterway works

Page 534: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

will improve water circulation of the lake, and strengthen self-purifying capability of

lake, retard paludification, and protect and restore unique biologic value of Wuliangsu

Lake. Therefore, the implementation of the works can not only improve the water

environment quality of Wuliangsu Lake, protect the safety of water biologic

environment of the Yellow River, but also boost up the living level of local people,

and help the people live in peace and contentment, and maintain the stability of the

society.

8.4 Environmental Benefits

The project, key public-welfare infrastructure for maintaining sustainable

development of economy, protecting water resources and preventing the water

pollution, is the construction project improving ecologic environment, ensuring the

health of people and benefiting society. The environmental benefits of the project are

as follows:

8.4.1 Improving Hydraulic Conditions of Sea Area

At present, reed grows widespread in Wuliangsu Lake. Especially in the

northwest of the sea area, reed nearly covers the lake besides the open water surface

in Xidatan. With the prevalence of reeds and increase of water flow resistance, large-

size backwater area shapes in reed growing part. Simulated results prove that the

water flow is weak in lake under the impact of incoming and outcoming flow. Besides

3mm/s-8 mm/s flowing speed in main flow area, a flowing speed of 1mm/s-1cm/s

exists in most water areas. The backwater area in existence causes unsmooth water

flow and bad water exchange conditions, and tends to create anaerobic and anoxic

environments. As result, the organic substance is fermented, and lake water smells

unfavorably.

With the implementation of grid waterway works of Wuliangsu Lake, water flow

condition of sea area is obviously improved. The main flow area of lake is smoother.

Especially, the large-size backwater area in Dongdatan and other parts is eliminated

by and large. In no-wind conditions, the size of backwater area can decline by 30-40

Page 535: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

km2. The whole hydraulic conditions of the lake are largely improved.

8.4.2 Cutting off Pollutants

The reclaimed water supply works is able to reasonably dispatch water resources,

improve utilization rate of water resources, reduce the exploitation of underground

water resources by 51.024 million m3, protect underground water resources, alleviate

the continuous decline of underground water level, and prevent the expansion of

funnel area, reduce the emission of CODcr, BOD and ammonia nitrogen by 2847.0t/a,

BOD 1335.9 t/a & 491.29t/a respectively, and improve the regional ecologic

environment.

Sewage treatment and recycling works of processing park can improve the

degree of industrial wastewater treatment as well as sewage recycling rate, better the

present water quality of the trunk channels and Wuliangsu Lake, and reduce or avoid

the economic loss caused by sewage emission to industrial and agricultural

production. The swage treatment and recycling works of the project can save water

resources by about 22.63 million m3/a if 80,000m3/d sewage treatment capability and

64,000t/d reclaimed water calculated, reduce pollutant emission of the valley i.e.

CODcr by 10950.0t/a, BODcr by 6022.5t/a, ammonia nitrogen by 730.0t/a, and play

significant role in cutting off the total pollutant emission of the region after

completed.

After completed, ecologic-transitional-belt artificial wetland of Wuliangsu Lake

can reduce surface source pollutant of agriculture, cut off CODCr, TN and TP by

9781.19 t/a, 1990.57t/a and 299.24t/a respectively through its treatment, and largely

improve the quality of water flowing into the lake. In summer, outlet water quality of

wetland is Cat-IV or better than Cat-IV by and large. In frozen season, the pollutant in

water is largely cut off as well. It plays significant role in gradually improving

eutrophication status of sea area, boosting water quality of lake area, and bettering

water environment.

8.4.3 Improving Water Quality of Sea Area of Wuliangsu Lake

Page 536: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

The grid waterway system will improve water quality of sea area by itself after

implemented. Because the hydraulic conditions are improved and water exchange is

strengthened after the implementation of trunk and branch canal waterway system, the

isotropic function of quality of water system is reinforced and overall water quality of

lake area is improved. In non-frozen period, Cat-V water area with organic substance

declines by 17 km2, and water area better than Cat-IV increases by 8%, and the Cat-IV

water area increase by about 3%; the inferior Cat-V water area with TN decreases by

14.2 km2, and Cat-IV water area increases by about 6.1 km2; better Cat-IV water area

with TP increases by 8.2 km2, and Cat-IV water area decreases by about 12 km2.

The most important function of sea-area grid waterway for water quality

improvement is the optimal configuration of water outlet position and quantity of

artificial wetland. After grid waterway reasonably configures wetland outlet position

and quantity, COD concentration of the lake is largely improved. In the frozen period,

inferior Cat-V water area decreases by about 123 km2. In non-frozen period, COD

concentration largely declines, and inferior Cat-V water area is nearly eliminated in

the whole lake, Cat-V water area is 100-127 km2, Cat-IV water area is 86-98 km2,

Cat-III water area reaches 26-41 km2. In frozen period of the lake, inferior Cat-V

water area with TN decreases by about 25-40 km2, Cat-IV water area increases by 28-

50 km2; and in non-frozen period, TN improvement effect is obvious. Inferior Cat-V

water area decreases by 101-120 km2. In frozen period of the lake, better Cat-III water

area with TP increases by about 18-55 km2; and in non-frozen period, TP

improvement effect is obvious as well. In the whole lake, lower-than-Cat-V water area

is eliminated by and large. Inferior Cat-III water area increases by 90-110 km2.

9. Public Participation and Information Disclosure

9.1 Goal of Public Participation

Page 537: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

(1) To investigate and visit general public affected by the project environment;

strengthen the bilateral conmmunication between construction project and the public;

understand support level and suggestions of the public to the construction project,

such as environmental protection measures; potect residents affected by the

construction project from harmless impacts; and reduce environment disputes caused

by the construction project after project operating.

(2) To introduce related situation of the project to the public; collect feedback, in

order to find existing problems; provide related remedial measures and suggestions;

draw the whole society’s attention to environment protection industry; improve

environment rationality and society acceptability of the project; and provide decision-

making suggestions and action basis for environment protection departments and

construction unit.

(3) To publicize policies of environment protection; increase degree of openness

of environment pollution and administration, ecology damage and protection; and at

the same time, increase environment protection awareness of the public around the

project, so that the public could know and participate in the policy decision of

environment impacts.

9.2 Mode of Public Participation

This project is a socially useful project of environment protection. It consists of 9

subprojects, distributed in 5 counties of Bayannur. It has a wide area of evaluation. To

fully understand opinions and attitude on subprojects and the lead project of people

living around subprojects, and provide basis for decision making of project

examination and approval, according to the requirements of Law of the Peoples

Republic of China on Evaluation of Environmental Effects and Safeguard Policies of

the World Bank(OP4.01), this project has 2 turns of public participation.

The first turn is in the preparation stage of the project. We ask for opinions,

suggestions and requirements from the public, especially the group directly affected

by this project, mainly through publishing related information on website and

Page 538: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

newspaper, posting official notice, giving out personal and group questionnaires,

asking for advices from experts and officials, and other methods. Environment

evaluation unit, project organization unit and representative of residents negotiate

about central issues rose by the public, and put the solutions into the report.

The second turn is in the completion stage of first draft of report. We ask for

advices from villager representative, enterprise representative, environment protection

expert and officials; communicate about central issues and mitigating measures

concerned by the public in the first turn of public participation, and put into the report;

and promise to the public and accept supervision of the public.

9.3 Media Announcement-Direct Information Feedback

According to related regulations of Regulation for Public Participation in the

Environmental Impact Assessment (State Environmental Protection Administration

2006 No.[28]), environment impact evaluation information is published to the public

for 2 times in the preparation stage of evaluation report.

(1) The first information publishment: During the beginning stage of the

environment impact evaluation, engineering content of the project is informed to the

public, to allow them to have an elementary understanding.

(2) The second information publishment: After the completion of conclution of

evaluation report, the conclution shall be included in the evaluation report. The public

is allowed to have a clear understanding of environment impact of the construction

project through Internet, newspaper, questionnaire and other methods.

9.3.1 Time and Details of the First Media Annoucement

The first media announcement of this project was made on Inner Mongolia

Channel of xinghuanet.com (URL:

http://www.nmg.xinhuanet.com/nmgwq/2009-11/26/content_18341728.htm ) on

Page 539: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

November 26th 2009 and Bayannur Daily on November 26th 2009. The

announcement mainly includes the followings:

(1) Name and summary of the construction project;

(2) Possible impacts to the environment;

(3) Protection policies of environment impacts;

(4) Working procedures and main content of environment impact evaluation;

(5) Name and contact information of construction unit and environment evaluation

unit; and

(6) Range and main items when asking for the public’s advices.

Website screenshot of the first media announcement is shown in Figure 9.3-1. See the

announcement published on Bayannur Daily in attachment.

Figure 9.3-1 The first announcement of the project

9.3.2 Time and Details of the Second Media Annoucement

The second media announcement of the project will be made by the end of 2010

after the completion of the first draft of Environment Impact Evaluation Report, to ask

Page 540: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

for advices from the public and provide abridged edition of Environment Impact

Evaluation Report. For simplified edition of EIA Report, please visit

http://58.18.55.42:8888/sw/show.asp?id=793. This announcement mainly includes the

followings:

(1) Name and summary of the construction project;

(2) Possible impacts of the construction project to the environment and environment

protection measures;

(3) Main conclution of Environment Impact Evaluation Report of the project;

(4) Name and contact information of construction unit and environment evaluation

unit; and

(5) Range and main items when asking for the public’s advices.

9.3.3 Summany

During the publishment of the two times announcement, construction unit,

environment impact evaluation unit and local related departments didn’t receive any

call, letter or visit from local people and groups. Therefore, we can think that local

people and groups are not against the construction of the project. The environment

impact evaluation accepts this conclusion.

9.4 Results and Conclusion of Questionaires

The public shall participate in the investigation according to the following

principles:

(1) The interviewee is a volunteer;

(2) The investigation sample is general, typical and scientific;

(3) The investigation shall be based on facts, and could introduce general

information and possible environment impacts during the construction and operation

to the interviewees faithfully; and

(4) Statistics and subtotal shall show opinions, suggestions and requirements of

the interviewees practically.

Page 541: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Public participation of investigation mainly includes: informing the interviewees

environment problems caused by construction and operation of the project; conclusion

of initial analysis of environment impact evaluation; planned measures to reduce

environment impacts, results and other public concerned problems; whether the

interviewees understand and support the construction project; related suggestions and

requirements; etc. Therefore, we designed an investigation form, and introduced the

general information to the interviewees in writing form. The recovery percent of

investigation form is above 95%.

The interviewees are villagers living around the planned project location,

representatives of nearby enterprises, related experts, related enterprises,

representatives of related administration departments, etc.

9.4.1 Results and Conclusion of Individual Questionaires

The environment impact evaluation unit gave out questionnaires to people living

around 9 construction sites of the project from November 17th 2009 to November

22th 2009. (See details of investigation form form in attachement.) Totally 305

questionnaires were given out and 305 were recovered. The recovery percent was

100%. See interviewee and number in Table 9.4-1.

Table9.4-1 Number of Interviewees in the projects

No

.Project Name Announcement Publishing and Investigation Sites

Number of

Interviewee

s

Proportion

%

1

Water Supply

Project of

Wulatehouqi

Industry Park

Animal product team, Red Flag Village, Green Mountain

Town, Wulatehouqi; Group 1, Big Tree, Huhe Town; Group

1 of Inner Mongolia Union; Staff of Green Mountain

Industry Park

36 11.8

2

Water Supply

Project of

Ganqimaodu

Port Processing

Park

Sheep Sea Farm of Bayannur, Sheep Sea Plant 1 18 5.9

3

Sanpaigan

Recycled Water

Supply Project

Raising Community, Big Tree Bay Village, Hanghoushankan

Townl; Staff of Hangjinhouxi Dashun Industry Park 33 10.8

4 Qipaigan 5-Star Team 1 and team 3 of Longxingchang Town; Group 1, 36 11.8

Page 542: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Recycled Water

Supply ProjectOld City, Longxingchang Town

5

Sewage

Disposal Project

of Wulatehouqi

Industry Park

Staff of Green Mountain Industry Park; Agricuture team,

Red Flag Village, Green Mountain Town, Wulatehouqi;

Group 1, Big Tree, Huhe Town; Group 1 of Inner Mongolia

Union

37 12.1

6

Sewage

Recycling

Project of

Ganqimaodu

Port

Siyitang, Lingshan Town, Wulatezhongqi 19 6.2

7

Sewage

Recycling

Project of

Wulateqianqi

Industry Park

Wulashan Town, Wulateqianqi; Group 8, Xingzhong,

Shaqitan Village, Hieliuzi Town; Bayannur Steel Reduced

Iron LLC

35 11.5

8

Wuliangsuhai

Comprehensive

Project

Wuliangsuhai Fish Field 3, Wuliangsuhai Fish Field 5, Xinan

Village 8, Yangfangzi Village in Xinan Town, Guangyi

Station in Dayutai Town; Mapuzi Village in Dayutai Town

91 29.8

Total 305 100

This investigation on public responses is required to cover all kinds of occupations,

education and ages, to show opinions and suggestions from people of different levels to the

construction of the project. See the site pictures in Figure 9.4-1. As different construction sites are

far from each other, questionnaires for water supply and sewage disposal were given out

independently. Wuliangsuhai Garden Gridding Channel Project and Wuliangsuhai Man-made

Humid Land Project in bio-transitional Zone are combined as Wuliangsuhai Comprehensive

Project for questionnaires.

Page 543: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Figure 9.4-1 Site Photos of Public Questionaire

9.4.1.1 Water Supply Project Questiohnaire Survey of Wulatehouqi Industry

Park

1) Statistical analysis of questionnaire interviewees

In this project questionnaire, totally 36 individual questionnaire forms were

given out. 36 were recovered. The recovery pencent was 100%. See statistics of

interviewees in Table 9.4-2.

Table 9.4-2 List of Interviewees

ItemsSex Age

Male Femal 18~30 31~40 41~50 >50

Number 27 9 7 7 12 10

Proportion% 75.0 25.0 19 19 34 28

Items

Education

Junior College

and above

Senior Middle School

and Technical Secondary

School

Junior

Middle

School

Primary

SchoolNot filled

Number 7 4 10 11 4

Proportion

%19 11 28 31 11

ItemsOccupation

Worker Farmer Cadre Others Not filled

Number 11 24 0 0 1

Proportion

%31 67 0 0 2

From the above statistics, we can see that areas around this project are mainly

agriculture areas. Local residents have different education background. 59% have

junior middle school and primary school education. Interviewees are mainly workers

Page 544: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

and farmers around Wulatehouqi Industry Park. It accords with the real situation of

local people.

2) Statistical analysis of Questionnaire Results

See Questionnaire statistic results of this project in Table 9.4-3.

Table 9.4-3 Questionnaire Survey Statistical Form of the Project

No. Investigation content Options

Numbe

r of

people

Proportion

(%)

1

1. Are you satisfied with current living environment quality?

A. Very satisfied 24 66.7

B. Relatively satisfied 9 25.0

C. Dissatisfied 3 8.3

D. No idea 0 0

2

Are you understanding / aware of this project?

A. Do not know 4 11.1

B. Know a little 22 61.1

C. Know nothing 10 27.8

3

What do you think of the biggest problem presently affecting the environmental quality?

A. Air pollution 22 61.1

B. Water environment pollution 18 50.0

C. Noise 3 8.3

D. Solid waste 9 25.0

E. Not clear 19 52.8

A. Air pollution 1 2.8

4

What do you think of

the project’s

improvement to the

development of local

economy?

A. Great 28 77.8

B. General 5 13.9

C. No impact 1 2.8

D. Not clear 2 5.6

5

What do you think of

the function of this

project to

comprehensive

administration of

regional environment?

A. Great 28 77.8

B. General 3 8.3

C. No impact 1 2.8

D. Not clear 4 11.1

6

What impact do you

think this project have

on your life, study,

work and

entertainment?

A.Good impact 11 30.6

B.Little impact 21 58.3

C.Bad impact 1 2.8

D.No impact 3 8.3

7 The environmental

impact of this project is

mainly in the

A. Construction dust 16 44.4

B. Domestic waste and waste water during Construction

14 38.9

Page 545: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

construction phase,

what do you think of

the biggest negative

C.Construction noise 7 19.4

D . Damages to existing vegetation and habitats

16 44.4

E.Others 2 5.6

8

What do you think of

the biggest negative

impact on environment

during the operation of

this project?

A.Foul smell in the recycled water plant 13 36.1

B.Noise of water intake pump station 10 27.8

C . Domestic garbage and other solid wastes

in the plant10 27.8

D. Others 10 27.8

9

What problem do you

think should be solved

by the environment

evaluation?

A. Air pollution 21 58.3

B.Water environment pollution 22 61.1

C.Noise 10 27..8

D.Solid waste 8 22.2

E.Ecological environment 17 47.2

F.Not clear 1 2.8

10

Based on above, what is your overall attitude to this project?

A. Support 34 94.4

B. Do not support 0 0

C. No opinion 2 5.6

11

Do you have any

suggestions and

requirements on

environment protection

of this project?

None

(1) Most people are very satisfied with current living environment quality. 72%

of interviewees know the project well or know a little. We can see that publicity of the

project has some impact in the local area. It is widely spread.

(2) Most people in the investigated group think that the biggest problems

presently affecting the environmental quality are air pollution, water environment

pollution and damage of ecological environment. Most people think construction of

the project has positive function to the development of local economy and

improvement of environmental quality. 89% of people think this project has good

impact or no impact on their daily life.

(3) The public thinks that the main environmental problems caused by

construction of this project include construction dust (44%) , domestic waste and

Page 546: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

waste water during construction(39%), construction noise(19%)and damages to

existing vegetation and habitats (44%). The main environmental problems caused

by operation of this project include foul smell in the recycled water plant (36%),

noise of Water Intake Pump Station(28%)and Domestic garbage and other solid

wastes in the plant ( 28% ) . During the implementation of this project, these

problems should be considered, and effectively controlled and dealed with.

(4) The public thinks that problems that should be solved by the environment

evaluation include Water environment pollution ( 61% ) , air pollution ( 58% ) ,

ecological environment(47%), noise(28%)and solid waste(22%). Therefore,

the above suggestions of the publis should be considered during the environmental

evaluation of this project.

(5) In the investigated group, 94% support the construction of this project. No

one is against the construction of this project. 6% shows no opinion. Therefore, it is

adviced to make further explanation to the project to some people, help them have a

better understanding to the project and take their suggestions as reference.

9.4.1.2 Water Supply Project Questionnaire of Ganqimaodu Port Park

1) Statistical analysis of questionnaire interviewees

In this project questionnaire, totally 18 individual questionnaire forms were

given out. 18 were recovered. The recovery pencent was 100%. See statistics of

interviewees in Table 9.4-4.

Table 9.4-4 List of interviewees

ItemsSex Age

Male Femal 18~30 31~40 41~50 >50

Page 547: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Number 11 7 0 8 8 2

Proportion

%61 39 0 44 44 12

Items

Education

Junior College

and above

Senior Middle School

and Technical

Secondary School

Junior

Middle

School

Primary

SchoolNot filled

Number 2 4 5 4 3

Percentag% 11 22 28 22 16.7

ItemsOccupation

Worker Farmer Cadre Others Not filled

Number 3 13 1 1 0

Percentag% 16 72 6 6 0

From the above statistics, we can see that areas around this project are mainly

agriculture areas. Local residents have different education background. 50% have

junior middle school and primary school education. Interviewees are mainly workers

and farmers living around the project. It accords with the real situation of local

people.

2) Statistical analysis of Questionnaire Results

See questionaire statistic results of this project in Table 9.4-5.

Table 9.4-5 Questionnaire Survey Statistical Form of the Project

No.Investigation

contentOptions

Number

of

people

Proportion

(%)

1

Are you satisfied with current living environment quality?

A. Very satisfied 3 16.7

B. Relatively satisfied 11 61.1

C. Dissatisfied 2 11.1

D. No idea 2 11.1

2

Are you understanding / aware of this project?

A. Do not know 3 16.7

B. Know a little 5 27.8

C. Know nothing 10 55.6

3

What do you think of the biggest problem presently affecting the environmental quality?

A. Air pollution 1 5.6

B. Water environment pollution 14 77.8

C. Noise 0 0

D. Solid waste 0 0

E. Not clear 1 5.6

A. Air pollution 2 11.1

4 What do you think of A. Great 8 44.4

Page 548: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

the project’s

improvement to the

development of local

economy?

B. General 5 27.8

C. No impact 0 0

D. Not clear 5 27.8

5

What do you think of

the function of this

project to

comprehensive

administration of

regional

environment?

A. Great 4 22.2

B. General 3 16.7

C. No impact 4 22.2

D. Not clear 7 38.9

6

What impact do you

think this project

have on your life,

study, work and

entertainment?

A.Good impact 3 16.7

B.Little impact 12 66.7

C.Bad impact 1 5.6

D.No impact 2 11.1

7

The environmental

impact of this project

is mainly in the

construction phase,

what do you think of

the bigest negative

impact on the

environment during

construction?

A. Construction dust 4 22.2

B. Domestic waste and waste water during Construction

14 77.8

C.Construction noise 0 0

D . Damages to existing vegetation and habitats

0 0

E.Others 2 11.1

8

What do you think of

the biggest negative

impact on

environment during

the operation of this

project?

A.Foul smell in the recycled water plant 11 61.1

B.Noise of Water Intake Pump Station 3 16.7

C.Domestic garbage and other solid wastes in

the plant3 16.7

D. Others 4 22.2

9

What do you think of the biggest problem presently affecting the environmental quality?

A. Air pollution 2 11.1

B.Water environment pollution 15 83.3

C.Noise 0 0

D.Solid waste 0 0

E.Ecological environment 1 5.6

F.Not clear 2 11.1

10

What is your attitude if the project needs to expropriate part of land?

A. Support 2 11.1

B. Do not support 13 72.2

C. No opinion 3 16.7

11 Based on above, A. Support 12 66.7

Page 549: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

what is your overall attitude to this project?

B. Do not support 0 0

C. No opinion 6 33.3

12

Do you have any

suggestions and

requirements if the

construction of this

project needs you to

move and expropriate

your land?

None

13

Do you have any

suggestions and

requirements on

environment

protection of this

project?

None

Statistical results of questionnaire show that:

(1) Most people are very satisfied with current living environment quality. 44%

of interviewees know the project well or know a little. 56% know nothing about the

project. We can see that we should strengthen the publicity of this project in the local

areas, so that more people will provide opinions and suggestions for the project.

(2) In the investigated group, 78% of people think that the biggest problem

presently affecting the environmental quality is water environment pollution. 44% of

people think that the construction of the project can develop local economy. 28% are

not clear. 39% of people think that the project has positive function to the

improvement of local environmental quality. 22% of people think that it has no

impact. 39% of people are not clear. 83% of people think that this project has good

impact or no impact on their daily life.

(3) The public thinks that the main environmental problems caused by

construction of this project include domestic waste and waste water during

construction ( 78% ) and construction dust ( 22% ) . The main environmental

problems caused by operation of this project include foul smell in the recycled water

plant (61%) , noise of water intake pump station (17%)and domestic garbage

Page 550: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

and other solid wastes in the plant ( 17% ) . During the implementation of this

project, these problems should be considered, and effectively controlled and dealed

with.

(4) The public thinks that problems that should be solved by the environment

evaluation include water environment pollution(83%), air pollution(11%) and

ecological environment(6%). When asked for opinions on expropriating their land,

11% of people accept to be expropriated according to related policies. 72% of people

agree to push for reasonable compensation. 17% are not willing to be expropriated.

Therefore, the above suggestions of the public should be considered during the

environmental evaluation of this project.

(5) In the investigated group, 67% support the construction of this project. No

one is against the construction of this project. 33% show no opinion. Therefore, it is

adviced to make further explanation to the project to some people, help them have a

better understanding to the project and take their suggestions as reference.

9.4.1.3 Recycled Water Supply Project Questiohnaire Survey of Sanpaigan

1) Statistical analysis of questionnaire interviewees

In this project questionnaire, totally 33 individual questionnaire forms were

given out. 33 were recovered. The recovery pencent was 100%. See statistics of

interviewees in Table 9.4-6.

Table 9.4-6 List of Interviewees

ItemsSex Age

Male Femal 18~30 31~40 41~50 >50

Number 22 11 6 13 7 7

Proportion

%67 33 19 39 21 21

Items

Education

Junior College

and above

Senior Middle School

and Technical

Secondary School

Junior

Middle

School

Primary

SchoolNot filled

Number 10 7 8 7 1

Page 551: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Proportion

%30 21 25 21 3

ItemsOccupation

Worker Farmer Cadre Others Not filled

Number 3 21 3 2 4

Proportion

%9 64 9 6 12

From the above statistics, we can see that areas around this project are mainly

agriculture areas. Local residents have different education background. 46% have

junior middle school and primary school education. It accords with the real situation

of local people.

3) Statistical analysis of Questionnaire Results

See questionaire statistic results of this project in Table 9.4-7.

Table 9.4-7 Questionnaire Survey Statistical Form of the Project

No. Investigation OptionsNumbe

r

Proportion

%

1

Are you satisfied

with current living

environment quality?

A.Very satisfied 3 9.1

B.Relatively satisfied 12 36.4

C.Dissatisfied 17 51.5

D.No idea 1 3.0

2

Are you

understanding /

aware of this project?

A. Do not know 2 6.1

B. Know a little 21 63.6

C. Know nothing 10 30.3

3

What do you think of

the biggest problem

presently affecting

the environmental

quality?

A. Air pollution 18 54.5

B.Water environment pollution 21 72.7

C.Noise 1 3.0

D.Solid waste 3 9.1

E.Ecological environment 6 18.2

F.Not clear 4 12.1

4

What do you think of

the project’s

improvement to the

development of local

economy?

A. Great 13 39.4

B. General 14 42.4

C. No impact 1 3.0

D.Not clear 5 15.2

5 What do you think of

the function of this

project to

comprehensive

administration of

A. Great 11 33.3

B. General 16 48.5

C. No impact 2 6.1

D.Not clear 4 12.1

Page 552: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

regional

6

What impact do you

think this project

have on your life,

study, work and

entertainment?

A.Good impact 9 27.3

B.Little impact 13 39.4

C.Bad impact 0 0

D.No impact 11 33.3

7

The environmental

impact of this project

is mainly in the

construction phase,

what do you think of

the bigest negative

impact on the

environment during

construction?

A.Construction dust 14 42.4

B . Domestic waste and waste water during

Construction7 21.2

C.Construction noise 13 39.4

D . Damages to existing vegetation and

habitats 7 21.2

E.Others 7 21.2

8

What do you think of

the biggest negative

impact on

environment during

the operation of this

project?

A.Foul smell in the recycled water plant 14 42.4

B.Noise of Water Intake Pump Station 1 3.0

C.Domestic garbage and other solid wastes

in the plant5 15.2

D. Others 16 48.9

9

What do you think of the biggest problem presently affecting the environmental quality?

A. Air pollution 11 33.3

B.Water environment pollution 19 57.6

C.Noise 4 12.1

D.Solid waste 1 3.0

E.Ecological environment 4 12.1

F.Not clear 8 24.2

10

What is your attitude

if the project needs to

expropriate part of

land?

A.To handle it by policy 19 57.6

B.To push for reasonable compensation 14 42.4

C.Not willing to be expropriated 0 0

11

Based on above,

what is your overall

attitude to this

project?

A. Support 31 93.9

B. Do not support 0 0

C. No opinion 2 6.1

12

Do you have any

suggestions and

requirements if the

construction of this

project needs you to

move and expropriate

your land?

1. Reasonable remedies

2. According to the normal procedures and requirements of project in the

area. Implemented according to land expropriating program.

Page 553: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

13

Do you have any

suggestions and

requirements on

environment

protection of this

project?

Make sure that everything is perfect. Good for comprehensive treatment of

water environment in our area. Create better conditions for the

improvement of living environment and entering of foreign enterprises.

Statistical results of questionnaire show that:

(1) In the invested group, 46% are very satisfied or relatively satisfied with

current living environment quality. 52% are dissatisfied. 70% of interviewees know

the project well or know a little. We can see that publicity of the project has some

impact in the local area. It is widely spread.

(2) In the investigated group, most people think that the biggest problems

presently affecting the environmental quality are air pollution, water environment

pollution and damage to ecological environment. 82% of people think that the

construction of the project has positive impact on the development of local economy

and improvement of local environmental quality. Most people think that this project

has good impact or no impact on their daily life.

(3) The public thinks that the main environmental problems caused by

construction of this project include construction dust (42%) , domestic waste and

waste water during construction(21%), construction noise(39%)and damages to

existing vegetation and habitats (21%). The main environmental problems caused

by operation of this project include foul smell in the recycled water plant (42%),

domestic garbage and other solid wastes in the plant ( 15% ) and noise of water

intake pump station ( 3% ) . During the implementation of this project, these

problems should be considered, and effectively controlled and dealed with.

Page 554: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

(4) The public thinks that problems that should be solved by the environment

evaluation include water environment pollution ( 58% ) , air pollution ( 33% ) ,

noise (12%) , ecological environment (12%)and solid waste (3%) . When

asked for opinions on expropriating their land, 58% of people accept to be

expropriated according to related policies. 42% of people agree to push for reasonable

compensation. Nobody is not willing to be expropriated. Therefore, the above

suggestions of the public should be considered during the environmental evaluation of

this project.

(5) In the investigated group, 94% support the construction of this project. No

one is against the construction of this project. 6% show no opinion. Therefore, it is

adviced to make further explanation to the project to some people, help them have a

better understanding to the project and take their suggestions as reference.

9.4.1.4 Recycled Water Supply Project Questiohnaire Survey of Qipaigan

1) Statistical analysis of questionnaire interviewees

In this project questionnaire, totally 36 individual questionnaire forms were

given out. 36 were recovered. The recovery pencent was 100%. See statistics of

interviewees in Table 9.4-8.

Table 9.4-8 List of Interviewees

ItemsSex Age

Male Female 18~30 31~40 41~50 >50

Number 22 14 0 12 20 4

Proportion

%61 39 0 33 56 11

Items

Education

Junior College

and above

Senior Middle School

and Technical

Secondary School

Junior

Middle

School

Primary

SchoolNot filled

Number 3 6 12 11 4

Proportion

%8 17 33 31 11

ItemsOccupation

Worker Farmer Cadre Others Not filled

Page 555: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Number 0 29 0 0 7

Proportion

%0 80.6 0 0 19.4

From the above statistics, we can see that areas around this project are mainly

agriculture areas. Local residents have different education background. 64% have

junior middle school and primary school education. The interviewees are mainly

farmers living around the project. It accords with the real situation of local people.

4) Statistical analysis of Questionnaire Results

See questionaire statistic results of this project in Table 9.4-9.

Table 9.4-9 Questionnaire Survey Statistical Form of the Project

No. Investigation OptionsNumbe

r

Proportion

%

1

Are you satisfied with

current living

environment quality?

A.Very satisfied 4 11.1

B.Relatively satisfied 2 5.6

C.Dissatisfied 30 83.3

D.No idea 0 0

2

Are you

understanding / aware

of this project?

A. Do not know 2 5.6

B. Know a little 33 91.7

C. Know nothing 1 2.8

3

What do you think of

the biggest problem

presently affecting the

environmental

quality?

A. Air pollution 17 47.2

B.Water environment pollution 24 66.7

C.Noise 0 0

D.Solid waste 0 0

E.Ecological environment 0 0

F.Not clear 3 8.3

4

What do you think of

the project’s

improvement to the

development of local

economy?

A. Great 33 91.7

B. General 0 0

C. No impact 0 0

D.Not clear 3 8.3

5

What do you think of

the function of this

project to

comprehensive

administration of

regional

environment?

A. Great 29 80.6

B. General 2 5.6

C. No impact 0 0

D.Not clear 5 18.9

6 What impact do you

think this project have

A.Good impact 22 61.1

B.Little impact 10 27.8

Page 556: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

on your life, study,

work and

C.Bad impact 2 5.6

D.No impact 2 5.6

7

The environmental

impact of this project

is mainly in the

construction phase,

what do you think of

the bigest negative

impact on the

environment during

construction?

A.Construction dust 11 30.6

B . Domestic waste and waste water during

Construction27 75.0

C.Construction noise 1 2.8

D.Damages to existing vegetation and habitats 1 2.8

E.Others 3 8.3

8

What do you think of

the biggest negative

impact on

environment during

the operation of this

project?

A.Foul smell in the recycled water plant 9 25.0

B.Noise of Water Intake Pump Station 0 0

C.Domestic garbage and other solid wastes in

the plant22 61.1

D. Others 5 18.9

9

What do you think of the biggest problem presently affecting the environmental quality?

A. Air pollution 11 30.6

B.Water environment pollution 32 88.9

C.Noise 0 0

D.Solid waste 0 0

E.Ecological environment 2 5.6

F.Not clear 1 2.8

10

What is your attitude

if the project needs to

expropriate part of

land?

A.To handle it by policy 4 11.1

B.To push for reasonable compensation 32 88.9

C.Not willing to be expropriated 0 0

11

Based on above, what

is your overall

attitude to this

project?

A. Support 35 97.2

B. Do not support 0 0

C. No opinion 1 2.8

12

Do you have any

suggestions and

requirements if the

construction of this

project needs you to

move and expropriate

your land?

None

13 Do you have any

suggestions and

requirements on

environment

None

Page 557: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

protection of this

project?

Statistical results of questionnaire show that:

(1) In the invested group, 83% are dissatisfied with current living environment

quality. 97% of interviewees know the project well or know a little. We can see that

publicity of the project has some impact in the local area. It is widely spread.

(2) In the investigated group, most people think that the biggest problems

presently affecting the environmental quality are water environment pollution

(67%)and air pollution(47%). 86% of people think that the construction of the

project has positive impact on the development of local economy and improvement of

local environmental quality. Most people think that this project has good impact or no

impact on their daily life.

(3) The public thinks that the main environmental problems caused by

construction of this project include domestic waste and waste water during

construction(75%) , construction dust (32%) , construction noise (3%)and

damages to existing vegetation and habitats ( 3% ) . The main environmental

problems caused by operation of this project include domestic garbage and other solid

wastes in the plant (61%) and foul smell in the recycled water plant, (25%) .

During the implementation of this project, these problems should be considered, and

effectively controlled and dealed with.

(4) The public thinks that problems that should be solved by the environment

evaluation include water environment pollution(89%), air pollution(31%)and

ecological environment ( 6% ) . When asked for opinions on expropriating their

land, 11% of people accept to be expropriated according to related policies. 89%

Page 558: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

agree to push for reasonable compensation. No one is not willing to be expropriated.

Therefore, the above suggestions of the public should be considered during the

environmental evaluation of this project.

(5) In the investigated group, 97% support the construction of this project. No

one is against the construction of this project. 3% show no opinion. We can see that

this project is supported by most people.

9.4.1.5 Sewage Disposal Project Questiohnaire Survey of Wulatehouqi Industry

Park

1)Statistical analysis of questionnaire interviewees

In this project questionnaire, totally 37 individual questionnaire forms were

given out. 37 were recovered. The recovery pencent was 100%. See statistics of

interviewees in Table 9.4-10.

Table 9.4-10 List of Interviewees

ItemsSex Age

Male Female 18~30 31~40 41~50 >50

Number 29 8 6 9 12 10

Proportion

%79 21 16 24 33 27

Items

Education

Junior College

and above

Senior Middle School

and Technical

Secondary School

Junior

Middle

School

Primary

SchoolNot filled

Number 7 3 7 9 11

Proportion

%19 8 19 24 20

ItemsOccupation

Worker Farmer Cadre Others Not filled

Number 11 25 0 0 1

Proportion

%30 68 0 0 2

From the above statistics, we can see that areas around this project are mainly

agriculture areas. Local residents have different education background. 19% have

junior college and above education. 8% have senior middle school and technical

secondary school education. 64% have junior middle school and primary school

Page 559: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

education. The interviewees are mainly workers in the Wulatehouqi Industry Park and

farmers living around. It accords with the real situation of local people.

2)Statistical analysis of Questionnaire Results

See questionaire statistic results of this project in Table 9.4-11.

Table 9.4-11 Questionnaire Survey Statistical Form of the Project

No. Investigation OptionsNumbe

r

Proportion

%

1

Are you satisfied with

current living

environment quality?

A.Very satisfied 24 64.9

B. RELATIVELY SATISFIED 9 24.3

C.Dissatisfied 4 10.8

D.No idea 0 0

2

Are you

understanding / aware

of this project?

A. Do not know 3 8.1

B. Know a little 23 62.2

C. Know nothing 11 29.7

3

What do you think of

the biggest problem

presently affecting the

environmental

quality?

A. Air pollution 25 67.6

B.Water environment pollution 21 56.8

C.Noise 3 8.1

D.Solid waste 9 24.3

E.Ecological environment 20 54.1

F.Not clear 0 0

4

What do you think of

the project’s

improvement to the

development of local

economy?

A. Great 30 81.1

B. General 4 10.8

C. No impact 1 2.7

D.Not clear 2 5.4

5

What do you think of

the function of this

project to

comprehensive

administration of

regional

environment?

A. Great 28 75.7

B. General 3 8.1

C. No impact 1 2.7

D.Not clear 5 13.5

6

What impact do you

think this project have

on your life, study,

work and

entertainment?

A.Good impact 13 35.1

B.Little impact 20 54.1

C.Bad impact 1 2.7

D.No impact 3 8.1

7 The environmental

impact of this project

is mainly in the

construction phase,

A.Construction dust 19 51.3

B . Domestic waste and waste water during

Construction15 40.5

C.Construction noise 8 21.6

Page 560: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

what do you think of

the bigest negative

impact on the

D.Damages to existing vegetation and habitats 16 43.2

E.Others 1 2.7

8

What do you think of

the biggest negative

impact on

environment during

the operation of this

project?

A.Foul smell in the recycled water plant 14 37.8

B.Noise of Water Intake Pump Station 8 21.6

C.Domestic garbage and other solid wastes in

the plant10 27.0

D.Others 11 29.7

9

What problems do

you think the

environmental

evaluation should

solve?

A. Air pollution 20 54.1

B.Water environment pollution 14 37.8

C.Noise 8 21.6

D.Solid waste 7 18.9

E.Ecological environment 17 45.9

F.Not clear 0 0

10

Based on above, what

is your overall

attitude to this

project?

A. Support 36 97.3

B. Do not support 0 0

C. No opinion 1 2.7

11

Do you have any

suggestions and

requirements on

environment

protection of this

project?

The construction must be implemented according to requirements of the

country.

Statistical results of questionnaire show that:

(1) Most people are satisfied with current living environment quality. 70% of

interviewees know the project well or know a little. We can see that publicity of the

project has some impact in the local area. It is widely spread.

(2) In the investigated group, most people think that the biggest problems

presently affecting the environmental quality are air pollution, water environment

pollution and air damages to ecological environment. Most people think that the

construction of the project has positive impact on the development of local economy

and improvement of local environmental quality. 89% think that this project has good

impact or no impact on their daily life.

(3) The public thinks that the main environmental problems caused by

Page 561: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

construction of this project include construction dust (51%) , damages to existing

vegetation and habitats ( 43% ) , domestic waste and waste water during

Construction ( 41% ) and construction noise ( 22% ) . The main environmental

problems caused by operation of this project include foul smell in the recycled water

plant (38%), domestic garbage and other solid wastes in the plant (27%) and

noise of water intake pump station ( 22% ) . During the implementation of this

project, these problems should be considered, and effectively controlled and dealed

with.

(4) The public thinks that problems that should be solved by the environment

evaluation include air pollution(54%) , ecological environment (46%) , water

environment pollution(38%), noise(22%)and solid waste(19%). Therefore,

the above suggestions of the public should be considered during the environmental

evaluation of this project.

(5) In the investigated group, 97% support the construction of this project. No

one is against the construction of this project. 3% show no opinion. We can see that

this project is supported by most people.

9.4.1.6 Sewage Disposal Recycling Project Questiohnaire Survey of Ganqimaodu

Port

2) Statistical analysis of questionnaire interviewees

In this project questionnaire, totally 19 individual questionnaire forms were

given out. 19 were recovered. The recovery pencent was 100%. See statistics of

interviewees in Table 9.4-12.

Page 562: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Table 9.4-12 List of Interviewees

ItemsSex Age

Male Female 18~30 31~40 41~50 >50

Number 8 11 5 6 8 0

Proportion

%42 58 26 32 42 0

Items

Education

Junior College

and above

Senior Middle School

and Technical

Secondary School

Junior

Middle

School

Primary

SchoolNot filled

Number 0 7 11 0 1

Proportion

%0 37 58 0 5

ItemsOccupation

Worker Farmer Cadre Others Not filled

Number 0 15 0 3 1

Proportion

%0 79 0 16 5

From the above statistics, we can see that areas around this project are mainly

agriculture areas. Local residents have different education background. 37% have

senior middle school and technical secondary school education. 58% have junior middle

school and primary school education. The interviewees are mainly farmers living

around. It accords with the real situation of local people.

2) Statistical analysis of Questionnaire Results

See questionaire statistic results of this project in Table 9.4-13.

Table 9.4-13 Questionnaire Survey Statistical Form of the Project

No. Investigation OptionsNumbe

r

Proportion

%

1

Are you satisfied with

current living

environment quality?

A.Very satisfied 0 0

B. RELATIVELY SATISFIED 3 15.8

C.Dissatisfied 16 84.2

D.No idea 0 0

2

Are you

understanding / aware

of this project?

A. Do not know 0 0

B. Know a little 5 26.3

C. Know nothing 14 73.7

3 What do you think of

the biggest problem

presently affecting the

A. Air pollution 17 89.5

B.Water environment pollution 11 57.9

C.Noise 0 0

Page 563: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

environmental

quality?

D.Solid waste 7 36.8

E.Ecological environment 2 10.5

F.Not clear 0 0

4

What do you think of

the project’s

improvement to the

development of local

economy?

A. Great 16 84.2

B. General 1 5.3

C. No impact 0 0

D.Not clear 2 10.5

5

What do you think of

the function of this

project to

comprehensive

administration of

regional

environment?

A. Great 16 84.2

B. General 2 10.5

C. No impact 0 0

D.Not clear 1 5.3

6

What impact do you

think this project have

on your life, study,

work and

entertainment?

A.Good impact 10 52.6

B.Little impact 4 21.1

C.Bad impact 2 10.5

D.No impact 3 15.8

7

The environmental

impact of this project

is mainly in the

construction phase,

what do you think of

the bigest negative

impact on the

environment during

construction?

A.Construction dust 3 15.8

B . Domestic waste and waste water during

Construction6 31.6

C.Construction noise 4 21.1

D.Damages to existing vegetation and habitats 7 36.8

E.Others 7 36.8

8

What do you think of

the biggest negative

impact on

environment during

the operation of this

project?

A.Foul smell in the recycled water plant 7 36.8

B.Noise of Water Intake Pump Station 2 10.5

C.Domestic garbage and other solid wastes in

the plant6 31.6

D.Others 7 36.8

9

What problems do

you think the

environmental

evaluation should

solve?

A. Air pollution 17 89.5

B.Water environment pollution 12 63.2

C.Noise 0 0

D.Solid waste 8 42.1

E.Ecological environment 2 10.5

F.Not clear 0 0

10 Based on above, what

is your overall

A. Support 18 94.7

B. Do not support 0 0

Page 564: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

attitude to this C. No opinion 1 5.3

11

Do you have any

suggestions and

requirements on

environment

protection of this

project?

None

Statistical results of questionnaire show that:

(1) In the investigated group, 26% know the project well or know a little. 74%

know notihng about the project. We can see that we should strengthen the publicity of

the project in local area, so that more people will provide opinions and suggestions to

the project.

(2) Most people are satisfied with current living environment quality. Most people think that the

biggest problems presently affecting the environmental quality are air pollution, water

environment pollution and solid waste pollution. Most people think that the

construction of the project has positive function to the development of local economy

and improvement of local environmental quality. 74% think that this project has good

impact or no impact on their daily life.

(3) The public thinks that the main environmental problems caused by

construction of this project include damages to existing vegetation and habitats

(37%), domestic waste and waste water during construction(32%), construction

noise(21%) and construction dust (16%) . The main environmental problems

caused by operation of this project include foul smell in the recycled water plant

(37%), domestic garbage and other solid wastes in the plant (32%) and noise of

water intake pump station(11%). During the implementation of this project, these

problems should be considered, and effectively controlled and dealed with.

(4) The public thinks that problems that should be solved by the environment

Page 565: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

evaluation include air pollution(90%), water environment pollution(63%), solid

waste(42%)and ecological environment (10%). Therefore, the above suggestions

of the public should be considered during the environmental evaluation of this project.

(5) In the investigated group, 95% support the construction of this project. No

one is against the construction of this project. 5% show no opinion. Therefore, it is

adviced to make further explanation to the project to some people, help them have a

better understanding to the project and take their suggestions as reference.

9.4.1.7Sewage Disposal Recycling Project Questiohnaire Survey of Wulateqianqi

Industry Park

1)Statistical analysis of questionnaire interviewees

In this project questionnaire, totally 35 individual questionnaire forms were

given out. 35 were recovered. The recovery pencent was 100%. See statistics of

interviewees in Table 9.4-14.

Table 9.4-14 List of Interviewees

ItemsSex Age

Male Female 18~30 31~40 41~50 >50

Number 22 13 14 4 14 3

Proportion

%63 37 40 11 40 9

Items

Education

Junior College

and above

Senior Middle School

and Technical

Secondary School

Junior

Middle

School

Primary

SchoolNot filled

Number 14 6 9 6 0

Proportion

%40 17 26 17 0

ItemsOccupation

Worker Farmer Cadre Others Not filled

Number 10 18 0 1 6

Proportion

%29 51 0 3 17

From the above statistics, we can see that local residents have different education

Page 566: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

background. 40% have Junior College and above education. 17% have senior middle school

and technical secondary school education. 43% have junior middle school and primary

school education. The interviewees are mainly workers in the Wulateqianqi Industry

Park and farmers living around. It accords with the real situation of local people.

2)Statistical analysis of Questionnaire Results

See questionaire statistic results of this project in Table 9.4-15.

Table 9.4-15 Questionnaire Survey Statistical Form of the Project

No. Investigation Options NumberProportion

%

1

Are you satisfied with

current living

environment quality?

A.Very satisfied 9 25.7

B. RELATIVELY SATISFIED 17 48.6

C.Dissatisfied 7 20.0

D.No idea 2 5.7

2Are you understanding

/ aware of this project?

A. Do not know 5 14.3

B. Know a little 20 57.1

C. Know nothing 10 28.6

3

What do you think of

the biggest problem

presently affecting the

environmental

quality?

A. Air pollution 26 74.3

B.Water environment pollution 26 74.3

C.Noise 1 2.9

D.Solid waste 2 5.7

E.Ecological environment 9 25.7

F.Not clear 1 2.9

4

What do you think of

the project’s

improvement to the

development of local

economy?

A. Great 24 68.6

B. General 6 17.1

C. No impact 0 0

D.Not clear 5 14.3

5

What do you think of

the function of this

project to

comprehensive

administration of

regional environment?

A. Great 24 68.6

B. General 7 20.0

C. No impact 0 0

D.Not clear 4 11.4

6

What impact do you

think this project have

on your life, study,

work and

entertainment?

A.Good impact 22 62.9

B.Little impact 7 20.0

C.Bad impact 0 0

D.No impact 6 17.1

7 The environmental

impact of this project

A.Construction dust 20 57.1

B . Domestic waste and waste water during 14 40.0

Page 567: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

is mainly in the

construction phase,

what do you think of

the bigest negative

Construction

C.Construction noise 7 20.0

D . Damages to existing vegetation and

habitats 7 20.0

E.Others 4 11.4

8

What do you think of

the biggest negative

impact on

environment during

the operation of this

project?

A.Foul smell in the recycled water plant 23 65.7

B.Noise of Water Intake Pump Station 8 22.9

C.Domestic garbage and other solid wastes

in the plant12 34.3

D.Others 2 5.7

9

What problems do you

think the

environmental

evaluation should

solve?

A. Air pollution 27 77.1

B.Water environment pollution 25 71.4

C.Noise 3 8.6

D.Solid waste 3 8.6

E.Ecological environment 7 20.0

F.Not clear 1 2.9

10

Based on above, what

is your overall attitude

to this project?

A. Support 33 94.3

B. Do not support 0 0

C. No opinion 2 5.7

11

Do you have any

suggestions and

requirements on

environment

protection of this

project?

1. Real problems should be solved.

2. All the citizens should participate. Implementation time should be

shortened. Make good use of investment period.

3. Loan shall be used by people. For the good of people.

Statistical results of questionnaire show that:

(1) Most people are very satisfied or relatively satisfied with current living environment

quality. 71% of interviewees know the project well or know a little. We can see that

publicity of the project has some impact in the local area. It is widely spread.

(2) In the investigated group, most people think that the biggest problems presently

affecting the environmental quality are air pollution, water environment pollution and

damages to ecological environment. Most people think that the construction of the

project has positive function to the development of local economy and improvement

of local environmental quality. 83% think that this project has good impact or no

impact on their daily life.

Page 568: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

(3) The public thinks that the main environmental problems caused by

construction of this project include construction dust (57%) , domestic waste and

waste water during construction(40%), construction noise(20%) and damages

to existing vegetation and habitats ( 20% ) . The main environmental problems

caused by operation of this project include foul smell in the recycled water plant

(66%), domestic garbage and other solid wastes in the plant (34%) and noise of

water intake pump station(23%). During the implementation of this project, these

problems should be considered, and effectively controlled and dealed with.

(4) The public thinks that problems that should be solved by the environment

evaluation include air pollution ( 77% ) , water environment pollution ( 71% ) ,

ecological environment (21%), noise (9%)and solid waste(42%). Therefore,

the above suggestions of the public should be considered during the environmental

evaluation of this project.

(5) In the investigated group, 94% support the construction of this project. No

one is against the construction of this project. 6% show no opinion. Therefore, it is

adviced to make further explanation to the project to some people, help them have a

better understanding to the project and take their suggestions as reference.

9.4.1.8 Comprehensive Project Questiohnaire Survey of Wuliangsuhai Area

1)Statistical analysis of questionnaire interviewees

In this project questionnaire, totally 91 individual questionnaire forms were

given out. 91 were recovered. The recovery pencent was 100%. See statistics of

interviewees in Table 9.4-16.

Page 569: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Table 9.4-16 List of Interviewees

ItemsSex Age

Male Female 18~30 31~40 41~50 >50

Number 73 18 7 20 46 18

Proportion

%80 20 8 22 50 20

Items

Education

Junior College

and above

Senior Middle School and

Technical Secondary

School

Junior

Middle

School

Primary

SchoolNot filled

Number 8 18 43 13 9

Proportion

%9 20 47 14 10

ItemsOccupation

Worker Farmer Cadre Others Not filled

Number 57 30 2 0 2

Proportion

%63 33 2 0 2

From the above statistics, we can see that local residents have different education

background. 9% have Junior College and above education. 20% have senior middle school

and technical secondary school education. 61% have junior middle school and primary

school education. The interviewees are mainly workers and farmers around

Wuliangsuhai. It accords with the real situation of local people.

2)Statistical analysis of Questionnaire Results

See questionaire statistic results of this project in Table 9.4-17.

Table 9.4-17 Questionnaire Survey Statistical Form of the Project

No. Investigation OptionsNumbe

rProportion%

1

Are you satisfied with

current living

environment quality?

A.Very satisfied 1 1.1

B. RELATIVELY SATISFIED 3 3.3

C.Dissatisfied 86 94.6

D.No idea 0 0

2Are you understanding

/ aware of this project?

A. Do not know 1 1.1

B. Know a little 78 85.7

C. Know nothing 12 13.3

3 What do you think of

the biggest problem

presently affecting the

A. Air pollution 1 1.1

B.Water environment pollution 87 95.6

C.Noise 0 0

Page 570: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

environmental

quality?

D.Solid waste 2 2.2

E.Ecological environment 3 3.3

F.Not clear 0 0

4

What do you think of

the project’s

improvement to the

development of local

economy?

A. Great 82 90.1

B. General 7 7.7

C. No impact 2 2.2

D.Not clear 0 0

5

What do you think of

the function of this

project to

comprehensive

administration of

regional environment?

A. Great 83 91.2

B. General 4 4.4

C. No impact 0 0

D.Not clear 4 4.4

6

What impact do you

think this project have

on your life, study,

work and

entertainment?

A.Good impact - 61.0

B.Little impact - 18.7

C.Bad impact - 3.8

D.No impact - 16.5

7

The environmental

impact of this project

is mainly in the

construction phase,

what do you think of

the bigest negative

impact on the

environment during

construction?

A.Construction dust 1 1.1

B . Domestic waste and waste water

during Construction16 17.6

C.Construction noise 64 70.3

D . Damages to existing habitats in

Wuliangsuhai7 7.7

E.Others 3 3.3

8

What problems do you

think the

environmental

evaluation should

solve?

A. Air pollution 0 0

B.Water environment pollution 82 90.1

C.Noise 0 0

D.Solid waste 3 3.3

E.Ecological environment 6 6.6

F.Not clear 0 0

9

What impact do you

think the construction

of this project have on

the local tourism

industry?

A.Increase 90 98.9

B.Decrease 1 1.1

C.No impact 0 0

D.Not clear 0 0

10

What is your attitude

if the project needs to

expropriate part of

land?

A.To handle it by policy 67 73.6

B.To push for reasonable compensation 24 26.4

C.Not willing to be expropriated 0 0

Page 571: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

11

Based on above, what

is your overall attitude

to this project?

A. Support 91 100

B. Do not support 0 0

C. No opinion 0 0

12

Do you have any

suggestions and

requirements if the

construction of this

project needs you to

move and expropriate

your land?

1. By negotiation;2.To push for reasonable compensation。

13

Do you have any

suggestions and

requirements on

environment

protection of this

project?

1. Try our best not to damage habitats of birds.

2. Water quality should be improved.

Statistical results of questionnaire show that:

(1) In the investigated group, most people know the project well or know a little.

We can see that publicity of the project has some impact in the local area. It is widely

spread.

(2) 95% of interviewees are dissatisfied with current living environment quality. 96%

think that the biggest problem presently affecting the environmental quality is water

environment pollution. Most people think that the construction of the project has

positive function to the development of local economy and improvement of local

environmental quality, and they also think that this project has good impact or no

impact on their daily life.

(3) The public thinks that the main environmental problems caused by

construction of this project include construction noise(70%), domestic waste and

waste water during construction(18%)and damages to birds’ habitats (8%). Therefore,

during the implementation of this project, these problems should be considered, and

effectively controlled and dealed with.

(4) The public thinks that problems that should be solved by the environment

Page 572: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

evaluation include water environment pollution(90%)and ecological environment

(7%). When asked for opinions on expropriating their land, 74% of people accept

to be expropriated according to related policies. 26% agree to push for reasonable

compensation. No one is not willing to be expropriated. Therefore, the above

suggestions of the public should be considered during the environmental evaluation of

this project.

(5) In the investigated group, 100% support the construction of this project. No

one is against the construction of this project. We can see that this project is supported

by most people.

9.4.1.9 Summary

The public participation survey shows that interviewees commonly have some

environmental protection awareness. Most people think that the construction of this

project has good economic benefits and social effects. They support the construction of the

project. But effective measures should be taken to reduce environmental effects of the project.

Some people don’t care. The report shows that the survey result reflects the public’s willingness. It

is generally accords with the project. We should pay much attention on problems showing up in

the survery, and gradually eliminate hidden troubles by strengthing management and acting

according to law.

9.4.2 Statistical analysis of Group Questionnaire

9.4.2.1 Group Interviewees

Environmental impact evaluation unit gave out group questionnaire to the

following units from November 22th 2009 to December 31th 2009.

Bayannur’s Political Consultative Conference

Bayannur People's Congress

Bayannur Environmental Protection Bureau

Bayannur Linhe District Environmental Protection Bureau

Page 573: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Bayannur Environmental Monitoring Station

Bayannur Environmental Monitoring Unit

Bayannur Research Academy of Environmental Sciences

Administration of Inner Mongolia Hetao Irrigation District, Bayannur

In this group questionnaire, 60 forms were given out. 59 were recovered. The

recovery rate was 99%.

9.4.2.2 Group Survey Results

See the statistical results of group questionnaire in Table 9.4-18.

Table 9.4-18 Group Questionnaire Survey Statistical Form

No. Investigation OptionsNumbe

rProportion%

1

Are you satisfied with

current living

environment quality?

A.Very satisfied 10 16.9

B. RELATIVELY SATISFIED 43 72.9

C.Dissatisfied 6 10.2

D.No idea 0 0

2Are you understanding

/ aware of this project?

A. Do not know 19 32.2

B. Know a little 34 57.6

C. Know nothing 6 10.2

3

What do you think of

the biggest problem

presently affecting the

environmental

quality?

A. Air pollution 33 55.9

B.Water environment pollution 41 69.5

C.Noise 16 27.1

D.Solid waste 10 16.9

E.Ecological environment 17 28.8

F.Not clear 0 0

4

What do you think of

the project’s

improvement to the

development of local

economy?

A. Great 47 79.7

B. General 9 15.3

C. No impact 2 3.3

D.Not clear 1 1.7

5

What function to you

think this project has

on comprehensive

environment

administration in

Wuliangsuhai?

A. Great 49 83.1

B. General 7 11.9

C. No impact 1 1.7

D.Not clear 2 3.3

6 What impact do you

think this project have

on your life, study,

work and

A.Good impact - 24.1

B.Little impact - 55.9

C.Bad impact - 4.4

D.No impact - 15.3

Page 574: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

entertainment?

7

The environmental

impact of this project

is mainly in the

construction phase,

what do you think of

the bigest negative

impact on the

environment during

construction?

A.Construction dust 28 47.5

B . Domestic waste and waste water

during Construction32 54.2

C.Construction noise 31 52.5

D . Damages to existing habitats in

Wuliangsuhai10 16.9

E.Others 15 25.4

8

What problems do you

think the

environmental

evaluation should

solve?

A. Air pollution 30 50.8

B.Water environment pollution 44 74.6

C.Noise 13 22.0

D.Solid waste 6 10.2

E.Ecological environment 27 45.8

F.Not clear 0 0

9

What impact do you

think the construction

of this project have on

the local tourism

industry?

A.Increase 51 86.4

B.Decrease 1 1.7

C.No impact 6 10.2

D.Not clear 1 1.7

10

What is your attitude

if the project needs to

expropriate part of

land?

A.To handle it by policy 43 72.9

B.To push for reasonable compensation 15 25.4

C . not willing to be expropriated

1 1.7

11

Based on above, what

is your overall attitude

to this project?

A. Support 56 94.9

B. Do not support 0 0

C. No opinion 3 5.1

12

Do you have any

suggestions and

requirements if the

construction of this

project needs you to

move and expropriate

your land?

1. Save lands and protect the existing farmland area;

2. Give the residents maximum economic remedies. Solve social security,

medical security and other problems. Try not to influence residents’ normal

life;

3. Provide more remedies. Make expropriation known to the public and

make move easy.

13 Do you have any

suggestions and

requirements on

environment

protection of this

project?

1. As a comprehensive project, this project is good for water environment

protection. During the implementation of project, environment protection

measures and disturb impact shall be paid attention to in the process of

construction.

2. Protect plants around during the construction process.

3. During the construction process environmental problems shall be paid

attention to. Decrease damages to ecological environment to minimum.

4 Make government finance know to the public. Invite bids

Page 575: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

according to regulations. Reasonable staff distribution.5. Protect gardens and water. Solve waste water emission reasonably.

Statistical results of group questionnaire show that:

(1) This project has big impact in the investigated area. 90% of people in the

investigated units know the project well or know a little.

(2) 95% of interviewees are vert satisfied or relatively satisfied with current living

environment quality. Interviewees think that the biggest problem presently affecting the

environmental quality are water environment pollution ( 70% ) , air

pollution ( 56% ) , ecological environment ( 29% ) , noise ( 27% ) and solid

waste(17%) . Most people think that the construction of the project has positive

function to the development of local economy and improvement of local

environmental quality, and they also think that this project has good impact or no

impact on their daily life.

(3) The public thinks that the main environmental problems caused by

construction of this project include domestic waste and waste water during

construction(54%) , construction noise(53%) , construction dust(48%)and

damages to birds’ habitats in Wuliangsuhai ( 17% ) . Therefore, during the

implementation of this project, these problems should be considered, and effectively

controlled and dealed with.

(4) The interviewees think that problems that should be solved by the

environment evaluation include water environment pollution ( 75% ) , air

pollution(51%), noise(22%), solid waste(10%) and ecological environment

Page 576: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

(7%). When asked for opinions on expropriating their land, 73% of people accept

to be expropriated according to related policies. 25% agree to push for reasonable

compensation. 2% is not willing to be expropriated. Therefore, the above suggestions

of the public should be considered during the environmental evaluation of this project.

(5) In the investigated group, 95% interviewees support the construction of this

project. No one is against the construction of this project. 5% show no opinion.

At the same time, the investigated groups provide the following opinions and

suggestions:

(1) When the construction of project needs to expropriate the residents’ land, the

expropriation shall be made known to the public. Give the residents maximum

economic remedies. Solve social security, medical security and other problems. Try

not to influence residents’ normal life. Try not to influence residents’ normal life.

Save the land and protect the existing farm area.

(2) This project is a comprehensive project. It is good for the protection of water

environment. During the implementation of project, environmental protection

measures shall be paid attention to. Control disturbing impact during construction

process.

(3) Environmental problems shall be paid attention to during construction. Protect

plants around and decrease damages to ecological environment to minimum.

(4)Protect gardens and water. Solve waste water emission reasonably.

9.4.2.3 Summary

In a word, the investigated groups have strong environmental protection

awareness. They know possible causes of environmental pollution well. Therefore,

local environmental department and construction unit should pay attention the above

problems. During different stages of construction, related environmental protection

laws and regulations shall be strictly followed. Increase impact on local

environmental quality to the minimum.

9.5 Public Participation Forum

Page 577: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

For the investigation result of the first turn of public participation, to fully

understand and ask the public for advices to the project, after the first draft of EIA

Report was completed, the EIA unit held Implementing Bayannur Water Environment

Comprehensive Administration Project with World Bank Loan Environmental Impact

Public Forum in conference room of Inner Mongolia Bayannur Hetao Water Group

Co. Ltd. on February 1st 2010.19 people participated in the conference, including

resident representatives of subprojects, representative of Bayannur Hetao Area

Administration Bureau and experts of Bayannur Environmental Protection Bureau.

See name list of participants in Table 9.5-1.

Table 9.5-1 Name list of forum participants

No. Name Title Working place/Living place

1 Yang Zhen Environmental

protection expert

Bayannur Environmental Protection Bureau

2 Liu Jing Environmental

protection expert

Bayannur Environmental Protection Bureau

3 Xue Zhiguo Officer of Water

Bureau

Water Law Department, Bayannur Water Bureau

4 Liu Xinli Officer of Water

Bureau

Water Law Department, Bayannur Water Bureau

5 Bai Bo Officer of Water

Bureau

Water Law Department, Bayannur Water Bureau

6 Zhao Ping Enterprise

representative

Director of Wulatehouqi Zijin Corperation

7 Liu Bingjun Enterprise

representative

Person in Charge of Wuyuan Hetao Wine Corporation

8 Gao Guangyin Resident

representative

Village Director, Dengcundian, West Xiaozhao Town,

Wulateqianqi

9 Zhang Eryong Resident Representative, Hongqipu Village, Xinan

Town, Wulateqianqi

10 Su Yue Resident Representative, Yangshuhao Village, Xinan

Town, Wulateqianqi

11 Wang Saikou Resident Representative, Xinfeng Village, Dulun

Town, Wulateqianqi

12 He Ru Resident Representative, Hongqipu Village, Shulinzi

Town, Wulateqianqi

13 Guan Li Resident Representative, Sheep Sea Farm,

Wulatezhongqi

14 Zhang Jun Resident Representative, Guangtieqidan Village,

Page 578: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Denglingshan Town, Wulatezhongqi

15 Yang San Resident Representative, Wuzhen Village,

Denglingshan Town, Wulatezhongqi

16 Kang Long Resident Representative, Menglian Village, Green

Mountain Town, Wulatehouqi

17 Hao Limin Resident Representative, Old City Village,

Longxingchang Town, Wuyuan County

18 Li Sanhong Resident Representative, Xinhong Village, Shahai

Town, Hangjinhouqi

19 Li Ping Resident Representative, Sizu Village, Dashun City,

Hangjinhouqi

The forum lasted for 3 hours. The representatives showed their opinions and

suggestions on this project. Experts from Hetao Group Corparation, Chinese

Academy of Sciences and Environmental Protection Bureau explained and

communicated about the problems. The conference was nervous and impassioned.

Problems, opinions and suggestions provided by representatives include:

(1)Operation of project will reduce total drain. It is adviced to analyze impact

of water reduce on total drain and water quality in Wuliangsuhai.

(2)It is adviced to analyze economic benefits and ecological effects.

(3)Control the project’s impact on underground water.

(4)To effectively reduce or prevent environmental impact during construction

and operation of project, reasonable and effective measures shall be provided.

( 5 ) For Wuliangsuhai Area Administration Project, it is adviced to analyze

basic characteristics of bottom mud in Wuliangsuhai, how to implement the

construction to reduce bottom mud data’s impact on environment in Sea Area, and

how to deal witth the mud dugged out.

Public representatives in this forum were concered with environmental problems. They

provided opinions, suggestions and hope actively. More important, they accepted this project’s

positive function on environmental protection. They thought there were more advantages than

Page 579: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

disadvantages. Therefore, the construction unit shall pay much attention to and actively adopt

opinions and suggestions of public representatives.

Figure 9.5-1 Photos of forum site

9.6 Public Participation Summary and Public Opinion Adoption

9.6.1 Public Participation Summary

This project carries out public participation work by giving out questionnaires to

the public, holding conferences, posting official notice, publishing related information

on website and newspaper, asking for advices from experts and officials, and other

methods. Investigated people include people affected by the project within the range

of the project, groups interested in the project, government officers, expert

representatives, and other people. A large amount of public information has been

collected. The conclusion is as below:

(1)Survey result shows 95% people support this project. No one is agaist the

project.

Page 580: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

( 2 ) Interviewees consider waste water, noicse, dust, rubbish, construction

land, damages to plants, damages to habitats in Wuliangsuhai and other problems.

( 3 ) Construction unit should strengthen environmental protection

administration, ensure normal operation of environmental protection facilities and

control emission of pollution.

( 4 ) Administration and supervision shall be strengthed. Prevent emergency

accident and made contingency plan.

( 5 ) Most people think that the biggest problem presently affecting the

environmental quality is water environment pollution. But they think the construction

of this project has positive impact on the area. To some degree, it can improve the

quality of water environment, ecological environment and the development of local

economy.

( 6 ) Local people think that environmental education can strengthen

environmental awareness. According to the report, investigation of public participation reflects willingness

of the public well. Problems showing up in the investigation should be paid attention

to. In different stages of the construction, related regulations and rules of environment

protection should be strictly complied with. Impact to local environmental quality

should be reduced to the minimum.

9.6.2 Public Opinion Adoption

During the EIA, EIA unit analyzed problems concerned by the public and

brought forth corresponding mitigating measures to reduce environmental impact of

construction to acceptable degree. See detailed in Table 9.6-1.

Through the different forms of public participation, construction unit shall

provide the following adoption suggestions for opinions and suggestions feedback by

the public.

Page 581: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

(1) Environmental administration must be strengthened. Normal operation of

environmental protection facilities shall be ensured. Control emission of

pollution, prevent emergency accident and made contingency plan. At the same

time accept supervision from people around.

(2) Strengthen environmental protection measures during construction. Prevent

dusts, keep roads clean, prevent water loss and soil erosion, reduce noise and

bottom mud’s impact on ecological environment in Wuliangsuhai, strengthen

environmental protection supervision during construction and accept supervision

from people around.

Page 582: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Table 9.6-1 EIA Feedback of Public Participation

No. Time of Public Participation

Main Problems Concerned by the Public EIA Feedback

1

The first turn of public participation(Time of personal

questionnaire:from November 17th 2009 to November 22 nd

2009;Time of group

questionnaire:from November 22 nd 2009

to December 31st

2009)

It is hoped that the project can be carried out on the basis of ecological protection idea.

During the construction of project, there will be different degrees of impact on ecological environment. Detailed measures have been established in Environmental Monitoring Plan to ensure that regional ecological environment will be recovered as soon as possible after completion of the project.

2

During the construction of project, the project should not affect residents living around. The construction should always protect wetland, serve as ecological forest, and improve the environment.

Different prevention measures have been established for different environmental impact factors during the construction. There should be no impact on relocated residents.

3

Construction team should promote civilized construction during the construction. Environmental health and waste disposal of temporary living area of construction personnel. Dust and noise pollution during construction should be avoided.

The construction party is required to made detailed construction plan. Closed vehicle must be used in the transport of earth, dirt and construction waste. Main construction roads must be hardened. Construction site should use covering, curing, greening, sprinkling and other effective measures. Using of much equipment with high noise at the same time should be avoided. Construction with high-noise equipment should be during day time.

4

Construction unit should have environmental protection construction ability. During dredging process, impact on ecological environment around the project, especially Wuliangsu Lake, should be strictly controlled. Measures should be taken to deal with solid mount. Solid soil should be used reasonably during the last stage.

Detailed mitigation measures of pollution problems have been established in the EIA.

5

The second turn of public participation(February 1st,

2010)

Operating of the project will reduce the total amount of drainage water. It is suggested that impact of water amount reduction on total drainage and water quality of Wuliangsu Lake should be analyzed.

In the EIA Report, this problem has been analyzed. And corresponding suggestions and measures have been established.

6It is suggested that economic effect and ecological effect should be analyzed in detail

In the EIA Report, this problem has been analyzed in detail.

7This project should control impact on underground water under the ground of the project.

In the EIA Report, impact on underground water in this project has been analyzed in detail. And corresponding measures have been established.

8

To effectively reduce or avoid environmental impact during the construction and operating of the project, effective control measures should be brought forth.

In the EIA Report, environmental impact during the construction and operating of the project has been analyzed in detail. And corresponding migration measures have been established.

10. Social Impact and Migrant Resettlement

Page 583: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

10.1 Social Impact Analysis

10.1.1 Project Impact and Service Scope Various sub-projects of the project totally involve five banners (counties) of Bayannur

Municipality i.e. Wulatehou Banner, Wulateqian Banner, Hangjinhou Banner, Wuyuan

County and Wulatezhong Banner, four administrative villages of four towns (townships), one

state-owned farmland and one state-owned range land. The construction of the project will

exercise negative impact upon local area such as land requisition and relocation unavoidably.

According to the design fruits of feasibility study report of various projects, 758.00mu land of

different types is to be purchased for the project, including 190.50mu cultivated land,

165.00mu construction land and 397.50mu unused land. 271.73mu land of different types is to

be temporarily purchased, including 68.33mu cultivated land and 203.40mu unused land.

Moreover, the process of the engineering construction will cause some negative impact on

local environment. In project implementation, the project employer unit and relevant design

units will define a reasonable migrant resettlement proposal and environmental protection

plan according to national and local laws and statutes for reducing negative impact of project

construction upon the local.

However, the construction of the project has a great positive impact on the local social

and economic development and environments. Particularly, local water environments will be

obviously improved. The implementation of project will effectively promote the development

and utilization of coal, iron and copper and other mineral resources in Mongolia adjacent to

the project area, boost up regional international economic cooperation, purify water system of

Wuliangsu Lake, an important wetland in Northwest China and protect the Yellow River

against pollution. Therefore, it’s integrated treatment project with outstanding environmental

effect, social and economic benefits. The visit survey on the site reveals that the residents in

the area under project impact highly support the construction of the project.

Main service scope of various sub-projects is the enterprises in industrial park of the

banner (county) that the project involves. The commencement of the project will reduce the

water consumption, improve the utilization efficiency of water resources and better water

environment.

10.1.2 Project Impact Analysis 10.1.2.1 Analysis on Status Quo of Project Impact Area

According to Plan Report of Migrant Resettlement Action of the project, four villages in

the scope of project impact are investigated. All households in the area under the impact of

land requisition and other households under the potential impact are investigated in random

Page 584: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

interview and questionnaire modes. The distribution of investigation samples is included in

Table 10.1-1. Table 10.1-1 List of the Distribution of Samples

Town (township)

Administrative village under

impact (village)

Administrative village in

investigation (village)

Total of households

under impact (household)

Qty of investigation households (household)

Inside project impact area

Outside project impact area

Delingshan Town 1 1 3 26

Qingshan Town 1 1 44

Shanba Town 1 1 5 5 22Longxingchang

Town 1 1 32

Total 4 4 5 8 124Note: the quantity of impact households refers to the household with permanent land

requisition; and random sampling investigation is done for the village with permanent land

requisition.

1) The Profile of Villages under Project Impact

The impact of the project involves Wuzhen Village of Delingshan Town (for temporary

land use in the construction only), Hongqi Village of Qingshan Town, Shawan Village of

Shanba Town & Jiucheng Village of Longxingchang Town. The field visit survey reveals that

four villages under the impact of the project all mainly rely upon traditional agriculture, of

which Hongqi Village and Shawan Village features good animal husbandry.

A. Wuzhen Village of Delingshan Town

Wuzhen Village, about 13km in the west of Delingshan Town, bordering the 5th Wengeng

Team, and Hongqi Village and Muyang Lake Rangeland of Delingshan Town, Dasheng

Village of Delingshan Town and Shengli Village of Delingshan Town on the north, west, east

and south respectively features convenient traffic conditions. The village with totally 14

communities, and over 1900 households in total, population of 8137 and cultivated area of

10900mu mainly plants wheat, corn and sunflower; and the animal husbandry mainly includes

pig and sheep breeding. In 2008, the whole village has realized total agricultural incomes of

RMB28.5 million and total animal husbandry incomes of RMB1.14 million.

B. Hongqi Village of Qingshan Town

Hongqi Village Committee located in about 12km east of Qingshan Town, is the final

village on the east of Qingshan Town, and borders Wulagacha of Bayinbaoli Town on north

and is adjacent to Xinguang Village of Hangjinhou Banner on the south. The village has

totally two villager groups, population of 801 including 221 households at the end of 2008,

cultivated area of 5517mu and per-capita cultivated land of 6.89mu/person. There’re totally

651 persons as labor force, 81.27% of the total population.

Page 585: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

C. Jiucheng Village of Longxingchang Town

Jiucheng Village, about 11km in the northwest of Longxingchang Town features

convenient traffic conditions, and borders the 1st and 2nd groups of Wuxing Village, Lianfeng

Village, Zhongqi Road of Wuyuan County and Yihe Trunk Canal on the north, west, east and

south respectively. The village has four groups, 412 households and population of 1309 and

658 persons as labor force in total. With cultivated area of 5000mu, it mainly plants

sunflower, corn and tomato; and animal husbandry is mainly cattle and sheep. In 2008, the

village has realized total agricultural incomes of RMB4.80 million, animal husbandry

incomes of RMB120,000. Net per-capita incomes of farmers are RMB4800.0.

D. Shawan Village of Shanba Town

Shawan Village, about 3km in the northwest of Shanba Town features convenient traffic

conditions, and borders Zhongguang Village, Yongsheng Village, Chenguang Village and

Jiatong Village on the north, west, east and south respectively. The village has four

communities, over 295 households, population of 1200 and 540 persons as labor force in

total. With cultivated area of 4000mu, it mainly plants sunflower and corn; and animal

husbandry is mainly cattle and sheep. In 2008, the village has realized total agricultural

incomes of RMB7.6 million and animal husbandry incomes of RMB820,000. Net per-capita

incomes of farmers are RMB7016.

2) Analysis on Basic Information of Households under Project Impact

(1) Population Profile

Profile of Household Population The migrants involved in the project are five

households and 22 persons in total, in which there are 10 females, accounting for 45.5% of

the total, 12 males, accounting for 54.5%, and one is Mongolian nationality and the rest all

are Han nationality.

Age Distribution of Household Population Among 22 persons, there’re two under 18,

accounting for 9.1% of the total; 18 from 18-60, accounting for 81.8%; two over 61,

accounting for 9.1%.

Household Scale In respect of the scale of households under impact, the minimum is 4

persons while the maximum is 5 persons. Each household has 4.4 persons on average.

Distribution of the Educational Background Among the population under land requisition

impact, there’re 5 illiterates, accounting for 22.7%; one preschool person, 4.5%; 5 with

elementary school education, 22.7%; 9 with junior high school education, 40.9%; and 2 with

senior high school education, 9.1%.

(2) Possession of Land Resources

The survey statistics reveal that five sample households with 22 persons have total

Page 586: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

contracting farmland of 90mu, 4.09mu per capita and mainly plant wheat, corn and sunflower.

(3) Living and Residential Conditions

The survey on five households under the impact reveals that the houses of all households

are brick-wood structure, total area is 480m2, per-capita housing area is 21.82m2 and the

housing area of each household is about 80-120m2.

The living conditions of the household in project impact area are included in Table 10.1-

2. Table 10.1-2 List of the Survey on Living Conditions of Households in Project Impact Area

Survey indicator UnitIndicator

qtySurvey indicator

Uni

t

Indicator

qty

I. Profile 3. Other incomesRM

B0

1. Total household

populationPerson 22 III. Total household outlays

RM

B189150

Including: female Person 10 1. Agricultural outlaysRM

B62230

2. Total contracting

farmland areaMu 90 Including: planting

RM

B45000

3. Per-capita farmland

area

Mu/

person4.09 Livestock farming/aquatic breeding

RM

B17230

4. Livestock grow-up Animal 1062. Staple and non-staple food

outlays

RM

B68720

5. Housing area m2 480 3. Clothes outlaysRM

B18800

6. Per-capita housing area m2/人 21.82 4. Medical care outlaysRM

B7500

II. Total household

incomesRMB 243970

5. Traffic and communication

outlays

RM

B11900

1. Agricultural incomes RMB 122370 6. Education outlaysRM

B4000

Including: planting RMB 77370 7. Other outlaysRM

B16000

Livestock

farming/aquatic breedingRMB 45000 8. Tax

RM

B0

Forest and fruit RMB 0

2. Labor incomes RMB 121600IV. Annual net per-capita incomes

of household

RM

B8260.91

Page 587: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

(4) Production and Operation Mode

The survey and analysis show that the main production mode of nearly all households

under impact is agriculture and animal husbandry, mainly planting wheat, corn and sunflower,

breeding pig and sheep. Three of all households under impact have member for local or non-

local labor output.

(5) Household Incomes

The survey and statistics on economic

incomes of five households under the impact

of cultivated land requisition show that in

2008, per-capita income is RMB11090, in

which per-capita planting income is

RMB3517, accounting for 31.7%; per-capita

Livestock farming/aquatic breeding income

RMB2045, 18.5%; and per-capita labor

income RMB5527, 49.8%.

(6) Household Outlays

项目影响户家庭支出结构图

01000020000300004000050000600007000080000

单位:万元

The above table can reflect the outlays of the households under project impact in 2008 in

staple and non-staple food, clothes, medical care, traffic and communication, and education.

In 2008, the per-capita outlay of the household under project impact is RMB8597,

including per-capita staple & non-staple food outlay RMB3124, accounting for 36.3 %; per-

capita clothes outlay RMB855, 9.9%; per-capita medical care outlay RMB341, 4.0%; per-

capita traffic & communication outlay RMB541, 6.3%; per-capita education outlay RMB182,

2.1%; per-capita agricultural outlay RMB2829, 32.9%; other per-capita outlay RMB727,

8.5%.

项目影响户家庭收入结构图

31. 7%

18. 4%

49. 8%

种植业收入 牧业收入 劳务收入

Page 588: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

(7) Impact of Land Requisition of Project Construction upon Economic Incomes of the

Household

The survey and statistics on the impact of land requisition of the project show that totally

five households are involved in the impact of land requisition of the project. The analysis

proves that the economic incomes of these five households are mainly from the contracting

farmland and labor output and the farmland under impact accounts for 33.3% of their total

contracting land. The initial estimate reveals that the land requisition for project construction

would cause an annual agricultural income decrease of about RMB25.79 million for migrant

households, accounting for about 12.9% of total agricultural incomes of the households.

3) Social Status of Women in Project Impact Area and Project Participation

In the rural households of project impact area, women enjoy the same right for the land.

Both husband and wife usually negotiate and determine the issues of their household jointly.

It’s universally known through visit, discussion and questionnaire that the

implementation of the project could better the environment and water quality, reduce the

diseases, indirectly lower the expenses of the underprivileged for medical treatment and

alleviate economic burden of household. After knowing the significance of project

construction, the women in the area with indirect project impact have expressed their strong

support for project construction. Some hold that the land requisition has severe impact upon

their household and expect reasonable resettlement and compensation from the State.

4) Social Status of Minority in Project Impact Area and Project Participation

Bayannur Municipality is the minority region with Mongolian nationality as principal

part while a majority of Han nationality. The residents of Mongolian nationality take part in

various aspects of the production and living of the region. Through informal discussions with

the Minority Affairs Commission of various banners, we know that each minority in

Bayannur Municipality has long history, his own religious beliefs, cultures, arts, habits and

customs while in long social development, the nationalities have adequately exchanged in the

fields such as society, economy and culture and been gradually integrated together. For

example, Mongolian nationality has their own language and uses the language inside their

nationality while speaks Chinese in talking with the outside. The integration of various

minorities is as follows:

Firstly, Chinese is common and official language of various minorities. The minorities

i.e. Mongolian nationality, Hui nationality and Manchu nationality in the region use Chinese

as written language. On the occasion of major festivals, the people of different nationalities

will celebrate e.g. Spring Festival of Han nationality and “Nadamu” Festival of Mongolian

nationality.

Page 589: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Secondly, the minorities not only enjoy the same right in society, economy and culture as

Han nationality but also the preferential policies in education, employment and financial

support. Bayannur Municipality offers a policy-based preference for poverty-stricken

minority villages and minority enterprises.

Thirdly, the people of different nationalities keep in close touch, and give no highlight to

nationality status. The marriage between different nationalities widely exists.

Therefore, the minorities in the project area presently are integrated with Han and other

nationalities by and large.

Among all households under land requisition impact, one person is the resident of

Mongolian nationality. The survey shows the Mongolian resident actively supports the project

construction, and expects more development opportunities from the project construction.

10.1.2.2 Analysis on Impact of Project Construction on Local Residents

The project construction will have varying impacts on various aspects of local

residents including production, living and social economy. Such impacts are divided into

positive impact and negative impact.

Positive impacts mainly include:

(1) The construction and operation of the project will improve the level of infrastructure

in the project area, boost up the sewage disposal capability and industrial water supply

capacity of different banners and counties and provide reliable water resources guarantee for

the development of regional economy.

(2) The implementation of the project can improve the sewage disposal capability of the

enterprises in industrial park, effectively control the sewage discharged into the drainage

channel, and consequently better water quality of various drainage channels indirectly, change

negative impact on residents around the drainage channel and finally boost up the health level

of residents.

(3) The implementation of the project can directly improve water quality of various

drainage channels. Better water quality in drainage channels can alleviate the purifying

pressure of Wuliangsu Lake and improve the ecological environment of Wuliangsu Lake,

retard the swamping process, and gradually restore the biodiversity of wetlands, enable water

quality of drainage system in Hetao irrigation zone to reach relevant national criteria,

effectively change water quality of the Yellow River in Bayannur Municipality, and finally

protect the water system of the Yellow River against pollution damage.

(4) The implementation of the project can enable the industrial parks of five

banners/counties to have reclaimed water supply and sewage treatment and recycling works,

so as to improve infrastructure level and industrial base service capability of various

Page 590: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

banners/counties, facilitate the work of attracting foreign investments and better overall

investment environment of Bayannur Municipality.

(5) In construction period of the project, surrounding residents can have the opportunities

for providing labor or trade services, so as to increase their incomes. Moreover, the

improvement of investment environments in project area can attract more enterprises to

develop in Bayannur, which as a result, will provide more jobs for the residents in the project

area.

Negative impacts mainly include:

(1) The construction of the project must unavoidably take over some land for use

permanently or occupy temporarily. A field survey and interview show that local villages

attach great attention to the land requisition and relocation. Therefore, the work of relevant

compensation and resettlement is decisive to the smooth implementation of the project.

(2) The construction of the project may cause noises pollution, dust, traffic accident and

other potential problems to the residents and enterprises around: for example, the pavement of

pipelines may destroy existing infrastructure of the farmers, intercept or occupy some road,

hinder the passage of residents in villages and trigger off noises, dust and public security

problems during the construction. Moreover, temporary land occupation in the construction

period may impact the cultivation of farmland. These issues require some proper construction

arrangement by project employer and construction unit in order to minimize the impact upon

residents.

10.1.3 Determination of project affected area

10.1.3.1 Measures to reduce resettlement tasks

1) During Project planning and design phase

Land expropriation, removal and resettlement required for the construction of works

will inevitably affect the original production and living conditions of the local residents.

During the planning and design phase of the Project, when conducting the scheme

optimization and comparison, considerations shall be taken to the influence of the

construction of the Project on the local society and economy, and such consideration shall be

the key factors for optimization and comparison of schemes. For the purpose of reduction of

land expropriation and resettlement as for as possible, some effective measures have been

taken by the design institute and the Owner of this Project. As far as scheme selection and

other supporting facilities concerned, efforts shall be made to keep away from the residential

area, to occupy less farm land and to satisfy the local planning and the opinions of local

Page 591: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

governments.

(1) The routing and location of pipelines shall follow the existing roads and planned

roads. Efforts shall be made to keep the pipelines away from the concentrated residential areas

and to reduce the removal tasks.

(2) Attention shall be paid to environmental protection, the land occupation layout,

distribution of rivers, landform, geological conditions, prevailing wind direction and other

factors of the industrial area shall be considered comprehensively and certain protection space

between the industrial area and the residential area shall be set.

(3) The construction design shall be optimized and construction period shall be

shortened as far as possible. The construction phases shall be arranged reasonably to reduce

the impact of construction of works. For example, in general, land expropriation shall be

conducted after the crops are harvested.

2) During construction phase

(1) Strengthen the public participation mechanism

Prior to construction of the works, the commencing date and construction schedule shall be

publicized by means of notice in the project affected area. The compensation policies relating

to land expropriation and resettlement shall be publicized as well to facilitate the supervision

by immigrants; During the construction stage, the local materials shall be prior choice. If

technology is allowed, local transportation service and labor force shall have priority so as to

have the personnel affected by the works benefited from the construction of works.

(2) Select reasonable construction time and methods

The construction time shall be combined with the farming time of local farmers and shall be

within the slack farming seasons so as to avoid the impact on local farming and production. If

any pipe network shall cross any drain ditch, irrigation channel and other Irrigation and water

conservancy facilities or houses of local residents, pipe jacking technique will be applied to

avoid the reconstruction of water conservancy facilities and houses.

(3) Strengthen construction management

The construction organization shall, during the construction, according to the soil treatment

plans, carry away the soil and ensure no overloading happens during the transportation, no

soil falls from the vehicle. The vehicle shall be cleaned of the mud on the wheel before

running out of the construction site to prevent the falling of soil from the vehicle. During the

construction, the excavation of channels, the trumpet of the vehicle, the sound of engine, the

Page 592: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

sound of concrete mixer and the sound of road roller will cause noise. For the purpose to

soften impact of such noise on nearby residents, the construction in the area 200 away from

the residential houses is prohibited during o’clock 11 in the evening and o’clock 6 in the next

morning. Meanwhile, priority shall be given to low-noise construction equipment and

methods. If construction at night is required and will affect the sound environment near the

residential area, then noise reduction measures shall be taken on the construction machines,

meanwhile, temporary equipment such as sound barrier may be established near the

construction site or the concentrated residential area so as to guarantee the quality of sound

environment in the residential area.

⑷ Civilized construction and environmental protection are encouraged.

Construction organization shall make efforts to reduce the impact of construction on nearby

residents, plants, and school, etc. Civilized construction is encouraged. Liaison meeting

between construction organization, street administration authority, and owners shall be

organized to conduction in timely manner consultation on the issues such the impact of

construction on environment; The Owner of this Project and the construction organization

shall contact the local environmental protection authority, and shall clear off the domestic

wastes on the construction site. The construction organization shall strengthen the instruction

for construction personnel about avoidance of littering so as to guarantee the quality of of the

living and working environment of workers.

3) Land expropriation, removal and resettlement plans and implementation phase

(1) The fundamental data shall be collected adequately for the analysis and study of local

social and economic conditions. Feasible resettlement plans shall be formulated by

combination with the local conditions to reduce the impact on the construction of works and

to ensure that the living level of personnel affected by the Project will not be lowered by the

construction of this Project.

(2) Internal supervision and outsider independent supervision shall be strengthened,

smooth and efficient information feedback channels shall be established and the time of

information treatment shall be shortened so as to ensure that any problem during the

construction of this Project will be solved in time manner.

4) After completion of Project

For the purpose to reduce the unfavorable impact of this Project on the production and life of

local residents during the construction of this Project and after completion of this Project,

following measures will be taken after completion of this Project:

Page 593: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

(1) After completion of this Project, all wastes and abandoned materials, equipment and

machines on the construction site shall be cleaned properly. The areas excavated during the

construction shall be leveled timely.

(2) During operation of this Project, the main pollutants mainly include noise and odor.

Therefore, the wastes generated during the operation of sewage treatment shall be cleaned off

or buried timely, the rubbish fallen on the entrance access and road shall be cleaned out so as

to prevent such rubbish being raised by the wind. Meanwhile, proper trees, grasses and other

greening measures shall be taken; management and maintenance shall be strengthened.

Currently existing trees and tree belt shall be kept as far as possible to beautify the

environment, purify the air and reduce the noise.

10.1.3.2 Permanent expropriated land

Land expropriated permanently for the Project includes the land for following works: the

sewage treatment work in Urad Back Banner Industrial Party (Huhe Town), regenerated water

supply work in Urad Back Banner, sewage treatment and recycling work in Ganqimaodu Port

Industrial Park (Delingshan Town), regenerated water supply work in Ganqimaodu Port

Industrial Park, Sanpaigan regenerated water supply project, Qipaigan regenerated water

work, sewage treatment and recycling work in Urad Front Banner Industrial Park (Xianfeng

Town).The area within the expropriated land is the area affected by the land expropriation and

removal of this Project. The area affected by land expropriation and removal of this Project is

determined on the site according to the design results in the Feasibility Study Report prepared

by China Municipal Engineering Design & Research Institute (Southwest). According to the

on-site investigation and the inquiry with local land administrative bureau, the land

permanently expropriated by this Project mainly belongs to uncultivated land (uneven land)

and farm land. No basic farmland is expropriated.

10.1.3.3 Temporary land expropriation for construction

Temporary land expropriation includes the land necessary for construction of main works

and the land occupied by pollutant interception pipeline, and water supply pipeline.

According to the on-site investigation and the inquiry with local land administrative bureau,

the land permanently expropriated by this Project mainly belongs to uncultivated land

(uneven land) and farm land. No basic farmland is expropriated.

10.1.4 Impact indicator of Project

Totally four towns (streets), four villages and one state owned farm and one state owned

pasture in five banners (counties) of Bayan Nur City are affected by this Project. Five

Page 594: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

households, totally 22 residents, are affected by the land expropriation, no resettlement is

required. No house will be removed. Totally 3597.25 mu of land of various types are taken

over for use temporarily or expropriated, where land expropriated covers 758.00mu, land

taken over for use temporary covers 2839.25mu, and 150 fruit trees are also expropriated.

Impact indicator of land expropriation is shown in Table 3.3-1.

10.1.4.1 Land expropriation

Totally 758mu of land of various types will be expropriated permanently by this

Project, including 195.50 mu of farmland, 165.00mu of construction land, and 397.50 mu of

uncultivated land (wild grass land). According to the on-site investigation, 90.00mu of

uncultivated land in Hongqi Village, Qingshan Town will be expropriated for the water supply

project in Urad Back Banner Industrial Park, 105.00mu of uncultivated land in Hongqi

Village, Qingshan Town will be expropriated for the sewage treatment and recycling project

in Urad Back Banner Industrial Park, 157.50mu of farmland in Muyanghai Pasture will be

expropriated for the water supply project in Ganqimaodu Port Industrial Park, 165.00 mu of

construction land will be expropriated for the water supply project in Ganqimaodu Port

Industrial Park, 38.00 mu of farm land in Shawan Village, Shanba Town will be expropriated

for Sanpaigan regenerated water supply project, 37.50 mu of uncultivated land (wild grass

land) in Jiucheng Village, Longxingchang Town will be expropriated for Qipaigan

regenerated water supply project, and 165.00 mu of uncultivated land (wild grass land) in

Zhongtan Farm will be expropriated for the sewage treatment and recycling project in Urad

Front Banner Industrial Park. 10.1.4.2 Land acquisition

Land acquisition refers to the land taken over temporarily during construction of works,

such as the temporarily occupied land for pipeline. During the construction of this Project,

totally 2839.25 mu of land will be acquired temporarily, including 201.50 mu of farmland and

2637.75 mu of uncultivated land (wild grass land). The average acquisition period is 2

months. Temporary land acquisition for each work is shown in Table 10.1-3. The investigation

results on temporary land acquisition of this Project are detailed in Table 10.1-4.

Table 10.1-3 Details of land expropriation for each work of Comprehensive Water Environment Treatment

Project in Bayan Nur City

S/N Work Unit Total Farmland Construction land

Uncultivated land Ownership of land

1 Water supply work in Urad Back Banner Industrial Park

mu 90.00 90.00 Hongqi Village, Qingshan Town, Urad

Page 595: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Back Banner2Sewage treatment and

recycling work in Urad Back Banner Industrial Park

mu 105.00 105.00

3Water supply work in

Ganqimaodu Port Industrial Park

mu 157.50 157.50 Muyanghai Pasture, Urad Middle Banner

4

Sewage treatment and recycling work in

Ganqimaodu Port Industrial Park

mu 165.00 165.00 Ganqimaodu Industrial Park

5 Sanpaigan regenerated water supply work mu 38.00 38.00

Shawan Village, Shaba Town, Hangjin

Back Banner

6 Qipaigan regenerated water supply work mu 37.50 37.50

Jiucheng Village, Longxingchang Town,

Wuyuan County

7Sewage treatment and

recycling work in Urad Front Banner Industrial Park

mu 165.00 165.00 Zhongtan Farm

Total mu 758.00 195.50 165.00 397.50

Table 10.1-4 Details of temporary land acquisition for each work of Comprehensive Water Environment

Treatment Project in Bayan Nur City

S/N Work

Temporary land acquisition (mu)

Ownership of landTotal Farmlan

dUncultivate

d land

1 Water supply work in Urad Back Banner Industrial Park 534.75 534.75

Industrial Park and Hongqi Village, Qingshan Town, Urad

Back Banner and Industr

2Sewage treatment work in Urad

Back Banner Processing Park (Huhe Town)

114.15 114.15 Hongqi Village, Qingshan Town, Urad Back Banner

3 Regenerated water supply work in Ganqimaodu Port Processing Park 530.75 23.60 507.15

Muyanghai Pasture, Siyitang Village and Wuzhen Village,

Delingshan Town, Urad Middle Banner

4Sewage treatment and recycling

work in Ganqimaodu Port Processing Park (Delingshan Town)

761.70 0.60 761.10Wuzhen Village, Delingshan

Town, Urad Middle Banner and Ganqimaodu Processing Park

5 Sanpaigan regenerated water supply work 241.65 99.15 142.50

Shawan Village and Dashuncheng village, Shanba Town, Hangjin Back Banner

Page 596: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

6 Qipaigan regenerated water supply work 581.70 130.20 451.50

Jiucheng Village, Longxingchang Town, Wuyuan

County

7Sewage treatment and recycling

work in Urad Front Banner Processing Park

74.55 0.00 74.55 Zhongtan Farm and Urad Front Banner Industrial Park

Total 2839.25 253.55 2585.70

10.1.4.2 Population affected by Project

The population affected by project in this report refers to the rural residents whose farmland is

expropriated by this Project. Since there is no house will be removed for this Project, there is

no population affected by house removal. According to the investigation and analysis

household by household, totally 5 households and 22 persons will be migrated for this Project.

They are all residents living in Shawan Village, Shaba Town, Hangjin Back Banner. The

statistics of population affected by Comprehensive Water Environment Treatment Project in

Bayan Nur City is shown in Table 10.1-5.

Table 10.1-5 Statistics of population affected by Comprehensive Water Environment Treatment Project in

Bayan Nur City

Banner/CountyTownship/

TownVillage

Head of househodl

Land expropriation without house removal Remark

sNumber of household Population

Hangjin Back Banner

ShanbaTownShawa

n Village

Shan Baolin 1 4

Hangjin Back Banner

ShanbaTownShawa

n Village

Wang Fugui 1 4

Hangjin Back Banner

ShanbaTownShawa

n Village

Chen Shuijin 1 4

Hangjin Back Banner

ShanbaTownShawa

n Village

Wang Erhu 1 5

Hangjin Back Banner

ShanbaTownShawa

n Village

Hao Zhen 1 5

Total ShanbaTownShawa

n Village

5 22

Page 597: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

10.1.4.3 Trees or forest

Trees and forest affected by this Project include those trees cut for the land expropriation

for construction and construction of works. Totally 150 trees will be cut, including 120 mature

trees and 30 baby trees.

Page 598: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Table 10.1-6 List of Indicators of things affected by land expropriation for construction of Comprehensive Water Environment Treatment Project in Bayan Nur City

S/N

Description

Unit

Total

Urad Back Banner Urad Middle BannerHangjin Back

BannerWuyuan County Urad Front Banner

Total

Qingshan Tow

n

Urad B

ack Banner

Industrial Park

Total

Delingshan Tow

n

Muyanghai Pasture

Ganqim

aodu Industrial Park

Total

ShanbaTown

Total

Longxingchang Tow

n

Total

Zhongtan Farm

Urad B

ack Banner

Industrial Park

1 Land expropriation  1.1 Farmland mu 195.50       157.50   157.50   38.00 38.00          1.2 Construction land mu 165.00       165.00     165.00              1.3 Uncultivated land mu 397.50 195.00 195.00               37.50 37.50 165.00 165.00  2 Land acquisition                                1.1 Farmland mu 201.50       24.20 0.60 23.60   47.10 47.10 130.20 130.20      1.2 Uncultivated land mu 2637.75 648.90 648.90 453.15 1268.25 422.63 84.53 761.10 194.55 194.55 451.50 451.50 74.55 26.55 48.00

3 Trees or forest                                1.1 Timber tree Unit 150       110   110   40 40          1.1.1 Mature tree Unit 120       90   90   30 30          1.1.2 Baby tree Unit 30       20   20   10 10          

Page 599: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

10.1.4.4 Vulnerable groups

Investigation has been made village by village during the process of investigation of

impact of this Project to analyze the ethnical issue, age structure, education, employment and

other information of the members of all households affected by the land expropriation and

house removal. Comparison and analysis on the member of households and the data known

from local civil affairs authority and property relief office have been made to determine the

vulnerable groups affected by this Project. No vulnerable groups who need special supports is

found in the area affected by land expropriation for construction during this phase. No special

support is needed. However during the resettlement, if the vulnerable groups are concerned,

corresponding support and care will be afforded by the Owner of this Project and relevant

governmental authority.

10.1.5 Analysis on impact by land expropriation 10.1.5.1 Analysis on impact by permanent land expropriation

To analyze the impact on local residents by expropriation of farmland, the Owner of this

Project has organized relevant personnel to conduct deep investigation on the towns,

townships, villages and the existing land resources of the farms and pastures may be affected

by this Project, has conducted painstaking analysis on the degree of impact on each indicator

of things affected by this Project. Totally four towns (streets), four villages and one state

owned farm and one state owned pasture in five banners (counties) of Bayan Nur City are

affected by the permanent land expropriation for this Project. Five households are affected by

the permanent land expropriation in Muyanghai Farm in Urad Middle Banner and Shawan

Village in Shanba Town of Hangjin Back Banner. For other villages, only uncultivated land is

expropriated. Farmland affected is shown in Table 10.1-7.

Table 10.1-7 Analysis of farmland affected by land expropriation for Comprehensive Water Environment

Treatment Project in Bayan Nur City (mu)

Banner/

County

Township/

Town

Village

Sub-village

Population

Number of farmland before

expropriation

Num

ber of land

expropriated

Average

farmland of

each resident after

expropriation

Impact %

Total

Per person

Urad Middle Banner

Muyanghai Pasture 1442 36000 24.97 157.5 24.86 0.44%

Hangjin Back Banner

ShanbaTown Shawan Village

Culturing plant 46 340 7.39 38 6.57 11.18%

Page 600: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

1) Impact of land expropriation on Urad Back Banner

Totally 195.00 mu of uncultivated land (wild grass land) in Hongqi Village, Qingshan Town

will be expropriated for the water supply work and sewage treatment and recycling work in

Urad Back Banner Industrial Park. No farmland will be expropriated. According to the on-site

investigation, the main income sources of local residents are stock raising and agriculture. At

present, all villagers have certain number of farmland. Stocks are raised in the pasture. No

impact on the agricultural production will be caused by the expropriation of uncultivated land.

2) Impact of land expropriation on Urad Middle Banner

Totally 157.50 mu of farmland in Muyanghai Farm will be expropriated for the construction

of water supply work and sewage treatment and recycling work in Ganqimaodu Industrial

Park. According to the onsite investigation in the planned migrant group, the land in

Muyanghai Pasture belongs to state-owned land and land affected is small, therefore the

degree of impact is low. The land affected only covers 0.44% of total farmland. Meanwhile,

the users of the land expropriated will be afforded new land, therefore no impact will be

caused by the land expropriation on the normal agricultural production in the Pasture.

3) Impact of land expropriation on Hangjin Back Banner

Totally 38.00 mu of farmland in the Culturing Plant in Shawan Village, Shanba Town,

Hangjin Back Banner will be expropriated for the construction of Sanpaigan regenerated

water work. According the on-site investigation, the average farmland of the residents in the

Yangzhi Sub-vilage in Shawan Village is 7.39 mu, and 6.57 mu after land expropriation. The

farmland affected by the land expropriation covers 11.18% of total farmland. Comparing with

other villages affected, the degree of impact is high. Totally 5 households (Shan Baolin, Wang

Fugui, Chen JIinyong, Wang Erhu, and Hao Zhen) and 22 persons of Yangzhi Sub-village of

Shawan Village are affected by the land expropriation. The planning team has conducted

detailed investigation concerning these 5 households affected. According to the analysis, the

degree of impact on all farmlands of these households reaches more than 20%. The degree of

impact is high. Households affected by land expropriation are shown in Table 10.1-8.

Table 10.1-8 Brief introduction to production and living of households in Shawan Village affected by land

expropriation

Page 601: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Description UnitShan

BaolinWang Fugui

Chen Jinyong

Wang Erhu

Hao Zhen

Number of householdPerso

n4 4 4 5 5

Total area of contracted farmland mu 20 15 20 20 15

Average area of farmland per person

mu 5 3.75 5 4 3

Area of farmland expropriated mu 5 4 5 8 8

Percentage of decrease of farmland % 25.00 26.67 25.00 40.00 53.33

4) Impact of land expropriation on Wuyuan County

Totally 37.50 mu of uncultivated land in the first sub-village of Jiucheng Village,

Longxingchang Town, Wuyuan County will be expropriated for the construction of Qipaigan

regenerated water work. According to the on-site investigation, Longxingchang Town is the

original location of Wuyuan County government. The residents of Jiucheng Village are

involved not only in agricultural production, but also secondary industry and tertiary industry.

Only small number of uncultivated land in the first sub-village is affected by the land

expropriation, therefore, on impact will be caused on the production and living of local

farmers.

5) Impact of land expropriation on Urad Front Banner

Totally 165.00 mu of uncultivated land in Zhongtan Farm in Urad Front Banner will be

expropriated for the construction of sewage treatment and recycling work in Urad Front

Banner Industrial Park. According to the on-site investigation, the land affected by land

expropriation belongs to state-owned land, and belongs to uncultivated land, neither the

production and operation of the farm, nor the living and production of farmers in nearby

villages will be affected by the land expropriation.

10.1.5.2 Analysis on impact of temporary land occupation

Totally 2839.55 mu of land will be temporarily occupied by the pipeline and the

construction of this Project, including 253.55 mu of farmland, 2585.70 mu of uncultivated

land. According to the data provided by the owners of each work and the on-site investigation,

the construction of pipeline will be completed in 30-60 days. Except the pipeline crossing

Sanpaigan, Qipaigan and Yihe Channel, no other pipeline will cause impact on roads or

channels. Meanwhile, all pipelines are set away from the residential area to some extent.

For the purpose to avoid and mitigate the impact on the channels and production of local

Page 602: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

residents by the construction of pipelines the Owner of this Project will compensate properly

the residents whose production is affected by land expropriation against the crops, meanwhile,

the construction will be arranged at spare time of local residents. For the pipelines crossing

drain channels, irrigation channels and other water conservancy facilities or houses of local

residents, pipe jacking will be applied to avoid the repeated construction of water conservancy

facilities and houses. In addition, the Owner of this Project will help farmers carry out land

leveling or land improvement by taking advantage of the transportation of earthwork.

Meanwhile, for the purpose to reduce the impact of excavation of road and deposit of

earthwork on the nearby environment and local residents, the construction organization will

establish retaining wall around the construction site to prevent the dust flying with the wind.

Owner of this Project will define the modes of temporary use of land and recovery

requirements, etc, during execution of construction contract with the Contractor.

In addition, according to the on-site investigation by East China Institute, the

construction of these works is supported by local residents. After they are informed of the

impact on their living and production and are compensated in accordance with the law, almost

all residents accepting the investigation show that they will conquer the impact by the

construction and support the construction of this Project.

10.2 Migration and resettlement plans

The preparation of the migration and resettlement plans concerning this Project and the

future implementation will follow relevant laws and regulations of Inner Mongolia and the

requirements of OP4.12 Business Policy of World Bank. The implementation of land

expropriation, removal and resettlement tasks will strictly follow the resettlement

compensation standard and relevant policies. If change happens during implementation, the

Owner of this Project will prepare corresponding special reports to the World Bank. Such

report may into operation only approved by World Bank.

10.2.1 Policy basis

The resettlement plans of this Project are based on the policies mainly listed in Table

10.2-1.

Table 10.2-1 Main policy basis for migration and resettlement plans

Page 603: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Name of policy Remarks

National level

(1) Land Administrative Law of the People’s Republic of China 2004.8.28.(2) Interim Rules on Tax of Occupation of Arable Land 2007.12.1(3) Notice on Printing of “Interim Administrative Measures for Collection and Use of Plant Recovery Fees”

Cai Zone [2007] No. 73

(4) Decisions of State Council on Deepening Reform and Strengthening Land Administration

2004.10.21

(5) Implementation Rules of Land Administrative Law of the People’s Republic of China

1998.12.27

(6) Rural Land Contracting Measures of the People’s Republic of China 2002.8.29(7) Administrative Rule of Urban House Removal 2001.6.6(8) Property Law of the People’s Republic of China 2007.3.19Notice on Printing of “Guiding Advice on Optimization of Compensation and Resettlement Policies Concerning Land Expropriation”

Guo TU Zi Fa [2004] No. 238

Autonom

ous

region level

(9) Measures of Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region on “Land Administrative Law of the People’s Republic of China”

2000.10.15

(10) Implementation Measures of Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region on Tax of Arable Land Occupation(10) Regulations of Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region on Standard, Management and Use of Charges of Forestry Land Occupation and Acquisition

World

Bank

(12) Operational Polices for Involuntary Resettlement OP4.12 and its attachments(13) Involuntary Displacement and Resettlement BP4.12 and its attachments

10.2.2 Resettlement policies applicable to this Project

According to above mentioned national and local laws, regulations and relevant policies

of World Bank, combined with the actual conditions of the area affected by the

Comprehensive Project, and based on the adequate consultation with the people affected, the

Resettlement Office of this Project has formulated following resettlement plans applicable to

this Project.

10.2.2.1 Compensation for various kinds of land affected

(1) The local governments of the area affected by this Project is preparing the uniform

standard of annual production value of this region, however, such standard has not yet

approved by Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region, therefore, the production value per mu of

farm land applied for calculation of land compensation will be determined based on relevant

statistic data and combined with the on-site investigation. The magnification of compensation

for farm land expropriated is 10 times and that of subsidy for resettlement is 6 times.

(2) If there are crops in the land expropriated, the compensation for crops will be 1 time

Page 604: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

of the annual production value of this tract of land; no compensation will be given for

uncultivated land such barren mountain, wild land, and barren sand

(3) Compensation for fruit trees will be determined according the type, age, and size o

trees. Since only timber trees are affected by the land expropriation, referring to the nearby

project completed recently, the compensation standard for mature trees is 100Yuan/tree and

50Yuan/tree for baby trees.

(4) Compensation for temporary land occupation (wasted soil yard, access and

construction camp, etc) will be calculated according to the annual production value and the

actual occupation time. One-year term will be applied if the time is less than 1 year. The

construction organization shall be responsible for recovery of temporary occupied land.

10.2.2.2 Resettlement of rural residents affected

(1) If the village or sub-village committee has adjusted the land or explored the land to

have the household whose land is expropriated obtain new land or other production materials,

then the land compensation and resettlement subsidy shall be managed and utilized by the

village committee. If the village or sub-village committee has not adjusted the land or

explored the land and the households affected do not obtain any production materials, then the

village committee shall pay the resettlement subsidy to the households whose land is

expropriated, the land compensation will be managed and utilized by village committee, and

will be distributed and utilized according to the decision of general meeting of villagers.

(2) During construction, new employment opportunity will be given, and priority will be

given to the people affected by this Project. These employment opportunities will benefit the

local residents.

10.2.2.3 Public consultation and information disclosure

(1) Public consultation meeting

Irregular official consultation meeting will be held by the Resettlement Office.

Resettlement Office will organize such meeting irregularly according to the actual conditions

of land expropriation and resettlement. The theme, scale, participants of the meeting will be

determined as the change of demands, and will be supervised by independent outsider

supervising institute.

(2) The use plans of land funds will be made via public consultation, and may be put into

implementation upon approval by the general meeting of villagers.

(3) Resettlement information system based on computer will be applied to strengthen the

Page 605: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

management of resettlement and ensure the consistence between the implementation of

resettlement and the policy concerning resettlement. Resettlement information will be

publicized from time to time to set up a bridge between the Resettlement Office and the

people affected. Feedback of immigrants will be collected and any possible bias will be

remedied in timely manner.

10.2.3 Compensation standard

10.2.3.1 Compensation standard for land acquisition and expropriation

1) Annual production value of farmland

The local governments of the area affected by this Project is preparing the uniform

standard of annual production value of this region, however, such standard has not yet

approved by Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region, therefore, the production value per mu of

farm land applied for calculation of land compensation will be determined based on relevant

statistic data and combined with the on-site investigation. The production amount per mu of

farmland will be calculated as per the average production amount per mu in recent three years

from 2006 to 2008. According to the on-site investigation and combined with the similar

project completed recently, the price of farm products will be calculated as per the price of

second quarter of 2009. After calculation, the average annual production value of farm land in

Urad Front Banner, Urad Middle Banner, Urad Back Banner, Hangjin Back Banner and

Wuyuan County in recent three years is 1129 Yuan/mu, 765Yuan/mu, 810Yuan/mu,

1331Yuan/mu and 1384 Yuan/mu respectively.

2) Compensation standard for rural collectively-owned land

According to the relevant provisions on land compensation provided in “Implementation

Measures of the Land Administrative Law of the People’ Republic of China”, the

compensation for land will be 6-10 times of the average annual production value of recent

three years and the resettlement subsidy for each rural resident will be 4-10 times of average

annual production value of farmland of recent years. According to the investigation by the

Owner and related designer of this Project, the magnification of compensation for farm land

expropriated is 10 times and that of subsidy for resettlement is 6 times. The sum of these two

items is 16 times of production value per mu of farm land.

Therefore, the compensation standard for collectively-owned farmland expropriated in

Hangjin Back Banner is 1331oYuan/mu, resettlement subsidy is 7986Yuan/mu, the total of the

two items is 21296Yuan/mu.

Page 606: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

The compensation standard for uncultivated land expropriated will refer to the similar

project completed recently in each banner on temporary basis and the compensation for crops

in the farmland expropriated will be calculated as per the production value of crops in the first

quarter. According to the on-site investigation, the banners and counties involved in the rural

collectively-owned land expropriated by this Project are Urad Back Banner, Hangjin Back

Banner and Wuyuan County respectively. The compensation standard for expropriation of

rural collectively-owned land in each banner (county) is shown in Table 10.2-2.

Table 10.2-2 List of compensation standard for expropriation of rural collectively-owned land by

Comprehensive Treatment Project in Bayan Nur

Area Type of land Unit

Land expropriation compensation

RemarksTotal

Compensation standard

Compensation for crops

Urad Back Banner

Uncultivated land

Yuan/mu

2000 2000 /

Hangjin Back Banner

FarmlandYuan/mu

22627 21296 1331

Wuyuan County

Uncultivated land

Yuan/mu

9000 9000 /

3) Compensation standard for state-owned land

The compensation standard for construction land in Ganqimaodu Port in Urad Middle

Banner will be determined according to the consultation between the Owner and the industrial

park involved in the construction of this Project. According to the data provided by Owner

and the on-site investigation, the compensation standard is 9167Yuan/mu.

According to the introduction made by local land administration authority, Owner shall pay

land compensation for paid use of farmland or uncultivated land in state-owned land, and

shall pay royalty for use of new construction land; If the land belongs to profit-oriented

mining and industrial enterprises, then Owner shall pay state-owned land grant fees according

to “Minimum Price Standard for Sale of State-owned Industrial-purpose land”, which may be

deducted with the land compensation and royalty for use of new construction land paid in

advance. Therefore, the only thing is to make up the deficiency.

Since the Project belongs to infrastructure construction project, and is a non-profit

project, for the sate-owned land in Zhongtan Farm and Muyanghai Pasture involved in this

Project, only land compensation and royalty for use of new construction land are included

currently. According to site investigation and calculation, since there is on state-owned land

Page 607: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

compensation standard in effect in each banner (county) involved in this Project currently, the

compensation standard for state-owned land in Urad Middle Banner and Urad Front Banner

will refer to that for rural collectively-owned land, that is, the compensation standard for the

state-owned farmland in Urad Middle Banner is calculated by 16 times, that is,

12240Yuan/mu, and that for crops takes 765Yuan/mu. Details of compensation standard for

state-owned land expropriation in each banner are shown in Table 10.2-3.

Table 10.2-3 List of compensation standard for expropriation of state-owned land by Comprehensive

Treatment Project in Bayan Nur

Area Type of land Unit

Land expropriation compensation

RemarksTotal Compensation

standard

Compensation for crops

Urad Middle Banner

Farmland Yuan/mu 13005 12240 765 Muyanghai Pasture

Construction land Yuan/mu 9167 9167 / Ganqimaodu Industrial

ParkUrad Front Banner

Uncultivated land Yuan/mu 2000 2000 / Zhongtan Farm

4) Compensation standard for temporary land occupation

The temporary land acquisition involved in this Project concerns two types land,

farmland and uncultivated land. According to the opinions of Owner and the villages and sub-

villages affected, compensation shall be made for temporary occupation of various types of

land. The construction organization shall recover the land after completion of this Project.

Since the comparatively short construction period, the compensation of acquisition of

farmland mainly involves two items, compensation for crops and costs for land recovering

works. The compensation for crops is calculated as per the production value per year and

costs for land recovering works is calculated as per 25—Yuan/mu. Compensation for

uncultivated land is calculated as per 300Yuan/mu. Compensation standard for temporary

occupation of land in each banner and county is shown in Table 10.2-4.

Table 10.2-4 List of compensation standard for temporary acquisition of land by Comprehensive

Treatment Project in Bayan Nur

Area Type of land Unit Land expropriation compensation Remark

Page 608: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

sTotal Costs for land recovery works

Compensation for crops

Urad Front Banner

Farmland Yuan/mu

3629 2500 1129  Uncultivated land

Yuan/mu

800 800 /  Urad Middle

Banner

Farmland Yuan/mu 3265 2500 765  

Uncultivated land

Yuan/mu 800 800 /  

Urad Back Banner

Farmland Yuan/mu 3310 2500 810  

Uncultivated land

Yuan/mu 800 800 /  

Hangjin Back Banner

Farmland Yuan/mu 3831 2500 1331  

Uncultivated land

Yuan/mu 800 800 /  

Wuyuan County

Farmland Yuan/mu 3884 2500 1384  

Uncultivated land

Yuan/mu 800 800 /  

10.2.3.2 Compensation for trees

Compensation for fruit trees will be determined according to the type, age, and size o

trees. Since only timber trees are affected by the land expropriation, referring to the nearby

project completed recently, the compensation standard for mature trees is 100 Yuan/tree, and

50 Yuan/tree for baby trees.

The above compensation standard is made according to the relevant national and local

polices and regulations, combined with the requirements of World Bank, and has been

recognized by the local residents and relevant organization.

10.2.4 Resettlement and compensation plans

Under the coordination and support by Bayan Nur Municipal government, the Bayan

Nur Hetao Water Co., Ltd, each level of government involved in this Project, and East China

Survey and Design Institute have conducted the planning of resettlement works of the

Comprehensive Treatment Project according to current policies, laws, and regulations in

effect and the requirements of World Bank on Resettlement based upon the planning and

schemes of resettlement delivered by each town, township and village affected by this Project.

10.2.4.1 Objective and tasks of planning

1) Objective

Page 609: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

According to the characters of impact caused by this Project, the objective of

resettlement planning is to: mitigate the impact on the living and production conditions of

migrants, and make the production and living level of them not lower than the original level

or be improved to some extent.

2) Tasks

According to the investigation and statistics, the no household will be involved in house

removal of this Project. For the uncultivated rural collectively-owned land of villages and

sub-villages and the state-owned farm expropriated for this Project, cash compensation and

resettlement subsidy will be offered according to relevant policies and the opinions of relevant

villages and sub-villages. For the five households, totally 22 persons, affected by the

expropriation of farmland in Shawan Village, Shaba Town, Hangjin Back Banner, cash

compensation combined with land adjustment within the villages and sub-villages will be

applied.

10.2.4.2 Production and resettlement recovery planning

Based upon the full consultation with each village, organization, representative of

villagers and immigrants affected, to respect the choice of majority of immigrants, cash

compensation will be applied.

According to the on-site investigation, except a small number of villagers, almost all of

the villagers investigated prefer to the cash compensation for settlement. The final

resettlement plans are determined according to the opinions of majority of immigrants. If any

immigrant chooses to continue to live on farming, the Owner of each work in each banner

(county) will allocate flexibly the collectively-owned land for them or help them obtain the

land from those households who are unwilling to live on farming.

According to the resettlement means by cash compensation, the compensation for land

will be paid via payment channel directly to each relevant village, organization and individual

affected for their free disposal The resettlement plans for each village are detailed respectively

as follows:

① Hongqi Village, Qingshan Town, Urad Back Banner

Totally 195.00 mu of uncultivated land in Muye Sub-village in Hongqi Village is

expropriated for the water supply and sewage treatment and recycling works in Urad Back

Banner Industrial Park. No house will be removed. According to the on-site investigation

conducted by resettlement planning team, the land affected by the expropriation for

construction belongs to uncultivated land collectively owned by Muye Sub-village in Hongqi

Page 610: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Village, and the farming and production of local residents are not affected. After soliciting the

opinions of relevant sub-village and representatives of villagers, the villagers committee

decides, after mutual discussion, that cash compensation will be applied, the land

compensation will be transferred directly to the sub-villages, which will be used for the

construction of roads, water conservancy, farmland restructuring in the sub-village.

② Jiucheng Village, Longxingchang Town, Wuyuan County

Totally 37.5 mu of uncultivated land in Jiucheng Village, Longxignchang Town will be

expropriated for the Qipaigan regenerated water supply work. No house will be removed.

According to the on-site investigation conducted by resettlement planning team, the land

affected by the expropriation for construction belongs to uncultivated land collectively owned

by Jiucheng Village, and the farming and production of local residents are not affected. After

soliciting the opinions of relevant sub-village and representatives of villagers, the villagers

committee decides, after mutual discussion, that cash compensation will be applied, the land

compensation will be transferred directly to the sub-villages. Land compensation will be used

for the construction of roads, water conservancy, farmland restructuring in the sub-village.

③ Shawan Village, Shaba Town, Hangjin Back Banner

Totally 38.00 mu of farm land in Yangzhi Sub-village in Shawan Village, Shanba Town

will be expropriated for the Sanpaigan regenerated water supply work. No house will be

removed. Total five households (Shan Baolin, Wange Fugui, Chen Jinyong, Wang Erhu and

Hao Zhen) or 22 residents of Yangzhi Sub-village of Shawan Village will be affected by the

land expropriation. On-site investigation and analysis of these five households have been

made by the Owner of Project and resettlement planning team. The details of living and

producing conditions of each household affected are shown in Table 10.2-5.

Page 611: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Table 10.2-5 Details of production and living conditions of households in Shawan Village affected by

land expropriation

Description Unit Shan Baolin Wang Fugui Chen Jinyong Wang Erhu Hao Zhen

I. Basic information  1. Members of household Perso

n 4 4 4 5 5

Where: female Person 2 2 2 2 2

2. Total area of contracted farmland mu 20 15 20 20 15

3. Average area of farmland per person mu 5 3.75 5 4 3

II. Total income of household Yuan 49150 43050 50820 48800 52150

1. Income from agriculture/ratio Yuan/%

17150

34.89

13050

30.31

17420

34.28

15800

32.38

13950

26.75

2. Income from stock raising/ratio

Yuan/% 8000 16.2

8 1000

023.2

3 7000 13.77

13000

26.64 7000 13.4

2

3. Income from service/ratio Yuan/%

24000

48.83

20000

46.46

26400

51.95

20000

40.98

31200

59.83

III. Total expenditure of household Yuan 33440 34455 32961 40460 38464

1. Expenditure for agriculture Yuan 8000 6000 8000 8000 6000

2. Expenditure for stock raising Yuan 3940 2955 2561 4560 2364

3. Expenditure for staple and non-staple food Yuan 12700 12900 12600 16200 16400

4. Expenditure for clothing Yuan 2800 3100 3200 3800 4100

5. Expenditure for medical treatment and healthcare Yuan 1000 1000 1200 1400 1100

6. Expenditure for transportation and communicaton Yuan 2000 2000 2400 2500 3000

7. Expenditure for education Yuan 0 2500 0 0 1500

8. Other expenditures Yuan 3000 4000 3000 4000 4000

IV. Saving of household at end of year Yuan 15710 8595 17859 8340 13686

V. Per capital net income per year Yuan 9302.5 8523.75 10064.75 7248 8757.2

VI. Impact of land expropriation            1. Area of farmland expropriated mu 5 4 5 8 8

2. Reduction of income from agriculture Yuan 4287.5 3480.0 4355.0 6320.0 7440.0

3. Degree of impact on general income % 8.72 8.08 8.57 12.95 14.27

From Table 10.2-5, the impact on the living and production and the general income of

households affected by land expropriated is not so significant. For the purpose of preparing

reasonable and practicable production and resettlement recovery plans, the planning team has

conducted informal discussion with the villagers during on-site discussion, to fully understand

the demands of immigrants. It is found in the discussion that among the five households

Page 612: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

affected, only those at the age of 50-60 are involved in traditional agricultural production,

meanwhile, it takes only three km from Shawan Village to Shaba Town, the location of

government of Hangjin Back Banner, large number of young labor force from the village

works in Shaba Town and stay in city as worker in most of time of a year and return to village

to do farm work in busy season, therefore, the degree dependence of this young labor force on

land is low. During the discussion, certain number of immigrants expresses their aspiration to

do business or investment, and is troubled for lack of money, therefore, for the land

compensation means; all five households choose the cash compensation. They want to

expand their accumulation of capital from the land compensation, which will afford them

opportunity to do business in secondary and tertiary industry in the future. For the impact on

their income for the loss of land, they will spend some of the land compensation to open up

new farmland in the village to increase the income. Therefore, after soliciting the opinions of

relevant sub-villages and immigrants, the villagers committee decides, after mutual

discussion, that cash compensation will be applied; the land compensation will be transferred

directly to the villagers. In addition, Shawan Villager Committee commits that if resettled

households request to obtain new land, Villager Committee will help the regional adjustment

of farmland in the sub-village.

④ Zhongtan Farm and Muyanghai Pasture

Totally 165.00 mu and 157.50 mu of state-owned land in Zhongtan Farm and Muyanghai

Pasture will be expropriated for the sewage treatment and recycling work in Urad Front

Banner Industrial Park and sewage treatment and recycling work in Ganqimaodu Pork

Industrial Park respectively. No house will be removed. According to the relevant regulations

of Bayan Nur, land compensation will be paid directly to Zhongtan Farm and Muyanghai

Pasture.

4) Temporary occupied land recovery plan

Temporary occupied land for construction refers to the land lent in temporary manner

within construction period. For this Project, it refers to the land occupied for construction of

pipelines and no house will be removed. After completion of this Project, the Owner of this

Project shall recover such land according to relevant requirement at the expense of land

reclamation fees. The compensation for crops in the land temporarily occupied for the Project

will be paid directly to the owner these crops.

During the design, the design institute of this Project shall try best to lay the pipes along

the existing roads or channels so as to avoid the disturbance on the normal life of residents.

Page 613: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

5) Management and application of compensation

According to the Measures of Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region on Implementation

of the Law on Villagers’ Committee of the People’s Republic of China and the

Implementation Regulation on Land Administrative Law, the application scheme of

compensation for land expropriation must be submitted by Villagers’ Committee for

discussion by the Meeting of Representatives of Villagers. For those who will not be resettled

uniformly, their resettlement subsidy will be paid directly to them.

According to above regulations, the application schemes of the land compensation are

determined after fully discussed by Villagers’ Committee based upon the opinions solicited

from the immigrants:

If farming households are affected by land expropriation, the land compensation will be

paid to the immigrants whose farmland is expropriated in full-amount manner. If no

household is directly affected by the land expropriation, the land compensation will be paid

directly to relevant sub-villages and will be used for future construction of infrastructure. The

compensation for attachments to the land or crops will be paid directly to their owners. The

compensation will be paid by the land expropriation organization to relevant owners via a

payment channel.

6) Protection of women’s rights and interests and participation in Project

In the villages affected, women have participated in the economic activities extensively.

They do farm work, and some work part-time for others. The economic activities involved by

women have became the important source of their households, meanwhile, in the daily life,

they undertake more household duties. The land expropriation and house removal will cause

loss to the livelihood of women and increase the economic difficulty facing the women.

Therefore, it is very important to take the gender issues into consideration in the

implementation of resettlement plans. In this Project, the main problems facing the women

are the payment of compensation and recovery of production. The Project Office will,

together with local governments and NGOs, make efforts to promote the gender equality and

increase the income of women.

(1) Create employment opportunity for women. During the construction of this Project,

employment opportunity will be given each year. The service work relating to the

construction fits the local women better; therefore propriety will be given to women for such

posts. Since unemployment is the main cause of the poverty of women, these employment

opportunities will benefit them to large extent.

Page 614: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

(2) Safeguard the participation by women. The participation in the discussion by women

must be ensured. The special demands of women must be taken into consideration in all

resettlement plans. All kinds of information shall be disclosed to women. The Project Office

will organize meeting of representatives of women during implementation of this Project to

discuss and solve the problems facing the women during resettlement.

(3) Local governments and resettlement office will ensure that women enjoy same rights

with men with respect to land and property. The divorced or widowed women still have the

right to obtain land and enjoy land compensation. The Resettlement Office will require all of

the co-owners of land or house to sign their names.

(4) Eliminate the gender discrimination and encourage the entrepreneurship of women

The Project Office is established partnership with local governments and NGOs to make

efforts to increase the opportunity and living quality of women. First, Resettlement

department must employ female employees to help women and solve problems facing women

in all aspects of resettlement, To help women participate extensively in the resettlement

planning, management and operation, employment and income recovery and other activities;

Secondly, local governments, resettlement office will cooperate with NGOs to eliminate the

gender discrimination existed in investment environment, and to encourage the women to

participate in the work of official organization to promote the development of private

enterprises run be women and exert fully the potential of women.

7) Organization and management of resettlement.

The implementation of resettlement plans will be under the leadership of leaders' team of

municipal project coordination teams. All banners (counties) affected by the construction of

this Project have designated special personnel to form the Project Office to be responsible for

the preparation of resettlement policies, the relocation of immigrants and the publicity,

mobilization, organization and implementation of resettlement activities. Meanwhile, the

Project Office will be main channel for immigrants to express their concerns. The Project

Office shall hear, collect and classify the opinions and problems of immigrants in timely and

adequately manner, and report such opinions and problems timely to higher department or

competent authorities, meanwhile feed back the treatment results to the immigrants in timely

manner.

10.2.5 Estimate of compensations for land expropriation and house

removal

Page 615: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

The total estimate of resettlement compensations for each work of Comprehensive

Treatment Project is 18.0097 million Yuan, where, compensation investment for rural

compensation is 8.3670 million Yuan, covering 44.46%, other expenses are 0.8367 million

Yuan, covering 4.65%, contingent funds are 0.9204 million Yuan, covering 5.11%, other tax

costs are 7.8856 million Yuan, covering 43.79%. Details of total budget estimate of

compensation for resettlement of this Project are shown in Table 10.2-6.

Table 10.2-6 Details of total budget estimate of compensation for resettlement of this Project (ten

thousand Yuan)

S/N Description TotalUrad Back

Banner

Urad Middle Banner

Hangjin Back

Banner

Wuyuan County

Urad Front

BannerPercentage

1 Compensation for rural area 836.70 90.91 466.44 119.94 120.44 38.96 46.46%

1Compensation for land expropriation and acquisition

818.24 90.91 453.40 114.53 120.44 38.96 45.43%

2Compensation for crops and trees

18.46 13.05 5.41 1.02%

2 Other expenses 83.67 9.09 46.64 11.99 12.04 3.90 4.65%

3 Contingent funds 92.04 10.00 51.31 13.19 13.25 4.29 5.11%

4 Other tax costs 788.56 130.00 363.20 106.36 35.00 154.00 43.79%

  Total static investment of this Project

1800.97 240.00 927.59 251.49 180.73 201.15 100.00%

10.2.6 Implementation plans of resettlement works

10.2.6.1 Implementation procedure

A. Land expropriation and compensation

Land expropriation and compensation will be completed by relevant department. The

detailed procedure is as follow:

a. Project design institute provides the detailed map of land expropriation scope, which

shall be verified jointly by the Project Office, Owner of Project and each local government,

local land administrative department, and the organization (individual) affected by this

Project, to define the scope and quantity of land expropriation and house removal;

b. Owner of Project applies to relevant local land administrative departments for land

expropriation;

c. Relevant land administrative department replies the application for land

expropriation;

d. The Owner of this Project and local land administrative departments conduct

Page 616: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

consultation on the issues with respect to land compensation, enter into land compensation

agreement and transact relevant land acquisition procedures;

e. Banner (county)-level land administrative departments and each township (town),

village affected affirm the scope and quantity of land expropriation;

f. Banner (county)-level land administrative department enters into “Land

Expropriation Agreement” with each township (town) affected;

g. Relevant party pays the compensations;

h. Relevant party transacts legal procedures;

i. Relevant parties implement the land expropriation procedure.

B. Production recovery

Production and relocation recovery will be implemented by relevant Villagers’

Committee. The working procedure is as follow:

a. The sub-village with the task of resettlement organizes the meeting of representatives

of villagers to discuss and make the distribution schemes of land compensations;

b. The Villagers’ Committee discloses the distribution schemes of land compensations

to solicit further the opinions of all villagers and immigrants in its sub-village;

c. The Villagers’ Committee distributes the land compensations.

10.2.6.2 Schedule

The schedule of implementation of land expropriation and re-settlement of this Project

will be made according to the construction schedule of works. Detailed schedules shall follow

following principles:

(1) All land expropriation works shall be completed prior to commencement of works of

each bid section;

(2) The land compensation schemes shall be subject to the full consultation with

villagers;

(3) Efforts shall be made to complete the land expropriation after the crops are

harvested;

(4) The payment of land compensation shall be completed prior to the expropriation of

land;

According the overall schedule of this Project, the schedule of land expropriation and

Page 617: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

house removal of this Project is shown in Table 10.2-6.

Page 618: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Table 10.2-6 Schedule of land expropriation for each work of Comprehensive Water Environment Treatment Project in Bayan Nur City

Description

Water supply work in Urad Back

Banner Industrial Park

Sewage treatment and recycling

work in Urad Back Banner Industrial

Park

Water supply work in Ganqimaodu Port

Industrial Park

Sewage treatment and recycling

work in Ganqimaodu Port

Industrial Park

Sanpaigan regenerated water

supply work

Qipaigan regenerated water

supply work

Sewage treatment and recycling work in Urad Front Banner

Industrial Park

I. Land expropriation

1. Determination of land to be expropriated 2009.5 2009.5 2009.5 2009.5 2009.5 2009.5 2009.5

2. Preparation and investigation of physical data of land

expropriation2009.7 2009.7 2009.7 2009.7 2009.7 2009.7 2009.7

3. Consultation and determination of land

compensation standard2009.7--2009.9 2009.7--2009.9 2009.7--2009.9 2009.7--2009.9 2009.7--2009.9 2009.7--2009.9 2009.7--2009.9

4. Payment of land compensations. 2010.10--2010.12 2010.2--2010.3 2010.10--2010.12 2010.2--2010.3 2010.10--2010.12 2010.10--2010.12 2010.2--2010.3

5. Transaction of land expropriation procedure 2011.1--2011.2 2011.3--2011.4 2011.1--2011.2 2011.3--2011.4 2011.1--2011.2 2011.1--2011.2 2011.3--2011.4

II. Production recovery

1. Consultation of land compensation schemes 2009.7--2009.9 2009.7--2009.9 2009.7--2009.9 2009.7--2009.9 2009.7--2009.9 2009.7--2009.9 2009.7--2009.9

2. Payment of land compensations. 2010.10--2010.12 2010.2--2010.3 2010.10--2010.12 2010.2--2010.3 2010.10--2010.12 2010.10--2010.12 2010.2--2010.3

Page 619: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

10.2.7 Organization and structure

10.2.7.1 Organization structuring

1) Departments to be established

To ensure the smooth construction of each work of Comprehensive Treatment

Project in Bayan Nur, relevant coordination department will be established by Bayan

Nur People’s Government, the governments of each banner (county) affected and the

Owner of Project to coordinate and supervise all activities relating to resettlement.

Departments responsible for the land expropriation, house removal, and resettlement

relating to each work of Comprehensive Treatment Project in Bayan Nur include:

(1) Leaders’ Team of Municipal Project Coordination Teams

(2) Office of Leaders’ Team of Municipal Project Coordination Teams

(3) Project Office of banner (county) affected by this Project

(4) Owner’s organization

(5) Villagers’ Committee and sub-villages

(6) Independent outsider supervision and evaluation institute

2) Constitution and duty of each department

A. Leaders’ Team of Municipal Project Coordination Teams

For the purpose to strengthen the tasks of Comprehensive Treatment Project and

to promote the approval and implementation of this Project, the municipal

government decides, according to the change of leaders of municipal government of

project member organizations, that the Project Coordination Leadership Team

(“Leadership Team”) set up pursuant to original Ba Zheng Ba Zi [2006] No. 355 file

will be adjusted. The Leadership Team is the decision-making body of this Project

will make decision on all material issues. Its main duties are:

(1) Determine the construction scale, contents of this Project according to the

Page 620: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

demands of social and economic development of whole city;

(2) Give instruction to the performance of activities such as project application,

project verification and project implementation according to the requirements of

project invested by domestic and foreign investors;

(3) Coordinate with each member organization of this Project to complete the

preliminary work and the construction, management and operation of this Project;

(4) Be responsible for the verification and approval of construction schemes, the

award of commencement order, and the acceptance of this Project;

(5) Be responsible for the financing and repayment of loans and other material

decisions.

The Leadership Team will hold at least one working meeting per half year to

discuss and make decision on relevant issues.

B. Office of Project Coordination Leadership Team

Office of Project Leadership Team will be established. The Office will be located

in Hetao Water Group and includes general office, administrative department,

financial department, engineering and technical department, tendering and purchase

department. Duties of each department will be defined clearly and the responsibility

system of special personnel will be applied. The main duties of Owners' Office are:

(1) Carry out the decision of Project Leadership Team and organize the

promotion activities of this Project;

(2) Coordinate with each member organization to carry out the project

application and verification, and organize the implementation of detailed tasks;

(3) Report to Leadership Team in regular or irregular manner.

C. Project Office of banner (county) affected by this Project

The principal leaders of each banner (county)’ people’s government will be take

charge of the Project Office of each banner (county) affected. All of them will be

Page 621: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

located in water authority. Members include the leaders of water bureau, development

and reform commission, construction bureau, land administrative bureau and relevant

townships and towns. The main duties are to assist in the implementation of this

Project, coordinate and solve relevant major issues.

(4) Owner’s organization

The duties of Owner's organization concerning land expropriation, removal and

resettlement include:

(1) Authorize design institute to define the area affected by Project, and

authorize local resettlement authorities to conduct social and economical investigation

and statistics, and storage of data;

(2) Be responsible for the financing of resettlement funds and transfer of funds;

(3) Prepare activities and schedule of implementation of resettlement;

(4) Guide, coordinate and supervise each resettlement authority to implement the

resettlement plans as required in “Resettlement Plans”;

(5) Coordinate the inner supervision activities and preparation of reports;

(6) Coordinate the outside supervision activities.

E. Villagers’ Committee and sub-villages

The main leaders of Villagers' Committee and sub-villages will form a

resettlement working group. Its main duties include:

(1) Participate in social, economical investigation and the investigation of impact

of Project;

(2) Organize the public to consult and publicize the land expropriation and

removal policies;

(3) Afford help for households in hardship;

(4) Select place for resettlement and arrange house site for households whose

Page 622: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

houses are removed;

(5) Carry out the adjustment of land, and organize production and development

and other resettlement activities;

(6) Be responsible for management and distribution of funds;

(7) Report the opinions and suggestions of immigrants to higher-level

authorities;

(8) Report the resettlement implementation progress.

F. Resettlement supervision and evaluation institutes

The outside independent supervision and evaluation work of this Project will be

undertaken by the independent outsider supervision and evaluation institutes

recognized by the Owner of this Project. Independent outsider supervision and

evaluation institute will implement all supervision and evaluation tasks by providing

technical help to relevant department and carrying out investigation on the migrants

and the living standard of personnel affected by this Project. Their main duties

include:

(1) As an independent supervision institute, supervise the planning and

implementation of resettlement and submit resettlement supervision and evaluation

report to the Owner, and World Bank. This duty will be detailed in relevant chapters

in Independent Outsider Supervision and Evaluation;

(2) Provide technical consultancy concerning data investigation and treatment of

inner supervision for Owner and other relevant departments.

3) Staffing

To safeguard the smooth implementation of this Project and resettlement tasks,

large number of material and human resource has been input by Bayan Nur People’s

Government, people’s governments of relevant banner (county) and Owner of this

Project. Resettlement teams have been established and relevant personnel have been

Page 623: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

staffed.

10.2.7.2 Intercommunication between different departments

During the land expropriation, removal and resettlement process, each

resettlement department will enter into authorization contracts or agreements to define

the working contents and duties of each department. Execution of authorization

contract/agreement will be made as follow:

(1) Owner of this Project enters into “Agreement on Land Expropriation,

Removal and Resettlement” with project office of each banner (county) of Bayan Nur

respectively;

(2) Owner of this Project enters into “Contract of Independent Supervision and

Evaluation Tasks Concerning Resettlement" with outsider supervision and evaluation

institutes;

(3) Project office of each banner (county) enters into “Agreement on Land

Expropriation, Removal and Resettlement” with Villagers’ Committee;

(4) Villagers’ Committee enters into “Resettlement Compensation Agreement"

with transmigrated households.

Page 624: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

11 Abstracts of Environmental Management Plan

11.1 Environmental Management System

As the main body for the administrative management & administrative law

enforcement of the environmental protection nationwide, the Ministry of

Environmental Protection of the People’s Republic of China shall supervise the

implementation of the project. Under The Law of the People’s Republic of China on

Environmental Protection & The Regulations on Environmental Protection of

Construction Projects, the environmental impact appraisal report of the project shall

be approved by the Department of Environmental Protection of Inner Mongolia

Autonomous Region. Bayannur Municipal Bureau of Environmental Protection is the

environmental management unit of the project, of which the main functions include

the submission of environmental protection demands according to the environmental

impact appraisal report of the project, the coordination of environmental protection

management between different branches and the liability for organizing a “three-

simultaneity” inspection over the implementation of environmental protection

facilities. Within the framework of overall administrative managing organs of the

project, the WB loan project office at different levels is liable for the management of

the whole project and is under the leadership of Bayannur Municipal Government and

banner (county) government. Under the project office, the employer of the project will

carry out their own sub-projects respectively. To guarantee the smooth

implementation of the environmental management of the project, the project office,

project employer, and contractor and operator are staffed with several full- or part-

time environment managing personnel for implementing the environmental

management plan. The WB Loan Project Office of Bayannur Municipality shall be

liable for the planning and design of the project, supervise the procedures of the

environmental protection and organize and carry out technical trainings for

environmental managing personnel of the project within the whole region; the main

functions of the project office and Bureau of Environmental Protection of the banner

(county) include the implementation of the project proposal and various technical

criteria of the project and daily supervision of environmental management; under the

authorization of the project employer, the environment monitoring station of the

banner (county) is liable for monitoring environment quality of the project region in

Page 625: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

the period of project construction and operation; and the environment supervising

engineer authorized by the employer is liable for environment supervision on project

construction. The project employer is to be staffed with full-time environmental

management personnel liable for the environmental management of the project on

different stages; implement the statutes and plans on environmental protection;

inspect the implementation of environmental protection measures of the project;

popularize the application of sophisticated techniques and experiences on

environmental protection; and organize and carry out some technical training on

environmental protection for relevant personnel of sub-projects so as to improve the

accomplishment of the personnel. The environmental management items of the

project sharply vary in the construction period and operating period, which features

temporary and long-term time limit on working hours respectively. Therefore, the

contractor and operator shall set up institutional framework according to different

stages, and break down the liability by stages. After the construction period is over,

the managing institution of the construction shall be cancelled immediately, and the

operation managing institution shall start to run. According to the specific situation, a

transitional period is allowed. The chart of organizational institution is included in

Figure 11.1-1. The environmental protection supervising plan of the project is

included in Table 11.1-1.

Page 626: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

国家层面 国家环保部 世 行

巴彦淖尔市环保局 巴彦淖尔WB 贷款项目办

乌拉特后旗环保局

乌拉特前旗环保局

杭锦后旗环保局

乌拉特中旗环保局

五原县环保局

乌拉特后旗项目办

乌拉特前旗项目办

杭锦后旗项目办

乌拉特中旗项目办

五原县项目办

设计单位旗县环境监测站

建设承包商

环评单位环境监理工程师

旗县环境监测站

业主或运营商

项目业主

旗县层面

企业层面

巴彦淖尔市层面

环境监督机构 设计与施工期环境管理执行机构 营运期环境管理执行机构Figure 11.1-1 Schematic Diagram of Organizational Institution for Environmental Protection of

the Project

国家层面 National level

国家环保部 The Ministry of Environmental Protection

世 行 WB

Page 627: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

巴彦淖尔市层面 Level of Bayannur Municipality

巴彦淖尔市环保局 Bayannur Municipal Bureau of Environmental Protection

巴彦淖尔WB 贷款项目办 Bayannur WB Loan Project Office

旗县层面 Level of Banner/County

乌拉特前旗环保局 Wulateqian Banner Bureau of Environmental Protection

乌拉特中旗环保局 Wulatezhong Banner Bureau of Environmental Protection

乌拉特后旗环保局 Wulatehou Banner Bureau of Environmental Protection

杭锦后旗环保局 Hangjinhou Banner Bureau of Environmental Protection

五原县环保局 Wuyuan County Bureau of Environmental Protection

乌拉特前旗项目办 Wulateqian Banner Project Office

乌拉特中旗项目办 Wulatezhong Banner Project Office

乌拉特后旗项目办 Wulatehou Banner Project Office

杭锦后旗项目办 Hangjinhou Banner Project Office

五原县项目办 Wuyuan County Project Office

项目业主 Project Employer

企业层面 Level of Enterprise

旗县环境监测站 Environment Monitoring Station of Banner/County

环评单位 Environment Appraisal Unit

设计单位 Design Unit

建设承包商 Building Contractor

环境监理工程师 Environment Supervising Engineer

Page 628: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

旗县环境监测站 Environment Monitoring Station of Banner/County

业主或运营商 Employer or Operator

环境监督机构 Environment Supervision Institution

设计与施工期环境管理执行机构

Environment Management Implementing Institution in Design and Construction Period

营运期环境管理执行机构 Environment Management Implementing Institution in Operation Period

Table 11.1-1 Environmental Protection Supervising Plan of the Project

Stage Institution Supervision items Supervision purpose

Feasibility study stage

The Ministry of Environmental Protection Municipal Bureau of Environmental Protection WB

1. Verify the environmental appraisal outlines; 2. Verify environment impact report; 3. Verify EAP.

1. Guarantee all-inclusive environmental appraisal items, proper topic setup and highlight; 2. Ensure the reflection of probable major and potential problems of the project;

3. Guarantee feasible specific implementing plan of the measures reducing the environment impact.

Design and construction stage

The Ministry of Environmental Protection Municipal Government Municipal Bureau of Environmental Protection County Government County Bureau of Environmental Protection Cultural Relics Bureau of the County

1. Verify preliminary design and EAP of environmental protection; 2. Inspect the restoration of temporary land occupation, vegetation and environment; 3. Inspect control measure against dust and noises pollution, and determine the construction time; 4. Inspect the emission of air pollutants; 5. Inspect the emission and disposal of domestic sewage and waste engine oil on the construction site; 6. The restoration and disposal of soil taking and dumping place;

7. Inspect the disposal of silt; 8. Inspect if there are cultural relics under the ground.

1. Strictly implement “three simultaneity”; 2. Ensure the compliance of these places with environmental protection requirements;

3. Reduce the impact of the construction on surrounding environment, and implement relevant regulations and standards on environmental protection;

4. Reduce the impact of the construction on surrounding environment, and implement relevant statutes and standards on environmental protection;

5. Ensure no water pollution of inland river; 6. Ensure no serious damage of landscape and land resources, and prevent land erosion;

7. Ensure proper disposal of silt; 8. Protect cultural relic resources against damage.

Operation stage

Municipal Bureau of Environmental Protection Banner/County Bureau of Environmental Protection Fire Prevention Authorities of

1. Inspect the implementation of EAP in operation period; 2. Inspect the implementation of monitoring plan; 3. Inspect sensitive points in need of more environmental protection measures (unpredictable environment problem may occur); 4. Inspect environmental quality of environment sensitive points in

1. Implement EAP; 2. Implement monitoring plan; 3. Protect the environment faithfully; 4. Strengthen environmental management, and sincerely protect the health of people; 5. Ensure the emission of pollutants in conformity with the standards.

Page 629: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Banner/County

conformity with the governing quality criteria; 5. Strengthen supervision, prevent sudden accident, work out the proposal against sudden accident, and eliminate the danger in case of any accident.

11.1.1 Organization of Environmental Protection in Construction

Period

11.1.1.1 Organization

Technical level: on the technical level of environmental management, the

municipal project office will employ five experts for project management.

Project office level: the municipal project office will send an environment

manager for the project, who will supervise implementation of environmental

management plan and be liable for all the issues related to the World Bank and the

environment. The project office of county/banner shall be staffed with one

environment manager, who is liable for the implementation of environmental

management plan of the project in its area and the communication on relevant

environment issues with the municipal project office.

Contractor level: one or two environment managing coordinators will be

provided by itself, liable for supervising the implementation of environmental

protection measures in construction period, and negotiating with surrounding

residents for resolving environment issue and communicating with the project office

and environment authorities.

Operator level: each enterprise is set up with an environmental managing

division comprising two full-time environmental protection engineers. Other

employees of the corporation will assist these two engineers in carrying out the

environmental management in operation period. The corporation will provide Internet,

telephone and other communication facilities for keeping in touch with the

environmental management authorities.

The level of environment supervising engineer: each project employer will

employ one environment supervising engineer for the project, who will present field

supervision on the site in the construction period.

11.1.1.2 Position and Liability

A. Technical Environment Expert

Page 630: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Technical environment expert, the technical support of local project office will

track the whole course of the project in the first six months and offer regular service

of two weeks quarterly within four years after the project implemented. Technical

environment expert will ensure that all compulsory requirements are met when the

project starts and environmental management rules effectively implemented in

conformity with the environment laws and regulations and the safety rules of the

World Bank.

(1) Provide necessary training for environment managers of project office, and

environmental managing personnel & environment supervising engineers of

contractor and operator.

(2) Offer expert consulting service for project office, employer, contractor and

operator.

(3) Assist environmental managing personnel of enterprise in organizing

monitoring activities.

B. Project office: Environment Manager

The municipal project office, Hangjin Banner, Wulatehou Banner, Wulatezhong

Banner, Wulatehou Banner and Wuyuan County each are set up with one environment

manager. The environment manager of the municipal project office is the expert liable

for reporting to WB and supervising project environment. Environment manager of

project office of banner/county is liable for the supervision of local project and

reporting to the municipal project office. Environment manager will assist land

authorities and immigration authorities in preventing the above-said from obstructing

the implementation of the project, with liabilities as follows:

(1) Provide training for managers in charge of environmental management with

the help of assistant.

(2) Define monitoring plan with the help of assistant.

(3) Communicate with managers in chare of environmental management and

construction workers, with methods as follows:

—Provide regular monitoring report for project office and the World Bank

monthly.

—Provide special non-conformity report in case of the 2nd and 3rd cases;

—Communicate orally with the staff of construction unit and operating unit and

jointly define a solution proposal in case of any solution to the problem available;

—Present remedy measures with environmental managing engineer and the

Page 631: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

manager in charge of environmental management jointly in case of non-conformity

(4) Attend the joint meeting that the environment engineers of the project office

and manager in charge of environmental management of the corporation, construction

unit and operating unit take part in.

(5) Coordinate the communication & report of environmental management

experts with the World Bank.

C. Project Employer: environment manager coordinator EMC

The employer is provided with EMC liable for environment monitoring, who

reports environmental protection implementation of the construction unit and

operating unit to the project office of banner/county and governmental institutions.

Detailed liabilities of EMC are as follows:

(1) Compile the detailed rules on environmental protection, and detailed

monitoring rules and environmental protection procedures of construction unit and

operating unit, and collect the outlines of managing and design personnel of the

project on the preliminary stage of the project with the help of technical assistant.

(2) Authorize the items in need of special equipments for monitoring, such as air,

water environment quality monitoring.

(3) Provide monthly monitoring update for project office, implementation of the

project and feasibility study and the remedy measures. Organize meetings with the

project office for reporting project monitoring, and discuss conformity of the project.

(4) Select experts and counselors from the universities and institutions for

consulting on training methodology and technology as per the demands.

(5) Organize the special study and public survey related to special building

requirement or compulsory alteration according to the actual situation of the project.

(6) Report solution and emergency handling measures to environment manager

of the project office and environment supervising authorities in case of any non-

conformity with the feasibility study report.

(7) Information Disclosure through Meeting and Local Media.

D. environment supervising engineer

Environment supervising engineer is mainly responsible for architectural

engineering activities of the supervising party and other related activities such as land

occupation and resident relocation. It’ll guarantee that the above-said activities

comply with the environmental protection requirement, environmental protection

investment and protection target. It’s liable for coordinating the land authorities,

Page 632: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

migration and relocation authorities and environment monitoring & control authorities

on the site. The main liabilities of environment supervising engineer are as follows:

(1) Ensure the implementation of all project licenses and requirements and

environmental management plans before commencement of the project.

(2) Check and verify that all employees of construction unit and operating unit

have implemented environmental protection measures as per the contract.

(3) Compile standard report statements on monthly remuneration as per their

qualification in light of the contribution of construction unit and operating unit to

environmental protection activities of the project.

(4) Compile the documents on environmental protection monitoring.

(5) Identify the case in need of special study and activity, communicate with

EMC, and implement effective special measures regularly.

(6) Communicate with the construction personnel for explaining the field

environment requirement; provide proposal on remedy measures, offer some remedy

measures for the items not in conformity with the original purpose of the project; and

issue very formal guide to construction unit and operating unit as required.

(7) Communicate with the construction unit, operating unit and building

consultant for strengthening information exchange; obtain some other points of view

on special issues for the purpose of rapidly feeding back some problem in the

construction to the building managing engineer so as to facilitate solution of the

problem; and shutdown should be immediately applied for in case that the project

causes potential damage to sensitive targets or serious non-conformity case in the

existence of the project.

(8) Communicate with building supervising engineer of the project and the

building workers; compile regular monitoring weekly update; compile records on

non-conformity, and bring forward remedy measures with project designer if

necessary in case of non-conformity of the project with the design.

11.1.2 Environmental Management Organ in Operation Period

Project operator will have a special-purpose environmental management division

that is liable for the implementation of the environmental management plan in

operation period. Detailed liabilities of the environmental management division are:

(1) Manage the implementation of environmental protection measures of the

project;

Page 633: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

(2) Coordinate relevant environment problem with environment authorities and

surrounding residents;

(3) Authorize monitoring station of banner/county for regular monitoring of three

wastes discharged by the facilities of the project and environment quality in the

region;

(4) Implement emergency handling of the environment risk in case of any

environment risk;

(5) Report environmental management-related information of enterprise in time

to Bureau of Environmental Protection of the Prefecture/Municipality and provincial

project office;

(6) Be liable for sorting out the environmental management archives of

enterprise and putting in archives.

11.1.3 List of Environmental Management Organs of Sub-project

The list of environmental management organs of sub-project are included in

Table 11.1-2 and Table 11.1-3.

Table 11.1-2 Setup of Environmental Management Personnel of Project Office

Organ Environment manager Environment expert

Bayannur Municipal Project Office 1 5

Hangjin Banner Project Office 1 1

Wulatehou Banner Project Office 1 1

Wulatezhong Banner Project Office 1 1

Wulateqian Banner Project Office 1 1

Wuyuan County Project Office 1 1

Total 6 10

Table 11.1-3 Personnel Setup of Environmental Management Organ of the Sub-project

Project name

Building contractor Operator

Sub-totalEnvironment manager

coordinator

Environment supervising

engineer

Environmental management

personnel

Emergency risk

handling personnel

Water supply works of Wulatehou Banner

Industrial Park 1 1 1 0 3

Sewage treatment and recycling works of

2 1 2 1 6

Page 634: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Wulatehou Banner Industrial Park

Water supply works of Processing Park of Ganqimaodu Port

1 1 1 0 3

Sewage treatment and recycling works of Processing Park of Ganqimaodu Port

2 1 2 1 6

Sanpaigan reclaimed water supply works 1 1 1 0 3

Qipaigan reclaimed water supply works 1 1 1 0 3

Sewage treatment and recycling works of Wulateqian Banner

Industrial Park

2 1 2 1 6

Landscape grid waterway works of

Wuliangsu Lake 2 1 2 0 5

Artificial wetland works of transitional biological belt of Wuliangsu Lake

2 2 3 1 8

Total 14 10 15 4 43

11.2 Implementation of Environmental Management Plan

11.2.1 Detailed Tasks of Environmental Management Plan

The project has impact upon the environment in both construction period and

operation period. In light of different characteristics of environment impact in

construction period and operation period, relevant environmental protection measures

should be taken for minimizing various impacts. To ensure the role of environmental

countermeasures, environmental managing and monitoring procedures are defined.

Besides its managing function for the project, WB project office will track and

report the monitoring of the environment measures. Average environment measures

and the liability of relevant units are introduced in this chapter. In the project, the

project office is liable for tracking and reporting the implementation of various

environment monitoring measures. The list of behaviors managing and monitoring

environment countermeasures is included in Table 11.2-1.

Table 11.2-1 List of Detailed Activities of Environmental Managing Organization

Page 635: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Plan ActivityPerson liable

NotesImplemen

tationSupervisi

on Investment

Early stage of the construction

1 yearSet up environmental

management organ of the project

PMU PMU PMUConvene the personnel,

select office, purchase traffic equipment and raise funds

1 yearSelect environment supervisor

for each CSE and carry out training

EMD CSE CSE

1 yearCompile and implement the

training plan for EMD & PMO environment manager

TA PMO PMO Carry out overall training of the part of the project

1 year Compile work plan for EMD and environment supervisor TA PMO PMO

Including the definition of the role and liability of EMD and environment

supervisor

1 year

Compile work document: standard, field inspection list, and different activity report

formats

EMD PIUs/PMO PMO

Carry out necessary adjustment for the mode of

the original document in field use

1 year Compile emergency handling proposal for EMD TA PIUs/

PMO PMO

1 year

Work out technical introduction on environmental

and social evaluation for contractor

TA&ESD PMU PMUInclude various technical introduction articles in the public bidding document

1 year

Take part in bid evaluation and contract negotiation of environmental and social

evaluation part

TA&PMU PMO/WB PMU

1 year Coordinate compensation for land purchase PMU

Land Manage

ment Bureau &

Bureau of

Environmental

Protection

PMO& others

ESD ensures the implementation of the measures and the land

usability by stages

Construction period

1 year(0-3

months)

Environment supervisor and EMD discuss the adjustment and revision of project file

and measure

PMU PMO - Adjustment made for improving the efficiency

1 year(0-3

months)

Engineering contractor designates one person liable for environment work, who will coordinate with PMU

contractor PMU contractor

1 year

Construction and operating units organize the working personnel for studying the

common knowledge on environment

contractor

EMD/environm

ent superviso

r

contractorEMD will introduce field management and relevant

environment issues

1 year Organize the public for communication and provide

TA&EMD contractor

PMO Put up bulletins on the construction site and

Page 636: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

support materialssurrounding areas, issue the exchange rules and process,

and release on the media

1 yearRegularize the cooperation with other provincial and

municipal institutionsEMD PMU PMO/PMU

Operation period

Confirm the procedures for reporting environment

problem in operation periodemployer

Relevant bureau of environm

ental protectio

n

Confirm that solid waste in the project is piled up

together and safely handledemployer

Relevant bureau of environm

ental protectio

n

Monitor the outlet water of sewage treatment plant and

reclaimed water plant

operating unit

Relevant bureau of environm

ental protectio

n

operating unit

Monitor the water quality of artificial wetland and the growth of aquatic living

beings

operating unit

Relevant bureau of environm

ental protectio

n

operating unit

11.2.2 Contractual Requirement on Environmental Management

In project construction, the contractor will play a key role in environmental

management, pollution control and the prevention measure implementation. As a

result, the requirements for the contractor are as follows:

(1) Qualified contractor is selected for ensuring effective implementation of

environmental management plan;

(2) The contractor and construction supervisor must receive the trainings on

environment protection and environment management before construction;

(3) The environmental impact reducing measures in construction period in above

should be included in the bidding document of the contractor and finally in the

construction contract as contractual requirement of project contractor.

(4) The contractor should monitor its environment activity, daily or weekly

submit an environmental performance record report. The project office and the

construction supervising team will supervise and verify these records.

(5) The contractor should provide at least one full-time employee liable for the

Page 637: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

environment for each sub-project. These employees liable for environment must

receive the training as scheduled so as to be competent for their job.

(6) In the construction, the contractor should communicate and negotiate with the

people in the region of the project, set up bulletin at each construction unit for

announcing specific construction activities, time, contact and telephone so that the

public can present their complaint or proposal for the construction activity.

(7) A deposit for environmental management and etc. should be planned in the

contractual funds of the project of the contractor as per annual budget, with a

proportion of about 3% of the budgetary funds.

11.2.3 Information Exchange and Solution to Non-conformity Case

In environment monitoring, information needs to be disclosed to the field

environment supervisor, environmental management manager of enterprise and

project office. To focus the attention of management on the most important issues, the

non-conformity of the project is divided at three levels as follows as per the difference

of importance.

Level 1: definition: the non-conformity status is defined as non-conformity with

the original requirement while is deemed to have no short-term impact on very

important resources. The repetitive occurrence of Level 1 may cause the appearance

of Level 2 if not properly handled. Measures: proper cooperation and regular

communication can deal with the case of Level 1. For example, the construction unit

discusses with the employees of operating unit. As a result, remedy measures can be

implemented soon. The formal communication mode is typically a weekly report that

environment supervising engineer submits to environmental management manager

and field building manager of enterprise.

Level 2: definition: the non-conformity status doesn’t produce an obvious

damage or inconvertible impact for the sensitive and important resources while needs

immediate remedy and field disposal for preventing above-said impact. The repetitive

occurrence of Level 2 may cause the appearance of Level 3 if not properly handled.

Measures: In case of the event of Level 2, environmental management manager of the

enterprise must report to environment manager of project office and field building

manager on the day of occurring and remedy measures should be defined as soon as

possible. Generally, remedy measure must be submitted in one week upon the

occurrence.

Page 638: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Level 3: definition: the level includes a damage to sensitive target in focus or

predictable and instant damage. Special behaviors prohibited internationally are also

included in Level 3. Measures: In case of the event of Level 3, environmental

management manager must report to environment manager of project office and field

building manager on the site immediately and remedy measures should be defined as

soon as possible. Generally, remedy measure must be submitted in three days upon

the occurrence except special cases in need of more time. If necessary, the

environmental management manager of the enterprise can require the building

manager to stop some special works in order to protect the resources before

implementation of remedy measures.

11.2.4 Training—Necessary Capability Development and Means

Development

11.2.4.1 Training Requirement

The main target of environmental capability development is environmental

management personnel & environment supervisor. Their training is component of the

technical support of the project. Training courses are provided for the construction

party and workers as well in the implementation of the project. Before

commencement of project construction, all construction units, operating units and

building supervisors must take part in the compulsory trainings on environment,

health and safety.

11.2.4.2 Training Items

(1) Environmental Management Personnel and Environment Supervising

Engineer

The training is organized by the municipal project office one year before the

implementation of the project for environment manager of project office of

banner/county, environment manager coordinator, environment supervising engineer

of sub-project and other personnel. Technical environment experts will be liable for

detailed implementation. Training items are included in Table 11.2-2.

Table 11.2-2 Training for Environment Manager and Environment Supervising Engineer

Theme Training items Time

Operating capability

(environment manager and

Rapidly browse and identify hotkey function of Word, Excel and 4 days

Page 639: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

environment supervisor)

PowerPoint;

Learn the security policies of the World Bank;

Intensively study the detailed rules on environmental protection

designated for the construction party. After technical consultant

compiles a list of environmental protection, each list includes the notes

on monitoring.

Study environment impact of the project and environment items in need

of monitoring.

Conformity monitoring

(environment manager and

environment supervisor)

Training on the field monitoring processes of the project (including

organization, communication, role and liability, decision making

process, report, and standard observing procedures).

1 day

Emergency team

(environment manager and

environment supervisor )

Knowledge on dangerous materials on the site;

Potential disclosure and overflow;

Disclosure and overflow environment and personal impact ;

Emergency reaction process, including priority reaction;

Location and use of reaction facilities;

Communication and reporting facilities.

1/2

days

Emergency treatment and

medical care (environment

manager and environment

supervisor )

The process of seeking medical assistance in emergency and non-

emergency status, and seeking other related medical care. (such trunk

call, medical consulting)

1/2

days

Dangerous material and

waste management,

including the disposal of

explosive wastes

(environment manager and

environment supervisor )

Correct use and storage process;

Correct use process includes fuel adding workflow, dosage calculation

and effective use of equipments;

Correct disposal of used storage tank;

Storage process of dangerous waste;

Borrowed land and cut-over land management;

Non-dangerous waste management;

Medical problem exposed in dangerous wastes;

Emergency process.

1/2

days

Health and safety

inspection and declaration

process (environmental

management manager and

environment supervisor )

Health and safety issue;

Health and safety requirement;

How to implement health and safety inspection;

Problem reporting and resolving process

1 day

Page 640: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Traffic safety

(environmental

management manager and

environment supervisor )

Traffic rules;

Safe driving training ;

Vehicle repair and maintenance process;

Fuel adding process;

Emergency reaction process.

1/2

days

Water quality, air and

noises monitoring and

analysis (environmental

management manager and

environment supervisor )

The use of equipments includes standard, testing, method, sample

transport and digital monitoring;

Monitoring and reporting requirement

1/2

days

(2) Contractor and Building Worker

The project office of banner/county or construction employer of sub-project will

organize relevant personnel and carry out training at the site of the project before the

implementation of the engineering works. Environmental management experts or

well-trained environment manager of enterprise can be liable for specific

implementation. Specific training items and periods are included in Table 11.2-3.

Table 11.2-3 Training for Construction Personnel

Training mode Training items Training period

Average

environment

knowledge for

building workers

Introduction to environment-related environment impact factor

and environmental protection measures;

Introduction to extremely environment-sensitive areas and

problems in the building area, and introduction to adjacent

areas in building area;

Role and liability of environmental managing and design

engineer, environment supervisor and building supervisor, and

the report outlines of environmental problem;

Waste management of construction camp and construction site;

Pollution control measures of construction site;

Cultural heritage issue;

Penalty for violating the laws and statutes

Half-day

training

course at each

site

Average health and

safety of building

workers

Including the channel of propagation and protection for

preventing HIV/AIDS and STD;

Prohibit alcohol and narcotics;

Process of seeking medical assistance in emergency and non-

emergency status, and seeking other related medical care. (e.g.

STD detection and consulting);

Common knowledge on health and safety includes some basic

Half-day

training

course at each

site

Page 641: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

process: traffic safety, electricity use safety, explosion, fire

and dangerous waste management;

Use personal protective apparatus;

Penalty for violating the laws and statutes.

(3) Operator (Table 11.2-4)

Table 11.2-4 Training for Environmental Management Personnel of the Operator

Target Training items Training period

Environmental management personnel

WB project management procedures; Mechanism for environment information archiving, disclosure, exchange and report;Emergency handling of environment risk; Health and safety inspection and declaration process.

One-day training course in Bayannur

Sophisticated process and environmental management survey

Survey on up-to-dated public utility works at home

Working personnel of environment

The use of equipments includes standard, testing,

method, sample transport and digital monitoring;

Monitoring and reporting requirement

Two-day training course in Bayannur

11.2.4.3 Funds Budget for Personnel Training

The funds budget for the capability development of the project is included in

Table 11.2-5.

Table 11.2-5 Training Plan for Environmental Protection Personnel of Various Sub-projects

Stage Category Qty (person) Time Fund/RMB10,000

Construction period

Environment manager training 6 2010 24

Project manager coordinator 14 2010 28

Environment supervising engineer 10Before the

implementation of the project

20

Building workers All workers of contractor

Before commencement 24

Sub-total 96

Operation period

Training for full-time environmental management personnel of the enterprise

15Before

enterprise operation

60

Emergency environment risk handling personnel 4

Before enterprise operation

8

Skill training for working personnel of enterprise Several

Before enterprise operation

20

Subtotal 88

Total funds 184

Page 642: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

11.3 Environment Monitoring Plan

11.3.1 Monitoring Purpose

Environment monitoring includes two stages of the project: construction period

and operation period. The purpose of monitoring is to obtain pollution update of the

planned project in an all-around way in time, find out the change of environment

quality of the region of the project caused by the construction of the project, impact

scope and environment quality trend of operation period, and feed back information to

the authorities in time and provide scientific basis for the environmental management

of the project.

11.3.2 Environment Monitoring Organ

The environment monitoring station of banner/county where the project is

located authorized by project contractor or operator will undertake environment

monitoring in construction period and operation period. The implementing units all

are attested by national environment quality monitoring system, equipped with

complete equipments and powerful technical strength, and able to carry out the

environment monitoring task smoothly.

The sensitive highlight points with obvious pollution according to the result of

the predictions on environmental impact are used as monitoring points for tracking

and monitoring the pollution of the project in construction period and operation

period. Noises, air and surface water environment with high impact on the

environment are selected as monitoring items. Monitoring factors are defined

according to the pollution feature factor of the project. The monitoring analysis

method is subject to Technical Criteria on Environment Monitoring of the State

Bureau of Environmental Protection. Evaluation standards should be governed by the

national criteria confirmed in the environmental appraisal in each sub-project.

Detailed key steps for effective monitoring of construction site and activity are

listed in Table 11.3-1.

Table 11.3-1 Monitoring in Operation Period and Construction Period

Plan Activity Liability Notes

Page 643: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Implementation

Supervision

Funds raising

Construction period

1 year (1-2 months)

Compile field environmental management plan

the contract

party

EMC/PIU/ EPB

the contract

party

Plan defined within one month after the contract is signed, finally completed within two months, and appraisal and approval by EMC

construction period

Project construction unit and operating unit of the project present the boundary of project implementation for each site for approval

the contract

party

EMC/PIU/ EPB

-

Construction unit and operating unit should compile a map before project implementation

1 year (1-3 months)

Compile pollution control plan, air pollution and trend

the contract

party

EMC/PIU/ EPB

the contract

party

EMC appraisal and approval available after consulting with relevant institutions and residents

Construction period

Air, noises and water monitoring Referring to special parts

Construction period

The pollution control plan also includes the implementation of all pollution control measures mentioned by CSEM, and all retarding measures required for construction unit and operating unit must be done. All surrounding construction camps and facilities must be inspected

the contract

party

EMC/PIU/ EPB

-CSEE daily inspects construction camps and facilities, EMC bi-monthly

Construction period

Environmental protection measures of construction unit and operating unit should be filled in monthly statement and reported

the contract

party

EMC/PIU/ EPB

-The suggestion of CSE is final payment basis of PIU/PMO

Construction period

Report is based on categories as per different processes and pollution levels

the contract

party

EMC/PIU/ EPB

Level 1: EMCLevel 2: EMC and PIULevel 3: EMC, PIU, PMO

Construction period

Determine delay or rejection of engineering payment for construction unit and operating unit

the contract

party

EMC/PIU/ EPB

Construction period

Ensure the land purchase process in conformity with the building plan

the contract

party

POIU and Migration Bureau

Construction period

Traffic information involved in the building process must be provided

the contract

party

EMC/PIU/ EPB

the contract

party

The construction party of the project provides the traffic information update, which CSEE & EMC will check up with the traffic authorities and EMC finally approves

Construction period

Necessary traffic lights are required around the construction site

the contract

party

Traffic authorities

the contract

party

Page 644: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Construction period

A bulletin on suspension of public facility service at least three days in advance is required

the contract

party

EPB and relevant departments

the contract

party

The construction party provides the up-to-dated plan, which relevant institutions and EMC will evaluate jointly

Construction period Daily declaration Inspector

EMC/PIU/ EPB

Weekly field report, monthly SRS report

Construction period Weekly declaration

the contract

party

EMC/PIU/ EPB

Weekly field report, monthly SRS report

Construction period Monthly declaration

the contract

party

EMC/PIU/ EPB

Weekly field report, monthly SRS report

Construction period

Quarterly declaration the

contract party

PIU

Declaration provided if

required by other relevant

organizations

Construction period Semiyearly declaration

the contract

party

EMC/PIU/ EPB

Declaration provided if required by other relevant organizations

Construction period is

over

Restoration of temporary land occupation, withdrawal of all building materials and equipments

the contract

party

EMC/PIU/ EPB

the contract

party

construction period is

over

Replanting of trees felled in

construction contracto

r PIUs

the contract

party

At least the same planting

quantity as the felling

Operation period

One year after the restoration

of temporary site when the

construction is completed

operator EPB

PIU

Claim for the remaining

payment if no non-

conformity in the

declaration

The experiences of the

project is summed up for

applying in similar projects

operator EPB

Standardized process, and

participation in training

courses of intermediate

institutions, revealing the

results and incomes of the

project

11.3.3 Environment Monitoring Plan

The monitoring equipments required in monitoring plan of sub-project are owned

by monitoring unit. Sub-project employer units should pay equipment depreciation

charges at proper amount, instead of any new purchase, which is included in

monitoring expenses. The estimate on monitoring charges of each sub-project is

Page 645: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

included in Table 11-3-2. According to the feature of engineering and environment,

environment monitoring items in the construction period and operation period are

included in Table 11-3-3.

Table 11.3-2 Estimate on Monitoring Expenses of Each Sub-project Unit: RMB10,000

Name of project

Monitoring expenses in constructio

n period

Monitoring expenses

in operation

period

Contingency monitoring

expenses for accident

Water supply works of Wulatehou Banner

Industrial Park 19 21 0

Sewage treatment and recycling works of

Wulatehou Banner Industrial Park 23 27 5

Water supply works of Processing Park of

Ganqimaodu Port 28 33 0

Sewage treatment and recycling works of

Processing Park of Ganqimaodu Port 16 34 5

Sanpaigan reclaimed water supply works 12 14 0

Qipaigan reclaimed water supply works 16 16 0

Sewage treatment and recycling works of

Wulateqian Banner Industrial Park 9 17 5

Landscape grid waterway works of

Wuliangsu Lake 7 0 0

Artificial wetland works of transitional

biological belt of Wuliangsu Lake 10 23 5

Total 140 185 20

Page 646: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Table 11.3-3 Environment Monitoring Plan

Sub-

project

Monitorin

g period

Environment

factor Monitoring point Monitoring items Monitoring frequency

Reclaimed

water

supply and

midwater

recycling

works constructio

n period

Environmenta

l air

Residential locations around

construction site and both sides of

road

TSP6 periods/year, 2 days/period, 2

times/day

Water quality

Catch sink of construction wastewater pH, SS, COD, BOD5, NH3-N, TP, petroleum 6 periods/year, 1 day/period, 1 time/day

Upper and lower 500m of reception

water system

temperature, pH, conductivity, DO, COD, BOD5, NH3-

N, TP, TN

3 periods/year, one period in dry,

monsoon and average period

respectively, 3 days/period, 1 time/day

Noises Boundary of construction site Leq dB (A)

6 periods/year, 1 day/period, 2

times/day, one time in day and night

separately

operation

period

Water quality Water outlet of factory

pH, SS, turbidity, chroma, BOD5, COD, Fe, Mn, Cl-,

SiO2. total hardness, total alkalinity, sulfate, NH3-N, TP,

total resolvable solid, petroleum category, active agent

on the surface of negative ion, chloride residue, total

coliform group

Automatic online monitoring

Noises Factory area and pump station

boundary

Leq dB(A) 4 periods/year, 1 day/period, 2

times/day, one time in day and night

separately

Page 647: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Substrate

sludge Sludge discharged from sludge sink Heavy metal (As, Hg, Pb, Cr, Cd, Cu) 2 periods/year, 1 day/period, 1 time/day

Sewage

treatment

works

constructio

n period

Environmenta

l air

Residential locations around

construction site and both sides of

road

TSP6 periods/year, 2 day/period, 2

times/day

water quality

Catch sink of construction wastewater pH, SS, COD, BOD5, NH3-N, TP, petroleum 6 periods/year, 1 day/period, 1 time/day

Upper and lower 500m of reception

water system

temperature, pH, conductivity, DO, COD, BOD5, NH3-

N, TP, TN

3 periods/year, one period in dry,

monsoon and average period

respectively, 3 days/period, 1 time/day

noises Boundary of construction site Leq dB (A)

6 periods/year, 1 day/period, 2

times/day, one time in day and night

separately

operation

period

environmental

air Boundary of factory area Stench concentration, NH3. H2S, CH4

4 periods/year, 2 days/period, 2

times/day

water quality

Monitoring points set up on inlets and

outlets of sewage treatment plant

pH, DO, SS, COD, BOD5, NH3-N, TP

Automatic online monitoring

Monitoring sections set up on upper

and lower 500m of reception water

system

3 periods/year, one period in dry,

monsoon and average period

respectively, 3 days/period, 1 time/day

noises Factory area and pump station

boundary

Leq dB (A) 4 periods/year, 1 day/period, 2

times/day, one time in day and night

separately

Page 648: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

substrate

sludge Sludge discharged from sludge sink Heavy metal (As, Hg, Pb, Cr, Cd、Cu) 2 periods/year, 1 day/period, 1 time/day

Sea area

treatment

works of

Wuliangsu

Lake

constructio

n period

environmental

air

Residential locations around

construction site and both sides of

road

Stench concentration, TSP6 periods/year, 2 days/period, 2

times/day

water quality

Catch sink of construction wastewater pH, SS, COD, BOD5, NH3-N, TP, petroleum 6 periods/year, 1 day/period, 1 time/day

Upper and lower 500m of reception

water systemtemperature, pH, conductivity, DO, COD, BOD5,

NH3-N, TP, TN

3 periods/year, one period in dry,

monsoon and average period

respectively, 3 days/period, 1 time/day

noises Boundary of construction site Leq dB(A)

6 periods/year, 1 day/period, 2

times/day, one time in day and night

separately

operation

period

water

quality

Monitoring points set up on inlet and

outlets of sea area pH, DO, SS, COD, BOD5, NH3-N, TP Automatic online monitoring

Page 649: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

14.4 Estimates on Environmental Management Expenses and

Source of Capital

14.4.1 Budget Distribution

The implementation of EMP measures involves many units. As a result, different

sources of capital exist. Most environmental protection activities are engineering

measures. Therefore, the construction unit and operating unit of the project should

provide the expenses and include in their engineering costs, which are defined and

listed in their bidding documents.

The expenses in EMP are mainly used in environmental management in

construction period and operation period, primarily including: environment

monitoring expenses, environment supervisor expenses, personnel training expenses,

running costs of environmental management institutions as well as risk preventing

expenses in some projects. EMC activities will be included in the international project

management expenses of PMO and PIUs. So does the monitoring of water quality,

atmosphere and noises, CSEE and EFSI. The CSEE monitoring and supervising

activity is part of building and supervising expenses. Local environment monitoring

stations will monitor water, noises and atmosphere in the operation of project as

authorized by project employer, where project employer pays the monitoring

expenses. If regular monitoring of local environmental protection authorities

synchronizes with the project, their data of regular monitoring can be used.

14.4.2 Capital Source and EMP Budget

Table 11.4-1 is a list of environmental management expenses (excluding

contingency monitoring expenses for accident) of sub-project in construction period

and operation period.

Page 650: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Table 11.4-1 List of Environmental Management Budget of Sub-project

Ref.

Name of

sub-

project

Annual average expenses in construction period

(RMB10,000) Pollution

prevention

and control

in

construction

period

Treatm

ent

expens

es of

substra

te

sludge

Training

for

environm

ental

protection

personnel

Years of

construc

tion

period

Total

expense

s in

construc

tion

period

Annual expenses in operation

period (RMB10.000) Pollution

prevention

and control

expenses in

operation

period

Sludge

treatme

nt

expense

s

Training for

environmen

tal

protection

personnel

Expenses

in five-

year

operation

period

Total

PMU operation environ

ment

monitori

ng

environ

ment

supervis

or

PMU operation Environ

ment

monitori

ng

Wa

ge

Office

expen

ses

Traffi

c

expen

ses

Wa

ge

Office

expen

ses

Traffi

c

expen

ses

1

Water

supply

works of

Wulateho

u Banner

Industrial

Park

3.6 5 1.5 2.40 5 3..98 6 8 149.98 3.6 5 1.5 4.24 4.82 30.77 6 256.65406.6

3

2

Sewage

treatment

and

recycling

works of

Wulateho

u Banner

Industrial

Park

7.2 5 1.5 2.86 6 5.29 8 8 193.7710.

85 1.5 5.47 4.82 44.14 12 370.65

564.4

2

Page 651: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

3

Water

supply

works of

Processin

g Park of

Ganqima

odu Port

3.6 5 1.5 3.56 6 4.21 6 8 167.49 3.6 5 1.5 6.55 6.39 6.34 6 152.9320.3

9

4

Sewage

treatment

and

recycling

works of

Processin

g Park of

Ganqima

odu Port

7.2 5 1.5 2.01 8 3.77 8 8 201.4510.

85 1.5 6.88 7.04 59.93 12 467.75 669.2

5

Sanpaiga

n

reclaimed

water

supply

works

3.6 5 1.5 1.52 3 0.98 6 8 123.94 3.6 5 1.5 2.89 7.04 3.46 6 123.45247.3

9

6 Qipaigan

reclaimed

water

3.6 5 1.5 1.98 4 2.39 6 8 137.03 3.6 5 1.5 3.24 7.04 5.79 6 136.85 273.8

8

Page 652: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

supply

works

7

Sewage

treatment

and

recycling

works of

Wulateqia

n Banner

Industrial

Park

7.2 5 1.5 1.14 5 4.15 8 8 170.8710.

85 1.5 3.38 4.91 59.93 12 439.6

610.4

7

8

Landscap

e grid

waterway

works of

Wuliangs

u Lake

7.2 5 1.5 0.83 3 0.3 57.38 8 8 205.92 7.2 5 1.5 0 10 78.5284.4

2

9 Artificial

wetland

works of

transition

al

biological

belt of

Wuliangs

7.2 5 1.5 1.21 5 0.37 10 8 169.65 14.

4

5 1.5 4.64 16 143.7 313.3

5

Page 653: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

u Lake

Tota

l

50.

445 13.5 17.51 45 21.29 57.38 66 1520.1

68.

445 13.5 37.29 42.05 210.36 86 2170.05

3690.

15

Page 654: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

According to the construction time limit of the project, the annual budget for every

construction period must be guaranteed. Some building payment in the budget is the deposit for

construction unit and operating unit to complete the relevant management requirement. The deposit

weight of different activities is listed in Table 11.4-2 as percentage of contractual funds of the

construction.

Table 11.4-2 Percentage Distribution of the Deposits for Environmental Management and etc. in the Budget of the Construction Party

Ref. Requirement for construction party

Percentage of funds budget of each sub-project Capital source

1 Environmental protection management 0.5

2Labor organization and

occupational health management

0.5

3 Public safety management 1

4 Social management 1

11.5 Information Management of Environmental Management Plan

11.5.1 Information Exchange

Environmental management demands a necessary information exchange among different

departments and posts of project offices inside organization, employer, contractor and operator and

moreover, an information disclosure to the outside (related parties and the public). Internal

information exchange can be done in meeting, internal update and other modes, for which at least

one formal meeting is monthly required. All information in the exchange must be recorded and put

in archives. External information exchange should be done semiyearly or yearly. The information

exchange with cooperation units must be recorded in a summary and put in archives.

11.5.2 Recording Mechanism

To ensure the effective operation of environmental management system, a perfect recording

system must be set up for maintaining the records in the fields as follows:

(1) Requirements of the laws and statutes;

(2) License;

(3) Environment factor and related environment impact;

(4) Training;

(5) Inspection, verifying and maintaining activities;

(6) Monitoring data;

Page 655: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

(7) Validity of rectifying and prevention measures;

(8) Information of related parties;

(9) Approval;

(10) Appraisal.

Moreover, a necessary control over the above-said records must be done, including the links:

record identifying, collection, catalogue, archiving, storage, management, maintenance, inquiry,

storage period and disposal.

11.5.3 Report Mechanism

Contractor, operator, monitoring unit, environment supervising engineer and project office

should record the progress of project, EMP implementation and environment monitoring result in

the project implementation and report to relevant departments in time, including six major parts as

follows:

(1) The environment supervising engineer of the project compiles detailed monthly records on

EMP implementation, and timely submits the weekly and monthly reports to the project employer

and the project office of banner and county. The weekly and monthly reports should comprise the

implementation of environmental protection measure and environment monitoring as well as

monitoring data.

(2) Contractor and operator compiles detailed quarterly records on project progress and EMP

implementation, submits the quarterly report to the project office in time, and sends a copy of the

report to the bureau of environmental protection of banner and county.

(3) The monitoring unit submits a monitoring report to contractor (operator) and environment

supervising engineer in time after completing the authorized monitoring task.

(4) The project office of banner and county submits the report on project progress to the

municipal project office in time, and sends a copy of the report to Municipal Bureau of

Environmental Protection. A report on project progress compiled by the project office (monthly,

quarterly and yearly) must comprise EMP progress, such as EMP implementing progress and result,

especially the environment monitoring result.

(5) In case of any violation of the regulations in environmental protection, the environment

supervising engineer and the project office will notify the local environmental protection authorities

and report level-by-level if necessary.

(6) Annual EMP implementation report of the project must be completed and submitted to WB

before March 31 of the following year. EMP implementing report can include the items as follows:

a. The implementation of training plan;

b. Project progress, such as riverway improvement works, garbage burial yard, sewage

treatment plant, and completed length and construction progress of pipelines;

Page 656: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

c. The implementation of environmental protection measures of the project, environment

monitoring and main monitoring results;

d. Main items of the complaints from the public, solution and satisfaction of the public if any;

e. EMP implementing plan of the next year.

12 Conclusion of Environmental Appraisal

Page 657: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

12.1 Relevant Policies and Conformity with the Planning

The reclaimed water supply works and sewage treatment and recycling works of the project

belong to “brackish water, bad quality water, seawater development and utilization and seawater

desalting works” and “three wastes” integrated utilization and treatment works within the category

of encouraging environmental protection and integrated resources saving and utilization in the

national guide inventory of the industrial structure adjustment (Version 2005) respectively; the sea

area treatment works of the project, a water environment treatment works aims at protecting &

restoring wetland function of Wuliangsu Lake, and is implemented in buffer zone and test area,

instead of core area. As per Circular of General Office of the State Council for Strengthening

Wetland Protection Management (GOSC [2004] No.50), wetland protection & wetland function

restoration as one priority in improving living conditions and building a well-off society in all-

around way should be strengthened. Sea area treatment works of Wuliangsu Lake complies with the

laws and statutes of the State.

According to the environmental appraisal policies (OP 4.04) of the World Bank, it supports the

protection, maintenance and restoration of natural habitat and its function, and assists and expects

the borrowing party in taking defense measures in natural resources management for guaranteeing

the sustainable development of environment. It provides assistance funds for natural habitat and

ecologic function protection project helpful for the development of the country and region, and

advocates restoring and rebuilding work for natural habitat with deteriorating environment.

In the “11th Five-Year Plan” period, the economic and social development planning of

Bayannur Municipality brings forward the construction of resources saving & environment friendly

society. On one hand, integrate water resources, plan and utilize the water of the Yellow River,

surface water, underground water and rainwater in unified way, and try to realize the circulated use

of water resources. On the other hand, strengthen the protection and treatment of water environment

and construction of urban sewage disposal facility and auxiliary pipelines, and gradually realize the

emission of urban and industrial sewage in conformity with the standards, and cut off the pollution

source for the Yellow River and underground water. Moreover, plan treatment works of Wuliangsu

Lake, urban road and pipeline, water supply and drainage, garbage disposal and sewage treatment

works as key infrastructure construction projects in the “11th Five-Year Plan” period.

The implementation of various works of the integrated water environment treatment projects of

Bayannur Municipality with WB loan complies with overall urban planning and city planning with

regard to the site selection, and is also important measures for realizing the urban target of overall

urban planning and city planning of Bayannur Municipality, water resources configuration and the

environment protection targets.

In sum, the construction of the project complies with not only industrial policies, laws and

Page 658: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

statutes of the State and environmental appraisal polices of the World Bank for the loan project but

also the national economy and social development planning, overall urban planning and city

planning of Bayannur Municipality.

12.2 Analysis on Water Resources Balance

Total annual average water resources in Bayannur Municipality in many years are 5.5742

billion m3, including surface water resources 4.7791 billion m3. Water resources are mainly used in

industrial and agricultural production, domestic and ecologic water consumption of urban and rural

residents. As per the water resources allocation plan approved by the State and the autonomous

region, the quota of water that Bayannur Municipality imports from the Yellow River is 4 billion

m3. Due to historic reasons and actual situation of agricultural water consumption of Hetao

irrigation area, annual average quantity of water imported from the Yellow River in many years is

4.6748 billion m3. At present, Hetao irrigation area imports 674.8 million m3 water of the Yellow

River more than the quota annually.

The water demand and supply of the primary, secondary, third industries, domestic purpose

and ecologic environment are predicted. The result shows that the annual water demand in 2010-

2030 is 4.0965025 billion m3, and the water supply available includes the water from the Yellow

River, underground water and reclaimed water. The annual average supply of water is predicted as

4.0965025 billion m3.

The analysis on water quantity balance of Wuliangsu Lake reveals that in case of the net

quantity of water that irrigation area discharges into Wuliangsu Lake more than 515 million m³,

present ecologic water consumption and the water area of Wuliangsu Lake can be kept. After the

project is implemented in 2015 and water-saving measures are taken in agriculture, if the water

break of farmland decreases by 10%, the water break of general trunk ditch as well as Bapaigan and

Jiupaigan is 415 million m3 and 62 million m3 respectively. After the project is implemented, if 31

million m3 is reused, water return from general trunk ditch and Bapaigan and Jiupaigan into

Wuliangsu Lake is 446 million m3. To maintain the ecologic water demand of Wuliangsu Lake at

515 million m³, it requires Shiganqu to provide makeup water of 69 million m³ in ice flood season.

According to the preliminary engineering design of the works of Inner Mongolia for diverting the

flood of the Yellow River to Hetao irrigation area & Wuliangsu Lake in the emergency ice flood

control proposal, the flood diverting amount is defined as 161 million m3, including 100 million m3

for Wuliangsu Lake and 61 million m3 for the trunk channel of Hetao irrigation area and natural lake

in the north of irrigation area. Therefore, the flood diversion in ice flood season can ensure the

Page 659: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

water makeup quantity of Wuliangsu Lake; the preliminary design of the project has already won

approval of the Department of Water Resources of Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region (Approval

for Preliminary Engineering Design of the Works of Inner Mongolia for Diverting the Flood of the

Yellow River to Hetao Irrigation Area & Wuliangsu Lake in the Emergency Ice Flood Control

Proposal IWRCM [2009] No.170). Moreover, the water import through Shiganqu in ice flood

season isn’t included in the quota, and complies with the national and local regulations as ecologic

makeup water of Wuliangsu Lake.

12.3 Appraisal Result of Present Environment Quality

12.4 Appraisal Result of Environmental Impact

12.4.1 Environmental Impact in Construction Period

(1) Appraisal Result of Water Environmental Impact

The main pollutants for water system in construction period are: domestic sewage of

construction personnel and construction wastewater. With proper measures, the impact upon

environment can be controlled within allowed limit.

A backhoe sludge excavating ship & bucket-grab sludge excavating ship are used in the grid

waterway works of Wuliangsu Lake for excavating grid waterway, and can effectively reduce

pollutants and secondary pollution of SS scattering around. Moreover, sludge excavating ship

operates at fixed position with little disturbance for the substrate sludge of sea area, where the

leakage of substrate sludge is little, and the construction impact on water environment is within the

scope of 50-60m. The sludge excavation works will promote the removal of pollutants such as

nutritional salt and heavy metal and exercise a negative impact on water environment quality. In the

dredging period and short time after the dredging is over, the content of total suspended solid,

poisonous heavy metal ion, nitrogen and phosphor nutritional salt in water will increase, and the

transparency of water will decline. Such environmental impact features some duration. However,

one year after dredging, the quality of water system improves, and various indicators are lower than

the level before dredging. As a result, the substrate sludge excavation will promote the improvement

of water quality of the lake.

(2) Conclusion of the Analysis on Atmospheric Environmental Impact

On the construction stage, air pollution mainly comes from the flying dust of construction

vehicle in running, pile-up yard and agitation as well as tail gas of vehicles. The analysis and

preliminary estimate prove that the flying dust in the construction will cause some impact upon the

Page 660: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

resident, school, enterprises and government-sponsored institutions around the construction site and

the construction personnel, in which the impact upon construction personnel is the biggest.

However, after necessary measures taken, the impact of flying dust in construction can be

minimized. Moreover, such impact is temporary. After the construction is over, the impact will

decline rapidly with the implementation of greening and replanting works and even disappear. The

tail gas of construction machine and transport vehicles includes nitrogen oxide, carbon monoxide

and hydrocarbon mainly. Such pollutant can easily be diluted and scattered due to less emission

strength and open site.

(3) Appraisal Conclusion of Sound Environmental Impact

In the construction, the noises of construction machine are main source. Sanbaigan reclaimed

water supply works will cause impact on the surrounding environments of Shanba Husbandry

Union and Sanbaigan Sewage Disposal Plant nearby; Qibaigan reclaimed water supply works has

impact on Wuyuan Brick Plant and other enterprises; the sewage treatment and recycling works of

processing park of Wuleteqian Banner has impact upon sound environments of adjacent Shagedan

Village; sea area works of Wuliangsu Lake has some impact on sound environment of the sea area;

and other planned works have less environment sensitive points around and the impact of

construction noises is little. Do lower the artificial noises, take proper sound insulation measures

and set up construction enclosure, and reasonably arrange the running time of high-noise equipment

and avoid operation at night for reducing environmental impact in the construction of the project.

Moreover, select proper positions for equipments, leverage national conditions for reducing noises

so as to minimize the noises impact in construction period.

(4) Appraisal Conclusion of Environmental Impact of Solid

Domestic and construction garbage should be timely transported to a site designated by

environment and sanitation authorities for disposal, in order to avoid environmental impact around.

Try to use the waste soil of the works in the construction of various works of the project; contact

local muck authorities for arranging disposal for the unused waste soil. If waste soil is piled up on

the yard, ecologic greening should be immediately done after the construction over, and moreover,

anti-flood ditch is required for preventing land erosion.

The construction area of the sea area grid excavation works of Wuliangsu Lake is

2.451×106m2, where about 2.295×105m3 substrate sludge is produced. With high water content, the

excavated sludge may cause secondary pollution with no proper protective measures. The

Environment Monitoring Station of Bayannur Municipality has monitored the heavy metal content

of the substrate sludge of the sea area of Wuliangsu Lake. According to the result of monitoring,

heavy metal content of substrate sludge on various monitoring points all aren’t higher than the

standard in Control Criteria on Pollutants in Agricultural Sludge (GB4284-84) of the State.

Page 661: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Therefore, the substrate sludge excavated in sea area grid works of Wuliangsu Lake can be used as

fertilizer, and upper layer of substrate sludge is used in improving alkaline saline soil; and lower

layer is the parent soil with no pollution, about 2.17 million m3, and can be used in piling up

artificial island in the lake area, instead of shipment.

(5) Appraisal Conclusion of Ecologic Environmental Impact

The impact of project construction upon ecologic environment is mainly the damage of soil

and natural vegetation caused in the construction of various works and laying of pipelines. The

construction of the reclaimed water disposal facility, sewage disposal & recycling facility and

artificial wetland of Wuliangsu Lake with permanent land occupation is done mainly on wasteland

and partly on farmland, and will reduce the land of farmers to some extent; present reed land is

manly used in artificial wetland construction of Wuliangsu Lake, instead of any nature change of

present land, and ecologic impact of permanent land occupation is little. The construction of project

pipelines features temporary land occupation, and produces partial and temporary impact and is

restorable after the construction is over. The unfavorable impact upon landscape in the construction

period of the project is short-term and restorable.

The construction segments of the project with probable land erosion are mainly ground

excavation in pipeline laying, and the construction of reclaimed water facility, sewage disposal and

recycling facility and artificial wetland of Wuliangsu Lake as well as earthwork excavation. The

land erosion impact of pipelines construction on the construction stage strictly in conformity with

the water and land conservation proposal and managing measures defined by various works is under

control.

Floating substance of sea area grid waterway works of Wuliangsu Lake in the construction will

shape a high-density floating substance distribution zone in some scope around the construction

site, which may consequently cause a decline of aquatic plankton, zooplankton variety and quantity.

However, such impact is reversible. With the completion of the engineering construction, such

impact will disappear soon. Floating substance of stability pond and deposition pond of artificial

wetland works of Wuliangsu Lake in construction will shape a high-density floating substance

distribution zone in some scope around the construction site, which may consequently cause a

decline of aquatic plankton, zooplankton variety and quantity. However, such impact is reversible.

With the completion of the engineering construction, such impact will disappear soon.

(6) Appraisal Conclusion of Social Environmental Impact

Page 662: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

The impact upon traffic in construction period has three aspects: ① road is broken in pipeline

construction and the traffic is hindered; ②earthwork pile-up and road excavation hinder the traffic;

and, ③ transport vehicles will increase the vehicle flow on the road. For ensuring construction

safety, overall medical examination is required for all construction persons on the site, and any

person with infectious diseases should be prohibited on the construction site; regular medical

examination is required for the working staff of mess, and any person with epidemic disease should

be timely treated and transferred out of the mess immediately for preventing the prevalence of the

disease. The construction site should be provided with centralized water supply facility. Water

source should be sterilized and monitored. Medical service facilities should be available on

construction site. Proper labor protection should be provided for construction personnel for their

health and safety and smooth implementation of the project.

12.4.2 Environmental Impact in Operation Period

12.4.2.1 Air Environmental Impact

In the operation period of the planned reclaimed water supply works, the sludge disposal area

will emit some stench, and the sterilizing device may emit chlorine dioxide and chlorine gas in

abnormal working status. Chlorine adding room is equipped with alkaline solution spraying facility.

Therefore, no obvious impact will occur on atmospheric environment.

The site of sewage treatment and recycling works of the project is within relevant processing

park. Analogy analysis reveals that stench substance will have no impact upon surrounding villages.

A preset 150m sanitation protection distance is reasonable. Moreover, the most adjacent sensitive

target is 200m away from the boundary of sewage treatment & recycling works of processing park

of Wulateqian Banner. The impact of stench pollutant is slight.

The waste gas of the artificial wetland works of the sea area the project of Wuliangsu Lake

mainly includes CO2 in microbe decomposition as well as the stench from rotten plant & animal

and living microbes, is little and has emission concentration in conformity with the Grade-II

standard of the allowed highest concentration of plants in Emission Standards on Pollutants of

Urban Sewage Disposal Plant (GB18918-2002).

12.4.2.2 Water Environmental Impact

Sewage treatment and recycling works of the project produces reclaimed water for industrial

enterprises in processing park with no wastewater, is able to save 22.63 million m3/a water

resources, reduce a pollutant emission of the valley i.e. CODcr by 10950.0t/a, BODcr by 6022.5t/a

and ammonia nitrogen by 730.0t/a at designed wastewater scale and plays significant role in cutting

off total water pollutants of the region after put into operation.

Page 663: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

The planned reclaimed water supply works can reasonably dispatch water resources, boost

utilization efficiency of water resources, reduce exploitation of underground water resources by

51.024 million m3, protect underground water resources, alleviate the continuously declining status

of underground water, and prevent the expansion of funnel area. Moreover, it can cut off the

emission in the valley i.e. CODcr by 2847.0t/a, BOD by 1335.9 t/a & ammonia nitrogen by

491.29t/a, and improve water environment of the region. Backwash water of filtration sink, sludge

water of deposition sink, waste water in sludge pressure filtration produced in the operation of

various works of the project are recycled. The ultra-filtration and hyper-filtration tail water in

Sanbaigan reclaimed water supply works, Qibaigan reclaimed water supply works and reclaimed

water supply works of Ganqimaodu Port Processing Park all is sent to the front water distribution

terminal after deposition treatment for recycling treatment with the raw water of reclaimed water.

Waste water isn’t discharged. Different disposal measures and modes are applied for the domestic

sewage of reclaimed water supply works according to the infrastructure around the works. The

sewage of reclaimed water supply works of processing park of Wulatehou Banner is sent to the

sewage disposal works of the processing park of Wulatehou Banner for treatment; domestic sewage

of Sanbaigan reclaimed water supply works is sent to Sanbaigan sewage disposal plant to the north

of the works for treatment; domestic sewage of Qibaigan reclaimed water supply works is sent to

Qibaigan sewage disposal plant to the north of the works for treatment; and the domestic sewage of

reclaimed water supply works of Ganqimaodu Port Processing Park is treated in underground

biochemical treatment equipment in conformity with Urban Sewage Recycling—Quality of Urban

Water for Different Purposes (GB/T18920-2002), and used for different purposes in the plant,

instead of any emission.

After completed, ecologic-transitional-belt artificial wetland of Wuliangsu Lake of the project

can cut off the pollutants discharged into the lake: CODcr by 9781.19 t/a, NH3-N by 1990.57t/a &

299.24t/a. The model predicts that in non-frozen period, outlet water quality could reach Cat-IV

standard (average) of the State’s Quality Criteria on Surface Water Environment GB3838-2002.

That is to reduce pollutant concentration of water: CODCr 30mg/l, TP 1.5mg/l and TP 0.1mg/l.

In sum, after the project is completed, the total reduction of pollution loads of Wuliangsu Lake

is: COD by 23578.19t/a, TP by 458.38t/a. Therefore, the project has no negative impact upon the

surface water environment. With the implementation of the project, the trend of serious pollution of

Wuliangsu Lake will be preliminarily controlled. The quality of water returning from Wuliangsu

Page 664: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

Lake into the Yellow River will be largely improved.

12.4.2.3 Sound Environmental Impact

The predicted plant noise values of reclaimed water supply works and sewage treatment and

recycling works all comply with Grade-II standards in Criteria on Plant Noises of Industrial

Enterprises (GB12348-90). The results of overlapping with present noises prove that with no

densely populated point around the plant site, the impact of various noises upon prediction points

aren’t exceeding the standard at daytime and night after the project is completed. As a result, in

operation period, the equipment noises of reclaimed water supply works and sewage treatment and

recycling works have little impact upon the surrounding environmental.

Water pumps of sea-area artificial wetland of Wuliangsu Lake in operation period produce high

noises value and strong strike, and some may last for long time with violent shock. With the

construction area 5-10km away from natural protection zone, the impact will occur for the birds in

the region in nidification, food seek, wooing and hatching under national protection.

12.4.2.4 Solid Waste Impact

(1) The solid wastes of the reclaimed water supply works in operation may include domestic

garbage and dehydrated sludge. The output of solid waste of various reclaimed water supply works

is included in Table 3.3-5. The plant area is set up with garbage station, where domestic garbage and

dehydrated sludge will be piled up together, and regularly cleaned & transported to local garbage

plant for burial treatment. Therefore, it has no impact upon the environment.

(2) The solid waste of sewage treatment & recycling works of processing park after put into

production mainly includes domestic garbage, bar residue, deposited sand and biochemical sludge.

The output of solid waste of sewage treatment and recycling works of processing park is included in

3.3-12.

① The plant area is set up with garbage station, where domestic garbage will be piled up

together, and regularly cleaned & transported to local garbage plant for burial treatment. Therefore,

it has no impact upon the environment.

② The bar residue, deposited sand and biochemical sludge of sewage treatment and recycling

works of processing park will be treated as different categories. Set up bar residue and deposited

sand drying yard for lowering the water content; set up a sludge-piling shed for temporary storage

of sludge with canopy on top. The ground of piling shed must be completely hardened, and

cofferdam, drainage ditch and collecting well should be set around piling shed. The drainage in

sludge piling process should be sent back to the sewage disposal system for circulation and

treatment. The impact of sludge piling upon shallow underground water around the plant site should

be prevented. Sludge is regularly transported to Baotou Dangerous Waste Disposal Center of Inner

Mongolia (in the middle and west of Inner Mongolia) for burial treatment.

Closed tank is used for sludge transport in order to avoid public hazard in the transport.

Page 665: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

12.5 Relief Measures of Environmental Impact

The environmental protection measures of the project involve two stages i.e. construction

period and operation period, including the relief measures of water environmental impact, ecologic

environment, atmospheric environmental impact and noises pollution as well as water & soil

conservation measures.

Generally speaking, the relief measures of environmental impact of the project are feasible by

and large. If relief measure of environmental pollution of the project is well-prepared, pollutant

emission can comply with the standard. The investment of the project for the environment

protection is RMB63.8675 million, accounting for 6.41% of the total investment of the project.

12.6 Conclusion of Analysis on Environmental Benefits

The project through the construction of reclaimed water supply works and sewage treatment

and recycling works of processing park and implementation of integrated sea-area improvement

works of Wuliangsu Lake can dispatch the water resources comprehensively, improve utilization

rate of water resources, adjust a water demand conflict between industry and agriculture, and

promote and drive regional economic cooperation and development; cut off pollutant emission,

improve water environment quality of Wuliangsu Lake, protect and restore ecologic environment of

Wuliangsu Lake, and have decisive impact on urban infrastructure construction, ecologic

environment protection and even the development of national economy and society in the project

area.

The project can (1) improve the water environment quality of Bayannur Municipality, and

protect and restore water ecologic environment of Wuliangsu Lake; (2) improve the production and

living conditions of local residents, and living quality and health level of the people; (3) promote

the development of reed industry, fishery and tourism in project region through the improvement of

water ecologic environment of Wuliangsu Lake; (4) promote market-oriented construction and

management of the infrastructure of Bayannur Municipality through importing and referring to

sophisticated technique and management experiences at home and abroad, and realize the favorable

self-development of urban infrastructure; (5) boost up harmonious development of environment,

economy and society of Bayannur Municipality, and create favorable condition for the sustainable

development strategy and overall development of well-off society of Bayannur Municipality. The

project with good environment, social and economic benefits complies with the national and local

Page 666: 1 总论 - documents.worldbank.org€¦  · Web viewNo. Name of projects Class III standard values Class IV standard values Source of standards 1 PH 6-9 6-9 GB3838-2002 2 CODcr ≤

national economy development planning, and is able to promote the sustainable development of

Bayannur Municipality.

12.7 Conclusion of Public Participation

The results of surveys on public participation in several rounds reveal that 95% of the public

support the project and hold no objection. Main opinions and proposals include: waste water,

noises, flying dust, garbage, land occupation in construction, and the damage to vegetation and

wildlife habitat of Wuliangsu Lake must be considered in project construction and operation;

construction unit should strengthen the supervision over environmental protection, ensure normal

operation of environmental protection facility, control pollutant emission; strengthen the

management and supervision, prevent “sudden accident”, and define emergency handling proposal.

12.8 General Conclusion

In sum, the project complies with the industrial policies, laws and statutes, relevant

environmental appraisal policies of the World Bank, and overall urban development planning,

environmental function zone and ecologic environment function zone planning of Bayannur

Municipality, and features reasonable site selection by and large. After it is completed, the project is

predicted with good environmental benefits, economic benefits & social benefits and can dispatch

water resources reasonably, improve utilization rate of water resources, save water resources; and

after implemented, the project can cut off total pollutant emission in lake water i.e. COD by

23578.19t/a and TP by 458.38t/a, improve water environment quality of Bayannur Municipality and

the water circulation of sea area of Wuliangsu Lake, retard paludification process, and protect and

restore ecologic water environment. Through environmental protection and prevention measures,

the pollutant emission is controlled within allowed limit, and water environment quality of

Wuliangsu Lake can be obviously improved.

Obviously, the project is feasible with regard to environmental protection after the substitute proposal, relief measures, environment management plan, public negotiation and other countermeasure and measures submitted by the project are employed.